Syllabus MGU BTech 26-03-3ff

B.TECH. DEGREE COURSE

SCHEME AND SYLLABI(2002-03 ADMISSION ONWARDS)

MAHATMA GANDHI UNIVERSITYKOTTAYAM

KERALA

REGULATIONS (Effective from 2002-03 admission onwards)

1. Conditions for admission

Candidates for admission to the B.Tech. Degree course shall be required to have passed the higher secondary/+2/XII Std. examination conducted by boards/departments recognized/accepted by the University, obtaining not less than 50% marks in Mathematics and not less than 50% marks in Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry put together or the diploma examination in Engineering, Kerala or any examination accepted by the Government of Kerala as equivalent there to with 50% marks in the final qualifying examination, subject to the usual concession allowed for backward and other communities as specified from time to time.

2. Duration of the course

a) The course for the B.Tech. Degree shall extend over a period of four academic years comprising of 8 semesters. The first and second semester combined and each semester from third semester onwards shall cover the groups of subjects as given in the scheme of studies and examinations.

b) Each semester shall normally comprise of 16 weeks.c) The course calendar will be as follows.

Semesters Commencement Closing Examination

I & II Semesters After the admissions are over. 31st of March 15th April

IV, VI and VIII Semesters December 1st 31st of March 15th April

III, V and VII Semesters

First working day of June 30th of September 15th October

3. Eligibility for the Degree

Candidates for admission to the Degree of B.Tech. shall be required to have undergone the prescribed course of study in an institution maintained or affiliated to Mahatma Gandhi University for a period of not less than four academic years and to have passed all examinations specified in the scheme. The first academic year of study shall be from the date of commencement of admission till the closure of the academic year. The remaining 6 semester will have to be completed within 3 subsequent academic years.

4. Subjects of Study

The subjects of study shall be in accordance with the scheme and syllabi given in the Annexure.

5. Electives

All students shall choose electives in VII and VIII semesters, from a prescribed set of elective subjects offered by the institution, as indicated in the scheme. There should be at least 20% students of the class for an elective subject to be offered. New electives may be introduced according to the needs of emerging fields in technology. The name of the elective and its syllabus should be approved by the university before the course is offered.

2

6. Sessional work

Sessional marks for Theory, Drawing, Workshops, Laboratories and Practical will be awarded by the teaching faculty based on the day to day performance of the students. The allocation of sessional marks for the individual subjects shall be on the following basis.

Theory Subjects Practical Subjects

Attendance 20% Attendance 20%

Assignments 20%Regular class

work/Drawing/Workshop Record/Lab Record and Class Performance

60%

Tests 60% Tests 20%

The sessional marks allotted for attendance shall be awarded in direct proportion to the percentage of attendance secured by the candidate in the subject. However full sessional marks for attendance shall be awarded to those who are securing 80% attendance and above.

7. Examination

There shall be University Examinations at the end of the first academic year and at the end of every semester from third semester onwards in subjects as prescribed in the scheme of examination.

8. Eligibility for appearing examination is subject to the following

a) The student should have successfully completed the course work for the year/semester.

b) The student should have not less than 75% attendance for the particular year in the case of I & II semesters combined or the particular semester in the case of higher semesters.

However, he is eligible for condonation of attendance (once in case of I & II semesters combined or twice in the case of higher semesters) subject to the conditions given below in the entire course.

i) His conduct must be satisfactory.ii) The shortage shall not be more than 10% of actual working days.iii) Condonation is given only on medical grounds.iv) The condonation shall be granted subject to rules and procedures prescribed

by the University from time to time.v) It is open to the Vice Chancellor to grant condonation of shortage of

attendance on the recommendation of Principal.

9. Repetition of the course work

a) A student who is not eligible for condonation of shortage of attendance shall repeat the course in full including the sessional work in the next immediate chance. The sessional marks earned during repetition of course alone will be counted in such case.

b) A student can repeat the course only once in each semester/year.c) A student can also repeat the course work for improving sessional marks

subject to the following conditions.3

i) He shall repeat the course work in full (including sessionals) in a particular semester/year once and that too at the earliest available opportunity.

ii) He shall not combine his course work with regular course work of any other semester.

iii) A candidate who has satisfactorily completed the VIII semester course will not be allowed to repeat the course work in any semester.

iv) He shall not be allowed to repeat the course work of any semester if he has already passed that semester examination in full.

v) A candidate who has been registered for the higher semester examination will not be allowed to repeat the course work, in lower semester.

vi) The sessional marks obtained during the repeated course only shall be considered for all purposes.

d) For repeating the course in any of the above cases the character and conduct of the student must be satisfactory as certified by the Head of the Institution.

10. Conduct of Examination

To conduct all the theory examinations, a Chief Superintendent and an Assistant Chief Superintendent should be appointed by the Principal. An external Chief Superintendent should also be appointed by the University as an Observer for conducting all theory examinations in Self-financing Engineering Colleges.

The examination in theory papers will be conducted in accordance with the following schedule as far as possible.

Fore Noon After Noon

Tues. day 1 1 & 2, 6 4, 8

Wed. day 2 5 3, 7

Thurs. day 3 1 & 2, 6 4, 8

Fri. day 4 5 3, 7

Mon. day 5 1 & 2, 6 4, 8

Tues. day 6 5 3, 7

Wed. day 7 1 & 2, 6 4, 8

Thurs. day 8 5 3, 7

Fri. day 9 1 & 2, 6 4, 8

Mon. day 10 1 & 2, 6 4, 8

Tues. day 11 5 3, 7

Wed. day 12 1 & 2

Thurs. day 13 5 3, 7

Fri. day 14 1 & 2

Mon. day 15 1 & 2

(Main and supplementary examinations will alternate)

Conduct of Practical Examinations

4

The Principals of the concerned Engineering Colleges with the help of the Chairmen of all branches will conduct the practical examination for all semesters with the approval from the University and bonafide laboratory record, workshop record/project record, seminar report are mandatory for appearing practical/viva voce university examinations.

To conduct each practical examination, an External Examiner and an Internal Examiner should be appointed by the University. In Self-financing Engineering Colleges, no practical examination should be conducted without the presence of an External Examiner appointed by the University.

11. Minimum for a pass

A candidate shall be declared to have passed in any individual subject of a semester/year examination if he secures not less than 40% marks for the subject in University examination and not less than 50% of the total marks for the subject, i.e., University examination marks and sessional marks in that subject put together. A candidate who passes in all the subjects of a semester examination shall be declared to have passed the examination in full.

12. Improvement of marks

A candidate shall be allowed to re-appear for any theory examination in order to improve the marks already obtained subject to the following conditions.

a) The candidate shall be permitted to take the improvement examination only during the chance immediately after the first appearance.

b) The candidate shall not be allowed to appear for an improvement examination for the subject of the VIII semester.

c) The improved marks (better of the two) obtained by the candidate for each subject he has appeared for shall be counted for all purposes.

d) A candidate can apply for improvement in three subjects in combined SI&II provided he/she has passed all the theory subjects.

e) A candidate can apply improvement in two subjects in combined SI&II if he/she has only one supplementary theory examination.

f) A candidate can improve one subject in combined SI&II if he/she has only two supplementary theory examinations.

g) Those candidates who have to write supplementary examination in three or more theory papers in combined SI&II will not be eligible for improvement of any paper.

h) For higher semesters (SIII to SVII) (i) a candidate can apply for improvement in two subjects if he/she has passed all theory subjects (ii) a candidate can apply for improvement in one subjects if he/she has passed five theory subjects (iii) a candidate shall not be eligible for improvement of any paper if he/she has failed for two or more theory subjects.

i) No candidate shall be permitted to improve the marks for practical examination.

j) A candidate shall be allowed to withdraw from the whole examination of a semester in accordance with the rules for cancellation of examinations, of the University.

13. Promotion to Higher semesters

5

A student is eligible to be promoted to the higher semesters subject to the following conditions.

i) He should have successfully completed the lower semester.ii) He should have obtained 75% attendance in the lower semester or obtained

condonation as per University rules.iii) A student shall be permitted to register for any semester examination only if

he had registered for the previous semester examination.iv) A student can be permitted to register for the V semester University

examination only if he has passed fully the combined I & II semester examination.

v) A student can be permitted to register for the VII semester examination only if he has passed fully the III and IV semester examination.

14. Completion of the course

The degree will be awarded to the candidate only if he successfully completes the course work and has passed all the examinations within a period of 8 years from the time of admission.

15. Classification of Successful candidates

a) A candidate who qualifies for the Degree passing all the semester examinations within five academic years (10 consecutive semesters) after commencement of his course of study and has secured not less than 75% of the aggregate of the total marks in all the 8 semesters shall be declared to have passes B.Tech. Examination in First Class with Distinction.

b) A candidate who qualifies for the Degree passing all the semester examinations within five academic years (10 consecutive semesters) after the commencement of the course of study and has secured not less than 60% of the aggregate of the total marks in all the 8 semesters shall be declared to have passes B.Tech. Examination in First Class.

c) All other successful candidates shall be declared to have passed B.Tech. Degree Examination in Second Class.

d) Successful candidates who complete the examination in four academic years (8 consecutive semesters and chances) after the commencement of the course of study shall be ranked branch-wise on the basis of the aggregate of the total marks for all the eight semesters.

16. Industrial visit

It is desirable to conduct Industry/Establishment/Site visits of one day duration as suggested by the department in 3rd to 8th semesters. Such visits should be limited to 15 numbers during the course and these days will be counted for attendance.

17. Co-curricular Activities and Extra Murals

a) ‘Students’ Counselling

Students counselling must be undertaken either during Saturdays or after regular working hours or on other holidays depending upon the convenience of students and faculty members. A team of 3 faculty members including group tutor of the class is expected to conduct regular counselling for duration of 5 hours/week in order to help the students in their curricular and personal problems.

6

b) Industrial/Field Training & Literature Overview

In order to promote Industry-Institute Interaction and to impart hands-on experience in the field work/literature overview, 3 hours/week must be set apart for each class in addition to regular working hours under the supervision of the faculty members.

c) Seminar, Symposium, Group Discussions etc.

Orientation lectures, Seminars etc. will be presented by the faculty and experts from Industries or other Educational institutions. Also there will be Seminars, Debates and Group Discussions presented by the students to develop their communication skill. 3 hours/week from 4 P.M. to 5 P.M. is to be apart for this, which is to be, supervised by the faculty members.

d) Project work

For the students in final semester, in addition to 4 hours allotted to regular project work, 5 hours/week must also be added on during Saturdays or other holidays in order to improve the quality of the projects undertaken. A candidate will not be permitted to appear for the project work/viva voce examinations unless, he/she submits the project report within the prescribed date (March 15th).

18. Question Papers

Question papers for Mathematics of all semesters and Engineering Graphics of I & II semesters combined shall contain two questions from each module of the relevant syllabus, one of which will have to be answered. All other theory papers will normally have the question papers in the following pattern.

Part A Short answer questions covering the whole syllabus with maximum 40% marks for this part. All questions are compulsory.

Part B Two questions from each module of the syllabus out of which one is to be answered. Maximum marks for this part is 60%.

19. Revision of Regulations

The University may from time to time revise, amend or change the Regulations, scheme of studies, and examination and syllabi. The changes, unless specified otherwise, will have effect from the beginning of the academic year/semester following the Notification from the UNIVERSITY.

7

Scheme – I & II Semesters Combined

Scheme – I & II (Common to all branches)

CourseCode

CourseNo.

Subject Teaching Period Durationof Uty.Exam (hrs)

Marks

Lect. Tut. Prac. Sessional

Theory

Practical

Total

CMELRPTA

A 101 Engineering Mathematics I 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150B 102 Engineering Physics 1 1 - 3 50 100 - 150C 103 Engineering Chemistry 1 1 - 3 50 100 - 150D 104 Engineering Mechanics 2 2 - 3 50 100 - 150E 105 Engineering Graphics 1 - 3 3 50 100 - 150F 106 Basic Civil Engineering 1 1 - 3 50 100 - 150G 107 Basic Mechanical Engineering 1 1 - 3 50 100 - 150H 108 Basic Electrical Engineering 1 1 - 3 50 100 - 150I 109 Basic Electronics Engineering 1 1 - 3 50 100 - 150J 110 Workshop - - 6* - 50x3 - - 150

Total 12 9 9 - 600 900 - 1500

*3 periods will be in Mechanical Engineering Workshop and 3 periods in Civil Engineering Workshop & Electrical Engineering Workshop alternately.

8

CIVIL ENGINEERING

3RD SEMESTER

Course Code

SubjectCode Subject

Duration of Uty. Exam(hrs.)

No. of periods per week (hrs)

Marks


Theory Practical

Total

A CMELPA301

Engineering Mathematics -II

3 3 1 - 50 100 - 150

B C302 Fluid Mechanics – I 3 3 2 - 50 100 - 150C C303 Mechanics of Solids 3 2 2 - 50 100 - 150D C304 Construction Engineering

and Management3 3 1 - 50 100 - 150

E C305 Surveying -I 3 3 1 50 100 - 150F C306 Civil Engineering

Drawing - I3 - - 3 50 100 - 150

G C307 Material Testing Laboratory – 1

3 - - 3 50 - 100 150

H C308 Surveying practical – 1 3 - - 3 50 - 100 150 Total 24 14 7 9 400 600 200 1200

4TH Semester

Course Code

Subject Code Subject

Duration of Uty. Exam (hrs.)


Marks


Theory Practical

Total

A CMELRPTA401

Engineering Mathematics -III

3 3 1 - 50 100 150

B C402 Fluid Mechanics – II 3 2 2 - 50 100 150C C403 Structural Analysis - I 3 2 2 - 50 100 150D C404 Engg. Economics and

Construction Management 3 2 2 - 50 100 150

E C405 Surveying – II 3 3 2 - 50 100 150F C406 Civil Engineering

Drawing –II3 - - 3 50 100 150

G C407 Hydraulics Laboratory 3 - - 3 50 100 150H C408 Surveying Practical -II 3 - - 3 50 100 150

Total 24 12 9 9 400 600 200 1200

5TH SEMESTER

Course Code




Marks


Theory

Practical

Total

A CMELPA501

Engineering Mathematics -IV 3 3 1 - 50 100 - 150

B C502 Design of concrete structures –I 4 2 2 - 50 100 - 150C C503 Structural Analysis – II 3 2 2 - 50 100 - 150D C504 Computer programming 3 2 2 - 50 100 - 150E C505 Engineering Geology 3 3 1 - 50 100 - 150F C506 Geo Technical Engineering – I 3 3 1 50 100 - 150G C507 Computing Techniques Lab 3 - - 3 50 - 100 150H C508 Geo Technical Engineering Lab 3 - - 3 50 - 100 150

Total 25 15 9 6 400 600 200 1200

9

6TH SEMESTER

Course Code

SubjectCode Subject



Marks


Theory

Practical

Total

A C601 Structural Analysis – III 3 3 1 - 50 100 - 150B C602 Design of Steel structures 4 3 1 - 50 100 - 150C C603 Transportation Engineering -I 3 3 1 - 50 100 - 150D C604 Water Resources Engineering - I 3 3 1 - 50 100 - 150E C605 Geo Technical Engineering – II 3 3 1 - 50 100 - 150F C606 Quantity surveying 3 2 2 50 100 - 150G C607 Material testing lab - II 3 - - 3 50 - 100 150H C608 Computer Aided Design -I 3 - - 3 50 - 100 150

Total 25 17 7 6 400 600 200 1200

7TH SEMESTER

Course Code




Marks


Theory

Practical

Total

A C701 Design of Concrete Structures – II 4 3 1 - 50 100 - 150B C702 Water Resources Engineering - II 3 3 1 - 50 100 - 150C C703 Transportation Engineering –II 3 3 1 - 50 100 - 150D C704 Architecture and town planning 3 3 1 - 50 100 - 150E C705 Environmental Engineering - I 3 3 1 - 50 100 - 150F C706 Elective –I 3 3 1 50 100 - 150G C707 Transportation Engineering Lab. 3 - - 3 50 - 100 150H C708 Computer Aided Design -II 3 - - 3 50 - 100 150

Total 25 18 6 6 400 600 200 1200

8TH SEMESTER

Course Code




Marks


Theory

Practical

Total

A C801 Advanced structural design 4 3 1 - 50 100 - 150B C802 Finite Element Analysis 3 3 1 - 50 100 - 150C C803 Building Technology and

Management3 3 1 - 50 100 - 150

D C804 Environmental Engineering II 3 3 1 - 50 100 - 150E C805 Elective –II 3 3 1 - 50 100 - 150F C806 Elective –III 3 2 1 50 100 - 150G C807 Environmental Engineering

Laboratory3 - - 3 50 - 100 150

H C808 Project / Seminar - - - 4 100 - 100I C809 Viva - Voce 50 50

Total 25 17 6 7 450 600 150 1200

10

MECHANICAL ENGINEEING

3RD SEMESTER

Course Code

Course No. Subject

Teaching Periods Duration of Uty. Exam. (Hrs.)

Marks

Lect. Tut. Prac. Sessional Theory Practical Total

A CMELPA 301

Engineering Mathematics - II 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

B M 302 Machine Drawing - I - - 4 3 50 100 - 150C M 303 Fluid Mechanics 2 2 - 3 50 100 - 150

D M 304 Metallurgy & Material Science 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

E M 305 Thermodynamics 2 2 - 3 50 100 - 150

F M 306 Strength of Materials and Structural Engg. 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

G M 307 Fluid Mechanics Laboratory - - 3 3 50 - 100 150

HM 308 Strength of Materials

Laboratory - - 3 3 50 - 100 150 Total 13 7 10 - 400 600 200 1200

4TH SEMESTER

Course Code

Course No. Subject


Marks


ACMELRPTA

401

Engineering Mathematics - III 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

B M 402 Theory of Machines-1 2 1 - 3 50 100 - 150C M 403 Hydraulic Machines 2 2 - 3 50 100 - 150D M 404 Machine Tools 2 1 - 3 50 100 - 150E M 405 Electrical Technology 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150F M 406 Machine Drawing - II - - 4 4 50 100 - 150

G M 407 Hydraulic Machines Laboratory - - 4 3 50 - 100 150

H M 408 Electrical and Electronics Laboratory - - 4 3 50 - 100 150

Total 12 6 12 - 400 600 200 1200

11

5TH SEMESTER

Course Code

Course No. Subject


Marks


A CMELPA 501

Engineering Mathematics - IV 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

B M 502 Manufacturing Processes 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

C M 503 Computer Programming 2 2 - 3 50 100 - 150D M 504 Theory of Machines II 2 2 - 3 50 100 - 150

E M 505 Mechatronics and Control systems 2 2 - 3 50 100 - 150

F M 506 Thermal Engineering - I 2 2 - 3 50 100 - 150G M 507 Computer Laboratory - - 3 3 50 - 100 150

H M 508 Machine Tool Laboratory - - 3 3 50 - 100 150

Total 14 10 6 - 400 600 200 1200

6TH SEMESTER

Course Code

Course No. Subject


Marks


A M 601 Mechanics of Materials 2 2 - 3 50 100 - 150

B M 602 Metrology and Instrumentation 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

C M 603 Thermal Engineering - II 2 2 - 3 50 100 - 150D M 604 Heat and Mass Transfer 2 2 - 3 50 100 - 150

E M 605Principles of Management and Engineering Economics 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

F M 606 Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

G M 607 Heat Engines Laboratory - - 3 3 50 - 100 150

H M 608 Advanced Machine Tool Laboratory - - 3 3 50 - 100 150

Total 15 9 6 - 400 600 200 1200

12

7TH SEMESTER

Course Code

Course No. Subject


Marks

Lect. Tut. Prac./Proj. Sessional Theory Practical Total

A M 701 Gas Dynamics and Jet Propulsion 2 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

B M 702 Industrial Engineering 2 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

C M 703 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 2 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

D M 704 Dynamics of Machinery 2 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

E M 705 Machine Design and Drawing - I 2 - 2 3 50 100 - 150

F M 706 Elective - I 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

G M 707 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory - - 4 3 50 - 100 150

H M 708 Heat Transfer Laboratory - - 4 3 50 - 100 150

I M 709 Project and Seminar - - 2 - - - - - Total 13 5 12 - 400 600 200 1200

At the beginning of the seventh semester, students must submit a brief out line of the proposed project work. They must submit an interim report at the end of the semester. They will complete the project in the eighth semester.

8TH SEMESTER

Course Code

Course No. Subject


Marks

Lect. Tut. Prac./Proj. Sessional Theory Practical Total

A M 801 Production Engineering 2 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

B M 802 Automobile Engineering 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

C M 803 Production Planning and Control 2 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

D M 804 Machine Design and Drawing - II 2 - 2 3 50 100 - 150

E M 805 Elective - II 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150F M 806 Elective - III 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

G M 807Mechanical Measurements Laboratory - - 4 3 50 - 100 150

H M 808 Project and Seminar - - 4 - 100 - - 100I M 809 Viva Voce - - - - - - 50 50 Total 15 5 10 - 450 600 150 1200

Sessional marks for seminar will be out of 25. Sessional marks for project will be out of 75, in which 35 marks will be based on day to day performance assessed by the guide. Balance 40 marks will be awarded based on the presentation of the project by the students before an evaluation board consisting of a minimum of 3 faculty members including the guide. Sessional marks for workshops and laboratories will be based on day to day performance assessed by faculty members. In each semester for workshops and laboratories, 60% of the sessional marks will consists of class performance, lab record and viva conducted by faculty members day to day. Out of the remaining 40%, 20% will be for attendance and 20% for final examiniation.

ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

13

3RD SEMESTER

Course Code

Course No. Subject

Teaching Hours Duration of Univ.

Exam(Hrs.)

Maximum Marks

L T P Total Sessional University Total

A CMELPA 301 Engineering Mathematics -II 3 1 4 3 50 100 150

B E 302 Mechanical Technology 3 1 4 3 50 100 150C E 303 Electric Circuit Theory 2 2 4 3 50 100 150D E 304 Electromagnetic Theory 3 1 4 3 50 100 150E E 305 Electical and Electonic Measurements 2 1 3 3 50 100 150F E 306 Power Generation & Distribution 2 1 3 3 50 100 150G E 307 Basic Electrical Lab 4 4 3 50 100 150H E 308 Mechanical Lab* 4 4 3 50 100 150 Total 15 7 8 30 24 400 800 1200

*Mechanical Lab consists of: 1) Hydraulic Machines Lab & 2) Heat Engines Lab. University Exam will be either in Hydraulic Machines Lab or Heat Engines Lab.

4TH SEMESTER

Course Code

Course No. Subject


Exam(Hrs.)

Maximum Marks


A CMELRPTA 401 Engineering Mathematics -III 3 1 4 3 50 100 150

B E 402 Network Analysis & Synthesis 2 1 3 3 50 100 150C E 403 Electronic Circuits 3 1 4 3 50 100 150D E 404 Electrical Machines - I 3 1 4 3 50 100 150E E 405 Computer Programming 3 1 4 3 50 100 150F E 406 Electrical and Electronic Instruments 2 1 3 3 50 100 150G E 407 Electrical Measurements Lab 4 4 3 50 100 150H E 408 Computer Programming Lab 4 4 3 50 100 150 Total 16 6 8 30 24 400 800 1200

14

5TH SEMESTER

Course Code

Course No. Subject


Exam(Hrs.)

Maximum Marks


A CMELPA 501 Engineering Mathematics -IV 3 1 4 3 50 100 150

B E 502 Digital Circuits 3 1 4 3 50 100 150C E 503 Communication Engineering 2 1 3 3 50 100 150D E 504 Industrial management and Economics 3 2 5 3 50 100 150E E 505 Linear Integrated Circuits 2 1 3 3 50 100 150F E 506 Power Electronics 2 1 3 3 50 100 150G E 507 Electrical Machines Lab - I 4 4 3 50 100 150H E 508 Electronic Circuits Lab 4 4 3 50 100 150 Total 15 7 8 30 24 400 800 1200

6TH SEMESTER

Course Code

Course No. Subject


Exam(Hrs.)

Maximum Marks

L T P Total Sessional University TotalA E 601 Control Systems - I 3 1 4 3 50 100 150B E 602 Electrical Machines - II 3 1 4 3 50 100 150C E 603 Electrical Power Transmission 3 1 4 3 50 100 150D E 604 Digital Signal Processing 2 1 3 3 50 100 150E E 605 Microprocessors and Applications 3 1 4 3 50 100 150F E 606 Computer Organisation 2 1 3 3 50 100 150G E 607 Digital Lab 4 4 3 50 100 150H E 608 Systems Lab 4 4 3 50 100 150 Total 16 6 8 30 24 400 800 1200

7TH SEMESTER

15

Course Code

Course No. Subject


Exam(Hrs.)

Maximum Marks

L TPrac./Proj. Total Sessional University Total

A E 701 Electrical Machines -III 3 1 4 3 50 100 150B E 702 Electrical Drives and Control 2 1 3 3 50 100 150C E 703 Utilisation of Electrical Power 2 1 3 3 50 100 150D E 704 Control Systems - II 3 1 4 3 50 100 150E E 705 System Design with Microcontrollers 2 1 3 3 50 100 150F E 706 Elective - I 3 1 4 3 50 100 150G E 707 Electrical Drawing 3 3 3 50 100 150H E 708 Control and Power Electronics Lab 4 4 3 50 100 150I E 709 Project & Seminar* 2 2 Total 15 6 9 30 24 400 800 1200

*The Project Work will be started in the Seventh Semester. Sessional Marks for Seminar will be out of 25 and that for Project will be out of 75.

8TH SEMESTER

Course Code

Course No. Subject


Exam(Hrs.)

Maximum Marks

L TPrac./Proj. Total Sessional University Total

A E 801 Power System Analysis 3 1 4 3 50 100 150B E 802 Switch Gear and Protection 3 1 4 3 50 100 150C E 803 Instrumentation 2 1 3 3 50 100 150D E 804 Electrical System Design 3 1 4 3 50 100 150E E 805 Elective - II 3 1 4 3 50 100 150F E 806 Elective - III 2 1 3 3 50 100 150G E 807 Electrical Machines Lab -II 4 4 3 50 100 150H E 808 Project and Seminar** 4 4 100 100I E 809 Viva Voce 50 50 Total 16 6 8 30 21 450 750 1200

**Sessional Marks for Seminar will be out of 25 and that for Project will be out of 75 in which 40 marks will be based on day to day performance assessed by the Guide. The remaining 35 marks are to be awarded based on the presentation of the project by the student in the presence of 2 staff members one of which shall be the Guide.

ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

16

3RD SEMESTER

Course Code

Course No.

Subject Teaching periods

Uty. Exam

duration(hours)

Marks

Sessional Theory Practical Total

L T P

A CMELPA 301

Engineering Mathematics II

3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150

B LA302 Network Theory 2 1 0 3 50 100 - 150C LA303 Electrical Technology 2 1 0 3 50 100 - 150D LA304 Solid state devices 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150E LA305 Electronic circuits –I 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150F LA306 Computer programming 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150G LA307 Electrical lab 0 0 4 3 50 100 150H L308 Basic Electronics Lab 0 0 4 3 50 100 150

Total 16 6 8 400 600 200 1200

4TH SEMESTER

CourseCode

Course No.


Uty. Exam

duration(hours)

Marks


L T P

A CMELRTPA 401

Engineering Mathematics III

3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150

B LA402 Digital Electronics and Logic Design

3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150

C LA403 Communication Engineering

3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150

D LA404 Electronic circuits –II 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150E LTA405 Signals and systems 2 1 0 3 50 100 - 150F LA406 Reliability & Humanities 2 1 0 3 50 100 - 150G LA407 Electronic circuits Lab 0 0 4 3 50 100 150H LA408 Computer programming

Lab0 0 4 3 50 100 150

Total 16 6 8 400 600 200 1200

5TH SEMESTER

17

Course Code

Course No:


Uty. Exam

duration(hours)

Marks


L T P

A CMELPA 501 Engineering Mathematics IV 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150

B LA502 Power Electronics 2 1 0 3 50 100 - 150C L503 Applied Electromagnetic

Theory3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150

D LA504 Computer organization and Architecture

2 1 0 3 50 100 - 150

E LA505 Linear integrated circuits 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150F L506 Microprocessors and

Microcontrollers3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150

G LA507 Digital IC lab 0 0 4 3 50 100 150H L508 Communication–I lab 0 0 4 3 50 100 150

Total 16 6 8 400 600 200 1200

6TH SEMESTER

CourseCode

Course No:


Uty. Exam

duration(hours)

Marks


L T P

A LA 601

Industrial Management and Economics

3 2 0 3 50 100 - 150

B L602 Digital communication Techniques

3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150

C LTA603

Digital signal processing 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150

D L604 Radiation and Propagation

2 1 0 3 50 100 - 150

E L605 Electronic Instrumentation

3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150

F L606 Control Systems 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150G L607 Linear IC Lab 0 0 3 3 50 100 150H L608 Mini Project 0 0 3 3 50 100 150

Total 17 7 6 400 600 200 1200

7TH SEMESTER

18

CourseCode

Course No:


Uty. Exam

duration(hours)

Marks


L T Pra./Proj.

A LA701 Microcontroller based system design

2 1 0 3 50 100 - 150

B LA702 VLSI technology 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150C L703 Microwave and Radar

Engineering3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150

D L704 Optical fiber communication systems

2 1 0 3 50 100 - 150

E L705 Information Theory and coding

3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150

F L706 Elective – I 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150G LA707 Microprocessor and

Microcontroller Lab0 0 3 3 50 100 150

H L708 Communication-II lab 0 0 3 3 50 100 150I L709 Project design and

seminar0 0 2

Total 16 6 8 400 600 200 1200

8TH SEMESTER

CourseCode

Course No:


Uty. Exam

duration(hours)

Marks


L T Prac./Proj.

A LA801 Computer Networks 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150B L802 Advanced

communication systems3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150

C LA803 Advanced microprocessors

3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150

D L804 Television Engineering 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150E L805 Elective –II 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150F L806 Elective – III 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150G L807 Systems Lab 0 0 3 3 50 100 150H L808 Project design and

seminar0 0 3 - 100 100

I L809 Viva -voce 0 0 0 - - - 50 50Total 18 6 6 450 600 150 1200

COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING

19

3RD SEMESTER

CourseCode

Course No.

SubjectTeaching Periods

Uty.Exam

duration(hours)

Marks

L T P Sessional Theory Practical Total

A RT301 Engineering Mathematics II

3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

B R 302 Micro Processor Systems

3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

C RT 303 Solid State Electronics 2 1 - 3 50 100 - 150D RT 304 Problem Solving and

Computer Programming3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

E RT 305 Humanities 2 1 - 3 50 100 - 150F R306 Logic System Design 3 1 - 50 100 - 150G R 307 Solid State Electronics

Lab0 0 4 3 50 - 100 150

H R 308 Programming Lab 0 0 4 3 50 - 100 150Total 16 6 8 - 400 600 200 1200

4TH SEMESTER

CourseCode

Course No. Subject

TeachingPeriods

Uty.Exam

duration(hours)

Marks

L T P Sessional Theory Practical TotalA CMEL

RPTA 401

Engineering Mathematics III 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

B R 402 Computer Organization

2 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

C R 403 Object Oriented Programming

2 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

D R 404 Integrated Circuits 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150E R 405 Data Structures and

Programming Methodologies

3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

F R406 Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals

3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

G R 407 Integrated Circuits Lab 0 0 4 3 50 - 100 150H R 408 Data Structures Lab 0 0 4 3 50 - 100 150

Total 16 6 8 - 400 600 200 1200

5TH SEMESTER

20

CourseCode Course

No.Subject

Teaching Periods

Uty. Exam

duration(hours)

Marks


A RT501 Engineering Mathematics IV

3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

B R 502 Operating Systems 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150C RT503 Database

Management Systems3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

D R 504 File Structures and Algorithms

2 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

E RT505 Language Processors 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150F RT506 Data Communication 2 1 - 3 50 100 - 150G R 507 Microprocessor Lab 0 0 4 3 50 - 100 150H R 508 Database Lab 0 0 4 3 50 - 100 150

Total 16 6 8 - 400 600 200 1200

6TH SEMESTER

CourseCode

Course No.


Uty. Exam

duration(hours )

Marks

L T Prac./Proj.


A R 601 PC & PC based Systems

3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

B RT602 Software Engineering 2 1 - 3 50 100 - 150C R 603 Project Management

and Quality Assurance2 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

D RT604 Computer Networks 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150E RT605 Network Computing 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150F R 606 Algorithm Analysis

and Design3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

G R 607 System Software Lab 0 0 4 3 50 - 100 150H R 608 Mini Project 0 0 4 3 50 - 100 150

Total 16 6 8 - 400 600 200 1200

7TH SEMESTER

21

CourseCode

Course No.


Uty. Exam

duration(hours)

Marks

L T Prac./Proj.


A RT701 Object Oriented Modeling and Design

2 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

B RT702 Computer Graphics 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150C R 703 Theory of

Computation3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

D R 704 Advanced Software Environments

2 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

E RT705 Web Technologies 2 1 - 3 50 100 - 150F R 706 Elective I 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150G R 707 Computer Hardware

and Networking Lab0 0 3 3 50 - 100 150

H R 708 Network Programming Lab

0 0 3 3 50 - 100 150

I R709 Project & Seminar 0 0 3 - - - - -Total 15 6 9 - 400 600 200 1200

8TH SEMESTER

CourseCode

Course No. Subject

Teaching Periods

Uty. Exam

duration(hours )

Marks

L T Prac./Proj.


A RT801 Security in Computing

2 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

B R 802 High Performance Computing

2 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

C R 803 Principles of Programming Languages

3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

D RT804 Artificial Intelligence

3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

E R 805 Elective II 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150F R 806 Elective III 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150G R 807 Graphics and

Multimedia Lab0 0 4 3 50 - 100 150

H R 808 Project & Seminar 0 0 4 - 100 - - 100

I R809 Viva-Voce - - - - - - 50 50

Total 16 6 8 450 600 150 1200

22

POLYMER ENGINEERING

3RD SemesterCourseCode

Course No. Subject

Teaching Periods

Uty. Exam

duration(hours )

Marks


A CMEL301

Engineering Mathematics- II

3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

B P 302 Humanities 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150C P 303 Computer

Programming 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

D P 304 Polymer Science- I 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150E P 305 Organic Chemistry 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150F MP 306 Strength of Materials

& Structural Engineering

3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

G P 307 Chemistry lab - 3 3 50 - 100 150H P 308 Computer Lab - 3 3 50 - 100 150

Total 18 6 6 - 400 600 200 1200

4th SemesterCourseCode

Course No. Subject

Teaching Periods

Uty. Exam

duration(hours )

Marks


A CMEP 401

Engineering Mathematics- III

3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

B P 402 Object Oriented Programming

3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

C LP 403

Electrical Technology

3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

D P 404 Chemical Engg. – I 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150E P 405 Polymer Physics 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150F P 406 Polymer Science- II 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150G P 407 Polymer Preparation

& Characterisation Lab

- 3 3 50 - 100 150

H P 408 Electrical Machines Lab

- 3 3 50 - 100 150

Total 18 6 6 - 400 600 200 1200

23

5TH SEMESTER

CourseCode

Course No. Subject

Teaching Periods

Uty. Exam

duration(hours )

Marks


A CMEP 501

Engineering Mathematics- IV

3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

B P 502 Chemical Engg. - II 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150C P 503 Plastics - Science &

Technology3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

D P 504 Rubber - Science & Technology

3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

E P 505 Latex Technology 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150F P 506 Polymer Processing-

I3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

G P 507 Specification Tests Lab

- 3 3 50 - 100 150

H P 508 Polymer Analysis Lab

- 3 3 50 - 100 150

Total 18 6 6 - 400 600 200 1200

6TH SEMESTER

CourseCode

Course No. Subject

Teaching Periods

Uty. Exam

duration(hours )

Marks


A P 601 Principles of Management

3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

B P 602 Engg. Statistics & Quality Control

3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

C P 603 Chemical Engg. - III 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150D P 604 Biomedical &

Biopolymers3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

E P 605 Polymer Blends & Composites

3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

F P 606 Polymer Processing- II

3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

G P 607 Latex Products Lab - 3 3 50 - 100 150H P 608 Polymer Products

Lab- 3 3 50 - 100 150

Total 18 6 6 - 400 600 200 1200

24

7TH SEMESTER

CourseCode

Course No. Subject

Teaching Periods

Uty. Exam

duration(hours )

Marks

L T Prac./Proj.


A P 701 Elective- I 2 1 - 3 50 100 - 150B P 702 Industrial

Engineering2 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

C P 703 Production Engineering

3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

D P 704 Chemical Engg. - IV

3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

E P 705 Tyre Technology 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150F P 706 Polymer Testing 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150G P 707 Polymer Testing

Lab- - 3 3 50 - 100 150

H P 708 Chemical Engineering Lab

- - 3 3 50 - 100 150

I P709 Project/Seminar - - 2 - - - - -

Total 16 6 8 - 400 600 200 1200

At the beginning of the seventh semester, students must submit an abstract of their undergraduate project. They must submit a preliminary report at the end of the semester. They will complete the project in the eighth semester.

8TH SEMESTER

CourseCode

Course No. Subject

Teaching Periods

Uty. Exam

duration(hours )

Marks

L T Prac./Proj.


A P 801 Elective- II 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150B P 802 Computer Aided

design & Manufacturing

3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

C P 803 Fibre Technology 3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150D P 804 Polymers &

Environment3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

E P 805 Polymer Product Design

3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

F P 806 Speciality Polymers

3 1 - 3 50 100 - 150

G P 807 Chemical Technology Lab

- - 3 3 50 - 100 150

H P 808 Project Work & Seminar

- - 3 - 100 - - 100

I P 809 Viva- voce - - - - - - 50 50

Total 18 6 6 - 450 600 150 1200

25

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

3RD SEMESTER

Course Code

Course No. SUBJECT

Teaching Periods Duration Uty Exams

(Hrs)

Marks

L T P/D SessionalUniv. Exam Total

A RT 301 Engg. Mathematics II 3 1 0 3 50 100 150

B T302 Electrical Circuits and Systems 3 1 0 3 50 100 150

C RT303 Solid State Electronics 2 1 0 3 50 100 150

D RT304 Problem Solving & Computer Programming 3 1 0 3 50 100 150

E RT305 Humanities 2 1 0 3 50 100 150

F T306 Digital Electronics 3 1 0 3 50 100 150

G T307 C Programming Lab 0 0 4 3 50 100 150

H T308 Electronic Circuits Lab 0 0 4 3 50 100 150

TOTAL 16 6 8 400 800 1200

4TH SEMESTER

Course Code

CourseNo. SUBJECT

Teaching Periods Duration Uty Exams

(Hrs)

Marks


A CMELRPTA401 Engg. Mathematics III 3 1 0 3 50 100 150

B T402 Data Structures & Algorithms 3 1 0 3 50 100 150

C T403 Linear Integrated Circuits & Applications 2 1 0 3 50 100 150

D T404 Computer System Architecture 3 1 0 3 50 100 150

E LTA405 Signals & Systems 2 1 0 3 50 100 150

F T406 Object Oriented Programming in C++ 3 1 0 3 50 100 150

G T407 C++ & DS Lab 0 0 4 3 50 100 150

H T408 Integrated Circuits Lab 0 0 4 3 50 100 150

TOTAL 16 6 8 400 800 1200

26

5TH SEMESTER

Course Code

Course No. SUBJECT

Teaching Periods Duration Uty

Exams(Hrs)

Marks


A RT501 Engg. Mathematics IV 3 1 0 3 50 100 150

B T502 Operating System Concepts 4 1 0 3 50 100 150

C RT503 Database Management Systems 3 1 0 3 50 100 150

D T504 Microprocessors 3 1 0 3 50 100 150

E RT505 Language Processors 3 1 0 3 50 100 150

F RT 506 Data Communication 2 1 0 3 50 100 150

G T 507 DBMS Lab 0 0 3 3 50 100 150

H T 508 Microprocessor Lab 0 0 3 3 50 100 150 TOTAL 18 6 6 400 800 1200

6TH SEMESTER

Course Code

Course No. SUBJECT


Exams(Hrs)

Marks

L TPrac./Proj. Sessional

Univ. Exam Total

A T 601 Project Management 3 1 0 3 50 100 150B RT602 Software Engineering 2 1 0 3 50 100 150

C LTA603 Digital Signal Processing 3 1 0 3 50 100 150

D RT 604 Computer Networks 3 1 0 3 50 100 150

E RT605 Network Computing 3 1 0 3 50 100 150

F T606 Personal Computer Hardware 4 1 0 3 50 100 150

G T 607 Systems Programming Lab 0 0 3 3 50 100 150

H T608 Mini Project 0 0 3 3 50 100 150 TOTAL 18 6 6 400 800 1200

27

7TH SEMESTER

Course Code

Course No. SUBJECT


Exams(Hrs)

Marks

L TPrac./Proj Sessional

Univ. Exam Total

A RT 701 Object Oriented Modelling and Design 2 1 0 3 50 100 150B RT 702 Computer Graphics 3 1 0 3 50 100 150

C T 703 Modern Communication Systems 3 1 0 3 50 100 150

D T 704 Mutimedia Techniques 2 1 0 3 50 100 150

E RT 705 Web Technologies 2 1 0 3 50 100 150

F T706 Elective I 3 1 0 3 50 100 150

G T 707 Multimedia Lab 0 0 3 3 50 100 150

H T708 Communication Systems Lab 0 0 3 3 50 100 150

I T 709 Project & Seminar 0 0 3 _ _ _ _ TOTAL 15 6 9 400 800 1200

8TH SEMESTER

Course Code

Course No. SUBJECT


Exams(Hrs)

Marks

L TPrac./Proj Sessional

Univ. Exam Total

A RT 801 Security in Computing 2 1 0 3 50 100 150

B T 802 Information Systems and Management 3 1 0 3 50 100 150

C T 803 E-Commerce 2 1 0 3 50 100 150

D RT 804 Artificial Intelligence 3 1 0 3 50 100 150

E T 805 Elective II 3 1 0 3 50 100 150

F T 806 Elective III 3 1 0 3 50 100 150

G T 807 Internet Lab 0 0 4 3 50 100 150

H T 808 Project & Seminar 0 0 4 _ 100 _ 100

I T 809 Viva Voce 0 0 0 _ 0 50 50 TOTAL 16 6 8 450 750 1200

28

APPLIED ELECTRONICS AND INSTRUMENTATION

3RD SEMESTER

CourseCode

Course No

Subject

Teaching PeriodsUty Exam Duration (Hours)

Marks

Lect

Tut

Prac

Sessional

Theory

Practical

Total

A CMELPA 301

Engineering Mathematics-II

3

1

0

3

50

100

-

150

B LA302 Network Theory 2 1 0 3 50 100 - 150C LA303 Electrical Technology 2 1 0 3 50 100 - 150D LA304 Solid State Devices 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150E LA305 Electronic Circuits-I 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150F LA306 Computer

Programming3

1

0

3

50

100

-

150

G LA307 Electrical Lab 0 0 4 3 50 100 150H A308 Basic Electronics Lab 0 0 4 3 50 100 150

Total Teaching Hours 16 6 8 400 600 200 1200

4TH SEMESTER

CourseCode

Course No

Subject


Marks

Lect

Tut

Prac

Sessional

Theory

Practical

Total

A CMELRPTA 401

Engineering Mathematics-III

3

1

0

3

50

100

-

150

BLA402

Digital Electronics and Logic Design

3

1

0

3

50

100

-

150

CLA403

Communication Engineering

3

1

0

3

50

100

-

150

D LA404 Electronic Circuits-II 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150E LTA405 Signals and Systems 2 1 0 3 50 100 - 150F

LA406Reliability and Humanities

2

1

0

3

50

100

-

150

G LA407 Electronics Circuits Lab 0 0 4 3 50 - 100 150H LA408 Computer Prog Lab 0 0 4 3 50 - 100 150

Total Teaching Hours 16 6 8 400 600 200 1200

5TH SEMESTER

29

CourseCode

Course No

Subject


Marks

Lect

Tut

Prac

Sessional

Theory

Practical

Total

A CMEL PA 501

Engineering Mathematics IV

3

1

0

3

50

100

-

150

B LA502 Power Electronics 2 1 0 3 50 100 - 150C A503 Basic Instrumentation 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150D LA504

Computer OrganisationAnd Archetecture

2

1

0

3

50

100

-

150

E LA505 Linear Integrated Circuits 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150F A506

Transducers And Recording Systems

3

1

0

3

50

100

-

150

G LA507 Digital I.C. Lab 0 0 4 3 50 - 100 150H A508 Measurement Lab 0 0 4 3 50 - 100 150

Total Teaching Hours 16 6 8 - 400 600 200 1200

6TH SEMESTER

Course Code

CourseNo

Subject

Teaching Periods Uty Exam

Duration (Hours)

Marks

Lect

Tut

Prac

Sessional

Theory

Practical

Total

A LA601

Industrial ManagementAnd Ecnomics

3

2

0

3

50

100

-

150

B A602

Micro Processors AndMicro Controllers

3

1

0

3

50

100

-

150

C LTA603

Digital Signal Processing

3

1

0

3

50

100

-

150

D A604

Industrial Instrumentation I

2

1

0

3

50

100

-

150

E A605 Data Communication 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150F A606 Control Sysrem Theory 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150G A607 Instrumentation Lab 0 0 3 3 50 - 100 150H A608 Mini Project 0 0 3 3 50 - 100 150

Total Teaching Hours 17 7 6 - 400 600 200 1200

7TH SEMESTER

CourseCode

Course No

Subject

Teaching Periods

Uty Exam Duration Marks

30

(Hours)Lect

Tut

Prac./ Proj.

Sessional

Theory

Practical

Total

A LA 701

Micro Controller basedSystem Design

2

1

0

3

50

100

-

150

B LA 702 VLSI Technology 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150C A 703 Industrial Instrumentation II 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150D A 704 Process Dynamics & Control 2 1 0 3 50 100 - 150E A 705 Bio medical Instrumentation 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150F A 706 Elective I 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150G LA 707

Microprocessor and Microcontroller Lab

0

0

3

3

50

-

100

150

H A 708 Industrial Electronics Lab - - 3 - 50 - 100 150I A 709 Project Design And Seminar 0 0 2 - - - - -

Total 16 6 8 400 600 200 1200

8TH SEMESTER

CourseCode

Course No

Subject

Teaching Periods Uty Exam Duration (Hours)

Marks

Lect

Tut

Prac./ Proj.

Sessional

Theory

Practical

Total

A LA801 Computer Networks 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150B A802 Modern Control Theory 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150C

LA803Advanced Microprocessors 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150

D A804

ComputerisedProcess Control

3

1

0

3

50

100

-

150

E A805 Elective - II 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150F A806 Elective - III 3 1 0 3 50 100 - 150G A807 Process Control Lab 0 0 3 3 50 - 100 150H A808 Project and Seminar 0 0 3 - 100 - 100I A809 Viva - Voice 0 0 0 - - - 50 50

Total 18 6 6 450 600 150 1200

31

Here is attaching file for page no. 33

32

ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – ICMELRPTA 101 3+1+0

Module 1 MatrixElementary transformation – finding inverse and rank using elementary transformation – solution of linear equations using elementary transformations – eigenvalues and eigenvectors – application of Cayley Hamiltion theorem – Diagonalization – Reduction of quadratic form into sum of squares using orthogonal transformation – nature of quadratic form.

Module 2 Partial Differentiation Partial differentiation – chair rules – Eulers theorem for homogeneous functions – Taylors series for function of two variables – maxima and minima of function of two variables (proof of results not expected.)

Modules 3 Multiple IntegralsDouble integrals in cartesian and polar co-ordinates – application in finding area and volume using double integrals – change of variables using Jacobian – triple integrals in cartesian, cylindrical and spherical co-ordinates – volume using triple integrals – simple problems.

Module 4 Laplace TransformsLaplace transforms – Laplace transform of derivatives and integrals – shifting theorem – differentiation and integration of transforms – inverse transforms – application of convolution property – solution of linear differential equations with constant coefficients using Laplace transform – Laplace transform of unit step function, impulse function and periodic function

Module 5 Fourier SeriesDirichelt conditions – Fourier series with period 2* and 21 – Half range sine and cosine series – simple problems – rms value.

References

1. Advanced Engg. Mathematics Erwin Kreyszig2. Higher Engg. Mathematics Grawal B.S.3. Engg. Mathematics N.P.Bali4. Laplace and Fourier Transforms Goyal and Gupta5. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers E.S.Sokolinokoff6. Methods of Applied Mathematics F.B.Hilderbrand

ENGINEERING PHYSICSCMELRPTA 102 1+1+0

Module 1 Optical Instruments and ApplicationsElectron microscope – characteristics of laser – spontaneous emission – stimulated emission – population inversion-pumping pumping mechanisms – typical laser systems like Ruby lase – He-Ne laser – semi conductor laser – Applications of laser.

33

Module 2 Super Conductivity Transition temperature – Meissner effect – Isotope effect – Type I and II super conductors – BCS theory (qualitative study) – High temperature super conductivity (general idea) – Joseph son effect – SQUIDS – Applications of Super conductors.

Module 3 Crystallography and Lattice PlanesCrystallography – space lattice – unitcell – crystal systems – Co-ordination number packing factor – lattice planes and Miller Indices – spacing between lattice planes – Bragg’s law and crystal structure analysis – Bragg’s Xray spectrometer.

Module 4 Magnetic MaterialsDia, Para, Ferro, Antiferro and Ferri magnetic materials – soft and hard magnetic materials – properties – applications – magnetic permeability – susceptibility – relation between them – Hysteresis.Dielectrics: Properties – Dielectric constant – Dielectric strength – Dielectric loss – Polar and non polar molecule – Dielectric polarization – dielectric susceptibility – types – applications.Ultra sonics – Production – piczoelectric and magnetostriction method – properties – applications.

Module 5 Fibre Optics and its ApplicationGeneral ides of optical fibre – NA of fibre – step index and graded index fibre – multi mode and single mode fibre – applications of optical fibre – fibre optic communication system (block diagram) – Optical fibre sensors.

References

1. Engg. Physics R.K.Gaur and S.L.Gupta2. Engg. Physics Dr. M.Arumugam3. Solid State Physics C.Kittel4. Engg. Materials Decker5. Physics for Engineers B.Premlet

ENGINEERING CHEMISTRYCMELRPTA 103 1+1+0

Module 1 Electro ChemistryConductance – Experimental Determination – Galvenic cells – reversible and irreversible cells – EMF and its measurement – Single electrode potential – types of electrodes – Hydrogen electrode – Calomel electrode – Electrochemical series – Nernst equation – concentration cells – polarization and over voltage – decomposition potential – Secondary cells – Lead-Acid accumulator – Fuel cells.

Module 2 Plastics and ElastomersHigh Polymers – types of polymerization – addition, condensation and co-polymerism - thermo plastics and thermo setting plastics – preparation and properties of PVC, PVA, Poly propelene, Poly vinylidene chloride, Teflon,

34

Terylene, Acrylics, Nylon, Bakelite – Moulding techniques – Lamination – glass reinforced plastics – Natural Rubber properties – Valcunisation of rubber – synthetic rubber – industrial uses buna rubbers, butyl rubber, silicon rubber and Thiokol.

Module 3 Corrosion and protective coatingsChemical and electro chemical corrosion – Factors affecting corrosion – corrosion control – cathodic protection – inorganic coating – metallic coating – hot dipping – electroplating – metal spraying – cladding – vacuum metalistion – anodisation – vitreous coating.

Module 4 Domestic water supplyRequirements and methods of processing – Industrial water supply: Hard and soft waters – defects of using water containing dissolved minerals for industrial purposes – Boiler Troubles – methods of treatment.

Module 5Fuels: Classification – calorific value and its determination – solid, liquid and gaseous fuels – petrol knock – octane number – cetane number – synthetic gasoline – natural gas – pollution – causes of pollution – air pollution due to automobiles – control of air pollution Lubrication and Lubricants: Mechanism of lubrication – different types of lubricants – manufacture and properties of lubricating oil – manufacture, properties and uses of semi-solid lubricants – properties and uses of solid lubricants – synthetic lubricants.

References

1. Engg. Chemistry Jain and Jain2. Engg. Chemistry O.P.aggarwal3. Chemistry in Engg. And Tech. (Vol. I & II) J.C.Kuriakose and J.Rajam4. Environmental Chemistry A.K.De

ENGINEERING MECHANICSCMELRPTA 104 2+2+0

Module 1Forces in Plane – Vector addition of concurrent forces in plane – problems involving the equilibrium of particles – free body diagrams.Definition of rigid body – moment of a force about an axis – varignon’s theorem of moment – couple – properties of force couples – resolution of a given force in to force acting at a given point and a couple – reduction of a system of coplanar forces acting on a rigid body into a single force and a single couple – equilibrium of a rigid body under coplanar forces – types of supports – reaction at supports of beams and frames – graphical method.

Module 2Centre of gravity, centroid of wires, areas, volumes – moment of inertia of lamina and radius of gyration – parallel axis theorem and its applications – mass

35

moment of inertia of thin circular and rectangular plates – mass moment of inertia of solid rectangular prisms, cylinders and cones.Friction-angle of friction and coefficient of friction – laws of dry friction-ladder friction – wedge friction.

Module 3Simple trusses – analysis of trusses by methods of joints and sections – graphical- method. Simple stress and strain – bars of uniform cross section – shear stress – modulus of rigidity – bulk modulus – Poisson’s ratio – Relation between different modulii.

Module 4Dynamics: Kinematics (Velocity – acceleration) rectilinear motion of a particle under variable accelerationRelative velocity – simple cases only. Circular motion with uniform acceleration – relation between angular and rectilinear motion – normal and tangential acceleration – motion of rotation and translation – instantaneous centre of zero velocity (elementary treatment only)

Module 5Kinetics of particles – Newton’s Laws of motion of translation – work, energy and power – principles of momentum and impulse. Motion of rotation – couple – torque – Newtons laws of motion of rotation – differential equations of rotation – angular impulse and torque – conservation of angular momentum – work-done and power by torque and couple.

References

1. Shames I.H., Engineering Mechanics, Prentice hall of India2. S.Timoshinko, Engineering Mechanics, McGraw Hill3. Ramachandra, Engineering Mechanics, Standard Publishers and Distributors 4. S. Rajasekararn & G.Sankarasubramanian, Engineering Mechanics, Vikas

Publishing Co.5. Beer F.P. & Johnston E.R., Mechanics for Engineers – Statics and Dynamics,

McGrwa Hill6. Meriam J.L. & Kraige L.G., Engineering Mechanics, John Wiley

ENGINEERING GRAPHICSCMELRPTA 105 1+0+3

Module 1Introduction of Engineering Graphics: drawing instruments and their uses – familiarization with current, Indian standard code of practice for general engineering drawing.Scales – plain scale – vernier scal – diagonal scale.Conic sections – construction of ellipse, parabola, hyoperbola and rectangular hyperbola. Construction of cycloids, involute, archimedian spiral and logarithmic spiral – drawing tangents and normals to these curves.

36

Module 2Introduction to orthographic projections: planes of projection – projection of points in different quadrants. Orthographic projection of straight lines parallel to one plane and inclined to the other plane – straight lines inclined to both the planes – true length and inclination of lines with reference planes – traces of lines – projection of planes.

Module 3Projection of polyhedra and solids of revolution – cubes, prisms, cones, cylinders, pyramids, tetrahedron, octahedron and sphere – frustums.Projection of solids with axis parallel to one plane and parallel, perpendicular of inclined to the other plane - projection of solids on auxiliary planes.Sections of solids by planes inclined to horizontal or vertical planes.

Module 4Development of surfaces of cubes, prisms, cylinders, pyramids and cones – development of funnels and pipe elbows.Introduction to isometric projection – isometric scale – isometric views – isometric projections of prism, pyramids, cylinders, cones and spheres.

Module 5Introduction to prespective projections: prespective views of prisms.Intersection of surfaces – methods of determining lines of intersection – intersection of prism, cylinder in cylinder.

References

1. Elementary Engineering Drawing – N.D.Bhatt.2. Geometrical Drawing – P.S.Gill.3. Geometrical Drawing – V.Lakshmi Narayanan & M.C.Marhur4. Engineering Graphics – P.I.Varghese & K.C.John

BASIC CIVIL ENGINEERINGCMELRPTA 106 1+1+0

Module 1Materials: Cement – Types of Portland cement – grades of cement and its uses – Steel – types of steel for reinforcement bars – steel structural sections. Aggregates: sources, types & sizes – requirements of good aggregates. Mortar preparation – Concrete – grades of concrete as per IS Code – water cement ratio, workability, batching, mixing, compaction and curing.

Module 2Timber – Varieties found in Kerala – effects, seasoning, decay preservation – specification for use in construction. Bricks: varieties and strength – tests on bricks. Roofing: Steel truss. A. C. and GI sheets roofing for industrial buildings – sketches only – reinforced concrete roofs. (Design details not required)

37

Module 3Building Components: Foundation: Bearing capacity and settlement - definitions - Isolated footing - combined footing - rafts, piles and well foundation - machine foundation - special situations where those foundations are suitable. (Brief description only).Superstructure: Walls - brick masonry - English bond - Flemish bond - Stone masonry-Random Rubble masonry.

Module 4Surveying: Classifications - based on object of survey - based on instruments used. Chain Surveying: Instruments - field work - field book - procedure and booking. Compass Surveying: Prismatic compass – Basic principles - Bearing of survey lines & local attraction.Leveling: field work - reduction of levels - Height of instrument method.

Module 5Site plan preparation for buildings (Sketch only) – Kerala Municipal Building Rules – 1999-general provisions regarding site and building requirements – Exterior and interior open air spaces – coverage and floor area ratio – provisions of the size, height and ventilation of rooms (residential buildings) disposal of domestic waste water through septic tank and soak pit. Classification of roads and components of roads – basics of traffic engineering – Road marking – Traffic Islands, signaling – (brief description only)

References

1. Jha and Sinha, Construction and foundation Engineering, Khanna Publishers 2. Punmia B. C., Surveying Vol –I, Laxmi Publications 3. Rangwala, Building Materials, Charotar Book stall4. K. Khanna & C. E. G. Justo, Highway Engineering, Khanna Publishers5. Nevile, Properties of Concrete, Mc Graw Hill 6. Kerala Municipal Rules – 1999

BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING CMELRPTA 107 1-1-0

Module 1Thermodynamics: Basic concepts and definitions, Gas laws, specificheat – Universal gas constant – Isothermal, adiabatic and polytropic processes, work done and heat transferred: Carnot, Otto & Diesel Cycles – air standard efficientcy.

Module 2I.C. Engines: Working of two stroke and four stroke engines – petrol and diesel engines – fuel systems, injector and carburetor – ignition system – lubrication and cooling systems.

38

Refrigeration and air-conditioning: methods of refrigeration – vapour compression and vapour absorption systems – block diagrams and general descriptions – winter and summer air conditioning systems – general description.

Module 3Power transmission: Methods of transmission – belt, rope, chain and gear drives. Fields of application, calculation of length of belt – expression for ratio of belt tension. Velocity ratio and slip – simple problems – velocity ratio and choice of gear wheels – simple problems.

Module 4Power plants: General layout of hydraulic, diesel, thermal and nuclear power plants, nonconventional energy sources, general description only.Types of hydraulic turbines – selection of turbines depending upon head, discharge and specific speed – steam turbines – reaction and impulse turbines – compounding methods.

Module 5Simple description of general purpose machines like lathe, shaping machines, drilling machine, milling machine and grinding machine.Manufacturing process: moulding and casting, forging, rolling, welding – arc welding – gas welding (simple descriptions only)

References

1. Elements of Hear Engines R.C.Patel2. Thermal Engineering P.L.Bellany3. Elements of Mechanical Engineering S.Domkundwar4. Power Plant Engineering Nagpal

BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CMELRPTA 108 1+1

Module 1S I unit of Current, Voltage, Power and Energy, Ohm’s Law – Temperature Coefficient of Resistance – Kirchhoff’s Laws – Solution of Series-Parallel D.C. circuits – star Delta Transformation – Magnetic Circuits – Flux-Flux density – m m f – Magnetising Force – Reluctance –Permeability –Comparison of Electric and Magnetic Circuits-Force experienced by a current carrying conductor in Magnetic Field – Electromagnetic Induction – Farady’s Laws – Lenz’s Law – Statically Induced e m f – dynamically induced e.m.f. – Self and mutual Induction – Coefficient of coupling.

Module 2Alternating Quantity – Generation of Sinusoidal Voltage – Frequency – R.M.S. and Average Value – Form Factor – Peak Factor – Phasor Representation – Phase and Phase Difference – Solution of Series R L C circuits – Power and p.f. – Operator ‘j’ – Admittance – solution of series and parallel R L C circuits.

39

Module 3Resonance – Series and Parallel – Q factor – Selectivity and Bandwidth – Three phase system – Representation – Star and Delta Systems – Phase sequence – Balanced Delta connected System – Balanced Star Connected system – Phasor representations – Simple Problems.

Module 4D.C. Machine – Principle of Operations of a D.C. generator – Constructional Details – e.m.f. equation – Types of Generators.D.C. Motor – Principle of Operations – Back e.m.f. and its Significance – Necessity of Starters – Types of motors and Applications.Transformer – Principle of Operations – e.m.f. equation – Ideal Transformer – Constructional Details – Losses and Efficiency – Use of Power, Distribution and Instrument Transformers.Induction Motor – Principle of Operation of 3 phase Induction Motor – Cage and Slip ring – Slip – Applications – types of Single Phase Induction Motors – Applications.Alternator – Principle of Operations – Types

Module 5Requirements of Good Lighting System – Working Principle of Incandescent – Fluorescent and Mercury Vapour Lamps – Estimate the quantity of Materials required and Draw the wiring layout of (a) Residential Building with One or Two rooms. (b) Workshop with one Induction Motor.Generation – Types of Generation – Hydroelectric, Thermal, Nuclear and Non Conventional – Transmission – Need for high Voltage Transmission – Transmission Voltages in Kerala – Distribution – Underground Versus Overhead – Feeder – Distributor – Service Mains – Conductor materials – One line Diagram of a typical Power System.

References

1. Electrical Technology H.Cotton2. Electrical Technology Hughese3. Electrical Circuits Edminister J.A.4. Electrical Design, Estimating & Costing S.K.Bhattacharya, K.B.Raina5. A Course in Electrical Power M.L.Soni & P.V.Gupta

BASIC ELECTRONICS ENGINEERINGCMELRPTA109 1+1+0

Module 1Basic circuit componentsPassive components: Resistors - Types of resistors - Fixed Resistors - Variable resistors, resistor tolerance, colour coding, power rating of resistors.Capacitors: Types of capacitors: Fixed capacitors, Mica, Paper, Ceramic and Electrolytic capacitors, Variable capacitors, voltage rating of capacitors.Inductors: Fixed and Variable inductors.

40

Semiconductor Components: Definition of insulators, semiconductors and conductors types: Intrinsic and extrinsic, p and n type materials, pn junction, Classifications: Germanium, Silicon, Zener, LEDs (working principle only).Transistors: npn, pnp, working principle.Integrated circuits: Advantages, classification, Linear and Digital ICs.

Module 2

Basic electronic circuitsDiode circuits: Forward and reverse characteristics, Rectifiers: Half wave, full wave, Bridge circuits, DC Power supply: Capacitor filter, Zener regulator, eliminator circuit.Transistor circuits: CB, CE, CC characteristics, concept of and , Amplifiers, common emitter RC coupled amplifier, Frequency response, Bandwidth.

Module 3

Basic communication engineeringCommunication: Frequency bands: RF, VHF, UHF. Modulation – need for modulation, basic principles of amplitude, frequency, phase and pulse modulation.Radio engineering: block schematic of AM radio receiver and transmitter - function of each block.Television Engineering: Basic principles of TV – CRT - scanning - simplified block schematic of a monochrome TV receiver.Wireless communication: mobile, microwave and satellite (basic principles and block schematic only).

Module 4

Basic instrumentation and Digital electronicsElectronic instrumentation: Transducers: Basic principles of Strain guage, LVDT, Thermistor, Photodiode, microphones, Loud speaker.Measurements: Multimeter and X-Y recorder.Digital electronics: number systems - binary, octal and hexadecimal - conversion - representation of negative numbers using 1’s compliment and 2’s compliment method. Logic gates – truth table.

Module 5

Basic Computer engineeringDigital computer: Block schematic, function of each block: CPU, Memory, I/O devices. Memory: RAM, ROM, Magnetic Tape, Floppy Discs, Hard Discs and CD.Programming: Machine language, Assembly language, High level language, System Software, Operating systems, Compilers and Assemblers.

41

References

1. Basic Electronics: Bernad Grob, Mc Graw Hill Publication

2. Electronic Devices: Floyd, Pearson Education

3. Electronic Devices & Circuits Theory: Boyelstad & Naschelsky, Prentice Hall.

4. Electronic Principles: Malvino, Mc Graw Hill Publication

5. Digital Principles: Malvino & Leach, Mc Graw Hill Publication

6. Integrated Electronics: Millman & Halkias, Mc Graw Hill Publication

7. Electronic Instrumentation: H.S Kalsi, Mc Graw Hill Publication

8. Systems Programming: J.J. Donavan, Mc Graw Hill Publication

WORKSHOP

A-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING WORKSHOPCMELRPTA 110 0+0+6

Carpentry Planing – cutting – chiseling, marking – sawing – cross and tee joints – dovetail joints – Engineering Application, Seasoning, Preservation – Plywood and plyboards.

Fitting Practice in chipping – filing – cutting – male and female joints

Smithy Forging of square and hexagonal prisms, hexagonal bolt – Forging Principles, materials and different operations.

Foundry Preparation of Simple sand moulds – moulding sand characteristics, materials, gate, runner, riser, core, chaplets and casting defects. Demonstration & study of machine tool - lathe, drilling, boring, soltting shaping and milling machines, grinding, CNC and machining centers.

B-CIVIL ENGINEERING WORKSHOPCMELRPTA 110

Masonry English bond – flemish bond –wall –junction – one brick – one and a half brick - two brick two and a half brick—Arch setting.

Plumbing Study of water supply and sanitary fittings—water supply pipe fitting –tap connections - sanitary fittings - urinal, wash basin—closet (European and Indian), manholes.

42

Surveying Study of surveying instruments – chain – compass – plane table – leveling – theodolite—minor instruments.

C – ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING WORKSHOPCMELRPTA 110

1. Wiring of one lamp and one plug, control of two lamps in series and in parallel.

2. Stair case Wiring.

3. Godown Wiring.

4. Hospital Wiring.

5. Wiring of fluorescent, C F L and mercury vapour lamp.

6. Wiring of Distribution Board including Power Plug using Isolator, M C B and E L C B.

7. Insulation megger – earth megger, measurement of Insulation resistance and earth resistance.

8. Identification of electronic components and soldering practice.

9. Soldering and testing of a H W and FW rectifier with capacitor filter in a P C B.

10. Soldering of typical I C circuit.

3 periods will be in Mechanical Engineering Workshop and 3 periods in Civil Engineering Workshop & Electrical Engineering Workshop alternately.

43


SYLLABUS

44

CIVIL ENGINEERING BRANCH

45

THIRD SEMESTER

ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IICMELPA 301 3+1

Module 1 Vector Differential Calculus Differentiation of vector functions - scalar and vector fields – gradient, divergence and curl of a vector function – their physical meaning – directional derivative – scalar potential, conservative fields – identities – simple problems.

Module 2 Vector Integral CalculusLine, surface and volume Integrals – work done by a force along a path – Application of Green’s theorem, Stokes theorem and Gauss divergence theorem.

Module 3 Function of Complex VariableDefinition of analytic functions and singular points – derivation of C.R. equations in Cartesian co-ordinates – harmonic and orthogonal properties – construction of analytic function given real or imaginary parts – complex potential – conformal transformation of function like zn, ez, 1/z, sin z, z+k2/z – bilinear transformation – cross ratio – invariant property – simple problems.

46

Module 4 Finite Differences Meaning of , , E, , - interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula – central differences – problems using Stirling’s formula, Lagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided difference formula for unequal intervals.

Module 5 Difference CalculusNumerical differentiation using forward and backward differences – Numerical integration – Newton – Cote’s formula – trapezoidal rule – Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule – simple problems. Difference equations – Solution of difference equations.

References

1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engg. Mathematics, Wiley Eastern Ltd.2. Grawal B.S., Higher Engg. Mathematics, Khanna Publishers.3. M.K.Venkataraman, Numerical Methods in science & Engg., National Publishing Co.4. S.Balachandra Rao and G.K.Shantha, Numerical Methods, University press.5. Michael D.Greenberg, Advanced Engg. Mathematics, Prentice-Hall.6. M. R. Spiegel, Theory and Problems of Vector analysis, McGraw – Hill.

FLUID MECHANICS - IC302 3+2

Module 1Properties of fluids: Definition and Units, Mass density, specific weight, surface tension, capillarity, Viscosity – Classification of fluids – Ideal and real fluids, Newtonian and non – Newtonian fluids.Fluid pressure – Atmospheric, Absolute, gauge and Vaccum Pressure, Measurement of Pressure – Piezometer, manometer, Bourden Gauge.

Total pressure and centre of pressure on a submerged lamina. Pressure on a submerged curved surface – pressure on lock gates, Pressure on gravity dams.

Module 2Buoyancy – Centre of buoyancy – Metacentre – Stability of floating bodies – Determination of metacentric height – Analytical & experimental methods.Types of flow – Streamline, Path line and Streak line, Velocity Potential, Stream Function, Circulation and Vorticity, Laplace’s Differential equation in rectangular co-ordinates for two dimensional irrotational flow.Flow Net – Orthogonality of stream lines and equipotential lines.Stream tube – continuity equation for one dimensional flow.

Module 3Forces influencing motion – Energy of fluids, Euler’s equation, statement and derivation of Bernoulli’s equation and assumptions made.Applications of Bernoulli’s equation – Venturi meter, Orifice meter, Pitot tube

47

Orifices and Mouth Pieces – Coefficients of Contraction, Velocity and Discharge, External and internal mouthpiece.Notches and weirs – Rectangular, triangular, trapezoidal notches, Cippoletti weir, submerged weir, broad crested weir.

Module 4Flow through pipes: Laminar and Turbulent flow – Reynold’s experiment, loss of head due to friction, Darcy – Weishbach Equation, Other energy losses in pipes. Hydraulic Gradient and Total Energy Lines: Flow through long pipes – Pipes in series and parallel, Siphon, Transmission of power through pipes –nozzle diameter for maximum power transmission.Laminar Flow in circular pipes: Hagen poiseuille Equation, Laminar flow through porous media, Stoke’s law.Turbulent flow through pipes: Hydro-dynamically smooth and rough boundary, Velocity distribution for turbulent flow.Drag and lift for immersed bodies.

Module 5Dimensional Analysis and Model studies: Units and dimensions of physical quantities, Dimensional Homogeneity of formulae and it’s application to common fluid flow problems, Dimensional Analysis-Rayleigh’s method, Buckingham’s method. Derivations of dimensionless parameters, Froude’s, Reynold’s, Webber, Mach numbers.Hydraulic Models: Need, Hydraulic Similitude, geometric, Kinematic, Dynamic Similarity, Scale ratios of various physical quantities for Froude’s and Reynold’s model laws – problems, Selection of scale of models – Distorted models, Moving Bed models, Scale effects in models, Spillway models and Ship models.

References

1. Streeter V. L., Fluid Mechanics, Mc Graw Hill, International Students Edition.2. Dr. P. N. Modi & Dr. S. M. Seth, Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics, Standard Book

House Delhi. 3. Jagdishlal, Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulics, Metropolitan Book Co., Delhi.4. R. J. Garde and A. G. Mirajoaker, Engineering Fluid Mechanics, Nem Chand &

Bross., RoorKee.

MECHANICS OF SOLIDSC303 2+2

Module 1Stress-strain: Bars of varying cross section-Composite section-temperature stresses.Strain energy: Gradually applied and suddenly applied load.Compound stresses: Two dimensional problems-principal stresses and principal planes-maximum shear stress-planes of maximum shear- Graphical method.

48

Module 2Bending moment and shear force: Shear force and Bending moment diagrams for various types of statically determinate beams with various loading combinations- relation between load, shear force and bending moment.

Module 3Stresses in beams: Theory of simple bending- stresses in symmetrical sections- bending stress distribution- modulus of section- shear stress distribution in beams- stress in various sections- built up sections – composite sections- beams of uniform strength.

Module 4Stresses due to torsion: Torsion of solid and hollow circular shafts- power transmitted-stresses due to axial thrust-bending and torsion.Springs: Close coiled and open coiled- carriage springs.Pressure vessels: Thin and thick cylinders-Lame’s equation-stresses in thick cylinders due to internal and external pressures.

Module 5Columns and struts: Short and long columns-elastic instability-Euler’s formula for long columns with different end conditions- slenderness ratio- Rankine’s formula-Empirical formula-Buit up members-columns subjected to eccentric loading and initial curvature.Combined bending and direct stresses: Core of different sections- wind pressure on structures.Unsymmetrical bending: Product of inertia-principal axes-stresses due to unsymmetrical bending.Shear centre: Shear centre of sections having two axes of symmetry.

References

1. Timoshenko.S.P, Strength of Materials, Part-1, D.Van Nostrand company, Inc.Newyork.

2. Popov E.P., Engineering Mechanics of solids, Prentice Hall of India, New Deihi.3. Punmia B.C, Strength of Materials and Mechanics of structures, Vol.1, Lakshmi

Publications, New Delhi.4. Vazirani V.N., Ratwani N. M., Analysis of Structures, Vol.1, Khanna Publishers,

New Delhi.5. Kazimi S.M.A., Solid Mechanics, Tata Mc Graw Hill.6. William A Nash, Strength of Materials, Mc Graw Hill.7. Ryder G.H., Strength of Materials, ELBS.8. Arthur Morley, Strength of Materials, ELBS, Longman’s Green& Company.

CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENTC 304 3+1

49

Module 1Admixtures in Concrete – light weight concrete – heavy weight concrete – mass concrete – ready mix concrete – polymer concrete – vacuum concrete – shortcrete – pre-packed concrete – pumped concrete.Joints – Construction joints – expansion joints – contraction joints – sliding joints – joints in water retaining structures etc.Scaffolding and Formwork (elementary concepts only).

Module 2Flooring – different types – Mosaic – marble – granite – roofing – pitched and flat roofs – domes and folded plate roofs – doors, windows and ventilators – types – construction details of paneled&glazed– I. S. specifications.Damp prevention – Causes – Material used – Damp proofing of floors – walls – roofs.Finished works – plastering, painting – white washing – distempering – application of Snowcem – Concrete repairs-construction and constructed facilities.

Module 3Functional planning of buildings – general principles of site plan – principles of functional planning – orientation of buildings – shading principles. Modern construction materials – Intelligent buildings – building automation.

Module 4Construction management – Mechanisation in construction – earth moving, handling, pneumatic and hoisting equipment – pile driving equipment – Earth work computation – mass diagram – soil compaction & stabilization – owning and operating works of construction equipment.

Module 5Departmental organizational structure – staff pattern – powers and functions of officers in planning, organising, directing and controlling construction –PWD code.PWD system of account – classification of transactions –heads of accounts – cash – precautions in keeping accounts – construction accounts.Stores – Safe custody of stores – classification – works – administrative sanction, technical sanction – categories of works.

References

1. M. S. Shetty, Concrete technology, S.Chand & Co. 2. S. P.Arora, Building construction, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New Delhi.3. Dr.Mahesh Varma, Construction Equipment and its Planning and Application,

Metropolitan Book Company.4. R.L.Peurifoy, W.B.Ledbetter, Construction Planning, Equipment, and methods,

Tata Mc Graw Hill.5. B.L.Gupta, Amit Gupta, Construction Management and Accounts, Standard

publishers and Distributors.

50

SURVEYING - IC305 3+1

Module 1Introduction – Principles – classifications – Chain surveying: Ranging and chaining. Reciprocal ranging – over-coming obstacles –setting perpendicular and gradients – traversing – plotting – errors in chaining and their corrections. Compass surveying – Prismatic compass – surveyor’s compass – bearings – systems and conversions – local attraction – Magnetic declination – dip – traversing – plotting – adjustment of error by graphical and analytical method (Bowditch’s). Plane table surveying – Different methods – Traversing.

Module 2Levelling: levels and staves – spirit level – sensitiveness – bench marks – temporary and permanent adjustments –booking - methods of reduction of levels – arithmetic checks-differential, fly, check and profile levelling cross sectioning – curvature and refraction – reciprocal levelling – errors in levelling – contouring – characteristics and uses of contours – Locating contours- plotting.

Module 3Theodolite traversing: Transit theodolite – vernier, micrometer and micro-optic theodolites – description and uses – fundamental lines of a transit theodolite – temporary and permanenet adjustments – horizontal angle – reiteration and repetition methods– booking. Vertical angle measurements. Methods of traversing – conditions of closure – closing error and distribution – Gales traverse table – plotting by co-ordinates – omitted measurements.Tacheometric surveying: - general principles Stadia method – distance and elevation formulae for staff held vertical – Instruments constants – analytic lens – tangential method – use of subtense bar – electromagnetic distance measurement – principles

Module 4Areas and volumes Areas – by latitude and departure - meridian distance method – double meridian distance method – co-ordinate method – trapezoidal and Simpson’s method – area by planimeter. Volume – trapezoidal and prismoidal rule. Volume from contours. - Capacity of reservoirs – Mass haul curve.

Module 5Curves: Elements of a simple curve – setting out simple curve by chain and tape methods – Rankine’s method – two theodolite method – compound and reverse curve (parallel tangents only) – transition curves – different kinds – functions and requirements – setting out the combined curve by theodolite – elements of vertical curve.

References1. Dr. B. C. Punmia, Surveying Vol. I & II, Laxmi Publications (P) LTD, New

Delhi.2. T.P. Kanetkar & Kulkarni, Surveying and leveling Vol. I&II A.V.G.Publications,

Pune.3. Dr. K. R. Arora, Surveying Vol. I, Standard Book House New Delhi.

51

4. C. Venkatramaiah, Text Book of Surveying, Universities Press (India) LTD. Hyderabad.

5. S.K.Roy, Fundamental of Surveying, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.6. S.K. Hussain & M.S. Nagaraj, Surveying, S.Chand & Company Limited.7. B.N.Basak – Surveying.8. Alak De, Plane Surveying, S.Chand &Co.

CIVIL ENGINEERING DRAWING - IC306 0+3

PART A

Detailed drawings of paneled doors, glazed doors, glazed windows and ventilators with wooden frames. (2 sheets).Reinforced concrete staircase (1 sheet).Roof truss in standard steel sections (1 sheet).Roof lines (1 sheet).Roof detailing for M. P. tiles (1 Sheet).

PART BWorking drawings – plan, section and elevation of single storied buildings with RC and tiled roofs (only residential buildings) (8 sheets).(Preparation of plan from line sketches only)

Marks distributionPart A 40 marksPart B 60 marks

References1. Balagopal & T. S. Prabhu, Building drawing & detailing, Spades Publishers and

distributors, Calicut.2. Shah & Kale, Building Drawing, Tata Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi.3. B.P.Varma, Civil Engineering drawing and House Planning, Khanna Publishers,

Delhi.4. Gurucharan Singh, Subhash Chander Sharma, Civil Engineering drawing,

Standard Publishers distributors, Delhi.

MATERIAL TESTING LABORATORY - IC 307 0+3

1. Tests on springs (open and close coiled)2. Bending Test on Wooden Beams using U. T. M. '3. Verification of Clerk. Maxwell's Law of reciprocal deflection and determination

of E for steel.4. Torsion Pendulum (M.S. wires. Aluminum wires and brass wires)5. Torsion test using U. T. M. on M. S. Rod, torsteel and High Tensile steel.6. Torsion Test on M. S, Road7. Shear Test on M.S. Rod.

52

8. Fatigue Test9. Impact Test (Izod and Charpy)10. Hardness Test (Brinell, Vicker's and Rebound)11. Strut Test.

Note All tests should be done as per relevant BIS.

SURVEY PRACTICAL - IC308 0+3

1. Running a closed compass traverse – plotting and adjustments.2. Plane table surveying.

i. Traversing.ii. Three point problem

iii. Two point problem.

3. Levelling.i. Study of leveling instruments

ii. Reduction of levels by H I methodiii. Reduction of levels by rise and fall methodiv. Longitudinal sectioning and cross sectioning.v. Contouring.

4. Theodolite Surveying i. Study of transit theodolite.

ii. Measurements of horizontal angles by the method of repetition.iii. Measurement of horizontal angles by the method of reiteration.

5. Study of minor instruments.

53

FOURTH SEMESTER

54

ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IIICMELRPTA401 3+1+0

Module 1Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential equations with constant coefficents - Finding P.I. by the method of variation of parameters – Cauchys equations - Linear Simultaneous eqns- simple applications in engineering problems.

Module 2Partial Differential Equations: Formation by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitrary Functions - solution of Lagrange Linear Equations – Charpits Method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients – solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation.

Module 3Fourier Transforms: Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier Transforms – Fourier Sine & Cosine transforms - inverse transforms - transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parsevals Identity - simple problems.

Module 4Probability and statistics: Binomial law of probability - The binomial distribution, its mean and variance - Poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution - its mean and variance - fitting of binomial & Poisson distributions - normal distribution - properties of normal curve - standard normal curve - simple problems in binomial, Poisson and normal distributions.

Module 5Population & Samples: Sampling distribution of mean ( known) –Sampling distribution of variance, F and Chi square test – Level of significance - Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – Test of significance for single proportion, difference of proportions, single mean and difference of mean (proof of theorems not expected).

References

1. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers.2. M.K. Venkataraman, Engineering Mathematics Vol. II -3rd year Part A & B,

National Publishing Company.3. Ian N.Sneddon, Elements of Partial Differential Equations,Mc Graw Hill

International Edn.4. Richard A Johnson, Miller and Fread’s Probability and statistics for engineers,

Pearson Education Asia / PHI.5. Bali and Iyengar, A text book of Engineering Mathematics (Volume II), Laxmi

Publications Ltd.6. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engg. Mathematics, Wiley Eastern Ltd.7. Hogg and Tanis, Probability and statistical inferences, Pearson Education Asia.

55

FLUID MECHANICS - IIC402 2+2

Module 1Flow in open Channel – Uniform and non uniform flow, equations for uniform flow – Chezy’s and Manning’s formula, Most economical cross sections – Velocity distribution in open channels, Conveyance of a canal section, Normal depth, computation of uniform flow, Energy in open channel flow, specific energy, specific force diagrams, critical velocity, critical states of flow, Froude number, measurement of discharge in channels.

Module 2Gradually varied flow – Dynamic Equation for gradually varied flow, Different forms of the dynamic equation, Characteristics of surface profiles in prismatic channels, backwater computation by direct step method.

Module 3Rapidly varied flow, hydraulic jump – initial and sequent depths, non-dimensional equation, Practical application of hydraulic jump, Types of jump in horizontal floor, Basic characteristics of the jump, Energy loss, efficiency, height of jump, jump as energy dissipater, stilling basins, Location of hydraulic jump.

Module 4Hydraulic Machines – Impact of jet, Force of jet on stationary and moving plates – turbines – Classification, velocity triangle for Pelton, Francis, Kaplan turbines, Specific speed, selection of turbines, draft tube – types, Penstock, surge tank – types, tail race.

Module 5Centrifugal Pumps – Types, Velocity triangle for pumps, Head of pump, Losses and efficiency, Minimum starting speed, Specific speed, Multistage pump, Pumps in parallel. Positive displacement pumps – working principle, types of reciprocating pumps, work done, effect of acceleration and frictional resistance, slip and coefficient of discharge. Indicator diagram, separation in suction and delivery pipes. Air vessel – rate of flow into and from air vessel.

References

1. Ven Te Chow, Open Channel Hydraulics, Mc Graw Hill Ltd.2. K. Subrahmanya, Flow in open channel vol.1, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi3. Dr. P. N. Modi & Dr. S. M. Seth, Hydraulics & Fluid Mechanics, Standard Book

House, Delhi.4. Jagadheesh Lal, Hydraulic Machines, Metropolitian Book Co., New Delhi.

56

STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS - IC403 2+2

Module 1Deflection of determinate beams: Differential equation of the elastic curve- slope and deflection of beams by method of successive integration-Macaulay’s method- moment area method-conjugate beam method-deflection due to shear.

Module 2Energy Theorems: Strain energy due to axial load-bending-shear and torsion-principle of super position-principle of virtual work-Castigliano’s first theorem-Betti’s theorem-Maxwell’s law of reciprocal deflection-unit load method and strain energy method for determination of deflection of statically determinate beams-pin jointed frames-effect of temperature-lack of fit.

Module 3Moving loads and influence lines: effect of moving loads-influence lines for reaction, shear force and bending moment for determinate beams-load position-absolute maximum bending moment.

Module 4Arches: Theoretical arch-Eddy’s theorem-analysis of three hinged arches – moving loads on arches-settlement and temperature effect.

Module 5Cables and suspension bridges: General cable theorem-analysis of cables under concentrated and uniformly distributed loads-shape and stresses due to self weight-anchor cables-temperature effect-suspension bridges with three hinged and two hinged stiffening girders-influence lines for bending moment and shear force-temperature stresses in stiffening girder.

References

1. Reddy C.S., Basic Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.1996.2. Smith J.C. Structural Analysis, Macmillian Pub.Co.1985.3. Rajesekharan &Sankarasubramanian,G., Computational Structural Mechanics,

Prentice Hall of India, 2001.4. Wang C.K.& Solomon C.G., Introductory Structural Analysis, McGraw Hill.1968. 5. Sadhu Sindh, Strength of Materials, Khanna Publishers, 1988.6. Seeli F.B.& Smith J.P., Advanced Mechanics of Materials, John Wiley &Sons,

1993.7. Norris & Wilbur, Elementary Structural Analysis, McGraw Hill.8. Junarker S.R., Mechanics of Structures, Vol. II, Charorbar Book Stall.9. Timoshenko S.P, Young D.H., Theory of structures, McGraw Hill 10. Thadani B.N, Desai J.P, Structural mechanics, Weinall Book Corporation.11. Punmia B.C., Strength of materials and theory of structures, Vol.II, Laxmi

publications.

57

ENGG. ECONOMICS AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENTC 404 2+2

Part A Engineering Economics

Module 1Indian Industries: Industrial pattern-Industrial growth-Inadequacies of the program of industrialisation-Role of the public sector-problems and prospects of privatization-multinational corporations and their impacts on the Indian economy-inflation-demand pull and cost push-effects of price increases.

Module 2Accountancy: Objectives of accounting – management accounting and financial accounting – journal – ledger – the trial balance – balance sheet – profit and loss account.

Module 3Financial management: The Indian financial system – types of banks and their functions – long term financing – the stock market – functions and problems faced by the stock market – Industrial finance – loans and return of loans – cost benefit analysis – methods of appraising profitability – pay back method – average rate of return – internal rate of return – net present value.

Part B Construction Management

Module 4Introduction to job planning and Management: Bar charts and mile stone charts - work breakdown structure - C P M and PERT networks - Network and time estimates - Earliest expected time - Forward pass and backward pass - Time estimates - related problems.

Module 5Project costs analysis: Cost Vs Time curve - optimum duration- related problems - updating, resource allocation - resource smoothing – resource leveling - Network compression - Compression limited by crashing - float- parallel critical paths - crashed critical paths – most economical solution.

Module 6Industrial Relations: Payment of wages Act - Minimum wages Act - Employees State Insurance Act –Workers participation in management – labour welfare and social security – Industrial safety and welfare provision – role of state in labour welfare – role of labour welfare officers social security principles and practice.

References

1. A.N.Agarwal, Indian economy, Wishwa prakashan.2. Prasanna Chandra, Fundamentals of financial management, Tata McGraw Hill.3. Ruddar Datt, K.P.M. Sundaram, Indian economy, S.Chand &Co.4. James.D.Steevens, Techniques for Construction Network Sheduling, McGraw

Hill.

58

5. S.C.Sharma, Management of Systems, Khanna Publishers.6. T.R.Banga, S.C.Sharma, Industrial Organisation and Engineering Economics,

Khanna Publishers.7. L. S. Srinath, PERT and CPM Principles and Applications, East – West Press.

SURVEYING - IIC405 3+2

Module 1Triangulation: triangulation figures – classification of triangulation systems – selection of triangulation stations – intervisibility and heights of stations – station marks – signals and towers – base line – choice – instrument and accessories – measurement of base lines – corrections – satellite stations – need, reduction to centre – extension of base.

Module 2Theory of errors and triangulation Adjustments: Kinds of error – laws of weights – principles of least squares – determination of most probable value of quantities – probable error – distribution of error to the field measurements – normal equation – Method of corrections – Adjustment of simple triangulation figures.

Module 3Hydrographic surveying – Equipment – Methods of locating soundings – reduction and plotting of soundings – use of sextants and station pointer. Geodesy – shape of earth – effects of curvature – spherical excess – convergence of meridians.

Module 4Terrestrial photogrammetry – General principles – photo theodolite – horizontal position of a point from photogrammetric measurements – elevation of a point – determination of focal length of lens. Aerial photogrammentry – aerial camera – scale of vertical photograph – relief displacement on a vertical photograph – principle of parallax – stereoscopic pairs – flight planning – radial line method – flying height and overlaps – remote sensing – concepts of remote sensing – ideal remote sensing system.

Module 5Field Astronomy: - Definitions – celestial sphere – co-ordinate systems – astronomical triangle – sidereal, apparent and mean solar time – corrections to astronomical observations – determination of azimuth, latitude and longitude – different methods.

References

1. T. P. Kanetkar and Kulkarni, Surveying and leveling Vol. II, A.V.G. Publications, Pune.

2. B. C. Punmia, Surveying and leveling Vol. II, Laxmi Publications (P) LTD, New Delhi.

59

3. Thoms M.Lillerand, Remote sensing and image interpretation, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York.

4. Dr. K.R. Arora, Surveying Vol. II, Standard Book House, New Delhi.

CIVIL ENGINEERING DRAWING - IIC406 0+3

Preparation of design, sketches and working drawings as per area and functional requirements. Working drawings for

1. Residential buildings: Flat and pitched roof – cottages, bungalows and flats (single storied and double storied) (4 sheets)

2. Public buildings – schools, offices, libraries, restaurants, commercial complexes (3sheets)

3. Preparation of site plan and plan as per building rules. (2 sheets)4. Plumbing: water supply and sanitary drawings for residential buildings. (1 sheet)

The student is expected to know local building rules and national building code provisions. The student is expected to prepare sketch design for clients and submission drawings for approval

References

1. Balagopal & T. S. Prabhu, Building drawing & detailing, Spades Publishers and distributors, Calicut.

2. Shah & Kale, Building Drawing, Tata Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi.3. B.P.Varma, Civil Engineering drawing and House Planning, Khanna Publishers,

Delhi.4. Gurucharan Singh, Subhash Chander Sharma, Civil Engineering drawing,

Standard Publishers distributors, Delhi. 5. National Building code, Kerala building byelaws.

HYDRAULICS LABORATORYC407 0+3

PART A -FLOW

1. Study of taps, valves, pipe fittings, gauges, pitot tubes, watermeters and current meters.

2. Determination of metacentric height and radius of gyration of floating bodies.3. Hydraulic coefficients of orifices and mouth pieces under constant head method

and time of emptying method.4. Calibration of venturimeter, orifice meter and water meter.5. Calibration of rectangular and triangular notches.6. Determination of Darcy’s and Chezy’s constant for pipe flow.7. Determination of Chezy’s constant and Mannings number for open channel flow.8. Determination of discharge coefficient for Plug-Sluices.

60

PART B - MACHINERY

1. Study of centrifugal, self priming and reciprocating pumps; impulse and reaction turbines

2. Performance characteristics of centrifugal pump.3. Performance characteristics of reciprocating pump.4. Performance characteristics of self priming pump.5. Performance characteristics of Pelton wheel .6. Performance characteristics of Francis turbine.7. Performance characteristics of Kaplan turbine.

SURVEYING PRACTICAL - IIC408 0+3

1. Measurement of vertical angles using theodolite.2. Solution to problems on heights distances by observations using a theodolite.3. Traversing using a theodolite – distribution of errors using gale’s traverse table.4. Determination of constants of the transit theodolite.5. Heights and distances – using the stadia Tacheometer Principles.6. Heights and distances – using tangential tachometry.7. Setting out a simple circular curve by offsets from long chord.8. Setting out a circular curve by Rankine’s method.9. Setting out a building – Foundation marking.10. Study of total station.

61

FIFTH SEMESTER

62

ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IVCMELPA501 3+1+0Module 1

Complex Integration: Line Integral –Cauchy’s integral theorem- Cauchy’s integral formula-Taylor’s series-Laurent’s series- zeros and singularities- Residues- residue theorem-Evaluation of real integrals using contour integration involving unit circle and semicircle.

Module 2Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: Successive bisection method-Regula falsi method - Newton –Raphson method – solution of system of linear equations by Jacobi’s iteration method and Gauss-Siedel method.

Module 3Numerical solution of ordinary differential equation: Taylor’s series method- Euler’s method –Modified Eulers method - Runge – Kutta method (IV order)-Milne’s predictor corrector method.

Module 4Z – Transforms: Definition of Z transform- properties –Z transform of polynomial functions – trigonometric functions, shifting property, convolution property- inverse transform – solution of 1st & 2nd order difference equations with constant coefficients using Z transforms.

Module 5Linear programming: graphical solution – solution using simplex method (non – degenerate case only) – Big-M method,two phase method- Duality in L.P.P.- Balanced T.P. – Vogels approximation method – Modi method.

References

1. Ervin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley Eastern limited.2. Dr. B.S.Grewal, Numerical methods in Engineering & Science, Kanna

Publishers.3. Dr. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Kanna Publishers.4. Dr. M.K.Venkitaraman, Numerical methods in Science & Engineering,

National Publishing Company.5. P.C.Tulsian & Vishal Pandey, Quantitative techniques Theory & Problems,

Pearson Education Asia.6. Churchill and Brown, Complex variables and applications, McGraw-Hill.7. Panneer Selvam, Operations research, PHI.8. S Arumugam, A.T.Isaac & A Somasundaram, Engineering Mathematics Vol.

III, Scitech publications 9. T.K.M.Pillai, G.Ramanaigh & S.Narayanan, Advanced Mathematics for Engg.

Students Vol. III- S.Vishwananthan printers & publishers.

63

DESIGN OF CONCRETE STRUCTURES - IC502 2+2

Module 1Working stress method: Introduction- permissible stresses-factor of safety –behaviour of R.C.C beams –assumptions-under reinforced –over reinforced and balanced sections. Theory of singly and doubly reinforced beams.

Module 2Limit state method: Concepts-assumptions –characteristic strength and load- partial safety factors-limit states-limit state of collapse –limit state of serviceability. Theory of singly and doubly reinforced rectangular sections in flexure-design of simply supported and flanged beams.

Module 3Behaviour and design of one way and two way slabs-Continuous slabs-analysis using method recommended by BIS -arrangements of reinforcement in slabs. Design of flat slab.

Module 4Design of columns: Limit state method- I S specifications-design of columns with lateral and helical reinforcement-members subjected to combined axial load and bending.

Module 5Design of footings-Isolated footing with axial and eccentric loading-combined footing. Stair cases-introduction to different types-design of simply supported flights-cantilever steps.

References

1. Relevant IS codes. (I.S 456, I.S 875,SP 16)2. Park R and Pauloy T, Reinforced concrete structures, John Wiely & sons Inc.3. Purushothaman P, Reinforced concrete structural elements-Behaviour, Analysis

and Design, Tata McGraw Hill publishing company Ltd.4. Unnikrishna Pillai S. & D.Menon, Reinforced concrete design, Tata McGraw Hill

Publishing company Ltd.5. Mallick S.K., Reinforced concrete, Oxford & IBH Publishing company.6. Varghese P.C., Limit state design of Reinforced concrete, Printice Hall of India

Pvt Ltd.7. Ashok .K. Jain, Reinforced concrete- Limit state design, New Chand & Bose.

64

STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS - IIC503 2+2

Module 1Statically indeterminate structures-degree of indeterminacy-force and displacement methods of structural analysis. Force method of analysis of indeterminate structures - Method of consistent deformation-analysis of fixed beams and continuous beams. Clapyron’s theorem of three moments- analysis of fixed and continuous beams Minimum strain energy-Castigliano’s second theorem-analysis of indeterminate beams, portal frames and trusses.

Module 2Displacement method of analysis of statically indeterminate structures: Slope deflection method-fundamental equations-analysis of continuous beams & portal frames (with sway and without sway) - Moment distribution method-analysis of continuous beams & portal frames (with sway and without sway).

Module 3Theories of Elastic Failure: Maximum principal stress theory- maximum shear stress theory - maximum principal strain theory – Mohr’s theory. Influence line diagrams for statically indeterminate structures: Muller Breslau’s principle- Influence lines for reactions-shear force-bending moment-propped cantilever-continuous beams and fixed beams

Module 4Matrix methods: Classification of structures-static& kinematic indeterminacy Stiffness method-coordinate systems-element stiffness matrix - Direct stiffness method - structure stiffness matrix-assembly of structure stiffness matrix from element stiffness matrix-equivalent joint load – incorporation of boundary conditions –analysis of beams and frames (rigid & pinjointed).

Module 5Flexibility method: Flexibility influence coefficients - flexibility matrix-analysis of beams & frames (rigid and pinjointed).

References

1. Weaver &Gere, Matrix Analysis of Structures, East West Press.2. Moshe F. Rubinstein – Matrix Computer Analysis of Structures- Prentice Hall,

1969.3. Meek J.L., Matrix Structural Analysis, McGraw Hill,1971.4. Reddy C.S., Basic Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.1996.5. Smith J.C. Structural Analysis, Macmillian Pub.Co.1985.6. Rajesekharan & Sankarasubramanian,G., Computational Structural Mechanics,

Prentice Hall of India, 2001.7. Mukhopadhyay M., Matrix Finite Element Computer and Structural Analysis,

Oxford & IBH,1984.8. Wang C.K.& Solomon C.G., Introductory Structural Analysis, McGraw

Hill.1968. 9. Pezemieniecki, J.S, Theory of Matrix Structural Analysis, McGraw Hill Co., 1984

65

10. Sadhu Sindh, Strength of Materials, Khanna Publishers, 1988.11. Seeli F.B.&Smith J.P., Advanced Mechanics of Materials, John Wiley &Sons,

1993.12. Norris & Wilbur, Elementary Structural Analysis, McGraw Hill.13. Junarker S.R., Mechanics of Structures, Vol. II, Charorbar Book Stall.

COMPUTER PROGRAMMINGC 504 2+2

Module 1Basic concepts of operation of a computer: Operating system - drives,directories and files - types of files -COM, EXE, BAT - booting - operatingsystem commands - creating, editing, listing and copying files - different levelsof programming languages - high level languages - compilers and interpreters -compiling, linking and running - structured programming - programplanning - algorithms, flowcharts - simple examples.

Module 2Introduction to C language: Character set -operators - constants and variables - data types - use of control statements - if, for, while, do-while, switch - conditional assignment - use of built in l/O functions - writing small programs.

Module 3Functions: Declaration - passing parameters by value and by reference - writing trigonometric, algebraic and string handling functions - recursion – scope rules - storage classes - macros.

Module 4Arrays: Declaration and handling - sorting - pointers and arrays - pointers as parameters to functions - structures and unions - array of structures - sorting of strings - linked lists.

Module 5Data files: Reading, writing and appending data files - binary files - transfer of data in blocks - command line arguments - operation on files at command line.

References

1. Balaguruswamy, Programming in C, Tata Mc Graw Hill.2. Kern Ingham & Ritchie, The C programming language, Prentice Hall.3. Byron S Gottfried, Programming with C, Tata Mc Graw Hill.4. Y. Kenetker, Let us C, BPB Publications.5. V. Rajaraman, Programming with C.6. Y. Kenetker, Exploring C, BPB Publications.

66

ENGINEERING GEOLOGYC 505 3+1

Module 1Introduction: Various branches of geology - Relevance of Geology in Engineering. Geologic time scale.Physical Geology: Geomorphic processes-Rock weathering-Formation of soils-soil profiles-soils of India – Geologic work and engineering significance of rivers and oceans.

Module 2Dynamic Geology: Interior constitution of the earth-Various methods to study the interior-crust, mantle, core-lithosphere-asthenosphere-major discontinuities-Moho, Guttenberg, Lehmann- composition of different layers-sima & sial.Plate tectonics: Lithospheric plates-diverging, converging and transform boundaries-their characteristic features-midoceanic ridge, benioff zone and transform faults-significance of plate tectonic concept. Earthquake: Elastic rebound theory-types of seismic waves-cause of earthquake-intensity and magnitude of earthquake-Locating epicentre and hypocenter-effect of earthquake-distribution of earthquake-earthquake resistant structures.

Module 3Mineralogy: Definition and classification-important physical properties of minerals-colour, streak, lusture, transperancy, cleavage, fracture, hardness, form, specific gravity and magnetism. Study of the diagnostic physical properties and chemical composition of the following rock forming minerals: 1.Quartz, 2.Feldspar, 3.Hypersthene, 4.Auguite, 5. Hornblende, 6. Biotite, 7.Muscovite, 8.Olivine, 9.Garnet, 10.Fluorite, 11.Tourmaline, 12.Calcite, 13.Kyanite, 14. Kaolin, 15. Serpentine. Petrology: Definition and classification-important structures and textures of igneous sedimentary and metamorphic rocks-diagnostic texture, mineralogy, engineering properties and uses of following rocks: Igneous rocks: 1. Granite, 2. Syenite, 3. Diorite, 4. Gabbro, 5. Peridotite, 6.Dolerite, 7.Basalt 8.Pegmatite.Sedimentary rocks: 1. Conglomerate, 2. Breccia, 3. Sandstone, 4. Limestone, 5. shale.Metamorphic rocks: 1. Gneiss, 2. Schist, 3. Slate, 4. Marble, 5. Quartzite, 6. Mylonite, 7. Pseudotachyllite.Special Indian rock types: 1. Charnockite, 2. Khondalite, 3. Laterite.

Module 4Structural Geology: Definition-outcrop-stratification-dip and strike. Folds-definition- parts of fold-classification-recognition of folds in the field- Faults-definition-parts of a fault-classification-recognition in the field-effects of faulting and subsequent erosion on outcrops. Joints-definition-classification. Unconformites-definition-classification recognition in the field. Effects of all the above described structures in the major engineering projects like reservoirs, dams, tunnels and other important structures.

67

Module 5Engineering Geology: Mass movement of earth materials-Landslides-definition, classification, causes of land slides and their corrections-Geological considerations in the selection of sites for reservoirs and dams. Geological considerations in Tunnel constructions and mountain roads-rocks as building materials. Hydrogeology: Groundwater table-abundance and advantages-aquifer-acquiclude-acquifuge-artesian conditions and artesian wells-cone of depression–perched water table.Recommended field work: Field trip to quarries or geologically significant places to learn - in site character of rocks in quarries/outcrops-measuring strike and dip of a formation-tracing of outcrops.

References

1. Arthur Holmes, Physical geology, Thomas Nelson.2. Parbin Singh, Engineering & general geology, K.Katria & sons, New Delhi.3. HH.Read, Rutleys elements of mineralogy, George Allen & Unwin Ltd, London.4. G.W.Tyrell, Principles of petrology, B.I. Publications, Bombay.5. M.P.Billings, Strucutural geology, Aisa publishing house, New Delhi.6. Krynine&Judd, Engineering geology & geotechniques, Tata McGraw hill, New

Delhi.7. David Keith Todd, Groundwater hydrology, John Wiley & sons, New York.

GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING - IC506 3+1

Module 1Soil formation and soil types: Residual soil and transported soil-Soil structure-Basic structural units of clay minerals. Simple soil properties: three phase systems - void ratio - porosity - degree of saturation - moisture content - specific gravity - unit weight relationships. Laboratory and field identification of soils: Determination of water content, specific gravity, determination of field density by core cutter and sand replacement method, grain size analysis by sieve, hydrometer and pipette analysis - Atterberg limits and indices - field identification of soils.Classification of soils: Principles of classification - I. S. classification - plasticity chart - Sensitivity and thixotropy.

Module 2Permeability of soils: Darcy's law - factors affecting - constant headand falling head test - permeability of stratified deposits. soil- water system - classification of soil water - capillarity of soils - principles of effective stress.Seepage of soils: seepage pressure, critical hydraulic gradient - quicksand condition - flownet diagram for isotropic and anisotropic soils - phreaticline in earth dams - exit gradient- protective filters.

68

Module 3Shear strength: Shear strength parameters - Mohr's circle – Mohr Coulomb strength theory -direct, triaxial, unconfined and vane shear tests- Drainage conditions - UU, CD and CD tests - choice of test conditions for field problems - measurement of pore pressure-critical void ratio and liquefaction.

Module 4Compaction: Objects of compaction - proctor test and modified proctor test - concept of OMC and Max. dry density - Zero air void line - factors affecting compaction - effect of compaction on soil properties - field methods-.of compaction - control of compaction. Stability of slopes: types of failures of soil slopes - Swedish circle method - () = 0 analysis and C - () analysis. Friction circle method -Taylor's stability number and stability charts.

Module 5Compressibility and consolidation of soils: void ratio - pressure relationship - concept of coefficient of compressibility - coefficient of volume change and compression index - normally loaded and pre loaded deposits - determination of preconsolidation pressure - Terzaghi's theory of one dimensional consolidation - time rate of consolidation - time factor - degree of consolidation - square root time and log time - fitting methods - coefficient of consolidation - calculation of void ratio - height of solids methods and change in void ratio method - settlement analysis.

References

1. Murthy V. N.S, Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, Nai Sarak, Delhi.2. Jumkis A .R., Soil Mechanics, Calgotia Book Source Publishers.3. Gopal Ranjan and A .S .R .Rao, Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics, New Age

International Publishers.4. Punmia B. C., Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, Laxshmi

Publications, New Delhi.5. Arora K. R., Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, Standard Publishers,

Distributors.6. V. Narasimha Rao and Venkatramaiah, Numerical Problems, Examples and

Objective Questions in Geotechnical Engineering, Orient LongMan Publishers.7. Lambe & Whitman, Soil Mechanics, John Wiely Publications.

COMPUTING TECHNIQUES LAB (C)C 507 0+3

1. Familiarisation with the computer system - PCs - LAN Peripherals.2. Fundamentals of operating system like DOS, WINDOWS etc.,(Use of files,

directories, internal commands, external commands,editors and compilers.3. Familiarisation with packages like Wordstar, dbase, lotus, MS Office.4. Familiarisation with data processing packages like FOXPRO etc,.5. Familiarisation of application softwares - like Grapher, Surfur, Hardward

Graphics - 3.

69

6. Familiarisation of drawing Softwares - AUTOCAD, Auto Architect, 3D Studio.7. Programming with C as per syllabus of computer programming.

GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING LABORATORYC508 0+3

1. Determination of specific gravity, water content and particle size distribution by hydrometer method / pipette method.

2. Determination of field density of soil by sand replacement method and core cutter method.

3. Determination of Atterberg limits.4. Proctor's compaction tests (light and heavy).5. Permeability tests for cohesive and cohesionless soil.6. Direct shear test.7. Triaxial shear test.8. Unconfined Compression test.9. Vane shear Test.10. Consolidation test. 11. Study on Collection and Field Identification of Soil and Sampling Techniques.

70

SIXTH SEMESTER

71

STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS - IIIC601 2+2

Module 1Approximate methods of frame analysis: Frames under lateral loading-portal method – cantilever method. Frames under vertical loading –substitute frame method. Space frames – tension coefficients-tension coefficient method applied to space frames

Module 2Kani’s method-continuous beams & frames (with and without sway). Beams curved in plan- analysis of cantilever beam curved in plan -analysis of curved balcony beams- analysis of circular beams over simple supports.

Module 3Elementary theory of elasticity: State of stress at a point- stress tensor- equilibrium equations-stresses on arbitrary plane- transformation of stresses- principal stresses-strain components – strain tensor- compatibility equations-boundary condition equations- octahedral stresses.

Module 4Two dimensional problems- plane stresses - plane strain – compatibility equations in two dimensional cases- Airy’s stress functions- biharmonic equations- equilibrium equations in polar coordinates – compatibility equation and stress functions in polar coordinates- bending of cantilever loaded at ends.

Module 5Plastic theory – ductility of steel- plastic bending of beams- evaluation of fully plastic moment – plastic hinge – load factor – method of limit analysis- basic theorems- collapse load for beams and portal frames.

References

1. Timoshenko S.P., Theory of Elasticity, McGraw Hill.2. Sreenath, Advanced Mechanics of Solids3. Sadhu Sindh, Strength of Materials, Khanna Publishers, 1988.4. Seeli F.B.&Smith J.P., Advanced Mechanics of Materials, John Wiley & Sons,

1993. 5. Vazirani & Ratwani, Analysis of Structures, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.6. B.C. Punmia, Theory of Structures, Vol. II, Laxmi Publishers, New Delhi.7. P.S.David, Analysis of continuous beams and rigid frames8. Coats, Coutie, & Kong, Structural Analysis, ELBS & Nelson, 1980.9. Kinney J.S., Indeterminate Structural Analysis, McGraw Hill, 1957.10. Prakash Rao D.S., Structural Analysis, Universal Press Ltd, Hyderabad, 1997.

72

DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURESC602 2+2

Module 1Loading standards - I.S structural sections - I.S specifications - design of tension members - riveted and welded connections - design of simple and compound beams - laterally supported and unsupported.

Module 2Compression members - design of columns - short and long columns - axial and eccentric loading - built up columns-moment resisting connections - lacing and battening - column base - slab base - gusseted base - grillage foundation.

Module 3Water tanks - rectangular, circular and pressed steel tanks – connections - analysis and design of supporting towers.

Module 4Light gauge steel structures - introduction - type of sections - local buckling -stiffened and multiple stiffened elements - beams with and with out lateral supports.

Module 5Chimneys- types - self supporting & guyed – stresses in chimneys – design of chimney stack, breech opening, base plate, connections and foundations.

References

1. Relevant I.S Codes. (I.S 800, I .S 875, Steel Tables)2. Ramamrutham S, Design of steel and timber structures, Dhanpat Rai & sons,

Delhi.3. Ramchandra, Design of steel structures Vol. I & II, Standard book house, Delhi.4. Gaylord & Gaylord, Design of steel structures, Tata McGraw-Hill.5. Graham W. Owens& Peter .R. Knowles, Steel Designers Manual, Blackwell

scientific publications.6. B.C.Punmia, Design of steel structures, Laxmi publications.

TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING - IC603 3+1

Module 1Introduction: Comparison of highway and railway. Modern developments - Surface elevated and tube railways.Design of railway track: Component parts of a railway track - their requirements and functions - Typical cross section - conning of wheels - wear and creep of rails - rail fastenings - Train resistances and evaluation of loading capacity.Geometric design of railway track: Horizontal curves, radius – super elevation - cant deficiency - transition curves - gradients - different types - Compensation of gradients.

73

Module 2Railway operation and control: Points and Crossings – Design features of a turn out - Types of railway track - Functions - Details of station yards and marshalling yards - Signaling and interlocking - Principles of track circuiting - Control of train movements by absolute block system - automatic block system - centralised traffic control systems.

Module 3Tunnel Engineering: Tunnel sections - types, size and shapes - tun-nel surveying - alignment, transfering centre, grade into tunnel - tunneldriving procedure - tunnelling through soft soil (Fore Poling Method) and tunneling through hardsoil (Cantilever Car Dump Method) Tunnel lining,ventilation - lighting and drainage of tunnels.

Module 4Harbour Engineering: Classification of harbours and the effect of tides,winds and waves in the location and design of harbours; Break waters -necessity and functions - different types - forces acting on break water -design principles— construction of break waters - general study of pierheads - quays, landing stages - wharves, jetties, transit sheds andwarehouses - channel demarcation - signal characteristics (Beacons, buoys,channel lighting - light houses).

Module 5Dock Engineering: Functions and types of docks, dry docks, floating docks, slip ways, dock gates and caissons. Dredging - mechanical and hydraulic dredgers - general study of bucket ladder - dredger, grab dredger and dipper dredgers.

References

1. S.C. Rangawala, Railway Engineering, Chartor Publishing House 2. Saxena, Arora., Railway Engineering, Dhanpat rai & Sons 3. Subhash C. Saxena, Railway Engineering, Dhanpat rai & Sons4. R. Srinivasan, Harbour, Dock & Tunnel Engineering, Chartor Publishing House 5. S.P.Bindra, Acourse in docks and Harbour Engineering, Dhanpat rai & Sons

WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING - IC604 3+1

Module 1Irrigation: Definition-necessity of irrigation - environmental effects of irrigation - sources of water - planning concepts of irrigation schemes- irrigation systems- lift and flow irrigation – modes of irrigation - layout of irrigation schemes - historical development and irrigation in India through ages. Soil-water-plant relation – classes and availability of soil water- water requirement for crop - optimum moisture for crop growth - depth of water and frequency of irrigation - crop seasons and important crops in India. Crop period and base period - duty, delta and their relationship - factors affecting duty - commanded areas and

74

intensity of irrigation. Consumptive use of water - evapotranspiration - determination of consumptive use - irrigation efficiencies.

Module 2Basic concepts of hydrology: Hydrological cycle and its components - rainfall - rain gauge- mean precipitation over a catchment area - run off - factors affecting runoff - hydrograph - direct run off and base flow - unit hydrograph - S. hydrograph – applications of unit hydrograph.Estimation of runoff: Empirical formula, infiltration method, rational method - flood estimation - flood frequency, unit hydrograph method and empirical formula.

Module 3Flow irrigation: canal system - classification of canals and their alignment - requirements of a good distribution system-balancing depth - section of canal. Design of canals in alluvial soils - silt theories - non silting and non scouring velocity. Kennedy's theory -Lacey's theory - design of unlined canal using the two theories in alluvial soils - bed load and suspended load - canal outlets - requirements of good canal outlets - non modular - semi modular - modular outlets.

Module 4Ground water: Definitions- porosity - specific yield - specific retention - storage coefficient-coefficient of permeability and transmissibility. Ground water velocity- Darcy's equation - flow towards wells - Dupit's theory of aquifers. Wells-shallow wells - deep wells - yield of an open well - constant level pumping test and recuperation test - tube wells - strainer, cavity and slotted tube wells- factors governing the selection of site and type of tube wells. Springs, Infiltration galleries and wells.

Module 5Reservoir planning: Investigation - selection of site - storage zones in a reservoir - mass inflow curve - demand curve - calculation of reservoir capacity and safe yield from mass inflow curve - reservoir sedimentation - reservoir sediment control - single purpose reservoirs - multi purpose reservoirs - useful life of a reservoir. River training works: guide banks, groynes and marginal bunds – flood control - causes - methods of flood control - principles of flood routing. Soil conservation: water logging and its control - reclamation of salt affected land.

References

1. P.M.Modi, Irrigation-water recourses and water power, Standard book house, Delhi.

2. S.K Garge, Irrigation and hydraulic structures, Khanna Publishers, Delhi3. R.K.Linsley, M.A.Kholar&J.L.H.Paulhur, Hydrology for Engineers, Mc Grawhill book

co., New York. 4. Bharat Singer, Fundamentals of Irrigation Engineering.5. V.B.Priyani, Irrigation and Waterpower Engg, Charota Book stall Anand.6. Dr.B.C.Punmia&Dr.Pande.B.B.Lal, Irrigation & Water Power Engineering, Laxmi

Publications.

75

GEO TECHNICAL ENGINEERING - IIC 605 3+1

Module 1Site investigation and Soil exploration: Objectives - planning - reconnaissance methods of subsurface exploration-test pits, auger borings - rotary drilling - depth and spacing of borings - bore log - soil profile - location of water table-sampling - disturbed and undisturbed samples. Standard Penetration test - Static and dynamic cone penetration test - field vane shear test - Geophysical methods. Stress Distribution: Boussinesque's and Westergaard's equations for vertical pressure due to point loads and u.d.l. - assumptions and limitations - pressure bulb - Newmark charts and their use.

Module 2Earth Pressure: General & local State of plastic equilibrium. Earth pressure at rest - active and passive. Rankine's and Coulomb's theories of cohesionless and cohesive soils - influence of surcharge and water table. Rehban's and Culman's graphical methods: Sheeting and bracings in shallow and deep excavations.Sheet Piles: Common Types of Sheet Piles – Uses of Sheet pile walls

Module 3

Bearing capacity: Definitions - ultimate and allowable - plate load test - factors affecting - Terzaghi's and Skempton's analysis - bearing capacity factors and charts - effect of watertable - bearing capacity from building codes andSPT values - Methods of improving bearing capacity - vibroflotation and sand drains.Settlement analysis: Distribution of contact pressure estimation of immediate and consolidation settlement - causes of settlement - permissible, total and differential settlement - methods of reducing differential settlement.

Module 4Foundation: General consideration - Functions of foundation - shallow and deep foundation - different types of foundation -Selection of type of foundation-steps involved.Footings: Design of individual, continuous and combined footings - footings subjected to eccentric loading - proportioning footings for equal settlement.

Module 5Raft foundation: Bearing capacity equations - design procedure - floating foundation.Pile foundation: Uses of piles - Classification of piles - Determination of load carrying capacity of axially loaded single vertical pile (static & dynamic formulae) pile load tests - negative skin friction - group action & pile spacings - settlement of pile group.Caissons: Open, box, and pneumatic caissons, construction details of well foundation - problems of well sinking.

NoteStructural design of foundations is not contemplated in this course.

76

References

1. Arora K. R, Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering, Standard Publishers , Distributors.

2. Joseph E.Bowles, Foundation Analysis and Design, McGraw Hills Publishing Company.

3. Ninan P. Kurian, Modern Foundations, Tata McGraw Hills Publishing Company.4. Peck, Hansen & Thornburn, Foundation Engineering.5. W.C. Teng, Foundation Design.6. Hans. F. Winterkorn & Hsai Yang Fang, Foundation Engineering Hand Book,

Van Nostrand Reinhold Company.

QUANTITY SURVEYING VALUATION AND SPECIFICATIONSC606 2+2

Module 1 & 2 (24 hrs.)Purpose of estimates- different methods-Preparation of detailed estimates and abstracts for RCC Single storey buildings - R C. Footings, Columns – T- Beams. Preparation of bar bending schedule for R. C. works such as beams and slabs.

Module 3 (8 hrs.)Preparation of specification for common materials of construction and its items of works with reference to IS specifications. Cost of materials at source - different types of conveyance and rates - head loads - preparation of conveyance statement - cost of materials at site.

Module 4 (8 hours)Analysis of rates for earth works, mortars, RCC Works, plastering, brick works, stone works, laterite work, Pointing, form work, flooring - different types, wood works - reinforcement works.

Module 5 (6 hours)Valuation - explanation of terms - material value, rate, years purchase - freehold and lease hold purchase - depreciation - methods of calculating depreciation - straight line method - constant percentage method, sinking fund method - and quantity survey method. Methods of valuation of land - comparative method - abstractive method. Methods of valuation of property - rental method - direct comparison with capital cost - valuation based on profit - valuation based on cost - development method - depreciation method.

References

1. Schedule of rates, KPWD2. PWD Data Book3. Dutta, Estimating and costing,S Dutta & Company, Lucknow4. Rangawala S.C., Estimating & costing, Charator Anand, Delhi5. I.S: 1200- 1968 - Methods of measurements of building and civil engineering.

77

MATERIAL TESTINGB LABORATORY - IIC607 0+3

1. Tests on cement.a) Standard consistency, initial and final setting time.b) Compressive strength of mortar cubes.c) Specific gravity.d) Soundness.e) Fineness.

2. Tests on fresh concrete.a) Compaction factor test.b) Slump test.c) Vee-Bee test.d) Flow table test.e) Ball penetration test.

3. Tests on hardened concrete.a) Compressive strength of concrete cubes.b) Compressive strength of concrete cylinder.c) Splitting tensile strength.d) Modulus of elasticity.e) Flexural strength.

4. Tests on RC beam5. Tests on aggregates.

a) Aggregate crushing value for coarse aggregate.b) Specific gravity of coarse and fine aggregate.c) Bulking of fine aggregate.d) Bulk density and percentage voids of coarse aggregate.e) Grain size analysis of coarse and fine aggregate.

6. Tests on bricks. a) Compressive strength. b) Water absorption. c) Efflorescence.7. Tests on roofing tiles. a) Transverse strength. b) Water absorption. 8. Tests on flooring tiles. a) Transverse strength. b) Water absorption. c) Abration tests.9. Compression tests on Laterite blocks 10. Study of

a) Strain measurements using electrical resistance- strain gauges.b) Nondestructive test on concrete.

Note All tests should be done as per relevant BIS.

COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN - IC608 0+3

Module 1

History and overview of CAD- popular CAD packages – advantages of CAD over manual drafting and design – hardware requirements – Configuration and installation of the CAD package.

78

Module 2Creation of 2D drawings: Menu structures- Menu bars, Screen menu, Pull down menu and Toolbars. Setting up units, limits, snap, grid, ortho mode etc. Controlling the drawing and drawing display – zoom, pan, regeneration, redraw. Drawing aids and tools - Osnap settings, point filters, inquiry commands, concept of UCS Modify tools – Erase, undo, redo, copy, move, rotate, offset, fillet, chamfer, array, scale, extend, break, explode, stretch, properties. Creation of blocks and symbols, using layers, color, linetype, ltscale etc. Dimensioning – Styles – Dim variables, scaling, formatting, annotation, QDIM adding text to drawing – multiline text, text styles, editing text. Working with multiple drawings, printing and plotting.

Module 3 Creation of 3D drawings: Concept of 3D Drawings, working with views in 3D using view point, Real-time 3D rotation, concept of UCS in 3D, multiple active work planes. 3D modeling techniques- wire modeling, surface modeling, surface revolution, tabsurf, rulesurf, edgesurf, and 3D face, region modeling, solid modeling, fillets and chamfer, editing faces of 3D solid & shelling. Calculating mass properties and interference Creating perspective and sectional perspective views of 3D models. Shading and rendering - assigning material, landscapes, mapping, lights and scenes etc.

Module 4AutoLISP: Introduction of AutoLISP- Data types, signs and symbol conventions, user defined functions, variables and functions. Writing your own commands.

Module 51. Planning and designing of residential buildings (2D only)2. Planning and designing of public buildings (2D only)3. Term project – To prepare sketch design for Client and submission drawings for

approval (Using National Building code provisions and Local Building rules)

References

1. Reference Manual of the package.2. National building code of India.3. Shah & Kale, Building Drawing, Tata McGraw Hill.4. Balgopal T.S. Prabhu, Building Drawing and Detailing, SPADES, Calicut.5. Sham Tickoo, Understanding AutoCAD 2002, Tata McGraw Hill.6. Sham Tickoo, AutoCAD 2002 with Applications, Tata McGraw Hill.

79

SEVENTH SEMESTER

80

DESIGN OF CONCRETE STRUCTURES - IIC701 2+2+0

Module 1Prestressed concrete: I. S. Specifications - general principles - methods and systems of prestressing - losses of prestress - design of simply supported rectangular beams.

Module 2Retaining walls: Types-Earth pressure diagrams- modes of failure- design of cantilever and counter fort retaining walls ("L” not included)

Module 3Design of continuous beam: using coefficients given in IS: 456 - design of circular beams -uniformly loaded and supported on symmetrically placed columns.

Module 4Domes: membrane stresses in spherical and conical domes –design of domes with uniformly distributed and concentrated loads - openings - ring beams.

Module 5Water tanks: Types - design of ground supported and overhead water tanks-rectangular and circular with flat bottom-flexible and rigid joints – design of staging- columns and bracings - IS code method.

References

1. Relevant IS codes.(I.S 456, I.S 875,SP 16)2. Park R and Pauloy T, Reinforced concrete structures, John Wiely & sons Inc.3. Purushothaman P, Reinforced concrete structural elements-Behaviour,

Analysis and Design, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing company Ltd.4. Unnikrishna Pillai .S & D.Menon, Reinforced concrete design, Tata Mc Graw

Hill Publishing Company Ltd.5. Mallick S.K, Reinforced concrete, Oxford & IBH Publishing Company.6. Varghese P.C, Limit state design of Reinforced concrete, Printice Hall of India

Pvt Ltd.7. Ashok .K. Jain, Reinforced concrete- Limit state design, New Chand & Bose.8. Krishna Raju, Prestressed Concrete, Oxford and I B H Publishing

companyLtd.9. Ramamruthum S., Design of Reinforced concrete structures, Dhanpat Rai

Publishing co.10. Punmia B.C, Reinforced concrete structures Vol II, Lakshmi Publications

81

WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING - IIC702 3+1+0

Module 1Dams: definitions - classifications - factors governing the selection of the type of dam and site of the dam- investigation for a dam site. Gravity dam: forces acting - combination of forces for design - modes of failure and stability requirements - elementary profile and practical profile - principal and shear stress - base width of elementary profile by stress and stability criteria-stresses developed in the elementary profile - low dam and high dam - methods-of design of gravity darn (introduction only) - joints - keys water stops – opening and galleries and shaft - foundation treatment - brief description on type of spill ways.

Module 2Arch dams: types of arch dams - forces acting -design of arch dams on thin cylinder theory - introduction of other methods of design - thick cylinder theory - trial load analysis and elastic theory. Buttress dam - types - advantages and disadvantages. Earthen dam - types of earth dams - design criteria - selection of a dam - phreatic line - stability analysis - different dam sections to suit available materials and foundation - rock fill dams materials of construction - impervious membrane type and earth core type (brief description only)

Module 3Diversion head works: function and component parts of diversion head works - effect of construction of weir on the regime of river- causes of failure of weirs on permeable foundation. Bligh's creep theory and its limitations - Lane's weighted creep theory - Khosla's theory and design of impermeable foundation - design of vertical drop weir - silt control devices - silt excluder, silt ejector.

Module 4Design and drawings emphasizing the hydraulic aspects of the following structures: (1) Regulators-design of head regulator and cross regulator. (2) Canal falls- trapezoidal notch fall- vertical drop fall sarda type and glacis fall. (3) Cross drainage works –aqueduct and syphon aqueduct.

Module 5Water power engineering: Classification of hydel plants- runoff river plants, storage plants and pumped storage plants - low, medium and high head schemes - investigation and planning - fore bay – intakes - surge tanks - penstocks - powerhouse – selection of turbine-Scroll casing - draft tube - tailrace definition of gross head - operating head - effective head - firm power –secondary power- load factor, capacity factor and utilization factor.

References

1. P. M. Modi, Irrigation-water resourses and water power, Standard book house.2. S. K.Garg, Irrigation and hydraulic structures, S. K.Garg, Khanna publishers3. R. K. Linsley, M. A. Kholer, L. H. Paulhur, Hydrology for Engineerers, Tata

Mc Graw Hill4. Bharat Singer, Fundamentals of Irrigation Engineering

82

5. V. B. Priyani, Irrigation and water power Engg. , Charotar Book stall.6. B C Punmia, Pande B B Lal, Irrigation and water power engineering, Laxmi

Publications.7. R.S.Varshney, S.C.Guptha, R.L.Guptha, Theory and design of irrigation 8. Structures, Vol II, Nemchand &brothers, Roorkee.

TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING - IIC703 2+1+0

Module 1Classification, alignment and surveys -classification of highways - historical development of road construction, typical cross section of roads in urban and rural areas - definitions of various cross sectional elements - requirements and factors controlling alignment of roads, engineering surveys for highway location.Geometric design of highways: pavement surface characteristics, camber and width requirements, sight distances - over taking zone requirements and related problems. Design of horizontal alignment - speed - radius – super elevation - extra widening - transition curves, methods of attainment of super elevation - related problems.Design of vertical alignment - gradient and grade compensation - sight distance requirements on summit and valley curves -simple problems on design of vertical alignment.

Module 2Traffic Engineering: traffic characteristics-various traffic studies and their applications . Traffic control devices- Traffic signs, markings, traffic signals and traffic islands. Types of road intersection - kerb parking - principles of highway lighting - (Design of traffic signals not expected).

Module 3Highway materials: Road aggregates - their desirable properties and tests.Bituminous materials - properties and tests - sub grade soil - desirable properties.Highway construction and maintenance: Bituminous surface dressing and pavement construction - cement concrete construction and joints in concrete pavements - types and causes of failures in flexible and rigid pavements, highway drainage.Pavement design: Basic difference between flexible and rigid pavements -factors affecting their design - designof flexible pavements-CBR, GI & IRC methods.

Module 4Aircraft characteristics- regional planning, selection of site for airport - factors to be considered. Imaginary surfaces - approach zone and turning zone, obstructions and zoning laws. Runway orientation and layout of runways: use of wind rose diagrams, basic runway length and corrections required. Methods of classification of airports. Stopway, clearway and taxiway design requirements.

Module 5Aprons: loading aprons - factors controlling size and number of gate positions - aircraft parking systems - holding apron. Facilities required in the terminal building - facilities for movement of baggage and passengers. Use of blast fences,

83

typical airport layout - airport markings - marking of runways, taxiways etc. Airport lighting: lighting of runways approaches, taxiways and aprons. Air traffic control -airways, navigational aids and landing aids.

References

1. S. K.Khanna, C. E. G. Justo, Highway engineering, Nem Chand Publications. 2. L .R. Khadiyali, Traffic Engineering and Transport Planning, Khanna Publishers. 3. S.K. Khanna, M. G. Arora, S.S. Jain, Airport Planning & Design, Nem Chand Publishers 4. S. C. Rangwala, Airport Engg., Charotar Publishing Co. 5. Horenjeft, Robert & Francise Mc Keivy, Planning and design of airports, Mc Graw Hill6. G V Rao, Principles of transportation and High way Engineering, Tata Mc Graw

Hill, New Delhi.7. Robert. G. Hennes, Martin Ekse, Fundamentals of Transportation engineering,

Tata Mc Graw Hill.8. Theodore M Matson, Wilbur.S.Smith, Frederick.W.Hurd, Traffic Engineering, Mc

Graw Hill.

ARCHITECTURE AND TOWN PLANNINGC704 2+1+0

Module 1Principles of architectural Design:Definition of architecture: factors influencing architectural development- characteristic features of a style-historical examples. Creative principles: function/strength, aesthetics - deciding the space and form - detailed analysis of factors influencing the space - activity space, circulation space and tolerance space - Factors influencing form- form perception - form expressive of function-form related with material and Structural system. Design principles - elements of composition - point, line, plane, texture, colour etc. - mass and scale, proportion, rhythm, balance and unity - iconic, canonic and analogic design -consideration of comfort factors such as acoustics, lighting, ventilation and thermal aspects.

Module 2Functional planning of buildings: Occupancy classification of buildings'-general requirements of site and building - building codes and rules - licencing of building works. Functional planning of building such as residential, institutional, public, commercial, industrial buildings - the process of identifying activity areas and linkages - drawing built diagrams - checking for circulation, ventilation, structural requirements and other constraints preparing sketch plan and working drawings - site plans.Kerala Municipal acts – planning regulations of corporations and developmental authorities – Kerala building bye laws.

Module 3Building services: Vertical Transportation: stairs - layout and details of different types of timber - masonry, steel and concrete stairs - pre-cast concrete stairs,

84

elevators - types - traction, hydraulic operation - passenger, service goods elevators - design considerations of passenger elevators - handling capacity - arrangement of lifts - positioning, escalators, features- operation arrangement - ramps. Ventilation and air conditioning - ventilation requirements -natural and mechanical ventilation - air movement - cross ventilation - effect of orientation - radiation - evaporation, calculation of air conditioning load - summer and winter air conditioning. Plumbing services: typical details of water supply and sewage disposal arrangements for residence, hospitals and hostel buildings - standard requirements.

Module 4 Town planning theory: Evolution of towns: problems of urban growth - beginning of planning acts - ideal town - garden city movement - concept of new towns and conservative theory - comprehensive planning of towns- Survey and analysis of town: fare maps - land use classification - transportation network - housing demographic arid social surveys - economic studies - environmental aspects. Theories of land use planning, transportation planning and housing development.Urban area lineation: urban influence zone - urban region concept of regional planning.

Module 5Planning Process: Concept of master plan: structural plan, detailed town planning scheme and act.Estimating future needs: planning standards for different land use allocation for commerce, industries, public amenities, open areas etc. planning standard for density distributions-density zone, planning standards for traffic networks - standards of roads and paths - provision for urban growth-growth models. Plan implementation: town planning legislation and municipal acts - planning control development schemes - urban financing - land aquisitions - slum clearance schemes - pollution control aspects.

References

1. Banister Fletcher, History of World Architecture, Taraporevalas. 2. Broadbent, Theory of Architecture Design, John Wiley Sons 3. Gallien, Urban Pattern, D.Van Nostrand CD. Inc. 4. Nelson P. Low's, Planning to Modern City 5. Rangwala, Town Planning, Charotar Publishing House. 6. S.C Agarwala, Architecture and Town Planning, Dhanpatrai &sons.

ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING - IC705 3+1+0

Module 1Scope of Environmental Engg. population trends resource use - effect on the balance of ecosystem and natural resources. Water supply Engineering: Rural and Urban water supply systems - water requirements - consumption for various purposes, percapita demand, factors affecting percapita demand, variations in the rate of consumption, fire demand, design period, forecasting population. Quality

85

of water: impurities in water and their importance - water borne diseases - sampling of water for tests - analysis of water - physical, chemical and bacteriological tests - MPN total coliforms, fecal coliforms by A-1 medium. WHO and Indian standards for drinking water.

Module 2Collection of water: intakes - location, types, principles of design and construction. Transmission of water: free flow and pressure conduits - pipe materials - hydraulics-of flow - design of pipes - Indian standards for pipes.Pumps: Classification - rotary, reciprocating, centrifugal pumps, hand pumps submersible pumps - selection of pumps - location of pumping stations.Distribution of water: pumping system, gravity system, pumping and storage system distribution reservoirs -storage capacity of balancing reservoir, pipe grids, methods of analysis of network. Appurtenances in the distribution system - meters, valves, fire hydrants etc. pipe laying, testing & disinfections of mains. Detection and prevention of leaks in distribution system-cleaning and maintenance of distribution system, pipe corrosion and its control.Water supply of buildings: house connections - overhead tanks.

Module 3Introduction: Sanitation, sewage, sewer, and sewerage systems, sewage treatment and disposal. Sanitary Plumbing - Sanitary Fixtures, traps, soil pipe, anti- siphonage pipes, systems of plumbing. House drainage: Principles-inspection chamber, ventilation, testing of drain, connection of house drain to street sewer. Sewerage systems – separate, combined and partially combined systems, situation for adoption, collection pattern. Quantity of sewage: sanitary sewage - sources, factors affecting. Fluctuations in sewage flow, peak factor.Characteristics of sewage: physical, chemical and biological characteristics and analysis, sampling, population equivalent relative stability-cycles of decay. Storm sewage: Factors affecting, intensity of rainfall, rational and empirical formula, time of concentration, intensity - duration curve and formula.Design of sewers: Flow formula, minimum and maximum velocity of flow, effect of variation of discharge on velocity, use of partial flow diagrams, design of circular sewers, longitudinal and cross section of sewer lines.

Module 4Construction of sewers: Materials of sewers, crown corrosion, sewer joints, planning, preparation of layout and construction of sewers and testing of sewers, cleaning and maintenance, ventilation of sewers. Sewer appurtenances: inlets, catch basins, clean outs, manholes, drop manholes, lamp holes/flushing tanks, grease and oil traps, inverted siphons, storm regulators. Sewage pumping: pumping stations - types of pumps - capacity of pumps - design of pumps.Natural methods of wastewater disposal: land disposal -. Sewage farming - disposal by dilution - self purification of streams - oxygen sag curve - dilution into sea, comparison of disposal methods.

86

Module 5Air pollution: Types of pollutants, sources, health effects, Monitoring.Noise pollution: Sources, effects. Solid waste management: Type and source of solid waste, characteristics, collection, transportation and processing- Disposal-composting, sanitary land fill, incineration

References

1. Peavy, Rowe, Tchobanoglous, Environmental Engineering, Mc Graw Hill International Editions.

2. M.N. Rao & H.V.N. Rao, Air Pollution, Tata Mc Graw Hill Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. 3. S. K. Garg, Environmental Engineering Vol. l & ll, Khanna Publishers, New

Delhi. 4. B.C. Punmia, Water supply Engineering, Arihant Publications, Jodpur. 5. B.C. Punmia, Waste water Engineering, Arihant Publications, Jodpur.

OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE - I)CMELRTA 706-1 3+1+0

Module1: Classical optimization techniques Single variable optimization – Multivariable optimization with no constraints – Hessian matrix – Multivariable saddle point – Optimization with equality constraints – Lagrange multiplier method - Multivariable optimization with inequality constraints – Kuhn-Tucker conditions.

Module 2: One-dimensional unconstrained minimizationElimination methods – unrestricted search method – Fibonacci method – Interpolation methods – Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation methods.

Module 3: Unconstrained minimizationGradient of a function – Steepest descent method – Newton’s method – Powells method – Hooke and Jeeve’s method.

Module 4: Integer – Linear programming problemGomory’s cutting plane method – Gomory’s method for all integer programming problems, mixed integer programming problems.

Module 5: Network TechniquesShortest path model – Dijkstra`s Algorithm – Floyd`s Algorithm – minimum spanning tree problem – PRIM algorithm – Maximal Flow Problem algorithm.

References1. S.S. Rao, Optimization theory and application, New Age International P. Ltd.2. A.D. Belegundu, T.R. Chandrupatla, Optimization Concepts and applications in

Engineering, Pearson Education Asia. 3. F. S. Budnick, D. McLeavey, R. Mojena, Richard D, Principles of Operations

Research for Management, Irwin, INC.4. H. A. Taha, Operation Research an introduction, Eastern Economy Edition. 5. R. Panneerselvam, Operations Research, PHI.

87

THEORY OF PLATES (ELECTIVE - I)C706-2 3+1+0

Module 1Plates- Introduction- classification of plates- thin plates and thick plates – small deflection theory and large deflection theory – basic concepts of two imensional theory of elasticity – fourth order differential equation for generalized bending problems (derivation in next module)

Module 2Pure bending of plates – slope and curvature of slightly bent plates – relation between bending moment and curvature in pure bending – stresses – variation– plates subjected to lateral loadings -small deflection theory of thin plates – Love- Kirchhoff’s theory – assumptions– derivation of fourth order differential equation

Module 3Solution techniques for fourth order differential equation – boundary conditions – simply supported, built- in and free edge – Navier’s solution for simply supported rectangular plates – uniformly distributed and concentrated load.

Module 4Strain energy – pure bending of plate – bending of plates by lateral loads – Mindlin’s theory – assumptions - equilibrium equations – stress variations – comparative study with Love- Kirchhoff’s equations.

Module 5Circular plates – polar coordinates – differential equation of symmetrical bending of laterally loaded circular plates- uniformly loaded circular plates – circular plates loaded at the centre

References

1. Lloyd Hamilton Donnell, Beams, plates and shells, Mc Graw Hill, NewYork.2. Timoshenko, W Krieger, Theory of plates and shells, Mc Graw Hill.3. Owen F Hughes, Ship structural design, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1983.4. William Muckle, Strength of ship structures, Edqward Arnold Ltd, London, 1967.

PRESTRESSED CONCRETE (ELECTIVE - I)C706-3 3+1

Module 1Introduction: Basic concept of prestressing - Advantages of prestressed concrete over reinforced concrete - materials for prestressed concrete and their characteristics. Uniform prestress distribution in prestressed concrete - nonuniform prestress distribution - moments of resistance.

88

Module 2Systems and methods of prestressing- pre-tensioning systems - post tensioning systems - Thermo elastic prestressing - chemical prestressing.Behavior of prestressed concrete beams in flexure : load - deflection curves for prestressed concrete beams - Interpreting bending tests - Microcracks and visible cracks - Failure.

Module 3Losses in prestress: purpose of assessing losses - counteracting elastic loss-loss of prestress in case of nonuniform prestress - creep, shrinkage, relaxation and achorage losses - friction loss in prestress -graphical solution of friction losses - overcoming friction losses.

Module 4Elastic design of sections for flexure: design of a simply supported beam with symmetrical sections of post tensioned and pretensioned type- tension members.

Module 5Bearing and anchorage zone- statically indeterminate structure-continuous beams- primary moment –secondary moment- resultant moment – Concordant cable profile-Gyons theorem.

References

1. N. Krishna Raju, Prestressed Concrete, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd, New Dehi.

2. S K Mallick, A P Gupta, Prestressed concrete, Oxford and IBI Series.3. R. H. Evans, Bennet E W, Prestressed concrete theory and design, Chapman and

Hall, London.4. T. Y. Lin, Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures, Asia Publishing House.

GROUND IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE - I)C706-4 3+1+0

Module 1Necessity of soil improvement-selection of improvement method- mechanical stabilization-effect on engineering properties-dewatering-well-point system-electro osmosis-pre-loading- sand drains- methods of installation-vibro-flotation-stone columns.

Module 2Chemical stabilization- cement stabilization- factors affecting soil cement mixing-admixtures- lime stabilization-effect of lime on soil properties-construction of lime stabilized bases-bituminous stabilization- thermal stabilization- electrical stabilization.

Module 3Introduction to grouts and grouting- basic functions – groutability ratio –classification of grouts-properties of grouts- fluidity, bleeding potential, rigidity and thixotropy, strength and permeance- grouting applications-seepage control in

89

soil under dams and for cut off walls- seepage control in rock under dams-stabilization grouting for under pinning.

Module 4Earth Reinforcement- mechanism and concept- stress strain relationship of reinforced soil-design theories and stability analysis of retaining wall-tie back analysis-coherent gravity analysis- application areas of earth reinforcement

Module 5Geotextiles: Soil reinforcement with geotextiles- classification- concepts- geotextiles as separators, filters, and drainage media-damage and durability of geotextiles

References

1. M.J.Tholinson - Foundation design and construction Robert M.Koerner - Construction and Geotechnical methods in Foundation Engineering

2. C.J.F.P.Jones - Earth Reinforcement and Soil structures3. R.A.Jewell - Soil Reinforcement with Geotextiles4. Donald P.Coduto - Geotechnical Engineering, Principles and Practices Prentice

Hall India

CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE - I)C706-5 3+1+0

Module 1Concrete materials: cement manufacture - chemical composition hydration - types of cement- tests for cement - setting and hardening - Aggregates - Classification - requirements - size - shape - texture - Tests for aggregates - Alkali aggregate reaction - grading of aggregate - sieve analysis - Flakiness index - Elongation Index Impact value-abrasion value -Water - general requirements - quality of water.

Module 2Fresh Concrete: Workability - factors affecting - measurement of workability - different tests for workability - segregation - bleeding - process of manufacture of concrete - Batching - mixing - transportation - compaction - curing of concrete - curing methods - admixtures in concrete - air entraining agents - Accelerators – Retarders -workability agents - Damp proofing agents - Miscellaneous admixtures - quality control.

Module 3Elastic properties of Concrete - factors affecting modulus of elasticity - Strength of concrete: w/c ratio - gel/space ratio - Gain of strength with age. - accelerated curing tests - maturity concept of concrete - effect of maximum size of aggregate on strength - relation between compressive and tensile strength - revibration - high speed slurry mixing - creep - shrinkage - factors affecting.

90

Module 4Durability of concrete: - sulphate attack - methods of controlling sulphate attack. Durability of concrete in sea water - action of organic acids, mineral oils, sugar etc. on hard concrete - thermal properties of concrete - Fire resistance cracks in concrete–Remedies, Testing of Hardened concrete, flexural strength - comparison of cuube test and cylinder test - Indirect tension test methods -concrete mix design - IS methods - ACI methods - mean strength - characteristic compressive strength - Non distructive testing of concrete.

Module 5Special aggregates: light weight - artificial - natural - special concrete - no - fine concrete- high density concrete - Sulphur infilterated concrete - fibre reinforced concrete - polymer concrete polymer impregnated concrete - polymer cement concrete - properties of polymer concrete - special concreting methods - cold Weather concreting, hot weather concreting - Ferrocement.

References

1. Krishna Raju N, Concrete Technology2. A.M. Neville, Properties of concrete3. M.S. Shetty, Concrete Technology

TRAFFIC ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT (ELECTIVE-I)C706-6 3+1+0

Module 1 Traffic management - scope of traffic management measures - restrictions to turning movements - one way streets - tidal flow operation - regulation of traffic - Need and scope of traffic regulations- Motor Vechicle Act - Speed limit at different locations- regualtion of the vechicle - regulations concerning the driver rules of the road enforcement.

Module 2Highway capacity: Its importance in transportation studies - basic, possible and practical capacity - determination of theoretical maximum capacity -passenger car units - level of service - concept in HC manual - factors affecting level of service.

Module 3Design of Intersection: Design of at grade & grade seperated intersection - rotary intersection - capacity of rotary intersection - traffic signals - design of fixed timesignal - pretimed signalised intersection - performance - Websters approach for the design.

Module 4Traffic Safety: causes of road accidents - collection of accident data - influence of road, the vehicle .the driver, the weather and other factors on road accident - preventive measures.

91

Module 5Traffic Flow: theory of traffic flow - scope - definition and basic diagrams of traffic flow- basic concepts of light hill - Whitham's theory - Car 'following theory and queuing

References

1. Khadiyali L.R. Traffic Engineering and Transport planning, Khanna Tech Publishers

2. Khanna O.P and Jesto C.G; Highway Engineering, Nem Chand Publishers3. Martin, Whol, Traffic system Analysis for Engineers4. Donald Drew, Traffic Flow Theory

OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING (ELECTIVE - I)C706-7 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction to OOP: Basic concepts objects-classes-data abstraction-inheritance-polymorphism-dynamic binding-virtual functions-advantages of OPP over procedure oriented programming-object oriented languages. Introduction to C++ - C++ character set - C++ tokens-data types constants and variables - declaration of variables - operators, expression, and statements-type compatibility - type casting- l/O operators <<and >>) cascading of 1/0 operators.

Module 2Control flow and iterative statements standard input-output streams arrays: one dimension array-multidimensional array- array Initialization. Structures: definition-referencing structure elements. Function prototypes-argument data types-returning values and their types – scope - rules of functions and variables – built - in functions.

Module 3Classes and Objects: Class declaration - data member functions private and public members class function definition member function definition - private and public member functions methods - creating objects - accessing class data members-accessing member functions - constructors and destructors – declaration, definition and use.

Module 4Advanced features: Dynamic memory allocation-pointers –new and delete operators-pointer variables- pointers to objects-accessing member functions-classes with pointers to objects- accessing member functions - classes with pointers-copy constructor-static members-friend classes-friend functions-operator overloading File handling in C++: File pointers F-stream classes open (), close () read (), write () functions-detecting end of file.

Module 5Polymorphism and Inheritance: Function overloading-base class derived class-class conversion-visibility modes-private, public and protected members-single

92

inheritance -privately derived and publicly derived - making protected member inheritable - access control-virtual functions-dynamic binding- abstract classes-concept of multiple inheritance.

References

1. Stanely, Lipman, C++ primer 2. Balaguruswammy, Object Oriented Programming with C++, Tata Mc Graw Hill 3. Robert Lafore, Turbo C++ 4. Gordenkeith, Data Abstraction and OOP in C++ 5. Strostraup, C++ Programming Language 6. David Parsons, Object Oriented Programming with C++, B P B Publications7. Y.Kanetkar, Let Us C++, BPB Publications.

OPEN CHANNEL AND COASTAL HYDRAULICS (ELECTIVE - 1)C706-8 3+1+0 Module 1

Parameters of open channel flow - uniform and non uniform flow normal depth - conveyance - friction formula - specific energy - specific force - diagram - critical depth - application to problems. Critical flow computation - section factor - hydraulic exponent for critical flow computation and its use for trapezoidal channel.

Module 2Hydraulic jump - sequent depths - dimensionless equation of the jump - loss of head - the jump at the feet of a spillway - criteria for the formation of a jump - use of jump as an energy disspiator. Control of jump by sills - stilling basins.

Module 3Non-uniform flow - friction slope - differential equation of non-uniform flow - the 12 type of surface profiles - the point of control - computation by Bresse's method and the simplified step method.

Module 4Water waves - classification into periodic progressive, periodic oscillatory, oscillatory and stationary waves - ocean waves - wave period - wave length and celerity. General expression for the celerity of deep Water - gravity wave and shallow water gravity wave - determination of the wave length and celerity for any water depth given the deep water wave amount as wave energy (no proof). Wave deformation - transformation of waves on a slope (description only) reflection of waves at a vertical sea wall. Clapotis - wave refraction - breaking of waves (description only).

Module 5Wind generated waves - wave forecasting - significant wave height - breakwaters - different types. Coastal erosion with special reference to the Kerala Coast - shore protection measures - sea walls - tetrapods. groynes and'beach nourishment.

93

References

1. 1.S.M.Woodword, C.J.Posey, Hydraulic of Steady Flow in Open Channels 2. F. N. Henderson, Open Channel Flow 3. A. I. Ippen, Estuary and Coast line Hydrodynamics 4. K. E. R. I. Peechi, Coastal Engineering Publications 5. V. T. Chow, Open Channel hydraulics, Mc Graw Hill 6. Robert .M. Sorensen, Basic coastal engineering, John Willy & Sons

AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (ELECTIVE - 1)C 706-9 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction - Significance of air pollution studies, factors that contribute to air pollution - possibilities to air pollution abatemant - air pollution legislation - Techno - administrative aspects of air pollution - Emission and noise standards of Kerala State Pollution Control board.

Module 2Gaseous pollutants-source, chemistry, adverse effects on plants, animals and human beings, properties - tolerance levels - carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, aldehydes, hydrocarbons - compounds of sulphur, compounds of Nitrogen, Oxidants, Hydrogen fluoride - Control of gaseous pollutants - Automobile pollution control.

Module 3Particulates in the air - source, nature and adverse effects - control of particulates - settling, filtration, collection in fluids, electrostatic precipitation, conversion to harmless and useful products. Meteorology related to atmosphere - pressure, temperature, lapse rates - humidity - condensation - wind direction and velocity. Effects of meteorological parameters on transport and diffussion. Atmospheric Electricity.

Module 4Optics of the atmosphere - Effects of air pollutants on atmospheric visibility - methods of measurement of visibility - Introduction to noise pollution. Photochemical reactions of the atmosphere.

Module 5Purpose and principles of measurement of (1) High volume sampler (2) Exhaust gas analyser (petrol and diesel) (3) Stack sampler (4) Sound level meter - industrial hygiene and in plant safety to workers.

References

1. Henry C Perkins, Air pollution, Mc Graw Hill Pvt Ltd, NewDelhi.

2. Arthur C Stern, Air pollution, Vol I, II, III, IV, V, Academic Press, NewYork.

94

3. Noel De Nevers, Air pollution control Engineering, Mc Graw Hill International Edition, Mc Graw Hill Inc, New Delhi.

4. M. N. Rao, H V N Rao, Air pollution, Tata Mc Graw Hill Pvt Ltd, NewDelhi.

95

REMOTE SENSING AND ITS APPLICATIONS (ELECTIVE - I)C706-10 3+1+0

Module 1Principles and concepts: Introduction and definition of remote sensing terminology- principles and methods of remote sensing- electro-magnetic radiation and spectrum- radiation sources-interference- atmospheric effects on remote sensing- atmospheric window –energy interaction with surface features- different types of platforms- sensors and their characteristics-orbital parameters of a satellite- multi concepts in remote sensing.

Module 2Aerial photogrammetry: Definition- types of photographs- geometry of photographs – parallax - pair of photographs- height determination- flight planning stereoscopy.

Module 3Interpretation of images: Aerial photo interpretation – basic elements- techniques of photo interpretation- application of aerial photo interpretation- photographs versus maps- interpretation of satellite images- ground truth collection and interpretation and verification- advantages of multi date and multi band images.

Module 4Imagery: Landsat imagery- thermal infrared imagery- Radar imagery- digital image processing- comparison with image types- applications of satellite imagery- merits- limitations-comparison with aerial photographs.

Module 5Applications: Applications in water resources management- land use mapping and monitoring- soil sciences- geology- agriculture- forestry - oceanography.

References

1. Thomas M. Lillesand & Raiph W. Kiefer, “Remote sensing and image interpretation”, John Wiley Sons.

2. Floyd F. Sabins, “Remote sensing principles and interpretation”, Freeman and company.

3. Campbell J. B, “Introduction to remote sensing”, The Guilford press, London.4. Curran P.J., “Principles of remote sensing”, Longman, London.5. Engmen E.T and Gurnay R. J.,”Remote sensing in hydrology”, Chapman and

Hall.6. Wolf P.R., “Elements of photogrammetry”, McGraw Hills.

96

TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING LABC707 0+0+3

TEST ON SOIL1.Califormia bearing ratio method.

TEST ON BITUMEN2. Softeningpoint of Bitumen3. Ductility test on Bitumen4. Specific gravity of Bitumen5. Flash and fire point test6. Stripping value test7. Viscosity using Viscometer

TESTS ON ROAD AGGREGATES8. Aggregate crushing value test9. Impact value test10. Specific gravity test11. Shape tests - Flakiness index and elongation index12. Los angles abrasion test13. Bulk density, specific gravity, void ratio and porosity of coarse aggregate, water absorbtion.

TESTS ON MIXES14. Marshell stability value15. Determination of bitumen content by bitumen extractor.

COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN IIC708 0+0+3

Module I and II INTRODUCTION

Overview and the Environment of STAAD-III Package. GENERAL DESCRIPTION Type of structure, Unit systems, structure geometry and Co-ordinate systems, global co- ordinate system, Local co-ordinate systems STAAD III Commands- Using Edit Input-Command Formats-Text Input. STAAD PRE- Graphical Input Generation-“Concurrent” Verifications-

Library- Geometry Generation – Dimensioning. STAAD POST – Graphical Post Processing – Animation – Icons –

Isometric View – Zooming-Results of Analysis & Design – Query reports. LOAD – Member Load, Element Load, Joint Load, Floor Load, Self

weight Command, Load case no, Load Combination .Load Generation for Wind Load, Seismic Load and Moving Load FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS & Dynamic Analysis. DESIGN for Concrete and Steel Structures using IS: 456 and IS 800

respectively. STAAD INTDES – Interactive Design Series for slabs, retaining walls and

footings.Note

The student has to practice the above topics by working out problems in

97

1. Analysis and design of steel trusses, Steel and RCC framed structures.2. Analysis and design of multi-storied framed structures.3. Analysis and design of RCC and steel water tanks.

Module III & IVProject management using CPM/PERT Software(Microsoft Project /PRIMAVERA software)

1. Practice on the GUI of the software and Input of Date2. Practice on Creating Bar Charts/Ghant charts3. Practice on creating CPM/PERT charts and finding out critical path.4. Practice on resource allocation and leveling of resources.5. Practice on Project Monitoring (Cost &Time)6. Plotting and printing of various charts and project

NoteThe student has to practice the above topics by doing Project Management for Turn key projects related to Civil Engineering applications.

References

1. STAAD III Reference Manual2. MS Project/PRIMAVERA Reference Manual

98

EIGHTH SEMESTER

99

ADVANCED STRUCTURAL DESIGNC801 2+2+0

Module 1 Road bridges: I. R. C. Specifications - slab bridges -T-Beam bridges - box culvert - bearings.

Module 2Shell structures: General principles for membrane theory for symmetrical uniformly distributed load - design of a simply supported single barrel cylindrical shell for membrane stresses - beam method. Folded plates: general principles - structural behaviour of plates (design not required)

Module 3Industrial buildings: roof loads - analysis and design of trusses - design of purlins - design of bracing – supporting system.

Module 4Design of plate girders and gantry girders - riveted and welded compound sections.

Module 5Steel bridges: - I. S. Specifications - design of highway and railway bridges of plate girder type.

References

1. I. R. C. Bridge code, Indian Railway Bridge code, I. S. 456, I. S2. Victor J.D., Design of Concrete Bridges, Oxford& I B H Publishing Company,

New Delhi.3. Krishna Raju, Advanced Design of Concrete Structures, Oxford& I B H

Publishing Company, New Delhi.4. Ramchandra, Design of Steel Structures. Vol II, Standard Book House, Delhi.5. Ramaswamy G.S., Design and Construction of Concrete Shell Roofs, Mc Graw

Hills

FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSISC802 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction to FEM-Historical development-Idealization of actual structures-Mathematical model-General procedure of FEA-Displacement approach. Solution techniques- Gauss Elimination – Frontal solver (concepts only)

Module 2Finite element analysis- -Energy principles- Principle of Stationary Potential Energy- Complementary Energy - Variational approach -Stable- Unstable- Neutral equilibrium-Virtual work- Principle of virtual forces – Principle of virtual displacements.

100

Module 3Shape functions-Lagrangian and Hermition Interpolation – Polynomials – General coordinates-Area coordinates-Compatibility –C0 and C1 elements-convergence criteria- conforming & nonconforming elements – Patch test

Module 4Stiffness matrix-Bar element-Beam element-Triangular elements - Constant Strain Triangle-Linear Strain Triangle- Isoparametric elements-Numerical Integration - Gauss Quadrature.

Module 5General plate bending elements- Plate bending theory – Kirchhoff’s theory – Mindlin’s theory – Introduction to locking problems- preventive measures – reduced integration – selective integration. Axysymmetric elements- Introduction to shell elements

References

1. O C Zienkiewicz,.Finite Element Method, fourth Edition,McGraw Hill,2. R.D.Cook, Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis, John Wiley

&Sons.3. Stephen P.Timoshenko& Krieger, S.W., Theory of Plates and Shells, McGraw

Hill. 4. C.S.Krishnamoorthy, Finite Element Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill .New Delhi,

1987.5. S.Rajasekharan, Finite Element Analysis, Wheeler Publishing Co., &Sons.1993.6. T.Kant, Finite Element Methods in Computational Mechanics, Pergamons Press.7. K.J.Bathe, Finite Element Procedures in Engineering Analysis, Prentice Hall,8. Mukhopadhyay M., Matrix Finite Element Computer and Structural Analysis,

Oxford &IBH, 1984.9. Irving H.Shames, Energy &Finite Element Methods in Structural Mechanics.10. Desai C.S.&Abel J.F., Introduction to Finite Element Methods, East West Press.

BUILDING TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENTC803 3+1+0 Module 1

Concrete Mix Design: General concepts. BIS method of mix design, American standards of mix design, IS-method of mix design, Durability concepts in mix design - Requirements and tests of materials required for mix design.-Fibre reinforced concrete- High performance concrete.Form work. General arrangements – general requirements – common faults – materials for form work – form work arrangements – form work design – loads on forms – design procedure – form work vibration for compaction of concrete – stripping time and shoring.

101

Module 2Prefabricated construction: Advantages, foundation units, wall panels, frames for opening, walls–units for roofs and floors – low cost roof systems. Hollow concrete blocks, Ferro cement – use and application – modular co-ordination – method of production – flow line method – station method – manufacturing process for structural units. Codification and Standerdisation- Value analysis: Various methods and techniques.

Module 3Construction company organization: Different types of organizational set up – construction team – objectives of civil engineering management – duties and responsibilities of a civil engineer – functions of construction management. Technical planning.Site organization: Organization of labour, resources, materials, method of execution of the project – inspection and quality control- safety in construction.

Module 4Materials Management: Functions of materials management – inventory control techniques.Construction contracts: Item rate contract – Lump-sum contract –Labour contract – Negotiated contract – Global contract – Percentage contract – Cost plus percentage contract- Cost plus fixed fee contract- Cost plus fluctuating fee contract – Target contract – All in contract.

Module 5Claims manual for a construction organization: Law of contract - Extra work and deviation order – claims – owner’s claim – sub contractor’s claim – disputes and arbitration – consequences of mistake in contracts – terms and conditions of contract – contract documents – earnest money – security deposit – warranty period – contract signed under coercion – contract signed by minors, insane or drunken persons – authority to agree and find, validity of an oral agreement – conditions and warranties – express terms and implied terms – voidable contracts and their performance – illegal and voidable contracts – liability for tort in contract- litigation – breach of contract and remedies – discharge of contract – equity, privity of contract – transfer of contractual rights and obligations.

References

1. M .S Shetty, concrete technology, S. Chand & Co.2. S. P Arora, Building constructions, Dhanpat Rai & sons, New Delhi.3. B. L Gupta, Amit Gupta, Construction Management and accounts, standard

publishers and Distributions.4. Construction Management and accounts – V .N Vazirani.5. National Building code of India – Indian standards.6. Construction Engineering & Management, S. Seetharaman, Umesh 7. Publications, Delhi.

102

ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING - IIC804 3+1+0

Module 1 Introduction: Storage of water - effect of storage on quality of water, general layout of treatment plant - surface water and ground water. Aeration, purpose of aeration. Sedimentation - plain sedimentation, theory of sedimentation, continuous flow sedimentation tanks. Chemically aided sedimentation - necessity, theory of coagulation and flocculation - generally used coagulants, dosage, feeding, mixing devices, clariflocculators, design of flash mixers clarifiers and clarifloculators.

Module 2Filtration - Theory of filtration, filter media - sand for filtration. Classification of filters - design, construction, control, operation and maintenance of rapid sand filters and slow sand filters. pressure filters, dual media & multimedia filters.Disinfection: requirements of a good disinfectant, chlorination - action, application, and dosage chlorine demand, pre chlorination, post chlorination, double chlorination, super chlorination, breakpoint chlorination, chloramination. Other disinfectants. Miscellaneous treatment methods: color, odour and taste removal, iron and manganese removal, deflouridation, removal of hardness, desalination.

Module 3Introduction: Objectives of waste water treatment - Effluent standards, KSPCB Standards, BIS Standards. Layout of conventional treatment plant - preliminary, primary, secondary and tertiary treatments in general. Preliminary process: screens - types of screens, design, disposal of' screenings; comminutors, grit chamber - function, design, construction and operation, disposal of grit , detritus tank, skimming tank -function, design and operation, disposal of skimmings Sedimentation: Theory of sewage sedimentation - design, construction and operation, rectangular and circular tanks, disposal of sludge.

Module 4Biological process: principle and theory of biological treatment. Sewage filtration: Trickling filters - design, construction and operation. Activated sludge process: Design, construction and operation of conventional and extended aeration, aeration methods. Miscellaneous methods- Stabilization ponds, Oxidation ditch, Aerated lagoons, rotating biological contactors; disinfection of sewage effluents.

Module 5Sludge treatment and disposal: quantity of sludge, characteristics of sludge, sludge thickening, digestion, conditioning and disposal, design of sludge digesters only. Septic Tanks: Design (as per Ministry of urban development) construction, disposal of effluents, cleaning of tanks, Imhoff tanks.Sewage treatment by high rate anaerobic methods: Anaerobic digestion, suspended growth, contact process, UASB, attached growth, filters, expanded bed - only basics (Ref. Wastewater Engineering by Metcalf and Eddy - 3rd Edn.)

103

References

1. Peavy, Rowe, Tchobanoglous, Environmental Engineering, Mc Graw Hill International Editions.

2. S. K. Garg, Environmental Engineering Vol. l & ll, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.

3. B.C. Punmia, Water supply Engineering, Arihant Publications, Jodpur.4. B.C. Punmia, Waste water Engineering, Arihant Publications, Jodpur. 5. Metcalf & Eddy, Waste water Engg. 3rd Edn., Mc Graw Hill International

Editions. 6. Mark J Hammer, Water and waste water technology, John Wiley and sons, Inc.

ADVANCED MATHEMATICS (ELECTIVE - II) CMELRT 805-1 3+1+0

Module 1 Green’s Function Heavisides, unit step function – Derivative of unit step function – Dirac delta function – properties of delta function – Derivatives of delta function – testing functions – symbolic function – symbolic derivatives – inverse of differential operator – Green’s function – initial value problems – boundary value problems – simple cases only

Module 2 Integral EquationsDefinition of Volterra and Fredholm Integral equations – conversion of a linear differential equation into an integral equation – conversion of boundary value problem into an integral equation using Green’s function – solution of Fredhlom integral equation with separable Kernels – Integral equations of convolution type – Neumann series solution.

Module 3 Gamma, Beta functionsGamma function, Beta function – Relation between them – their transformations – use of them in the evaluation certain integrals – Dirichlet’s integral – Liouville’s extension of Dirichlet’s theorem – Elliptic integral – Error function.

Module 4 Power Series solution of differential equationThe power series method – Legendre’s Equation – Legendre’s polynomial – Rodrigues formula – generating function – Bessel’s equation – Bessel’s function of the first kind – Orthogonality of Legendre’s Polynomials and Bessel’s functions.

Module 5 Numerical solution of partial differential equations.Classification of second order equations- Finite difference approximations to partial derivatives – solution of Laplace and Poisson’s equations by finite difference method – solution of one dimensional heat equation by Crank – Nicolson method – solution one dimensional wave equation.

References

1. Ram P.Kanwal, Linear Integral Equation, Academic Press, New York.

104

2. Allen C.Pipkin, Springer, A Course on Integral Equations, Verlag.3. H.K.Dass, Advanced Engg. Mathematics, S.Chand.4. Michael D.Greenberge, Advanced Engg. Mathematics, Pearson Edn. Asia.5. B.S.Grewal, Numrical methods in Engg.&science, Khanna Publishers.6. R.F. Hoskins, Generalized functions, John Wiley and Sons.7. Bernard Friedman, Principles and Techniques of Applied Mathematics, John

Wiley and sons8. James P.Keener, Principles of Applied Mathematics, Addison Wesley.9. P.Kandasamy, K.Thilagavathy, K.Gunavathy Numerical methods, S.Chand & co.

THEORY OF SHELLS (ELECTIVE - II)C805-2 3+1+0

Module 1Structural behaviour of shells-classification of shells-translational and rotational shells-ruled surfaces-methods of generating the surface of different shells-hyperbolic paraboloid-elliptic paraboloid-conoid-Gaussian curvature-synclastic and anticlastic surfaces.

Module 2Classical theories of shells-thin shell-thick shell-small deflection theory-stress resultants and deformations of shells without bending.

Module 3Cylindrical shells-membrane theory of cylindrical shells-free body diagram of a cylindrical shell element-formulation of equilibrium equation.

Module 4Bending theory of cylindrical shells-stresses and deformation of circular cylindrical shells-pressure vessels-cylindrical shells with uniform internal pressure-free body diagram of a differential cylindrical shell element- formulation of equilibrium equation.

Module 5Finite element application on cylindrical shells-introduction to shell elements-flat elements-axisymmetric elements- degenerated elements-general shell element.

References

1. Timoshenko, W Krieger, Theory of plates and shells, Mc Graw Hill.2. Gol’oenveizen, Theory of elastic thin shells, Pergaman Press, 1961.3. J Ramachandran, Thin shells theory and problems, Universities press.4. Novoshilov V V,Theory of thin elastic shells, P Noordoff, Groningen,1959.5. Baker E H, Kovalesky and Flrish, Structural analysis of shells, Mc Graw Hill,

New York.6. Kraus H, Thin elastic shells, Wiley, New York, 1967.7. Ramaswamy G S, Design and construction of concrete shell roofs, Mc Graw Hill,

New York.8. Wilhelm Flugge, Stresses in shells, Springs, Verlog, Berlin.

105

ADVANCED STEEL STRUCTURES (ELECTIVE - II)C805-3 3+1+0

Module 1Microwave and Transmission Towers: Introduction - Loads - Analysis of Microwave & Transmission towers - Design of members - Design of foundation - Design of Connections - Application using STAAD, SAP.

Module 2Pre-Engineered Metal Buildings: Introduction - Loads - Metal cladding - Design of cold formed secondary framing - Optimization design of main frames - Wind bracing - Frame connections (haunch, ridge) - Column base connections (fixed, pinned) - Application using STAAD, STRAP.

Module 3Multi-storey Buildings: Introduction - Anatomy of structure - Loads - Design of columns - Design of composite beams - Design of composite floor - Bracings – Connections - Application using STAAD, STRAP.

Module 4Space Frames: Introduction - Structural types - Loads - Design of single layer barrel vault - Design of single layer dome - Design of double layer flat - Design of node connectors - Application using STAAD, SAP.

Module 5Construction: Tolerances: Fabrication tolerances - Erection tolerances, Fabrication: Economy - Shop activities - Quality management, Erection: Method statement - programme – Machineries, Fire Protection: Regulations - Structural performance - Methods of protection, Corrosion Resistance: Corrosion process - Effect of environment - Protection methods.

References

1. Ram Chandra, Design of Steel Structures, Vol. II, Standard Book House, New Delhi.

2. Alexander Newman, Metal Building Systems: Design and Specifications,3. Graham W. Owens, Peter R. Knowles, Steel Designers Manual, Blackwell

Scientific Publications, Oxford, ISBN 0-632-03881-0.4. Ramamrutham S., Design of Steel Structures, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Co., New

Delhi, 2001, ISBN 81-87433-36-1.5. Ramaswamy G. S., Suresh G. R., Analysis, Design and Construction of Steel

Space frames, Thomas Telford Ltd., 2002, ISBN 0-7277-30142.6. Edwin H. Gaylord, Jr., Charles N. Gaylord, Design of Steel Structures, McGraw-

Hill, Inc., Singapore, ISBN 0-07-112623-6.7. IS: 800 - 1984, Use of Structural Steel in General Building Construction, BIS,

New Delhi.8. IS: 802, Use of Structural Steel in Overhead Transmission Line Towers, BIS, New

Delhi.9. IS: 875 - 1987, Code of practice for Design Loads (Parts I, II & III), BIS, New

Delhi.

106

10. IS: 806, Code of practice for use of Steel Tubes in General Building Construction, BIS, New Delhi.

11. IS: 1161, Specification for Steel Tubes for Structural Purposes, BIS, New Delhi.

HIGHWAY AND AIRFIELD PAVEMENTS (ELECTIVE - II)C805-4 3+1+0

Module 1Pavement types: stress distribution in pavements - theoretical subgrade conditions and traffic loadings Basic difference between flexible and rigid pavements - design factors - wheel load - equivalent single wheel load - repetition of loads - elastic modulii - climatic variations.

Module 2Design of flexible pavements: group index method - CBR method - IRC recommendations - Me Load method - Burmister's layer theory.

Module 3Design of rigid pavements: radius of relative stiffness - critical load positions - Westergaard's stress equation - Bradley's stress coefficients - design charts.

Module 4Temperature stresses in concrete pavements: Westergaard's concept - wrapping stress - functional stress - combination of stresses.Design of joints in concrete pavements: expansion joints - construction joints - design of dowel bars - tie bars - IRC recommendation.

Module 5Evaluation of pavement condition: pavement instrumentation - types of pavement distress - roughness and skid resistance. Environmental influence and effects- pavements maintenance and overlays.

References

1. Bindra B.S, Highway Engineering, Danpat Rai and Sons.2. H.J.Yoder, Principles of Pavement Design, John wiley and sons3. Khanna O.P, Justo C.G., Highway Engineering, Nem Chand Publishers4. IRC Standard specifications for Construction of Flexible and rigid pavements

ADVANCED FOUNDATION DESIGN (ELECTIVE - II)C805-5 3+1+0

Module 1Machine foundations: basic theory of vibrations-free and forced vibration of single degree of freedom with and without damping-two degrees of freedom with and without damping-dynamic soil properties-mass spring model and constants- elastic half space approach-determination of dynamic soil constants in laboratory and field based on IS code provisions. Modes of vibration of block foundation –

107

natural frequency of foundation of soil system by Barkan’s approach-methods of analysis-Barkan’s method. Vertical translations, sliding, rocking, yawing (IS code method)

Module 2Design of machine foundations: Static and dynamic design criteria-permissible amplitude of vibrations for different types of machines. Foundations for reciprocating machines- design criteria- calculation of induced forces and moments- multi cylinder engines-Foundations subjected to impact type of forces (hammer)-design data-design criteria-vibration isolation.

Module 3Sheet Pile walls and Cofferdams: types and uses of sheet piles-design of cantilever sheet pile walls in granular and cohesive soils-anchored bulkhead-free earth support and fixed earth support method-coffer dams-uses- braced and cellular cofferdams.

Module 4Special Foundations: Foundation for special structures such as water tanks, silos, cooling towers, guyed structures, ground storage tanks, chimneys, telecommunication towers, transmission line towers-foundation for under ground conduits- foundation for coastal and offshore structures-pre-stressed foundations. Shell Foundations-structural form and efficiency-different types.

Module 5Foundations in Special soils: Foundation in expansive soil, soft and compressible soils, problems associated with foundation installation- ground water lowering and drainage- shoring and underpinning-different methods-damage and vibrations due to constructional operations

References

1. Bowles.J.E, Foundation Analysis and DesignMc Graw Hill Publishing Company.2. N.P.Kurian, Modern foundations Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing company3. Srinivasulu P, Vaidyanathan C.V Handbook of Machine foundations4. IS 2974-part I toV.5. IS 5249

INDUSTRIAL WASTE ENGINEERING (ELECTIVE - II)C805-6 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction: Environmental pollution - Magnitude of the industrial waste problem in India - damage caused by industrial waste pollution. Effect of industrial wastes on streams and sewerage systems: Computation of organic waste loads on streams - Streeter phelps, Churchill and Thomas methods.

108

Module 2Stream sampling: stream protection measures - effluent and stream standards.Characteristics of industrial wastes: physical, chemical and biological. retreatment of industrial wastes: waste volume reduction, waste strength reduction - neutralization, equalization and proportioning.

Module 3Theories of treatments processes: removal of suspended solids by sedimentation and flotation, removal of colloidal solids by coagulation - removal of inorganic solids by evaporation & ion exchange. Removal of organic solids: lagooning, activated sludge treatment - extended aeration, step aeration, trickling filters. High rate anaerobic treatment - up flow and down flow filters; up flow anaerobic sludge blanket reactor - Disposal of sludge solids. Joint treatment of treated and untreated wastes with domestic sewage - discharge of raw and treated wastes to streams.

Module 4Major industrial Wastes and their treatment: pulp and paper industry - oil refinery - textile industry - tannery.

Module 5Treatment of industrial waste: canning - dairy - sugar - distillery.

References

1. M Narayana Rao, Waste water treatment, Rational methods of design and Industrial practice, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd, Bombay.

2. Nelson Leonard Nemerow, Theories and practices of industrial waste treatment, Addison-Wesley Publishing Co., Inc.

3. C Fred Gurnham, Principles of industrial waste treatment, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York.

4. W Wesley Eckenfelder Jr., Industrial water pollution control, International Edition, Mc Graw Hill Inc, New Delhi.

5. Hardam Singh, Industrial Waste water management Hand Book, Mc Graw Hill, NewDelhi.

ADVANCED HYDROLOGY (ELECTIVE - II)C805-7 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction: Hydrologic cycle-history of hydrology - application in engineering: water resources in the world - water resources in India. Weather and hydrology: Thermal circulation - effects of earth's rotation - effect of' land and water distribution - migratory systems - fronts - measurement of temperatures - Lapse rate of temperatures - geographic distribution of temperatures - time variations of temperatures - properties of water vapour- Measurement of humidity - geographic distributions of humidity - time variations in humidity-geographic variations of wind - time variations of wind - scanning and predicting weather.

109

Module 2 Precipitation: types of precipitation - measurement of precipitation recording gauges - automatic gauges radars -estimation of missing data and adjustment of records - mean areal depth of precipitation -rain gauge network- design principles-depth area duration curves - Hectograph and mass curve of rainfall - analysis of rainfall data - moving average curves - design storms - probable maximum precipitation curves snowfall and measurement. Determination of snowmelt. Water Losses:.Evaporation-evaporation pans – evapometre, control of' reservoir evaporation - soil evaporation - transpiration - estimation of evapo transpiration - infiltration - infiltration curves - determination of infiltration- irifiltration indices - water shed leakage - water balance.

Module 3Runoff: Catchment characteristics - classification of streams - factors affecting-run off, run off estimation by empirical formulae, curves infiltration method, rational method, overland flow hydrograph and unit hydrograph, method. Hydrographs: Separation of stream, flow components - hydrograph separation - unit hydrograph - assumption - derivations of unit hydrograph - unit hydrograph of complex storms - instantaneous unit hydrograph - synthetic unit hydrograph. .

Module 4 Floods: Definition of standard project flood - maximum probable flood - probable maximum precipitation and design flood - estimation of peak flood-flood control. Measures - flood forecasting techniques- flood routing - analytical and graphical methods of flood routing. Sedimentation: The erosion process - factors controlling erosion - suspended load, bed load - estimation of sediment load (basic principles and statement of important.equations only) measurement of sediment load - reservoir sedimentation - control of reservoir sedimentation.

Module 5Probability analysis of hydrological data: mean, median, mode, mean-deviation, standard deviation, variances and skewness of data normal, gamma, poisons, log normal and pears and type III distributions - flood, frequency by fuller's, Gumbel's, Powel and Ven Te chow methods.Mathematical models in hydrology: definition of stochastic models, deterministic models-conceptual models and empirical models- optimisation of models and efficiency of models - method of determining 1UH by the s-curve hydrograph, convolution integral and conceptual models - synthetic stream flow - flow at ungauged sites - by multiple regression - reservoir mass curve - flood forecasting.

References

1. H. M.Reghunath, Hydrology, Wiley Easten Ltd., New Delhi. 2. Santhosh Kumar Garg, Hydrology and flood control engineering, Khanna

Publishers 3. R.K. Linsley, M. A. Kholar, Hydrology for engineers, Tata Mc Graw Hill.

110

APPLIED GEOLOGY (ELECTIVE - II)C805-8 3+1+0

Module 1Plate tectonics: Plate tectonics and drift of continents-Pangaea and drift of Indian plate-formation of Himalayas-Tectonic frame work of South India -Tectonic movements-their significance-methods of detecting tectonic movements - radar interferometry & global positioning system.Earthquake: Earthquakes in relation to plate tectonics-global seismic belts -seismic zones of Inida-seismicity of South India-earthquakes in Kerala -earthquake resistant structures-prediction of earthquake-defusing earthquake-Reservoir induced seismicity.

Module 2Structural geology: Clinometer & Brunton compass-Measuring of strike and dip using clinometer/Brunton compass-Basic idea of toposheets-Lineaments-definition-singificance-techniques of identifying lineaments-major lineaments in South India and Kerala.Remote sensing: Basic concepts-electromagnetic radiation, spectral windows, spectral signatures, sensors, false colour images, geocoded images. Remotesensing satellites-Landsat.Aerial photography: Basic concepts-stereopairs, stereoscopic vision, stereoscope-Limitations of aerial photography.Applications: Interpretation of imageries (brief description only). Application of satellite imageries and aerial photographs in geological and hydrogeological studies.

Module 3Hydrogeology - General: Groundwater-importance and availability-Aquifers-confined and unconfined-Artesian wells-Geologic formations as aquifer-laterite-sandy layers-weathered rock-fractured crystalline rock- their distribution in Kerala-Structures used for tapping groundwater-Open well, Bore well, Tube well & Filterpoint well (construction techniques not expected). Saline water intrusion.

Module 4Hydrolgeology - Groundwater exploration techniques: Hydrogeological, geophysical & geobotanical methods-Geophysical method-resistivity survey-Wenner and Schlumberger configurations-interpretation of resistivity curve-curve matching technique. Groundwater recharge: Natural & artificial. Structures used for artificial recharge-checkdams, subsurface dams, open well & bore well. Selection of site for subsurface dams-salient features.

Module 5Practical Work: Identification of important rock forming minerals: 1.Quartz, 2.Feldspar, 3.Hypersthene, 4.Auguite, 5. Hornblende, 6. Biotite, 7.Muscovite, 8.Olivine, 9.Garnet, 10.Fluorite, 11.Tourmaline, 12.Calcite, 13.Kyanite, 14. Kaolin, 15. Serpentine. Identification of common rock types: Igneous rocks: 1. Granite, 2. Syenite, 3. Diorite, 4. Gabbro, 5. Peridotite, 6.Dolerite, 7.Basalt, 8.Pegmatite.Sedimentary rocks: 1.Conglomerate, 2.Breccia, 3.Sandstone,

111

4.Limestone, 5.shale.Metamorphic rocks: 1. Gneiss, 2. Schist, 3. Slate, 4. Marble, 5. Quartzite, 6. Augen gneiss, 8. Mylonite, 9. Pseudotachyllite.Special Indian rock types: 1. Charnockite, 2. Khondalite, 3. Laterite. Recommended Field work: Field trips to learn identification of faults/lineaments in the field and groundwater exploration techniques.

References

1. Arthur Holmes, Physical geology, Thomas Nelson.2. Arthur D. Howard, Geology in environmental planning, McGraw Hills, New

Delhi. 3. M.P.Billings, Strucutural geology, Asia Publishing house, New Delhi.4. N.W. Gokhale, A manual of problems in structural geology, CBS Publishers &

distributors, New Delhi.5. Thomas M. Lillesand & Raiph W. Kiefer, Remotesensing and image

interpretation, John Wiley Sons, New York. 6. K.K.Rampal, Text book of photogrametry, Oxford & IBH Publishing company,

New Delhi.7. David Keith Todd, Groundwater hydrology, John Wiley & sons, New York.8. H.M. Regunath, Groundwater, Willey Eeastern Ltd.9. HH.Read, Rutleys elements of mineralogy, George Allen & Unwin Ltd, London.10. G.W.Tyrell, Principles of petrology, B.I. Publications, Bombay.11. E.G. Ehler & H. Blatt, Petrology-igneous, sedimentary & metamorphic, CBS

Publishers & distributors, Delhi.

STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS AND STABILITY ANALYSIS (ELECTIVE - III)

C806-1 2+1+0

Module 1Introduction-problems in nature-steady state problem-dynamic problem-stability problem (Eigen value problem)-introduction to dynamic loading-D’Alembert’s equation of equilibrium-inertia force-effect of damping-Hamilton’s principle.

Module 2Single degree of freedom system-idealisation-free vibration-natural frequency-resonance-forced vibration-lumped mass-consistent mass.solution techniques-determinant search procedure-Householders method

Module 3Introduction to stability analysis-energy principles-stable, unstable and neutral equilibrium-fourth order differential equation for generalized bending problems-elastic instability of columns-Euler’s theory-assumptions-limitations. General treatment of column stability problem as an Eigen value problem-various modes of failure for various end conditions- both ends hinged-both ends fixed-one end fixed other end free- one end fixed other end hinged

112

Module 4Beam column-beam column equation-solution of differential equation for various lateral loads-udl and concentrated loads-solutions for various end conditions-both ends hinged-both ends fixed-one end fixed other end free- one end fixed other end hinged.

Module 5Finite element application to dynamics-element stiffness matrix and mass matrix of a beam element. Finite element application to stability analysis- finite element stability analysis-element stiffness matrix –geometric stiffness matrix-derivation of element stiffness matrix and geometric stiffness matrix for a beam element.

References

1. Ray W Clough, Joseph Penzien, Dynamics of structures, Mc Graw Hill, Kogabusha Ltd.

2. Ziegler H, Principles of structural stability, Blarsdell, Wallham, Mass, 1963.3. Thompson J M, G W Hunt, General stability of elastic stability, Wiley, New York.4. Timoshenko, Gere, Theory of elastic stability, Mc Graw Hill, New York.5. Don O Brush, B O O Almorth, Buckling of Bars, plates and shells,6. Cox H L, The buckling of plates and shells, Macmillam, New York, 1963. 7. O C Zienkiewicz ,.Finite Element Method ,fourth Edition,McGraw Hill,8. R.D.Cook, Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis, John Wiley

&Sons.

INTERNET PROGRAMMING AND JAVA (ELECTIVE - III)C806-2 2+1+0

Module 1Internet: Definition-principles of internet working-protocols TCP/IP.E-mail- architecture and services. World wide web- definition- linking of documents in www-URL-DNS. Major categories of websites over Internet. HTML-Tags and writing pages.

Module 2Importance of Java – advantages - method of byte codes - object oriented programming concepts in Java-data types – variables – arrays – operators - control statements.Classes: Overloading – inheritance - packages and interfaces - exception handling-built in exceptions.

Module 3Threads: Multi threading-string handling-an overview of important packages and interfaces used in Java-Java.util, Java.io.

Module 4Applet: applet class-event handling-overview of event classes.AWT: working with windows-graphics-text-AWT controls-layout managers-menu-images.

113

Module 5Databases-JDBC connectivity- introduction to swing, RMI, servlets, COM, CORBA, Java Beams.

References

1. MK Goel, Internet,2. Herbert Schildt, Java the complete reference, Tata Mc Graw Hill.3. Steven Holzner, Java 2 Black book, Wiley Dreamtech4. Joseph L Weber, Using Java, Prentice Hall India New Delhi.5. James Gosling, Java Programming.

TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORTATION PLANNING (ELECTIVE - III) C806-3 2+1+0

Module 1Statistical methods for Traffic Engineering: definition and probability - probability distribution – Poisson, Binomial and normal distribution. Applications in traffic engineering: sampling theory and significance testing - linear regression and correlation - simple problems.

Module 2Systems approach to transport planning: stages in transport planning - trip generation - introduction and definitions – factors affecting trip generations and attraction - Multiple linear regression analysis - category analysis - Modal split analysis.

Module 3Trip Distribution: growth factor methods - synthetic methods. Trip Assignment: purpose, general principle - assignment techniques.

Module 4Parking: Parking problems - desirable parking space standards for different land use -common methods of on- street parking, off-street parking facilities, parking surveys.Street illumination: Definition of common terms - types and location of lanterns on straight roads and junctions avoiding glare.

Module 5Transportation Economics: Road user cost-Motor Vehicle operation cost - fixed and variable costs - road user benefits - principles of economics - analysis through annual cost - rate of return and benefit cost ratio methods - worked out problems.

References1. Khadiyali L.R. Traffic Engineering and Transport planning, Khanna Tech

Publishers2. Hutchinson “Principles of Urban transport systems Planning3. Martin & Whol Traffic system Analysis for Engineers4. Donald Drew Traffic Flow Theory

114

ENVIRONMENTAL GEOTECHNICS (ELECTIVE - III)C806-4 2+1+0

Module 1Clay mineralogy and soil structure: Gravitational and surface forces-inter sheet and inter layer bonding in the clay minerals- Basic structural units of clay minerals- isomorphous substitution – kaolinite mineral- montmorillonite mineral- illite mineral- electric charges on clay minerals – base exchange capacity- diffused double layer- adsorbed water- soil structure- methods for the identification of minerals (introduction only).

Module 2Effect of environment on Geotechnical properties of soils: Effect of drying on Atterberg limits.-Volume change behaviour- factors controlling resistance to volume change- general relationship between soil type, pressure and void ratio.- importance of mineralogical composition in soil expansion. Activity- sensitivity-causes of sensitivity-influence of exchangeable cations, pH and organic matter on properties of soils. Permeability of soils- hydraulic conductivity of different types of soils – Darcy’s law and its validity- factors affecting permeability

Module 3Wastes and Contaminants (introduction only): sources of wastes-types of wastes- composition of different wastes- characteristics and classification of hazardous wastes- generation rates- ground water contamination- sources of ground water contamination- transport mechanisms-potential problems in soils due to contaminants.

Module 4Disposal and containment technics: Criteria for selection of sites for waste disposal- hydrological aspects of selection of waste disposal sites- disposal facilities- subsurface disposal technics-disposal systems for typical wastes (sketches only)

Module 5Containment control systems- liners and covers for waste disposal- rigid liners- flexible liners. Ground modification technics in waste management – waste modification- ground modification- mechanical modification-hydraulic modification- chemical modification.

References

1. Mitchell, J (1976), “ Fundamentals of soil behaviour”, John Wiley and sons, New York

2. Lambe, T. W & Whitman, R. V (1979), “ Soil Mechanics “, John Wiley and Sons, New York.

3. Gopal Ranjan & A.S.R Rao (1991), “ Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi.

4. Wilson, M. J (1987), “ A Hand book of Determinative methods in Clay Mineralogy”, Chapman and Hall, New York.

115

5. Robert M. Koerner (1984), “Construction and Geotechnical methods in Foundation Engineering”, McGraw Hill Book Co., New York.

6. Yong R. N. (1992), “ Principles of contaminant Transport in Soils, “Elsevier, New York.

7. Ramanatha Iyer T. S (2000), “Soil Engineering Related to Environment”, LBS centre.

SOIL STABILITY ANALYSIS (ELECTIVE - III)C806-5 2+1+0

Module 1Ground water seepage- Laplace’s equations for two dimensional flow- quick sand condition- construction of flownets- confined and unconfined flow-seepage in anisotropic soil conditions-piping-design of filters.

Module 2Stability of earth slopes-modes of slope stability- analysis of slope stability problems- Swedish circle method- Friction circle method- Taylor’s stability chart-Bishop’s method- stabilization measures- instrumentation.

Module 3Landslides: Introduction- movements associated with landslides-causes of landslides-consequences, classification and analysis of landslides-investigation of landslides-instrumentation-methods of preventing landslides.

Module 4Earthquake effects on soil foundation system: earth quakes- ground shaking-liquefaction- ground deformations-seismic provisions in building codes

Module 5Underpinning: Introduction-reasons-pit underpinning-pile underpinning-driven underpinning piles-shoring-special underpinning methods-moving structures

References

1. Hans.F.Winterkorn and Hsai Yang Fang Foundation Engineering handbook - Van Nostrand Reinhold Company

2. Bowles E.J. Foundation analysis and Design. Mc Graw Hill Publishing Co. 3. Gopal Ranjan and A.S.R.Rao Basic and applied Soil mechanics New Age

International Publishing Company4. Donald.P.Coduto Geotechnical Engineering –Principlesand practices, Prentice

Hall India

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ANALYSISC806-6 2+1+0

Module 1Concepts of environmental impact analysis-Environmental protections, legislations, laws and Acts-air quality legislation-energy legislation-fish and wild life resources legislation-historical preservation legislation-factors for

116

consideration in assessing environmental impact concept-short term vs. long term effects.

Module 2Socio impact analysis-physical, social, aesthetic and economic environment-examples of types of socio impact analysis.

Module 3Air quality impact analysis-air pollutants-sources-atmospheric interactions-environmental impact-assessment methodology, case studies. Noise impact analysis-effects of noise on people-estimating transportation noise impact-examples

Module 4Water quality impact analysis-water quality criteria and standards-modelling-water quality impact by projects like High ways, power plants, agriculture and irrigation, forest management, vegetation and wild life impact analysis.

Module 5Assessment methodologies-impact on biota-summerisation of environmental impact-checklist method.

References

1. John G Rau, David C Wooten, Environmental impact Analysis Handbook, Mc Graw Hill Book Company, New Delhi, 1980.

ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING LABC807 0+0+3

1. Determination of (a) solids - total, suspended, dissolved, fixed, volatile, settleable SVI.

2. pH Value.3. Conductivity.4. Chemical oxygen demand.5. D. 0. and Biochemical Oxygen Demand.6. Jar test and Turbidity.7. Chlorine demand and residual chlorine.8. Determination of iron.9. Determination of sulphates.10. Acidity and Alkalinity.11. Hardness.12. Nitrogen - various forms.13. M. P. N. Fecal coliforms using A-l medium.14. Measurment of smoke density for diesel vehicles.15. Measurment of H C and CO of exhaust from petrol driven vehicles.16. Measurment of suspended particulate matter in ambient air.

117

PROJECT / SEMINARC 808 0+0+4

Each student is required to present a technical paper on a subject approved by the department. The paper should in general reflect the state of the art. He/she shall submit a report of the paper presented to the department. In addition to the seminar he/she shall undertake a project work (as a team or individually) in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the guide(s). On completion of the project work, he/she shall present the work done before a panel of staff members, and submit a report of the project work done to the department.

VIVA -VOCEC809

A comprehensive Viva-voce examination will be conducted to assess the student's overall knowledge in the specified field of engineering. At the time of viva-voce, certified reports of seminar and project work are to be presented for evaluation.

118


SYLLABUS

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING BRANCH

119

THIRD SEMESTER

120

121

ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IICMELPA 301 3+1+0




Module 4 Finite Differences Meaning of , , E, , - interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula – central differences – problems using stirlings formula – Lagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided difference formula for unequal intervals.

Module 5 Difference CalculusNumerical differentiation using forward and backward differences – Numerical integration – Newton – Cote’s formula – trapezoidal rule – Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule – simple problems. Difference equations – Solution of difference equations.

References

1. Advanced Engg. Mathematics - Erwin Kreyszig, Wiley Eastern Ltd.2. Higher Engg. Mathematics - Grawal B.S., Khanna Publishers 3. Numerical Methods in science & Engg. -M.K.Venkataraman, National Publishing

Co 4. Numerical Methods - S.Balachandra Rao and G.K.Shantha, Uty. press5. Advanced Engg. Mathematics - Michael D.Greenberg, Prentice-Hall6. Theory and Problems of Vector analysis - M.R.Spiegel, Schaum’s outline series,

McGraw – Hill

122

MACHINE DRAWING - IM 302 0+0+4

Conversion of pictorial views into orthographic views-dimensioning techniques- preparation of drawing- screw threads-different forms-conventional representation-sketching-orthographic views of hexagonal bolts and nuts-dimensional drawing-squareheaded bolts and nuts-sketching of different types of lock nuts and locking devices and foundation bolts.

Forms of rivet heads-rivetted joints-lap and butt joints with single and multiple riveting in chain and zig-zag arrangements-dimensional drawing. Sketching of conventional representation of welded joints.

Fully dimensioned and sectional drawings of the following: -Joints-cottered joints (spigot and socket, sleeve and cotter, gib and cotter) - knuckle joint. Shaft couplings - types of keys - plain and protected types of flanged couplings - bushed pin type flexible coupling - Oldhams coupling.

Pipe joints-spigot &socket joint - flanged joint - union joint –Amstrong (hydraulic) joint.Shaft bearings and supports - journal bearing, plummer block - footstep bearing-wall bracket - ball bearings.

Steam engine parts - stuffing box - cross head - connecting rod - eccentric.I.C.Engine parts-piston, connecting rod.

References

1. Machine Drawing - N.D.Bhatt2. Machine Drawing - P.I.Varghese3. Machine Drawing - P.S.Gill

FLUID MECHANICSM 303 2+2+0

Module 1Introduction-Proprties of fluids- pressure, force, density, specific weight, compressibility, capillarity, surface tension, dynamic and kinematic viscosity-Pascal’s law-Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids-fluid statics-measurement of pressure-variation of pressure-manometry-hydrostatic pressure on plane and curved surfaces-centre of pressure-buoyancy-floation-stability of submerged and floating bodies-metacentric height-period of oscillation.

Module 2Kinematics of fluid motion-Eulerian and Lagrangian approach-classification and representation of fluid flow- path line, stream line and streak line. Basic hydrodynamics-equation for acceleration-continuity equation-rotational and irrotational flow-velocity potential and stream function-circulation and vorticity-vortex flow-energy variation across stream lines-basic field flow such as uniform

123

flow, spiral flow, source, sink, doublet, vortex pair, flow past a cylinder with a circulation, Magnus effect-Joukowski theorem-coefficient of lift.

Module 3Euler’s momentum equation-Bernoulli’s equation and its limitations-momentum and energy correction factors-pressure variation across uniform conduit and uniform bend-pressure distribution in irrotational flow and in curved boundaries-flow through orifices and mouthpieces, notches and weirs-time of emptying a tank-application of Bernoulli’s theorem-orifice meter, ventury meter, pitot tube, rotameter.

Module 4Navier-Stoke’s equation-body force-Hagen-Poiseullie equation-boundary layer flow theory-velocity variation- methods of controlling-applications-diffuser-boundary layer separation –wakes, drag force, coefficient of drag, skin friction, pressure, profile and total drag-stream lined body, bluff body-drag force on a rectangular plate-drag coefficient for flow around a cylinder-lift and drag force on an aerofoil-applications of aerofoil- characteristics-work done-aerofoil flow recorder-polar diagram-simple problems.

Module 5Flow of a real fluid-effect of viscosity on fluid flow-laminar and turbulent flow-boundary layer thickness-displacement, momentum and energy thickness-flow through pipes-laminar and turbulent flow in pipes-critical Reynolds number-Darcy-Weisback equation-hydraulic radius-Moody;s chart-pipes in series and parallel-siphon losses in pipes-power transmission through pipes-water hammer-equivalent pipe-open channel flow-Chezy’s equation-most economical cross section-hydraulic jump.

References

1. Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics - Lewitt 2. Fluid Mechanics - I.H.Shames3. Fluid Mechanics - B.S.Massey4. Fluid Mechanics - K.L.Kumar5. Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics - R.K.Bhansal6. Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics - Mody and Seth

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCEM 304 3+1+0

Module 1Crystallography: Crystal structural determination, crystallographic directions and planes, miller indices, packing of atoms in solids, atomic packing factor, coordination number- Amorphous structure, glass transition temperature -- Effects of crystalline and amorphous structure on mechanical and optical properties -- Mechanism of crystallization: Homogeneous and heterogeneous nuclei formation, dendritic growth and grain boundary irregularity, grain size effects on mechanical & optical properties - Changes within solid materials: Structural imperfections:

124

Point defects - line defect: edge, screw dislocation, burgers vector, forest of dislocations, role of dislocation in the deformation of metals - Surface imperfections: role of surface defect on crack propagation etc – Mode of plastic deformation: mechanism of slip & twinning, dislocation climb & cross slip, dislocation sources, frank-read source – Diffusion in solids, fick’s laws, applications.

Module 2Cold working, strain hardening, recovery, re-crystallization, grain growth, grain size and its effects on mechanical properties-- Hot working, super plasticity – Reasons for alloying, phase transformation phase rules, single phase, multi phase equilibrium diagrams, solid solutions, inter metallic compounds – Equilibrium diagram reactions: monotectic, eutectic, eutectoid, peritectic, peritectoid -- Polymorphism – Detailed discussion of Iron-Carbon diagram with microstructure changes in ferrite, austenite, cementite, graphite, pearlite, martensite, bainite.

Module 3Definition and aims of heat treatment- Annealing, spheroidizing, normalizing, hardening, tempering, austermpering, martempering with microstructure changes -- Surface treatment: Diffusion methods: carburizing, nitriding, cyaniding -- Thermal methods: flame hardening, induction hardening – Deposition methods: hot dipping and coating, impregnation, metal spraying, metal cladding – Various strengthen mechanisms in metals: work hardening, grain boundary hardening, grain size reduction, solid solution hardening, dispersion hardening.

Module 4Alloy steels: Effects of alloying elements on: dislocation movement, polymorphic transformation temperature, formation and stability of carbides, grain growth, displacement of the eutectoid point, retardation of the transformation rates, improvement in corrosion resistance, mechanical properties -- Nickel steels, chromium steels, etc – Effects on steels, containing molybdenum, vanadium, tungsten, cobalt, silicon, copper and lead – high speed steels - - Cast irons: classifications, gray, white, malleable and spheroidal graphite cast iron, composition, microstructure, properties and applications - Principal non ferrous alloys like aluminum, beryllium, copper, magnesium, nickel, study of composition, microstructure, properties and applications- Reference shall be made to the phase diagrams whenever necessary.

Module 5Fracture: Bonding forces and energies, cohesive strength of metals - Griffith theory –- Crack initiation, growth and crack arrest – Effect of plastic deformation on crack propagation – Factors leading to crack propagation - Cleavage, intercrystalline, brittle, ductile fracture -- Influence of slip on fracture – Effect of impact loading on ductile material and its application in forging etc.-- Fatigue: stress cycles – Effects of stress concentration, size effect, surface texture on fatigue – Corrosion and thermal fatigue – Mechanism of fatigue failure -- Creep: Creep curves – Structural change – Mechanism of creep deformation.

125

References

1. Avner S.H. – Introduction to Physical Metallurgy – McGraw Hill.2. Callister William. D. – Material Science and Engineering. – John Wiley.3. Guy A.G. – Essentials of material science. – McGraw Hill.4. Dieter George E. – Mechanical Metallurgy. – McGraw Hill.5. Higgins R.A. – Engineering Metallurgy part-I. – ELBS.6. Mans Chandra – Science of Engineering Materials Vol. 1, 2, 3. – Macmillan. 7. Reed Hill E. Robert – Physical Metallurgy Principles. – East West Press. 8. Richards C.W. – Engineering Material Science.9. Van Vlack – Elements of material Science. Addison – Wesley.10. www. msm. com. ac. uk / online teaching.

THERMO DYNAMICSM 305 2+2+0

Module 1Fundamental concepts-Scope and limitations of thermo dynamics- Thermo dynamic systems – different types of systems-macroscopic and microscopic analysis-continuum-Properties-State-Processes- -Thermo dynamic equilibrium-Equation of state of an ideal gas-PVT system-Real gas-Real gas relations-Compressibility factor-Law of corresponding states.

Module 2Laws of thermo dynamics-Zeroth law of thermo dynamics-Thermal equilibrium-Concept of temperature –Temperature scales-Thermometry-Perfect gas temperature scales. Work and Heat-First law of thermo dynamics-concept of energy-first law for closed and open systems-specific heats- internal energy and enthalpy- Steady flow energy equation- Joule Thompson effect.

Module 3Second law of thermo dynamics-Various statements and their equivalence-Reversible process and reversible cycles – Carnot cycle-Corollaries of the second law-Thermo dynamic temperature scale- Clausius inequality-Concept of entropy-Calculation of change in entropy in various thermo dynamic processes-Reversibility and irreversibility-Available and unavailable energy – Third law of thermo dynamics.

Module 4Thermo dynamics relations-Combind first and second law equations-Helmholtz and Gibbs functions – Maxwell relations- equations for specific heats, internal energy, enthalpy and entropy – Clausius- Clapeyron equation – applications of thermo dynamic relations.

Module 5Properties of pure substances – PVT, PT and TS diagrams,Mollier diagrams- Mixture of gases and vapours-mixture of ideal gases-Dalton’s law-Gibbs law –Thermo dynamic properties of mixture-mixtures of ideal gases and vapours-Psychrometic principles-Psychrometic chart-Applications.

126

References

1. Engineering Thermodynamics - P.K.Nag2. Thermodynamics - J.F.Lee and F.W.Sears.3. Engineering Thermodynamics - Spalding and Cole4. Engineering Thermodynamics - M.Achuthan 5. Thermodynamics - Keenan6. Thermodynamics - Obert7. Thermodynamics - Holman8. Heat and Thermodynamics - M.N.Zemansky9. Thermodynamics - Rogers, Pearson

STRENGTH OF MATERIALS AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEERINGM306 3+1+0Module 1

I Stress and strain - Bars of varying cross - sections – composite sections - temperature stresses. Principal stresses and planes-Mohr's circle representation of plane stress.

Module 2Shear force and bending moments -Cantilever-simply supported and overhanging beams-concentrated and U. D. loadings analytical method. Relation between load. SF and BM. Theory of simple bending- bending and shear stress distribution rectangular, circular and 1-sections.

Module 3Slope and deflection of simply supported beams and cantilevers- Double integration- Macaulay's Method-moment area method- conjugate beam method.

Module 4Torsion of circular shafts-solid and hollow shafts- power transmitted by shafts. Close-coiled and open coiled spring- leaf spring. Thin cyliders and jhick cylinders subjected to internal and external pressures- compound pipes -wire wound pipes-strain energy-axial loads, gradually and suddenly applied load-impact loads.

Module 5Columns and sturts- short and long columns-Euler's theory-Ran kine's theory - Eccentrically Loaded columns-column with initial curvature. General description only of simple and compound steel, beams, columns and column foundation-principle of reinforced concrete. Reinforcements detailing in R. C. Slabs, beams, columns & footings (No problem expected)

References

1. Timoshenko.S.P, Strength of Materials, Part 1,D.Van Nostrand company, Inc.Newyork.

2. Popov E.P., Engineering Mechanics of solids, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.

127

3. Punmia B.C, Strength of Materials and Mechanics of structures, Vol 1,Lakshmi Publications, New Delhi.

4. Vazirani V.N., Ratwani N. M, Analysis of Structures, Vol 1, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.

5. Kazimi S.M.A., Solid Mechanics, Tata Mc Graw Hill.6. William A Nash, Strength of Materials, Mc Graw Hill.7. Ryder G.H., Strength of Materials, ELBS.8. Arthur Morley, Strength of Materials, ELBS, Longman’s Green& Company.

FLUID MECHANICS LABORATORYM 307 0+0+3

1. Study of plumbing tools and pipe fittings2. Study of taps, valves, gauges, pitot tubes, watermeters and current meters 3. Determination of metacentric height and radius of gyration of floating bodies.4. Hydraulic coefficients of orifices and mouthpieces under constant head method

and time of emptying method.5. Calibration of venturimeter, orifice meter and water meter 6. Calibration of rectangular and triangular notches7. Determination of Darcy’s and Chezy’s constant for pipe flow8. Determination of critical velocity in pipe flow.9. Determination of minor losses in pipe flow10. Experimental verification of Bernoulli’s theorem11. Determination of Chezy’s constant and Mannings number for open channel flow.12. Determination of discharge coefficient for Plug-Sluices

STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LABORTAORYM308 0+0+3

1. Tests on springs (open and close coiled)2. Bending Test on Wooden Beams using U. T. M. '3. Verification of Clerk. Maxwell's Law of reciprocal deflection and determination

of E for steel.4. Torsion Pendulum (M.S. wires. Aluminum wires and brass wires)5. Torsion test using U. T. M. on M. S. Rod, torsteel and High Tensile steel.6. Torsion Test on M. S, Road7. Shear Test on M.S. Rod.8. Fatigue Test9. Impact Test (Izod and Charpy)10. Hardness Test (Brinell, Vicker's and Rebound)11. Strut Test.

NoteAll tests should be done as per relevant BIS

128

FOURTH SEMESTER

129

ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IIICMELRPTA 401 3+1+0

Module 1Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential equations with constant coefficents - Finding P.I. by the method of variation of parameters – Cauchys equations- Linear Simultaneous eqns- simple applications in engineering problems.

Module 2Partial Differential Equations: Formation by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitary Functions - solution of Lagrange Linear Equations –Charpits Method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients – solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation.


Module 4Probability and statistics: Fundamentals of probability, Bayes theorem - Binomial law of probability - The binomial distribution, its mean and variance - poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution - its mean and variance - fitting of binomial & poisson distributions - normal distribution - properties of normal curve - standard normal curve - simple problems in binomial, poisson and normal distributions.

Module 5Population & Samples: Sampling distribution of mean ( known) –Sampling distribution of variance, F and Chi square test – Level of significance - Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – Test of significance for single proportion, difference of proportions, single mean and difference of means (proof of theorems not expected)

References1. Higher Engineering Mathematics - B.S. Grewal, Khanna Publishers2. Engineering Mathematics Vol. II -3rd year Part A & B - M.K. Venkataraman,

National Publishing Company3. Elements of Partial Differential Equations - Ian N.Sneddon, McGrawhill

International Edn.4. Miller and Fread’s Probability and statistics for engineers – Richard A Johnson,

Pearson Education Asia / PHI5. A text book of Engineering Mathematics (Volume II) – Bali and Iyengar, Laxmi

Publications Ltd.6. Advanced Engg. Mathematics Erwin Kreyszig, Wiley Eastern Ltd.7. Probability and statistical inferences – Hogg and Tanis, Pearson Education Asia

130

THEORY OF MACHINES - IM 402 2+1+0

Module 1Kinematics: Links, pairs, chain, mechanisms, machines, inversion of single and double slider crank, quadric cycle chains-kinematic diagram-expression for degree of freedom- equivalent curves- coupler curves-spatial mechanisms-manipulations- velocity analysis by instantaneous center method-Kennedy’s theorem- velocity and acceleration of various mechanisms by analytical and graphical method-Coriolis component of acceleration-analytical treatment of slider crank and four bar chain-Klein’s construction-locating instantaneous center-velocity and acceleration image.

Module 2Linkage Synthesis: Precision points-graphical synthesis of slider crank mechanisms, rocker mechanisms, four bar linkage-overlay method-number synthesis-basic features of mechanical synthesis-graphic and analytical methods of dimensional synthesis-kinematic synthesis-approximate and exact synthesis.

Module 3Mechanisms: Pantograph, approximate straight line, straightline mechanisms- engine indicator mechanisms-steering gear-Davis and Ackerman type-quick return- Whitworth, slider crank mechanism-Hooke’s joint, Scott-Russel, Watt and grasshopper mechanisms.

Module 4Brakes and clutches: Shoe, double block, long shoe, internally expanding shoe, band, band & block, hydraulic, mechanical, air and powerbrakes-braking of avehicle-cone, single plate, multiple, centrifugal clutches.Dynamometers: Pony brake. rope brake, epicyclic train, belt transmission and torsion dynamometers-effort and power.

Module 5Gears: Condition for constant velocity ratio-law of gearing-conjugate teeth action-tooth forms-standard modules and tooth proportions-contact ratio-interference-spur, helical, bevel, spiral, and hypoid gears- gear forces.

References

1. Theory of Machines - Thomas Bevan2. Mechanisms and Machine Theory - Ambedkar3. Theory of Mechanisms and Machines - A.Ghosh & A.K.Mallick4. Theory of Machines - V.P.Singh, Pearson5. Theory of Machines - P.L.Bellaney6. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms - J.E.Shigley & J.J.Uicker

131

HYDRAULIC MACHINESM 403 2+2+0

Module 1Dynamic Action of Fluid: Momentum and angular momentum equation applied to control volume – impact of jet – flow of an incompressible fluid over fixed and moving vanes – workdone and efficiency – reaction principle – propulsion of ships. Dimensional analysis – Rayleigh’ s method – Buckingham’s Pi theorem – nondiamesional parameters in fluid mechanics and fluid machinery – principle of similitude, geometric and dynamic similarity – model studies.

Module 2Euler`s turbine equation: velocity triangles – impulse and reaction turbines – Pelton wheel, Francis turbine Kaplan turbine – construction features and performance characteristics – non dimensional parameters for comparative study of turbine performance – unit speed, unit power, unit quantity, run away speed, geometric similarity – model laws – effect of specific speed on speed, runner size, flow type etc. – theory of draft tube – speed regulation of turbines – selection, type and speed of turbines.

Module 3Pumping machinery: General classification –Dynamic pumps - working of centrifugal pumps, priming, vapour pressure, wear rings, hydraulic balancing, Classification of impellers, impeller shapes – types of casings – materials for pumps & medical use – principle of operation Euler`s head equation – velocity diagrams – losses in pumps – circulatory flow – pre rotation – efficiency – non dimensional parameters – specific speed – effect of change of diameters & speed - performance pump characteristics: main, operating, ISO efficiency characteristics curves – surging – NPSH – selection of pumps from performance curves, suction & delivery pipe sizing, motor rating - equivalent length of pipe, simple head loss calculation in pipe lines & fittings – Principle of similitude – axial trust – multistage pumps – propeller pumps – pump in parallel & series operation.

Module 4Theory, efficiency, performance curves & application of self-priming pump, jet pump, airlift pump, slurry pump & hydraulic ram - Positive displacement pumps: reciprocating pump, effect of vapour pressure on lifting of liquid – indicator diagram – acceleration head – effect of friction – use of air vessels – work saved – Slip - efficiency – pump characteristics – applications. Condition monitoring of pumps: temperature on bearing, vibration in equipmets, noises – vibration measurement and fault diagnosis. Cavitation in fluid machines – installations susceptible to cavitation – collapse of bubble theory – Thoma`s prameter – factors affecting cavitation in pumps and turbines – Abrasive wear of pumps - prevention of cavitation damage.

Module 5Positive displacement Rotary pumps: Gear, screw, vane, root pumps – rotary axial & rotary radial piston pumps - theory, efficiency, performance curves, effect of surface texture & materials of construction on performance – applications.

132

Hydraulic accumulator, intensifier & lift – principle of operation- Hydraulic symbols, hydraulic cranes, hydraulic capstan, hydraulic press.

References

1. Abdulla Sheriff - Hydraulic machines, standard publishers. 2. Govinda Rao N. S. - Fluid flows machines, TMH.3. Jagadishlal. - Hydraulic machines, metropolitan publishers.4. Pippinger. - Industrial hydraulics.5. Centrifugal and axial flow pumps - Wiley & sons. – Stepanoff John A. J.6. Lewitt E. H. - Hydraulic & Fluid Mechanics

MACHINE TOOLSM 404 2+1+0

Module 1Types and classification of lathes: Specifications-method of holding work and tool, accessories, attachments-operations and types of tools for each operation-tool room lathe- duplicating lathe-Capstan and Turret lathe-horizontal and vertical automatics-single spindle and multi-spindle screw machines-manufacture of cylindrical bolts, stepped bolts, shafts-profile turning. Drilling and boring machines:- types and specifications-description of tool and work holding devices-boring tools and reamers-drilling of holes, countersinking and counterboring operations-boring of cross holes-manufacture of bushes.

Module 2Shaping, planing and slotting machines: Types and specifications-quick return motion-hydraulic feed and its advantages-automatic feed-speed, feed and depth of cut-work holding devices-types of operation and examples of work done-shaping of V-blocks, planing of guide gibs, slotting of keyways. Broaching machines:-types-cutter-processes-internal and external broaching-broaching of spline-bores. Milling machines: - types, specifications, operations and milling cutters-Indexing head and its use-method of indexing-dividing head-milling of plane surface, keyways, slides and hexagons.

Module 3Grinding, Horning and Lapping: Types and methods of operations-tool and cutter specifications-surface finish obtainable-method of evaluation of surface finish-roughness-super finishing-burnishing-ultrasonic impact grinding-grinding of shafts and bores-methods of gear cutting-form cutters-gear generating machines-gear hobbing -straight, spiral, worm, helical, and bevel gear cutting-gear finishing and gear shaping operations-gear errors.

Module 4Numerical Control (NC) machine tools: Elements, classification (basics only)-NC tooling-design of NC/CNC tooling-automated chip less process.Automatic machines: Semiautomatic multi tool central lathes-automatic cutting of machines- Swiss type automatic screw machines, multi spindle automatic

133

special purpose machine tools- program controlled machine tools-copying machines.

Module 5Computers in production technology: CIM-computer simulation of manufacturing process and systems-cellular manufacturing-FMS - just in time production-management of toolroom-machining centers-automatic tool changing-manufacture of ICs, PCBs, Ceramic circuit boards, and advanced PCBs-expert systems in manufacturing-unmanned machining- trends in automated factory.

References

1. Production Technology - R.K.Jain2. All about Machine tools - Gerling3. Workshop Technology: Vol. 1,2 and 3 - W.A.J.Chapman4. Production Technology - H.M.T.5. Machine Tools: Vol. 1, 2, 3 and 4 -Acherkan6. Manufacturing Science & Technology, Vol. 2 -Suresh Daleela 7. Manufacturing Engineering &Technology -S.Kalpakjian, S.A.Schmidt

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGYM 405 3+1+0

Module 1Transformer - emf equation: No load current - equivalent circuit - regulation - efficiency. Determination of regulation and efficiency from O.C. and S.C. tests - cooling of transformers.D.C. motors: Back emf - speed and torque equation - starting and speed control - testing of D.C. motors - brake test - swinburn's test.

Module 2Alternators - construction details: Type - emf equation (winding factor need not be derived) - synchronous impedance - regulation by emf and mmf method. Synchronous Motors: Principle of operation - method of starting.Three phase induction motor: Production of rotating magnetic field equivalent circuit-torque equation - torque slip characteristics - no load and blocked rotor tests - starting and speed control.Single phase motor: Double revolving theory - capacitor start capacitor run induction motors – applications.

Module 3Industrial drives - electric drives - advantages - individual drive and group drive - factors affecting choice of motor - mechanical characteristics of A.C. and D.C. motors - motors for particular applications like textile mill, steel mill, paper mill, mine, hoists, crane etc. - size and rating of motor – motor Selection for intermittent loads. Electric traction - Different systems of traction - comparison – track electrification - different systems - traction motor characteristics - electric braking - plugging -Dynamic and regenerative braking.

134

Module 4Basic principle of transistor amplifier - R.C. coupled amplifier- F.B. amplifier - Basic principle. Oscillators - basic principle - typical R.C. and L.C. oscillator circuits (no analysis) –Astable multivibratior Pulse circuits - wave shaping circuits like simple clipping, clamping R.C. differentiating, integrating circuits - simple sweep generator. CRO - basic principle of cathode ray tube - deflection methods – block schematic of CRO - measurement of current, voltage and frequency.

Module 5Power semiconductor devices: Power diodes - SCR's - Principle of operation of SCR's - two transistor analogy of SCR - characteristics - SCR rating (basic principle only). High frequency heating - induction and dielectric heating – resistance heating Resistance welding - block schematic of resistance welding scheme

References

1. Perfomance and design of D C machines – Clayton2. Perfomance and design of A C machines – M G Say3. Electrical Traction – Dover A T4. Industrial and Power electronics – Harish C Rai5. Electronic principles S K Sahdev

MACHINE DRAWING - II M 406 0+0+4

Assembly and working drawings of the following: -

1. Valves: - Feed checkvalve, stop valve, spring loaded safety valve, Ramsbottom safety valve, lever safety valve, deadweight safety valve, blow off cock.

2. Pulleys : - Fast and loose pulleys, speed cone or stepped pulley.3. Clutches : - Single plate clutch, cone friction clutch.4. Machine elements : - lathe spindle, screw jack, machine vice, lathe tool post.

References

1. Machine Drawing - N.D.Bhatt2. Machine Drawing - P.I.Varghese3. Machine Drawing - P.S.Gill

HYDRAULIC MACHINES LABORATORYM 407 0+0+4

Study of hydraulic turbines – Pelton wheel, Francis & Kaplan turbines – force due to impact or jet on vanes – velocity triangles – specific speed – types of casings – governing – cavitation – draft tubes - performance characteristics – applications.

135

Study of dynamic pumps: Centrifugal pump - velocity triangles – priming - vapour pressure, wear rings, hydraulic balancing - casings – impellers – specific speed – cavitation - selection of pumps from performance curves, suction & delivery pipe sizing, motor rating, equivalent length of pipe, crane co. table, simple head loss calculation in pipe lines - applications. Theory, efficiency, performance curves & application of self-priming pump, jet pump, airlift pumps slurry pump & hydraulic ram.

Condition monitoring of pumps: temperature on bearing, vibration in equipmets, noises – vibration measurement and fault diagnosis. Study of positive displacement pumps – Reciprocating pumps – single & multi cylinder – Air vessel – indicator diagram - - performance characteristics – applications. Positive displacement Rotary pumps: Gear, screw, vane, root pumps – rotary axial & rotary radial piston pumps - theory, efficiency, performance curves, effect of surface texture & materials of construction on performance - applications.

ExperimentsPerformance characteristic tests on Pelton wheel (Load test & best speed).Performance characteristic tests on Francis turbine (Load test & best gate opening).Performance characteristic tests on Kaplan turbine (Load test & best gate, vane angle opening).Performance characteristic tests on single stage, multi stage centrifugal pumps at constant speed & at variable speed. Actual & predicted curves.Performance characteristic tests on self-priming pump, Jet pump, Airlift pump and deep well pump Performance characteristic tests on axial flow pump.Performance characteristic tests on Hydraulic ram.Vibration measurement and computer aided fault diagnosis of a centrifugal / self-priming / Gear / Reciprocating pump. Performance characteristic tests on reciprocating pump at constant speed.Performance characteristic tests on Gear pump.Performance characteristic tests on Screw pump.

References

1. Abdulla Sheriff. - Hydraulic machines, standard publishers. 2. Govinda Rao. N. S - Fluid flows machines, TMH.3. Jagadishlal - Hydraulic machines, metropolitan publishers.4. Pippinger - Industrial hydraulics.5. Stepanoff john A.J. -Centrifugal and axial flow pumps, Wiley & sons.

136

ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS LABORATORY

M408 0+0+4ELECTRICAL MACHINES LAB

1. Efficiency and regulation of single phase transformer by direct loading.2. Equivalent circuit of transformer from open and short circuit test-calculation of

efficiency and regulation at various loads and power factors. 3. Regulation of alternator by emf and mmf methods.4. Starting of cage induction motor using star-delta switch - performance

characteristics.5. No load and blocked rotor test on slip ring induction motor - equivalent circuit -

torque-slip characteristics.6. a) O.C.C. of D. C. shunt generator - critical resistance.-critical speed. b) External and internal characteristics of D C shunt generator.7. Load test on D. C. series motor.8. Swinbume's test -Pre determination of efficiency.9. Study of single phase induction motor, determination of performance

characteristics.

ELECTRONICS LAB

1. Diode characteristics2. Transistor characteristics- C.B, C.E configurations3. Pulse circuits4. Rectifier circuits5. Sweep generator6. R C Coupled amplifier7. R C Oscillator, L C Oscillator8. Astable multivibrator

137

FIFTH SEMESTER

138

ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IVCMELPA501 3+1+0 Module 1


Module 2 Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: Successive bisection method-Regula falsi method - Newton –Raphson method – solution of system of linear equations by Jacobi’s iteration method and Gauss-Siedel method.

Module 3 Numerical solution of ordinary differential equation: Taylor’s series method- Euler’s method –Modified Euler’s method - Runge – Kutta method (IV order)-Milne’s predictor corrector method.

Module 4 Z – Transforms: Definition of Z transform- properties –Z transform of polynomial functions – trigonometric functions, shifting property, convolution property- inverse transform – solution of 1st & 2nd order difference equations with constant coefficients using Z transforms.

Module 5 Linear programming: graphical solution – solution using simplex method (non – degenerate case only) – Big-M method, two phase method- Duality in L.P.P.- Balanced T.P. – Vogels approximation method – Modi method.

References

1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics – Ervin Kreyszig, Wiley Eastern limited.2. Numerical methods in Engineering & Science – Dr. B.S.Grewal, Kanna

Publishers.3. Higher Engineering Mathematics – Dr. B.S.Grewal, Kanna Publishers.4. Numerical methods in Science & Engineering – Dr. M.K.Venkitaraman, National

Publishing Company.5. Quantitative techniques Theory & Problems – P.C.Tulsian, Vishal Pandey,

Pearson Education Asia.6. Complex variables and applications – Churchill and Brown, McGraw-Hill.7. Operations research – Panneer Selvam, PHI8. Engineering Mathematics vol III – S.Arumugam, A.T.Isaac, Somasundaram,

Scitech publications 9. Advanced Mathematics for Engg.students vol III –S.Narayanan, T.K.M.Pillay,

G.Ramanaigh, S.Vishwananthan printers & publishers.

139

MANUFACTURING PROCESSESM 502 3+1+0

Module 1Patterns: - pattern allowances and materials-moulding-core and core prints-types of cores- pattern construction-layout and colour coding-tools-processes-moulding sand constituents, types and testing-moulding machines-moulding procedure-sand conditioning-gating system-cupola operation-pouring and cleaning of castings-defects in castings-inspection and quality control-casting machines-design of dies-centrifugal, continuous, investment, squeeze casting and shell- mould casting- -comparison of casting with other production processes.( include necessary figures)

Module 2Welding: - definition-metallurgy of welding-applications – classification -mechanism-processes-gas welding - details, equipment, fluxes and filler rods -design effect of weld parameters on weld quality-flame cutting-ISI specification for welding. Arc welding applications-equipment –polarity-governing factor in fusion welding-electrodes and types-ISI specification for electrodes –Welding design-butt joint-TIG-GMA-CO2 process. Submerged arc, electroslag plasma arc and flux cored arc welding-resistance, thermit solid state, electron beam and laser welding.Brazing: soldering-explosive welding-inspection and defects in welding-welding of plastics.(include necessary figures )

Module 3Rolling: - principles-types of rolls and rolling mills-semifinished and rolled products- rolling of tubes, wheels, axles, I-beam-thread and gear rolling-friction and lubrication in metal forming-hot and cold rolling-rolling machines-heating and cooling in rolling-strip velocity and roll velocity-roll and roll pass design -Theories of rolling and effect of parameters-load calculation-High velocity forming - energysources - material behaviour - pneumatic, mechanical, electrohydraulic, electromagnetic, and explosive forming.

Module 4Press working: - types of presses and pressworking operations involving shearing, bending, drawing, squeezing-Extrusion: - methods, machines-analysis of rod extrusion-Wire and wire drawing operations-analysis-die angles-simple, progressive and compound dies-plastic and rubber processing-Calendering-transfer, injection and compression moulding.

Module 5Forging: -classification-process-equipments-drawing, deep drawing, punching, blanking- tube piercing-spinning and coining-elastic and plastic deformation-hot forging, die forging- machinery for forging-operation-heating in forging-manufacture of drop forging dies, presses-design of forgings and dies-upsetting-forging defects-forging analysis-quality assurance for forging-non destructive testing.

140

References

1. Workshop Technology - Raghuvanshi2. Manufacturing Engineering & Technology - S.Kalpakjian and S.A.Schmidt3. Manufacturing Processes - Begeman4. Manufacturing Science & Technology; Vol. I - Suresh Daleela5. Processes and Materials of Manufacture - Roy A.Lindberg

COMPUTER PROGRAMMING M503 2+2+0

Module 1Introduction to C language – character set – operators – constants and variables – data types – use of built in I/O functions - use of control statements if, if – else, for, while, do-while and switch – use of logical AND, OR and NOT – pre-processor directive - writing summation of various mathematical series like ex, sin(x), cos(x) etc.

Module 2Arrays – declaration of one dimensional array and its handling – bubble sorting – quick sorting – searching – string handling functions – multidimensional arrays and its handling – structure and union – array of structures – sorting of strings – programs

Module 3Functions – declaration – global and local variables - call by value method – writing different string handling functions – storage classes – passing an array to a function – passing a structure to a function – recursion - macros – programs

Module 4Declaration and use of pointers – call by reference method – pointer to an array – pointer to a structure – array of pointers – pointer to an array – self-referential structure – dynamic memory allocation – linked lists – programs

Module 5Different types of files – reading writing and appending of text and binary files – other various file handling functions - transfer of data in blocks - command line arguments – use of bit-wise AND, OR and NOT.

References

1. Programming with C – Schaum’s series 2. Programming in C – Balaguruswamy3. The C Programming Language – Kerningham & Ritchie4. Let us C – Yaswant Kanetkar5. Programming with ANSI and Turbo C – Kamthane, Pearson

141

THEORY OF MACHINES - IIM 504 2+2+0

Module 1Static force analysis: - force couples-condititons for equilibrium-free body diagram- analysis of four bar chain-force analysis of slider-crank mechanism-Coulomb friction.Dynamic force analysis: - D’Alemberts principle-inertia forces-dynamic force analysis of four bar chain, and slider crank mechanism.

Module 2Governors: - terminology; Watt, Porter, Proel, Hartnell, Hartung, Wilson-Hartnell, and Pickering governors-spring controlled governors of gravity type-effort and power-controlling force diagram-quality of governors-effect of friction-insensitiveness-stability-inertia governors- governor speed, torque characteristics of an engine-governor and flywheel.

Module 3Turning moment diagram and Flywheel: - coefficient of fluctuation of energy and speed- energy saved in a flywheel-punching press-dynamically equivalent two mass system-centre of percussion-kinetic equivalence-reversed effective force analysis-piston effort-crankpin effort- crank effort-turning moment diagrams for steam and I.C. engines.

Module 4Gyroscope: - principle-angular acceleration-effect of gyroscopic couple on bearings, airplanes, and ships-stability of automobile and two wheel vehicles-gyroscopic stabilization of sea vessels and grinding mills.Gear trains: -simple, compound-epicyclic trains with coaxial shafts.

Module 5Cams and Followers: - types-follower motion-SHM-uniform velocity and acceleration- cycloidal - displacement, velocity and acceleration curves-cam profile-reciprocating and oscillating followers-tangent cams-convex and concave cams with footed followers.

References

1. Mechanism and Machine Theory - Ambedkar2. Theory of Mechanism and Machines - A.Ghosh & A.K.Mallick3. Theory of Machines - V.P.Singh4. Theory of Machines - P.L.Ballaney5. Theory of Mechanism and Machines - Joseph Shigley6. Dynamics of Machinery - Holovanco

142

MECHATRONICS AND CONTROL SYSTEMSM 505 2+2+0

Module 1Introduction: - Scope of Mechatronics-systems-microprocessor based controllers-mechatronic approach-sensors – transducers - force-velocity – displacement - temperature-inputting data by switches-signal coditioning - operational amplifiers-filtering-multiplexers-data acquisition- modulation. Data presentation systems: - displays-measurement systems-calibration-pneumatic and hydraulic systems-control valves-actuators-mechanical and electrical actyation systems-relays and solenoid switches and proximity pickups.

Module 2 Input/Output systems: - ports, interface requirements-adaptors-programmable logic controllers-data-handling- digital communications-system, networks, protocols, interfaces, fault finding-design and mechatronics-design solutions.Electromechanical systems: CD, DVD ROMs, OCR, Printers-Medical devices: Artificial internal organs-Diagnostic and Therapeutic EMDs.

Module 3Introduction to Control systems Engineering:- concept of automatic control-open loop and closed loop systems-servomechanisms-block diagrams-transfer functions. Representation of control components and systems-Translational and rotational mechanical components-series and parallel combinations-comparators, integrating devices, hydraulic servomotors, temperature control systems, and speed control systems.

Module 4System response: - First and Second order system response to step, pulse, ramp, and sinusoidal input-systems with distance, velocity lag. Control system analysis: - Transient response of simple control systems-Stability of control systems-Routh stability criteria- error analysis.

Module 5Frequency response analysis: - polar, rectangular and logarithmic plots-experimental determination of frequency response-Bode, and Nyquist stability criteria-Gain and phase margin. Root locus of simple transfer functions-transient response from root locus.

References

1. Mechatronics - W.Bolton, Pearson2. Understanding Electromechanical Engineering - Lawrence J.Kamm3. Mechatronics - Dan S. Necsuleseu, Pearson4. Control System Engineering - T.J.Nagrath and M.Gopal5. Automatic Control Theory - Ravan6. Modern Control Engineering - Katsuhiko Ogata7. Control Systems - A.Nagoor Kani8. Modern Control Engineering - Dorf, Pearson

143

THERMAL ENGINEERING - IM 506 2+2+0

Module 1Steam Engineering: Properties of steam - wet, dry and superheated steam - dryness fraction - enthalpy and internal energy - entropy of steam - temperature entropy diagram - process - Mollier chart - Rankine cycle for wet, dry and superheated steam. Steam Generators - classification - modern steam generators - boiler mountings and accessories.

Module 2Steam nozzles - Mass flow rate - throat pressure for maximum discharge - throat area - effect of friction - super saturated flow.Steam turbines: velocity triangles, work done, governing, and efficiencies.

Module 3Gas turbine Plants - Open and closed cycles - thermodynamics cycles - regeneration, re heating - inter cooling - efficiency and performance of gas turbines. Rotary Compressors - Analysis of rotary compressors - centrifugal and axial compressors. Combustion - combustion chambers of gas turbines - cylindrical, annular and industrial type combustion chamber - combustion intensity - combustion chambers efficiency - pressure loss combustion process and stability loop.

Module 4Introduction to solar energy - solar collectors - Liquid flat plate collectors - principle - thermal losses and efficiency - characteristics - overall loss coefficient - thermal analysis - useful heat gained by fluid - mean plate temperature - performance - focussing type solar collectors - solar concentrators and receivers - sun tracking system - characteristics - optical losses - thermal performance - solar pond - solar water heating - solar thermal power generation (Description Only)

Module 5Thermal power plants: layout and operation of steam and diesel power plants - coal burners - stockers - cooling ponds & towers - chimneys - draught - dust collectors - precipitators - feed water heaters - evaporators - steam condensers - coal handling - ash handling.

References

1. Power plant technology - E. L. Wahid2. Thermodynamic and heat power engineering - Mathur and Mehta3. Thermal Engineering - P. L. Ballaney4. Gas Turbine Theory - Cohen & Rogers5. Solar Energy Utilization - G. D. Rai6. Thermal engineering - R.K. Rajput.

144

COMPUTER LABORATORYM 507 0+0+3

a) Familiarization of operating systems. Use of file directories, editors, compilers and file managers etc.

b) Familiarization of Word processing packages – editing, formatting and printingc) Familiarization with spread sheet packages for graphical representation of datad) Introduction to computer aided drafting – drawing simple objectse) Programming experiments in C to cover control structures functions, arrays,

structures, pointers and files

Examples: -

i. Counting characters, lines and wordsii. Checking leap yeariii. Finding sum of digits and reversing a numberiv. Generating Prime numbers, Fibonacci numbers and Angstrom numbers v. Sine and Cosine seriesvi. Sorting of numbers, strings and recordsvii. Matrix addition and multiplicationviii. Implementation of dynamic memory allocationix. Implementation of linked listsx. File handling xi. Problems using Command line arguments

MACHINE TOOL LABORATORYM 508 0+0+3

Study of Centre Lathe: Origin of the name lath and lathe- specification of lathe- head stock, tail stock, carriage, cross slide, compound rest, guide ways, feed gar box, apron box, micro structural requirement of bed material. Accessories: Chuck, two and three jaws, and faceplate, follow rest, tool post grinder, and centres.

Study of Machining technology: Study of metal cutting – tool terminology as per ASA, ISO, DIN standards –merchant’s circle, Lee & Shaffer theory, thick & thin zone models - tool materials, coated HSS, ceramic, CBN, diamond etc, inserts, chip breakers -- Tool wear mechanisms, VB determination - Use of Taylor’s equation at shop floor - Machineabilty index - Role of specific heat in cutting fluids. – Cutter types and selection – Abrasive machining (Ra values) – Diamond turning of parts (Ra values) - Production of axi – symmetric parts – Production of prismatic components – Hole machining – Gear machining.

Study of Basic measurement and devices: accuracy, precision, sensitivity, and standards of measurements, metrology lab; standard and calibration, linear measurements, limit gauges (types and design), Taylor’s principle, comparators (optical, mechanical, electrical, pneumatic), slip gauges, optical projector with digital measuring. – Geometrical measurements: angular measurements, vernier and optical protractors, sine bar. - Measurement of light wave interference, flatness and parallelism and round measurement, checking the dimensional accuracy of slip gauges with interference microscope. - Surface characterization:

145

measurement of surface finishes RMS and CLA values, waviness, cut off, skid, instruments for measurement of roughens of a sand cast surface, slip gauge surface, ground bore of an engine cylinder, importance of surface finish on crack initiation. – Screw thread terminology, best wire size, two and three wire methods pitch measurement – Gear metrology (spur gear): run out checking, composite errors, base pitch measurement, profile measurement, checking backlash, alignment errors. – Advanced measuring devices: CMM, machine vision, toolmakers microscope, limitations, SEM, & TEM, laser measuring instruments, laser micrometer and alignment test using laser interferometry.

Experiments

Measurement of cutting forces in machine tools using dynamometers –process capability study of Machines –grinding of tool angle using tool and cutter grinding machine in a tool room –Turning & taper turning, turning & thread cutting, - Indexing & Gear cutting, pocket milling–– Study of tool and machine monitoring systems.- Angular measurements use of sine bar and slip gauges, measurement of angle using clinometer, bevel protractor – calibration of plug and snap gauges using slip gauges – Roundness measurement : cylindricity, concentricity, perpendicularity using dial stand and measuring bench – Surface finish measurement.- Optical profile projector: study of profile of gear tooth, screw threads, other tools – Tool makers microscope: to study tool geometry, screw threads, measurement of turning tool wear of VB & KT values –Flatness measurement of surface table using auto collimator – Lathe alignment test using laser interferometer – gear concentricity tester, gear roll tester and gear tooth measurement.

Student’s assessment, continuous evaluation, awarding of sessional marks, record bonafides, oral examination etc and university examination shall be done by Faculty members.

References

1. Acharkan. N. -Machine Tool Design Vol. 1 to 4, MIR Publication.2. HMT- Production Technology, TMH.

146

SIXTH SEMESTER

147

MECHANICS OF MATERIALSM 601 2+2+0

Module 1Definition of stress and strain – components of stress and strain – Hook’s law – Plane stress and strain – stress at a point – measurement of strain – strain rosette – Mohr’s circle of strains – differential equations of equilibrium – boundary conditions – compatibility equations – stress functions – 2D problems in rectangular co-ordinates – solutions by polynomials of various degrees and effects – Saint Venant’s principle – determination of displacements.

Module 23D stress and strain – principal stresses – strain ellipsoid and director surfaces – stress invarients – determination of maximum and minimum shearing stress – homogeneous deformation – strain at a point – principal axes of strain – principal strain and invarients of strain – differential equations of equilibrium – boundary conditions – conditions of compatibility – determination of displacements – strain energy – uniqueness of solutions.

Module 32D problems in polar co-ordinates – general equations in polar co-ordinates – stress distribution symmetrical about an axis – pure bending of curved bars – strain components in polar co-ordinates – displacements for symmetrical stress distributions – rotating disk with and without central hole – disk of uniform strength.

Module 4Thick cylinders – spherical shells – compound cylinders –rotating rims and cylinders – long cylinders.

Module 5Curved beams – bending by eccentric loading – crane hooks – c clamp – chain link – columns of machine tools. Photo elastic techniques of study of stress – description only.

References

1. Theory of Elasticity - Timoshenko & Goodyear2. Advanced Mechanics of Materials - Seelv & Smith3. Advanced mechanics of Solids - L.S.Srinath 4. Mechanics of Solids - Lardner & Archer5. Introduction to Mechanics of Solids - Ezer P.Popov 6. Mechanics of solids - Mubeen, Pearson

148

METROLOGY AND INSTRUMENTATIONM 602 3+1+0

Module 1General measurements concepts: Principles for achieving accuracy; Methods for estimating accuracy and precision, precision Vs accuracy, systematic and constant errors; progressive, random, erratic, drunken errors; statical concepts in metrology, statcial analysis of measurement data, control chart techniques – comparators – General principle of measurements: line & end measurements, standards; linear measurements, basic units, and quantities for displacement, mass, time, temperature & optics; systems of limits and fits; selecting & assigning of fits, tolerances for linear dimensions.

Module 2 Gauges: classification, design of gauges, gauge maker’s tolerances, wear allowance, gauges materials & gauge manufactures. Form measurements: straightness, flatness, squreness, circularity & cylindricity – Measurement of angles & tapers: sine bars, angle gauges: auto collimator, clinometer & spirit level; taper gauges, bevel protractors.

Module 3Measurement of surface finish: surface structure, integrity, texture, roughens, waviness, lay, cut off, RMS & CLA values, roughness values produced by machining processes, instruments for different surface finish measurements, concept of apparent to real area of contact of mating surfaces, applications in clutch plate surface, brake liner, inner race of a bearing, cylinder liner, machine tool guide way, surface to be painted etc & importance of surface finish on crack initiation. Optical measuring instruments: interferometry, optical flats, optimeters, and optical projectors, tool maker’s microscope, limitations, SEM & TEM.

Module 4Advanced measuring devices: Laser interferometry, applications – computer controlled co-ordinate measuring machine; machine vision & non contact CMM - Gauging and measurements of screw threads: Gauging methods for manufacturing, screw thread terminology, standard specification, and formulae, tolerance, thread gauge measurement, measuring equipment, application of thread gauges – Measuring of gears: Measuring methods for runouts, pitch profile, lead, backlash, tooth thickness, composite elements, inspection equipment.

Module 5Generalized measurement system: measurement terminology, input, out put configurations, static characteristics, errors in measurement, drift, noise, accuracy, precision static sensitivity and resolution, loading effects on instruments- Detector transducer elements: principles of calibration, applications in measurement of strain, types of strain gauges, application in measurement of load & torque, measurement of force and torque, hydraulic, pneumatic & train gauge type load cells, hydraulic & electric dynamometers, measurement of vibration, vibrometers & accelerometers, theory of seismic instruments - Temperature measurement: Use of Bi metals, pressure thermometer thermocouple, optical & radiation pyrometer – magnetic flow meter – thermal conductivity gauges.

149

References

1. ASME - Hand book of industrial Metrology2. Beckwith - Mechanical measurements, 5/e, Pearson3. Doeblin - Measurement systems, 4/e, McGraw- Hill4. Hume - Metrology, McDonald5. Sharpe - Metrology, ELBS6. Taher - Metrology, ELBS

THERMAL ENGINEERING - IIM 603 ` 2+2+0

Module 1Working of two stroke & four stroke - Petrol and Diesel Engines (Review Only) - valve timing diagrams - Fuels - Chemical structure - qualities, ratings of fuels - Alternative fuels, Alcohol, vegetable oils, biogas.Types of Engines - Wankel E/n, Stirling E/n, Stratified charge e/n, VCR E/n, free piston E/n. Fuel air cycle (actual) for petrol and diesel engines - variation of specific heats - heat losses - Dissociation

Module 2Carburation - Air fuel mixture requirements - stoichiometry and excess air calculations - types of carburetors - Fuel injection systems - classifications - fuel injection pump - nozzle - direct and indirect injection - Injection in S. I. Engine - M. P. F. I. System - Ignition system - Battery & Magneto type - firing order - Ignition timing and spark advance - Lubrication systems - types - properties of lubricants - additives for lubricants - Heat rejection and cooling - Theory of engine heat transfer - types of cooling system - Air and liquid system - Super charging & turbo charging.

Module 3Combustion in S. I. E/n - Ignition limits - stages of combustion - combustion quality - Ignition lag - Flame propagation - Abnormal combustion - detonation - effects - Theory, chemistry and control - flash point, fire point & viscosity index - combustion chamber design considerations.

Module 4Combustion in C. I. Engines - Air Fuel ratio in C. I. Engines - Ignition Lag - diesel knock - Controlling Methods - Various stages of combustion - vaporization of fuel droplets and spray formation - Air motion - Swirl - combustion chamber - design considerations.

Module 5Pollutant formation and control in S. I. And C. I. Engine, Nox, CO, Unburned hydro Carbon and particulate - Exhaust gas treatment - catalytic converter - Thermal reaction - Particulate Trap.Engine operating characteristics - Testing of I. C. Engines - Indicated power - Brake power - Volumetric Efficiency - Heat balance Test - Morse Test - Measurement of exhaust smoke and exhaust emission.

150

References

1. Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals - John B. Heywood2. Internal Combustion Engine and Air Pollution - Obert E. F.3. Internal Combustion Engine - Lichty L. C.4. Internal Combustion Engine - V. Genesan5. A course in internal combustion Engine - Mathur and Sharma.

HEAT AND MASS TRANSFERM 604 2+2+0

Module 1 Introduction to basic modes of heat transfer - Scope and application of heat transfer principles in engineering practice. Conduction Fourier law - thermal conductivity of solids, liquids and gases - factors affecting thermal conductivity. Thermal heat, conducting equation in Cartesian, cylindrical and spherical co-ordinates - one dimensional steady state conduction with and without heat generation - unsteady state conduction. Conduction through homogenous and composite surfaces plane wall cylindrical and spherical - variable thermal conductivity shape factors - heat flow through corners and edges.

Module 2Convection - Newton's law - concept of boundary layer - significance of Prandtil number - boundary layer equation - flat - plate heat transfer equations by integral method Laminar and turbulent flow of heat transfer in tubes - Forced convection in turbulent flow - Reynolds analogy. Application of dimensional analysis in forced and natural convection. empirical relations, Combined effect of convection and conduction. Over all heat transfer coefficient - critical radius of insulation.

Module 3Heat Exchangers type of heat exchangers. Log mean temperature difference. Design of shell and tube exchangers - NTU method of evaluation of heat exchangers - heat exchange - effectiveness - application of straight rectangular and triangular fins effectiveness of fins.

Module 4Radiation - Nature of thermal radiation - Definitions and concept - Monochromatic and total emissive power - Absorptivity - Reflectivity transmissivity, Black Grey and Real surfaces. Concept of Black body Planks distribution law - Kirchoffs law Wein's displacement law-Geometric factors of simple configuration. Heat exchange by radiation between black surfaces - Large parallel black plate - equal parallel and opposite black squares, discs, black rectangles perpendicular to each other having a common edge-heat exchange by radiation between large parallel planes of different emissivity (no derivations - simple problems with the use of chart and equations)

Module 5 Mass transfer - introduction to mass transfer - Pick's law of diffusion in gases. Diffusion coefficient. Analogy between the phenomena of heat transfer and mass

151

transfer. Elementary problems. Condensation and boiling - film Drop-wise condensation-film boiling and pool boiling. Bubble growth and collapse- empirical relations for heat transfer with change of phase (description only) Numerical methods in conduction (finite difference and finite element methods description only).

References

1. Elements of Heat Transfer - Jacob Hawkins2. Principles of Heat Transfer - Krieth3. Heat and Mass Transfer - Fckert & Drake4. Heat transfer - Holmann5. Engineering Heat & Mass Transfer - R.K. Rajput.6. Engineering Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer - Gupta and Rajendra Prasad

PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT AND ENGINEERING ECONOMICS

M605 3+1+0Part A – Principles of Management

Module 1Functions of management: planning, organizing, staffing, directing, motivating, communicating, controlling and coordinating – Organizational structure-line, staff and functional relationship-span of control and delegation.

Module 2 Ogranisational behaviour: stress, meaning, causes, effects, strategies for coping with stress-motivation-types of motives, theories of work motivation-group dynamics-nature of work group, group cohesiveness, group performance, group norms. Marketing management: identification of products, pricing, promotion and distribution channels.

Module 3Formation of companies: proprietary and partnership-joint stock, private limited, public limited companies-private sector, public sector, joint sector and co-operative sector.Wages and incentives: Time and piece rate system, bonus, incentives-monetary and non-monetary Total quality management-re-engineering-management by objectives

Part B – Engineering EconomicsModule 4

Basic concepts: Theory of demand and supply-price mechanism-factors of production-land, labour, capital and organization-national income-difficulties in estimation-taxation-direct and indirect-progressive and regressive-black money-inflation-demand pull and cost push-effects of price increases.

Module 5Indian financial system: Reserve bank of India-commercial bank system-public sector banks-development financial institutions-IDBI, ICICI, SIDBI, IRBI-

152

investment institutions-UTI-insurance companies-stock market-functions-problems faced by the stock markets-role of the public sector-privatisation-multinational corporations and their impact on the Indian economy.

References

1. Benga & Sharma – Industrial Organisation and Management2. Fred Lufthans – Organisational Behaviour3. Keith Davis – Human Behaviour at Work4. Philip Kotler – Marketing Management5. K.K.Dewett – Modern Economic Theory6. A.N.Agarwal – Indian Economy7. Kargaweski – Operation management, Pearson8. Mazda – Engineering management, Pearson9. O.P.Khanna - Industrial Engineering & Management

COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND MANUFACTURINGM 606 3+1+0

Module 1Evolution of CAD/CAM and CIM segments of generic CIM, computers and workstation, elements of interactive graphics, input/ out put display, storage devices in CAD - an overview of CIM software - 2D Graphics: line drawing algorithms, DDA line algorithm – circle drawing, bressnham`s circle drawing algorithm– 2D translation, rotation, scaling – clipping -3D Graphics (basic only). Design process – CAD process: wireframe, surface, solid modeling; Engineering analysis; design review & evaluation, automated drafting – CAD hard ware, software, data presentation, CAD software packages

Module 2Numerical control: Need - advantages & disadvantages – classifications – Point to point, straight cut & contouring positioning - incremental & absolute systems – open loop & closed loop systems – DDA integrator & Interpolators – resolution – CNC & DNC.Programmable logic controllers (PLC): need – relays- logic ladder program – timers - Simple exercises only.Devices in N.C. systems: Driving devices - feed back devices: encoders, moire fringes, digitizer, resolver, inductosyn, tachometer.

Module 3NC part programming: part programming fundamentals - manual programming – NC co-ordinate systems and axes – tape format – sequence number, preparatory functions, dimension words, speed word, feed world, tool world, miscellaneous functions – programming exercises.Computer aided part programming: concept & need of CAP – CNC languages – APT language structure: geometry commands, motion commands, postprocessor commands, compilation control commands – programming exercises – programming with interactive graphics.

153

Module 4Automated process planning: Process planning, general methodology of group technology, code structures of variant & generative process planning methods, AI in process planning, process planning software.

Module 5Robotics: Industrial robots and their applications for transformational and handling activities, configuration & motion, actuators, sensors and end effectors, feature like work envelop, precision of movement, weight carrying capacity, robot programming languages.Vision systems: introduction to intelligent robots.

References

1. Craig john - Introduction to Robotics2. Groover M.P. - CAD/CAM, PHI.3. Hearn & Baker - Computer graphics (in C version), Prentice Hall.4. New man & Sproull - Principles of interactive Graphics, McGraw – Hill.5. Petruzella Frank.D. - Programmable logic controllers.6. Yoram koren - Numerical control of machine tools, McGraw-Hill7. Jonn Craig - Introduction to Robotics

HEAT ENGINES LABORATORYM 607 0+0+ 3

Study of systems and components of IC Engines and automobiles - study of dynamometers used in engine testing - study of IC Engine repairs and maintenance. Study of boilers, boiler mountings and accessories - study of steam engine parts and systems.

Testing of IC engines • Performance analysis of IC engine using computerized test rig-Load test on petrol and diesel engines- determination of indicated and brake thermal efficiencies - mechanical efficiency - relative efficiency - volumetric efficiency - air-fuel ratio and compression ratio - valve timing diagram - retardation test - Morse test - heat balance - effect of varying the rate of cooling water and varying the speed on the performance characteristics of engines. Testing of steam boiler - boiler trial - steam calorimeters and steam nozzles - performance test on steam engines - performance test on steam turbines.

Testing of fuels and lubricants - determination of flash and fire points of petroleum products - determination of kinematics and absolute viscosity of lubricating oils - determination of calorific

154

ADVANCED MACHINE TOOL LABORATORY

M 608 0+0+3

Study of Vibration: two and multi degree freedom systems, signature analysis and preventive maintenance, noise control. Study of Automated process planning: process planning, general methodology of group technology, code structures variant generative process planning methods, AI in process planning.

Study of Quality circle concepts – ISO 9000, ISO 4000 series, QS 9000 – quality system standards, TQM, - SQC, control charts for inspection, charts for variables, R charts, six sigma concepts – Taguchi methods.

Study of Fundamentals of Numerical control: principles of NC - incremental & absolute positioning, PTP, straight & contouring machining, open & closed loop system - DDA integrator & different interpolators - feed back devices - lead screw - stepper motor - advantages & disadvantages - NC, CNC and DNC - punched tapes – manual part programming, preparatory function, G codes, speed word, feed word, M codes, tool word etc, computer aided part programming, APT languages – tooling for CNC, tooling systems, automatic tool changing tool magazines etc - principles, need of machining centers. Study of Programmable logic controllers (PLC): need – relays- logic ladder program – timers; on & off delay timers, cascading & retentive timers – counters; cascading counters. Study of Tolerance charting techniques: operational sequences for typical shaft type components, preparation of process drawing for different operation, tolerance worksheets and centrality analysis. Study of Design of jigs and fixtures: degree of freedom - principles of location and clamping - principles of jig design – fool proofing - elements of jigs - design of jigs for drilling, reaming – principles of fixture design, locators and different types of clamps – elements of fixture – provision for tool setting – design of fixture for milling, turning, boring, and grinding operations, inspection of assembly fixtures – modular fixturing – concepts and applications – use of software for building fixture – tool design for forging, drop forging dies and auxiliary tools – upset or forging machine dies. Study of Design of sheet metal blanking and piercing dies: Die design – power press types – die clearances – cutting forces – punch and die mountings – types of construction – fine blanking – die design fundamentals – materials for dies & allied elements – multiplexing of tools.

155

Experiments

Key way slotting, side & face milling of a rod to make square head – 5mm material removal by Shaping – Drill 10.5 mm. CBR 16 mm, 10 mm deep – Surface grinding, cylindrical grinding and tool grinding - Vibration study of machine tools with an analyser. Preparation of process plans using CAPP software –Planning of experiments for process improvement using software – simulation of factory layout - facilities layout analysis – line balancing – materials requirement planning – inventory analysis – quality assurance using control charts – preparation of process sheet for manufacturing of spindle like & housing type component – preparation of process plan & cost estimation for the manufacture of typical product like submersible pump, three phase motor etc. Preparation of CNC programs for drilling, grooving, parting, linear interpolation, circular interpolation, etc. – Simulate and produce a component has valley shaped undercuts along its lenth, etc. PLC operated solenoid valves. Design of a jig and a fixture for drilling & milling operation - Design of assembly, inspection, fixtures - Design of sheet metal working dies: feed strip layout design, force calculations, press tool design (forming & cutting), assembly & dismantling of simple die casting dies - Design & fabrication of simple bending dies – Design of forging dies: product requirement & design of forging dies – study of analysis software for mould flow, melt flow, metal forming.

Student’s assessment, continuous evaluation, awarding of sessional marks, record bonafides, oral examination etc and university examination shall be done by Faculty members.

References

1. Acharkan. N. - Machine Tool Design Vol.1 to 4, MIR Publication.

2. HMT - Production Technology, TMH.3. Petruzella Frank. D - Programmable logic controllers.4. Yoram Koren - NC machines tools, McGraw Hill.

156

SEVENTH SEMESTER

157

GAS DYNAMICS AND JET PROPULSIONM 701 2+1+0

Module 1Introduction to gas dynamics: control volume and system approaches acoustic waves and sonic velocity - Mach number - classification of fluid flow based on mach number - mach cone-compressibility factor - General features of one dimensional flow of a compressible fluid - continuity and momentum equations for a control volume.

Module 2Isentropic flow of an ideal gas: basic equation - stagnation enthalpy, temperature, pressure and density-stagnation, acoustic speed - critical speed of sound- dimensionless velocity-governing equations for isentropic flow of a perfect gas - critical flow area - stream thrust and impulse function. Steady one dimensional isentropic flow with area change-effect of area change on flow parameters- chocking- convergent nozzle - performance of a nozzle under decreasing back pressure -De lavel nozzle - optimum area ratio effect of back pressure - nozzle discharge coefficients - nozzle efficiencies.

Module 3Simple frictional flow: adiabatic flow with friction in a constant area duct-governing equations - fanno line limiting conditions - effect of wall friction on flow properties in an Isothermal flow with friction in a constant area duct-governing equations - limiting conditions. Steady one dimensional flow with heat transfer in constant area ducts- governing equations - Rayleigh line entropy change caused by heat transfer - conditions of maximum enthalpy and entropy

Module 4Effect of heat transfer on flow parameters: Intersection of Fanno and Rayleigh lines. Shock waves in perfect gas- properties of flow across a normal shock - governing equations - Rankine Hugoniat equations - Prandtl's velocity relationship - converging diverging nozzle flow with shock thickness - shock strength.

Module 5Propulsion: Air craft propulsion: - types of jet engines - energy flow through jet engines, thrust, thrust power and propulsive efficiency turbojet components-diffuser, compressor, combustion chamber, turbines, exhaust systems. Performance of turbo propeller engines, ramjet and pulsejet, scramjet engines. Rocket propulsion - rocket engines, Basic theory of equations - thrust equation - effective jet velocity - specific impulse - rocket engine performance - solid and liquid propellant rockets - comparison of various propulsion systems.

References

1. Compressible fluid flow - A. H. Shapiro

158

2. Fundamentals of compressible flow with aircraft and rocket propulsion - S. M. Yahya

3. Elements of gas dynamics - Liepman & Roshko4. Aircraft & Missile propulsion - Zucrow 5. Gas dynamics - M.J. Zucrow & Joe D.Holfman

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERINGM 702 2+1+0

Module 1Introduction: Evolution of Industrial Engineering- Fields of application of Industrial Engineering -Functions of Industrial Engineer-Organisational structure of Industrial Engineering Department.Production and Productivity: Types of production-continuous production-intermittent production. Productivity-productivity index-factors affecting productivity-techniques for productivity improvement.Value Engineering: Historical perspective-reasons for poor values-types of values-the different phases of value analysis-applications of value analysis.

Module 2Plant design: Plant location-factors influencing plant location. Plant layout-types of plant layout-introduction to layouts based on group technology, just in time and cellular manufacturing systems.Material handling: Principles of material handling-selection of material handling devices-types of material handling equipments.Maintenance and replacement of equipments: Types of maintenance. Depreciation-methods of calculating depreciation. Selection of equipments-methods for replacement studies.

Module 3Methods Engineering: Process charts and flow diagrams-Micro motion study-Work measurement techniques.Job evaluation and merit rating: Objectives of job evaluation-Methods of job evaluation. Objectives and uses of merit rating-Merit rating plans.

Module 4Industrial relations: Fatigue-Communication in industry-Industrial disputes-Trade unions-Quality circles-BIS-ISO-Labour welfare-Industrial safety-Statutory provisions in labour legislations.Ergonomics: Objectives and applications.

Module 5Inventory control: Determination of Economic order quantity and reorder level.Quality control: Destructive and nondestructive testing methods. Statistical quality control-process control charts-acceptance sampling.Cost accounting and control: Elements of cost- Selling price of a product-Types of cost-Allocation of overheads.

159

References

1. Production system - Riggs2. Production control - Hiejet3. Human factors in Engg design - Mc Cormic E.J.4. Industrial Engg & Management - O.P.Khanna 5. Industrial Organisation & Management - Banga & Sarma6. Industrial Engg - A.P.Verma 7. Value Engg - Mudge 8. Manufacturing organization & Management - Amrine9. Time & Motion Study - Lowry10. Quality Control - Hansen

REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONINGM 703 2+1+0

Module 1Principles of refrigeration: Thermodynamics of refrigeration - Carnot cycle, reversed carnot cycle, heat pump, and refrigerating machine- coefficient of performance - unit of refrigeration - refrigeration methods- conventional refrigeration systems. Air refrigeration system- Bell Coleman cycle - C.O.P. capacity work and refrigerant flow requirements in Bell - Coleman cycle.

Module 2Vapour compression system: simple cycle -comparison with Carnot cycle - theoretical, actual and reactive - COP effect of operating parameters on COP - wet, dry and superheated compression - under cooling - actual cycle representation on TS and PH diagrams simple problems. Advanced vapour compression systems - multistage vapour compression systems - flash chamber multiple compression and evaporation systems cascading - simple problems.

Module 3Vapour absorption systems: simple, cycles - actual cycle - ammonia water and lithium bromide water systems - COP - electrolux system. Refrigerant and their properties: Nomenclature - suitability of refrigerants for various applications - unconventional refrigeration methods- Vortex tube, steam-jet, magnetic (cryogenics) refrigeration and thermoelectric refrigeration - applied refrigeration house hold refrigerators - unit air conditioners and water coolers - ice plant cold storage.

Module 4Refrigeration system components: condensers - water and air cooled condensers - evaporative condensers - expansion devises - capillary tube- constant pressure expansion valve - thermostatic expansion valve - float valve and solenoid valve - evaporators - natural convection coils - flooded evaporators - direct expansion coils. Reciprocating compressors: single stage and multistage compressors - work done optimum pressure ratio- effect of interfolding - volumetric efficiency -effect of clearance - isothermal and adiabatic efficiency - compressed air motors.

160

Rotodynamic compressors: Screw and vane type compressors - principle of operation - hermetic, semihermetic and open type refrigeration compressors.

Module 5Principles of air conditioning: Psychrometry and psychrometric chart thermodynamics of human comfort - effective temperature - comfort chart applied psychrometry - sensible heat factor - psychometric process-problems. Winter air conditioning: heating load calculations humidifiers and humidistat. Summer air conditioning: cooling load calculations - year round air conditioning - unitary and central systems - principles of air distribution - design of air duct systems.

References

1. Refrigeration and air conditioning - Ballaney P. L.2. Refrigeration and air conditioning - Stocker W. F.3. Refrigeration and air conditioning - Jordan and Protester4. Principles of Refrigeration - Roy J. Dossat

DYNAMICS OF MACHINERYM 704 2+1+0

Module 1

161

Balancing: - Balancing of rotating masses, static balancing and dynamic balancing, Balancing of several masses rotating in same plane, Balancing of several masses rotating in several planes, Balancing machines.Balancing of reciprocating masses: - The effect of inertia force of the reciprocating mass on the engine. Partial primary balance. Partial balancing of locomotive, Hammer blow, Variation of tractive effort, Swaying couple. Coupled locomotives, Balancing of multi cylinder inline engines, v-engines, Radial engines, Direct and Reverse cranks

Module 2Vibrations: - Definitions, simple harmonic motion. Single degree freedom systems: - Undamped free vibrations: - Equations of motion Natural frequency, Energy method, Equilibrium methods, Rayleigh’s methods, Equivalent stiffness of spring combinations.Damped free vibrations: - Viscous damping, Free vibrations with viscous damping, over-damped system, critically damped system, under-damped system, Logarithmic decrement, viscous dampers, coulomb damping. Forced Vibrations: - Forced harmonic excitation Rotating unbalance, Reciprocating unbalance. Energy dissipated by damping, vibration isolation and Transmissibility. Vibration measuring instruments.

Module 3Two degree freedom systems: - Principal modes of vibration, Rectilinear and angular modes, systems with damping, vibration absorbers, centrifugal pendulum damper, dry friction damper, untuned viscous damper.Multi-degree of freedom system: - Free vibrations, equations of motion, Influence coefficients method, lumped mass and distributed mass systems, Stodola method, Dunkerly’s method, Holzer’s method, Matrix iteration method.Torsional Vibrations: - Torsionally equivalent shaft, torsional vibration of two-rotor, three-rotor, and geared systems.

Module 4Critical speeds of shafts: - Critical speed of a light shaft having a single disc without damping. Critical speeds of a light cantilever shaft with a large heavy disc at its end.Transient vibration: - Laplace transformation, response to an impulsive input, response to a step input, response to a pulse input, phase plane method, shock spectrum.Non-linear vibrations: - Phase plane, undamped free vibration with non-linear spring forces, hard spring, soft spring, Perturbation method, Forced vibration with nonlinear forces, Duffings equation, self excited vibrations.

Module 5Noise control: - Sound propagation, decibels, acceptance noise levels, Air columns, Doppler effect, acousticl measurements, microphones and loud speakers, Recording and reproduction of sound, fourier’s theorem and musical scale, Acoustics of buildings, Acoustic impedence filters and human ear.

162

References

1. Theory of Machines - Thomas Bevan2. Theory of Machines - P.L. Ballaney3. Mechanical Vibrations, V edition - G.K. Groover4. Theory of Vibrations with applications, III Edn - W.T. Thomson 5. Mechanical Vibrations - S. Graham Kelly, Schaum’s outlines6. Fundamentals of Vibrations - Leonard Meirovitch, Mac Graw Hill7. A text book of sound - L.P. Sharma & H.C. Saxena8. Engineering Noise Control - D.A. Bies & C.H. Hausen.9. Noise & Vibration Control - Leo N. Beraneck

MACHINE DESIGN AND DRAWING - IM 705 2+0+2

Module 1Definitions - Design principles – common engineering materials – selection and their properties – general steps in design – design criteria – types of failures - types of cyclic loading.Stresses in Machine parts – tension, compression and shear –elastic constants-working stress-factor of safety-bending and torsion-combined stresses-stress concentration-fatigue-endurance limit-fatigue diagram-fatigue factors-theories of failure-Goodman and Soderberg linesDetachable joints-socket and spigot cotter joint, knuckle joint – pins, keys, splines -set screws, threaded fasteners and power screws – Shaft coupling – sleeve coupling – split muff coupling – flange coupling – protected type flange coupling – thick and thin cylinders Riveted joints: Lap joint – Butt joint – failures of riveted joint – strength of riveted joint – efficiency of riveted joint – design of longitudinal butt joint for boiler – design of circumferential lap joint for boiler – joints of uniform strength – Lozange joint – eccentrically loaded riveted joint.

Module 2Springs – Classification and uses of springs – design of helical springs – effect of end turns – energy absorbed – deflection – design for fluctuating loads – vibration in springs – buckling of spring materialsShafts – Torsion and bending of shafts – hollow shafts – design of shafts for strength an deflection – effect of keyways – transverse vibration and critical speed of shafts Design of IC engine parts – connecting rod – piston – flywheel – Welded joints: Lap joint – Butt joint – weld symbols parallel and transverse fillet welds – strength of welded joints – axially loaded welded joints – eccentrically loaded welded joints.

References

1. Mechanical Engg. Design – Joseph Shigley2. Machine Design – Mubeen

163

3. Machine Design – Black4. Machine Design – R. K. Jain5. Machine Design an integral approach – Norton, Pearson6. Machine Design data hand book – Lingayah Vol I. 7. Elements of Machine Design – Pandya & Shah

Note

For the University Examination 100% choice may be given. i.e. two questions from each module with full choice.


Module 1: Classical optimization techniques Single variable optimization – Multivariable optimization with no constraints – Hessian matrix – Multivariable saddle point – Optimization with equality constraints – Lagrange multiplier method - Multivariable optimization with inequality constraints – Kuhn-Tucker conditions.

Module 2: One-dimensional unconstrained minimizationElimination methods – unrestricted search method – Fibonacci method – Interpolation methods – Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation methods.

Module 3: Unconstrained minimizationGradient of a function – Steepest descent method – Newton’s method – Powells method – Hooke and Jeeve’s method.

Module 4: Integer – Linear programming problemGomory’s cutting plane method – Gomory’s method for all integer programming problems, mixed integer programming problems.

Module 5: Network TechniquesShortest path model – Dijkstra`s Algorithm – Floyd`s Algorithm – minimum spanning tree problem – PRIM algorithm – Maximal Flow Problem algorithm.

References

1. Optimization theory and application - S.S. Rao, New Age International P. Ltd.2. Optimization Concepts and applications in Engineering - A.D.Belegundu, T.R.

Chandrupatla, Pearson Education Asia. 3. Principles of Operations Researc for Management - F. S. Budnick, D. McLeavey,

R. Mojena, Richard D. Irwin, INC.4. Operation Research an introduction - H. A. Taha, Eastern Economy Edition. 5. Operations Research - R. Panneerselvam, PHI

PLANT ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE (ELECTIVE-I)M 706-2 3+1+0

Module 1

164

Wear and Lubrication: -wear-classification-theories of wear-analytical treatment of wear- stages of wear-effect of moisture, gas and liquid on wear-effects of temperature-corrosive wear- fretting-fatigue-calculation of working life-design considerations.

Module 2Lubricants: -solid, fluid and semifluid-synthetic lubricant-general properties and uses-tests and classification-aniline point-cloud, pour and flash point-carbon residue-flash and fire points- sulphur content-lubricant additives-lubricant systems-lubrication equipments and components.

Module 3Maintenance: -Breakdown and preventive maintenance-deterioration and failure analysis- planning, scheduling, and controlling of maintenance work-organisation for maintenance.Replacement: - causes of deterioration and obsolescence-sudden and gradual obsolescence and deterioration-economic analysis-MAPI method. Evolution of maintenance management-SWOT analysis-subjective methods of evaluation-objective criteria of evaluation.

Module 4Reliability: -concept and definition-chance of failure-wear and failure application of stochastic model for reliability studies-reliability of series, parallel and stand by systems-estimation of parameters of failure distribution-maintainability and availability-problems.

Module 5Non destructive testing and diagnostic instruments: - inventory control of spare parts-simple problems.Safety management: - accident prevention program-designing of safe operation-fire protection –legal provisions for safety in industry.

References

1. Standard Handbook of Plant Engineering - Robert C.Rosder2. Reliability&Maintainability Management - Balbir S.Shillon3. Industrial Maintainence Management - Sushilkumar, Srivasthava4. Handbook of Tribology - Bharat Bhooshan, B.K.Guptha5. Inspection, Quality control and Reliability - S.C.Sharma6. Maintenance and Spare parts management - P.Gopalakrishnan, A.K.Banergy.

WELDING TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE - I)M 706-3 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction: - Welding as a fabrication process- advantages and limitations – principal types of welding process and their characteristics.

165

Soldering & Brazing: -Soldering – principles of soldering, Tin-Lead binary diagram- different types of solders – need of fluxes for soldering and different fluxes used – method of soldering – silver soldering and aluminium soldering – advantages and limitations.Brazing: - Principle of Brazing – brazing alloys & fluxes- methods of brazing – aluminium brazing – advantages & limitations.Pressure Welding Process: - Forge welding- spot welding – seam welding – projection welding- butt welding – flash butt welding – welding of tubes & percussion welding.

Module 2Fusion Welding: Oxy-acetylene welding – chemistry of oxy-acetylene welding flame – type of flames & adjustments – welding set up & arrangements – preparation & storing of acetylene as well as oxygen gases- rightward & leftward welding techniques – filler metals & fluxes used for gas welding – weld movements – welding of: cast iron, stainless steel, aluminium, copper, nickel & magnesium- safety rules in oxy-acetylene welding.

Module 3Electric arc welding: Electric properties of the arc – arc column theories: ion theory & electron theory- heat distribution in an electric arc – arc welding power sources – their specific characteristics advantages & limitations – arrangements for straight & reverse polarities – striking of an arc – types of weld movements – welding positions – welding symbols – Electrodes – needs & types of electrodes covering – classification of arc welding electrodes.Arc welding Processes: Carbon arc welding – single & twin carbon arcs – flux shielded metal arc welding – submerged arc welding – TIG & MIG welding and atomic hydrogen welding.

Module 4Special or Unique welding processes: Various welding processes – their specific applications – neat sketches- advantages & limitations: Electroslag welding – Plasma arc welding – Ultrasonic welding – Electron beam welding – Laser beam welding – friction welding – explosive welding & cold welding processes.

Module 5Basic metallurgy of welding: Three prominent zones: weld metal zone – heat affected zone & the unaffected zone.Welding Stresses: causes of development of residual stresses – methods of relieving or controlling of residual stresses in weldments.Defects: commonly found defects in welded joints.Inspection & testing of weldments: - Needs of inspection & testing of weldments – the various testing methods – destructive tests such as tensile, bend, impact, neck break & hardness tests – Non destructive tests such as Magnetic particle, Ultrasonic, Dye-penetratant, radiographic & eddy current methods.

References

1. Welding Engineering -Rossi2. Welding & welding Technology -Little.3. Metallurgy of welding -Bruckner

166

4. The Electric Welder -Tse Golsky5. Welding Engineer’s Hand Book Vol 1,2 & 3 (ASME)6. Welding for Engineers -Udin & Funk7. A text book of Welding Technology -O.P Khanna8. Welding Engineering -R.L Agarwal9. Welding engineering & Technology -R. S. Parmer10. Welding (10th Edition) -A. C. Davis, Cambridge University Press.

FOUNDRY TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE - I)M 706-4 3+1+0

Module 1 Patterns: Different types of patterns – colour codes of patterns.Moulding sands: Natural and synthetic sand- ingredients of moulding sands- special sand additives sand mixing- general properties of moulding sand – testing of moulding sand - effect of ingredients and Additives on properties of moulding sand- reusability of moulding sands- sand conditioning.Core and core making: Purpose of cores - core prints – types of cores – core sand ingredients – requirements of core sand- core sand mixing – binding materials – core boxes, core making, baking, coating, reinforcing and venting.

Module 2Gating and risering: Mechanism of solidification – nucleation and growth – rate of solidification – progressive and directional solidification.Gates and gating system – functions and types of gates – design of gating system – gating ratios for ferrous and nonferrous castings – risering- functions and requirements of riser – types of risers - theoretical considerations – Chvorinov s rule – riser shape and directional solidification – use of chills, insulators and exothermic compounds

Module 3Ferrous foundry metallurgy: Gray cast iron – composition – effect of composition in properties – types of graphite in gray cast iron – foundry characteristics of grey cast iron – effect of inoculation and inoculants – low alloy and high alloy cast iron –malleable iron – white heart and black heart malleable iron – malleablisation – S.G. iron – compositon and properties

Module 4Non-ferrous foundry metallurgy: Foundry characteristics of copper and aluminium base alloys – degassing and melt treatment.Melting and pouring: Types of furnaces used for C.I., steel and non-ferrous metals – details and charge calculation in cupola charging

Module 5Cleaning and inspection: Knock out and fettling – destructive and non-destructive testing- salvaging.Mechanisation in foundry: Elementary ideas of mechanisation in sand conditioning and supply, moulding, core making, knock out and fettling.

167

References

1. Principles of Metal Casting - Hine and Rosenthal2. Foundry Technology - P.R.Beeley3. Manufacturing Science - Amitabha Ghosh and Ashok Kumar Mallick4. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology - Kalapakjian and Schmid

ADVANCED OPERATIONS RESEARCH (ELECTIVE - I)M 706-5 3-1-0

Goals: The course is designed to develop an understanding of operation research with particular attention to linear programming, dynamic programming, and integer programming.

Module 1 Linear Programming

1. Problem Formulation2. Graphical Solution3. Simplex Method4. Revised Simplex Method5. Duality Theory6. Sensitivity Analysis

Module 2 Transportation Model

1. North-west corner method2. Least cost method3. VAM4. Test of optimality

Module 3 Integer Programming

1. Introduction, basic concepts and simple problems2. Gomory’s all integral cutting plane method

Goal Programming

1. Application of goal programming

2. Introduction basic concepts and simple problems

Module 4 Dynamic Programming

1. Shortest path models2. Characteristic of Dynamic Programming3. Discrete Dynamic Programming models

Module 5 Simulation

168

1. Basic Concepts1.1 Binomial distribution1.2 Poisson distribution1.3 Normal distribution2. Monti-cralo simulation 3. Generation of random numbers4. Simulation software

Course Outcomes

1. Students will have a working knowledge of operation research techniques such as linear programming, Integer Programming, Goal Programming and Dynamic Programming.

2. Students will have the ability to analyze and perform sensitivity analysis on different optimum solutions generated.

3. Students will have the ability to tackle real life optimization problems.

References

1. Hamda & Taha, Operations Research - 7th edn; Pearson2. Ravindran and Philips Operations Research – Principles and Practice.3. Ronald L.Rardin, Optimisation in Operation Research, Pearson Education4. Verma A.P., Operation Research, S.K.Katharia & Sons

MARKETING AND SALES MANAGEMENT (ELECTIVE - I)M 706-6 3+1+0

Module 1Marketing: Definition- Marketing concepts- Market segmentation- Market demand- Product- Value and satisfaction- Exchange and transactions- Marketing channels- Competition- Marketing environment- Marketing mix.Marketing Management: Functions-Sales forecasting-Pricing-Distribution- Advertising- Sales promotion- Marketing research.

Module 2Strategic Planning: Strategic business unit (SBU)- Business strategic planning-SWOT analysis. Marketing decision support system.

Module 3Product life cycle: Marketing strategies in the different stages of product life cycle.New product development: Idea generation- Concept development and testing- conjoint analysis. Introduction to Relationship marketing, International marketing and on line marketing.

169

Module 4Consumer behaviour: Major factors affecting consumer buying behaviour- Consumer decision making process.Organisational buying behaviour: Buying situations- the buying center- Purchasing process.

Module 5Sales management: Evolution of Sales management- Objectives of Sales management- Personal selling situations- Theories of selling- Basic selling styles-Recruitment, selection and training of sales personnel-Sales territory-Sales quotas.

References

1. Marketing Management - Philip Khotler 2. Sales Management - Richard, Edward & Norman3. Industrial Engg & Management - O.P.Khanna 4. Industrial Organisation & Management - Banga & Sarma5. Organisational Behaviour - Fred Luthans6. Consumer Behaviour - Schifman & Kanuk7. Basic marketing - Gundiff8. Marketing Management for small units - Jain9. Sales Engg - Lester10. Salesmanship concept - Thomson

COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS (ELECTIVE - I)M 706 -7 3+1+0

Module 1Basic concepts: -conservation principles-mass, momentum energy-conservation of scalar quantities-dimensionless form of equations-simple mathematical models for incompressible, inviscid, potential and creeping flows-approximations of hyperbolic, parabolic, elliptic, and mixed flows- introduction to numerical methods, advantages and limitations-components of numerical solution methods and properties.

Module 2Finite difference methods: - concept-approximation of first derivative, second derivative and mixed derivative-boundary conditions, errors, spectral methods, examples-finite volume method, approximation of surface and volume integrals, boundary conditions-examples.

Module 3Solutions of Linear Equations: - direct methods-Gauss elimination method-LV decomposition- tridiagonal system-cyclic reduction-iterative methods-conyergence-conjugate gradient- multigrid methods-non linear equations-deferred

170

correction approaches, methods for unsteady problems, two level Runge Kutta predictor corrector methods-explicit, implicit methods.

Module 4Solutions of Navier Stokes equations: -choice of variable arrangement on grid-calculation of pressure-other methods-solution methods for Navier Stokes equations.

Module 5Turbulent flows: - direct numerical solution-large eddy simulation, RANS models, Reynolds stress models- compressible flows (introduction only)-pressure correction models-simple examples.

References

1. Computational methods for Fluid Dynamics -Joel H.Ferziger & Miloven Peric. (Springer Werlag Publishers)

2. Computational Fluid Dynamics (The basics with applications) -John D.Anderson (Mc Graw Hill Pub.)

3. Numerical methods for Scientific& Engineering Computations - M.K.Jain & R.K.Iyengar (WileyEastern)

4. Introduction to Numerical Analysis - F.B.Hilderbrand. (Tata Mc GrawHill)

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING LABORTAORYM 707 0+0+4

Tests on reciprocating air compressor Tests on blowers and rotary compressorsVibration of springs – free and forced vibrations.Whirling of shafts.Balancing of reciprocating and revolving masses – balancing machines.Tests on universal governor apparatus.Tests on gyroscope.Friction in hydrodynamic bearings – bearing testing machines.Metallurgical analysis of specimens using metallurgical microscope.Testing of foundry sands for strength, moisture content, permeability etc.Determination of minimum fluidizing velocity in a conventional fluidized bed.

HEAT TRANSFER LABORTAORYM 708 0+0+4

Tests on refrigeration equipment.Tests on air conditioning units.

171

Determination of thermal conductivity of conducting and insulating materials.Determination of emissivity of surfacesHeat flow through lagged pipes.Heat flow through composite walls.Determination of overall heat transfer co-efficient of a heat exchanger.Free and forced convection.

172

EIGHTH SEMESTER

PRODUCTION ENGINEERINGM 801 2+1+ 0

Module 1Theory of metal cutting: Historical back ground –Classification of manufacturing process – Deformation of metals (review only) – Performance & process parameters - Oblique & orthogonal cutting – Mechanism of chip formation, types, chip curl, chip control – Tool geometry: American, British, DIN, ISO systems – Mechanism of orthogonal cutting: Thin zone model, Merchant’s analysis, Oxley thin shear zone analysis – Thick zone models, Palmer & Oxley analysis – shear angle relationship, Lee & Shaffer`s; relation ship etc. – Friction process in metal cutting: nature of sliding friction, effect of increasing normal load on apparent to real area of contact , columb`s law, yield stress at asperities, adhesion theory, ploughing, sublayer flow – Effect of rake angle,cutting angle, nose radius etc. on cutting force and surface finish – Empirical determination of force component.

Module 2Thermal aspects of machining: Source of heat; temperature distribution in chip, shear plane & work piece; effect of speed, feed & depth of cut – Tool materials: carbon steel, HSS, coated HSS, ceramics, diamond etc.- Cutting fluids: effect of specific heat, etc on selection of liquids; effectiveness at tool chip interface; classification of fluids – Tool wear: flank & crater [KT] wear – Tool wear

173

mechanisms: adhesion, abrasion, diffusion & fatigue; Taylor’s equation, application at shop floor; speed, tool material & micro structure on tool life; allowable wear land [VB] ; rapid, steady & catatospheric wear on rough & finishing operations – Economics of machining – Machineability index.

Module 3Power metallurgy: Preparation metal powers – Power characteristics: properties of fine power, size, size distribution, shape, compressibility, purity etc.- Mixing – Compaction techniques – Mechanism of sintering of single & multi phase materials - Sintering atmosphere – Finishing operations: heat treatment, surface treatment, impregnation treatment etc. – Impregnated bearings – Sintered oil-retaining bearing – Economics of p/m.Advanced materials: Super alloys - Titanium & titanium alloys – shape memory alloys –smart materials – microstructure, properties, applications.

Module 4Polymers: Polymerization – Structural features: Linear & net work molecular structure – Molecular wt, degree of polymerization, branching, cross linking – co polymers & ter polymers – Molecular architecture – effect of crystallinity – Glass transition temp: - Thrmo polymers – Thermoset polymers – Additives – Polymer matrix composites: properties & applications. - Elastamers: Kinked structure - Mechanical, physical & chemical properties – Vulcanization of rubber – conductive polymers, applications. – Ceramics: Structure – Mechanical, physical properties & applications. – Glasses: Types, glass ceramics – Types, properties and application of MMC and CMC – Honey comb structure.

Module 5Advanced production methods: Rapid prototyping: background & definitions – Process methods: Stereolithography, selective laser sintering, fused deposition modeling, laminated object manufacturing, laser engineered net shaping, 3D welding – Information processing – Indirect fabrication of metals & ceramics. – Non traditional machining: EDM, ECM, USM – principle, types, process parameters, control, MRR, surface finish, application etc. – Electro chemical grinding, lapping, honing; process principle & Ra only, applications – EBM, LBM, IBM, AJM, Abrasive water jet machining, LIGA process.

References

1. Armarego & Brown, The Machining of Metals, Prentice - Hall2. Beaman, Barlow & Bourell, Solid Free Foam Fabrication: A new direction in

mafg., Kluwer Academic Publishers3. Brophy, Rose & Wulf, The Structure & Properties of Metals Vol.2, Wiley Eastern4. Dixon & Clayton, Powder Metallurgy for Engineers, Machinery publishing co.

London5. HMT, Production Technology, Tata McGraw Hill6. Kalpakjian, Manufacturing Engineering & Technology, Addison – Wesley, 4nd

edn.7. Lal G.K., Introduction to Machining Science, New Age publishers

174

8. Metcut research, Machinablity Data Center Vol.1 & 2, Metcut research associates, Cincinnati

9. Paul. H. Black, Theory of Metal Cutting, McGraw Hill

AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERINGM 802 3+1+0

Module 1Engines: Types of engines in automobiles-classifications-engine components-working of various systems-CNGengines-R&D works-present and future vehicles-frame, body and engine construction-structure and mechanism forming components- carburetors, diesel fuel pumps, injector, single point and multi point fuel injection-combustion chambers-lubricating oil pumps-cooling systems-Vehicle performance-resistance to the motion of vehicle-air, rolling, and radiant resistance-power requirement-acceleration and gradeability-selection of gear ratios.

Module 2

Transmission: prime movers-clutch-principle-friction-helical spring and conical spring clutches –centrifugal clutches and fluid couplings-Gear box-principle and necessity of manual gear box- constant mesh, sliding mesh and synchromesh gear boxes-epicyclic gearbox-overdrives-hydraulic torque converters-semi and automatic transmission-Final drive-front wheel, rear wheel and four wheel drives-transfer case-Hotchkiss and torque tube drives-universal joints-constant velocity universal joint-differential-non-slip differential-rear axles-types of rear axles.

Module 3Steering and Suspension: Different steering mechanisms-steering gear boxes-power steering –types-suspension systems-front axle, rigid axle and independent suspensions-anti-roll bar-coil spring and leaf spring-torsion bar-Macpherson strut-sliding pillar-wish bone-trailing arm suspensions-front axle types-front wheel geometry-castor, camber, king pin inclination, toe-in toe-out. Shock absorbers-hydraulic and gas charged shock absorbers-air suspensions.

Module 4Chassis and Body: Types of chassis and body constructions-crumble zones, air bags and impact beams-automotive air conditioning-braking mechanism and convectional brakes- booster, hydraulic and power brakes, components and attachments-mechanical, hydraulic and pneumatic brakes-anti-lock braking systems-Wheels and Tyres:tube-less tyres-ply ratings- radial tyres-hybrid vehicles-vintage cars-racing cars-automated roads-coach works-materials- safety provisions- motor vehicle act.

175

Module 5Electrical systems Battery, charging and ignition systems-electronic ignition-dynamos and alternators-voltage regulators-light and horn relays-circuit diagrams-starting motor-bendix and follow through drives-power windows-electronic engine control unit for fuel injection- automotive lighting, accessories and dashboard instruments-Preventive and breakdown maintenance-engine testing, servicing-overhaul- engine tuning- wheel balancing-trouble shooting-garage tools and equipments-noise, vibration, and performance tests.

References

1. Automobile Engineering (Vol. 1 & 2) - K.M.Guptha2. Automotive Mechanics - Joseph Heitner3. Automobile Engineering - Harbans Singh Reyd4. Automotive Mechanics - William H. Course

PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROLM 803 2+1+0 Module 1

Introduction to PPC: need for PPC, effect, advantages, functions and problems of PPC. Forecasting: methods of sales forecasting-forecasting for new products-forecasting for established products-time series analysis for sale forecasting – long term forecasting – methods of estimating Sales trend- problems- correlation analysis.

Module 2Production planning: objectives-characteristics-process planning. Capacity planning- factors affecting-Master production scheduling-material requirement planning – BOM and product structure.Production control: objectives- production control systems- principle and procedure of production Control.Routing: objectives- procedure – route sheets.

Module 3Sequencing assumptions: solution of sequencing problems-processing n jobs through two machinesProcessing n jobs through three machines – processing n jobs through m machines – processing twoJobs through m machines-problems

Module 4Materials management: Components of integrated material management Purchasing management- stores management. Supply chain management – ERP-Role of I.T.

Module 5

176

Loading and scheduling: aim- reasons for scheduling- master scheduling or aggregate schedulingEstimating shop loads- short term scheduling – mathematical loading and scheduling- problems-Scheduling through PERT / CPM problems.Despatching- duties- procedure- rules.Follow up and reporting- types-report preparation and presentation.

References

1. Modern Production Management - E.S.Buffa2. Principles of Production Management - J.Apple3. Production management principles - Mcycss4. Production Planning and Control - K.C.jani& L.N.Aggarwal 5. Manufacturing Planning &Control - Volfman, Berry, Whybark systems6. Production and operations management - R.Paneerselvam7. Modeling the supply chain - Jeremy F Shapiro

MACHINE DESIGN AND DRAWING - IIM 804 2+0+2

Module 1Gears: Types of gears –spur gear, helical gear, bevel gear, worm and worm wheel- strength of gear teeth – gear forces and their effects – formative number of teeth – lead – lead angle-basic geometry and nomenclature of meshed spur gear set-dynamic load – endurance load-wear loads – AGMA standards – Lewis equation for strength design and Lewis form factor – design for wear – design of gears such as spur gear, helical gear, bevel gear, worm and worm wheel.

Module 2Bearings: Bearing materials – introduction to lubrication – minimum film thickness – hydrodynamic theory of lubrication – viscosity of oil – oil seals – selection of lubricants – viscosity index – measurement of viscosity – effect of temperature on viscosity – clearance ratio – summer feld number – specifications and selection of bearing – anti friction bearing – bearing life – rating life – dynamic load capacity – equivalent dynamic load – design of journal bearing – design of rolling contact bearing such as ball and roller bearing.

Pumps: Design of centrifugal pump (Simple problems)

References

1. Mechanical Engineering Design – Joseph Shigley2. Machine Design – Mubeen3. Machine Design – Black4. Principles of Lubrication – Cameron A.5. Mechanical Seals – Mayer E.6. Design of Machine Elements – Bhandari V. B.7. Machine Design – Pandya and Shah

177

NoteQuestion Paper pattern same as Machine Design - I

ADVANCED MATHEMATICS (ELECTIVE - II)CMELRTM 805-1 3+1+0






References

1. Linear Integral Equation - Ram P.Kanwal, Academic Press, New York2. A Course on Integral Equations - Allen C.Pipkin, Springer – Verlag3. Advanced Engg. Mathematics - H.K.Dass, S.Chand4. Advanced Engg. Mathematics - Michael D.Greenberge, Pearson Edn. Asia5. Numerical methods in Engg. &Science - B.S.Grewal, Khanna Publishers6. Generalized functions - R.F. Hoskins, John Wiley and Sons.7. Principles and Techniques of Applied Mathematics - Bernard Friedman, John

Wiley and sons8. Principles of Applied Mathematics - James P.Keener, Addison Wesley.

178

9. Numerical methods - P.Kandasamy, K.Thilagavathy, K.Gunavathy, Chand & co

EXPERT SYSTEMS IN MANUFACTURING (ELECTIVE - II)M 805-2 3+1+0

Module 1Artificial Intelligence - expert / knowledge based systems - definition - expert system architecture: software components, knowledge base, inference engine, inference sub systems.

Module 2Hard ware requirements - knowledge acquisition, knowledge base, knowledge representation - semantic netwoks, objects, nods; links, attributes, values - semantic net work structures: nodes, object, links, attributes, values.

Module 3Knowledge representation: rule based system - heuristic rules - frame based knowledge representation - inference engine components - inferences strategies; modus ponens, backward & forward chaining, monotonic & non monotonic reasoning, search strategies - expert system building tools: languages, shells.

Module 4Commercial software for manufacturing applications in CAD, CAPP, MRP - 11, adaptive control of devices, robotics, process control, fault diagnosis, failure analysis etc; linking expert systems to other software such as DBMS, MIS, MDB, process control and office automation.

Module 5Case studies and programming of typical applications in process planning, tool selection, Grinding wheel selection, part classification, inventory control, facilities planning etc.

References

1. Peter Jackson - Introduction to Expert systems, 3/e, by; Addison Wesley Longman, 1999.

2. Prentice - hall hand book of expert systems

AEROSPACE ENGINEERING (ELECTIVE - II)M 805-3 3+1+0

Module 1The atmosphere: Characteristics of Troposphere, Stratosphere, Mesosphere and Ionosphere - International Standard Atmosphere – Pressure, Temperature and Density variations in the International Standard Atmosphere – Review of basic fluid dynamics – continuity, momentum and energy for incompressible and compressible flows – static, dynamic and stagnation pressures – phenomena in supersonic flows

179

Module 2Application of dimensional analysis to 2D viscous flow over bodies – Reynolds number – Mach number similarity – Aerofoil characteristics – Pressure distribution – Centre of Pressure and Aerodynamic Center – Horse shoe vortex

Module 3Momentum and Blade Element Theories – Propeller co-efficients and charts – Aircraft engines – Turbo jet, Turbo fan and Ram Jet engines – Bypass and After Burners

Module 4Straight and Level Flight – Stalling Speed – Minimum Drag and Minimum Power conditions – Performance Curves – Gliding – Gliding angle and speed of flattest glide – Climbing – Rate of Climb – Service and Absolute Ceilings – Take off and Landing Performance – Length of Runway Required – Circling Flight – Banked Flight – High Lift Devices – Range and Endurance of Air planes.

Module 5Air speed indicators – Calculation of True Air Speed – Altimeters – Rate of Climb meter – Gyro Compass – Principles of Wind Tunnel Testing – Open and Closed type Wind Tunnels – Pressure and Velocity Measurements – Supersonic Wind Tunnels (description only) – Rocket Motors – Solid and Liquid Propellant Rockets – Calculation of Earth Orbiting and Escape Velocities Ignoring Air Resistance and assuming Circular Orbit.

References

1. Mechanics of Flight - Kermode A. C.2. Aerodynamics for Engineering Students - Houghton and Brock3. Airplane Aerodynamic - Dommasch

COMBUSTION (ELECTIVE - II)M 805-4 3+1+0

Module 1Thermodynamics of reactive mixtures: Bond energy-Heat of formation-Heat of reaction-adiabatic flames temperatures-entropy changes for reacting mixtures-chemical equilibrium – equilibrium criteria –evaluation of equilibrium constant and equilibrium composition –simple numerical solutions.

Module 2Elements of chemical kinetics: law of mass action-order and molecularity of reaction – rate equation- Arrheniuss law – activation energy – collision theory of reaction rates- Transition state theory-collision theory of reaction rates- Transition state theory –General theory of chain reactions- combustion of carbon monoxide and hydrogen.

Module 3

180

Ignition and flammability: methods of ignition –self ignition – thermal theory of ignition – limits of flammability –factors affecting flammability limits- flame quenching- flame propagation- flame velocity- measurement of flame velocity – factors affecting flame speed- premixed and diffusion flames – physical structures and comparison – characteristics of laminar and turbulent flames- theory of laminar flame propagation.

Module 4Flame stabilization: Stability diagrams for open flames- mechanisms of flame stabilization –critical boundary-velocity gradient –stabilization by eddies bluff body stabilization – effects of variables on stability limits.

Module 5Combustion in solid an liquid propellant: Reactant motors – Classification and types of propellants – desirable properties of grain shapes – burning rates and combustion model of solid propellants- injection of liquid propellants-ignition and ignitors. Miscellaneous topics – droplet combustion – fluidized bed combustion - classification of coal – air pollution.

References

1. Fuels and combustion – Sharma S.P2. Some fundamentals of combustion – Spalding D.B3. Fundamentals of combustion – Strehlow . R.A4. Elementary reaction Kinetics – Lathan J.L5. Flames – Gaydan and wolfhard.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT (ELECTIVE - II)M 805-5 3+1+0

Module 1Project feasibility Analysis- Marketing, Technical, and financial feasibilities- report preparation-case studies.

Module 2Project Management- nature and scope- PERT and CPM techniques, Estimates-time, cost, resources (man, material, tool).

Module 3Forecasting Methods-Time series analysis-method pf least square, moving average, curvilinear, correlation analysis.

Module 4

181

Risk Analysis-risk in economic analysis-measuring risk in investment; risk profiles, decision trees, formulation of discounted decision trees, simulation.

Module 5MS Project: (Software Practice) Creation of task, sequencing of task, assignment of resources, finding critical path, ABC activities (discuss), breaking the activities, colouring techniques, resource balancing, allocating overtime, using different calendars (Like 8 or 12 hours shift, Friday/Sunday holiday, Special public holidays etc), cost estimates, assignment of blank fields, creation of different views on screen. Reports: Daily reports for completed activity, lagging activities, overall progress review, Management high-level reports, individual Departmental reports.

References

1. Corter, Mastering MS Project 2000, BPB Publishers.2. Harvey Maylor, Project Management, Pearson Education.3. PrasannaChandra, Project Management, Tata McGraw Hill.4. Prasanna Chandra, Projects, Tata McGraw Hill.

PROGRAMMING IN C++ AND VISUAL C++ (ELECTIVE - II)M805-6 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction to C++ - Object Oriented Approach – I/O instructions – Data types – Type Conversions – Arithmetic Operators – Relational Operators – Loops – Precedence – Conditional Operator – Logical Operators – Structures and its manipulations – Functions – Arrays.

Module 2Classes and Objects – Specifying the Class – The private and public key words – Defining Member Functions – Defining Objects – Calling Member Functions – Constructors – Destructors – Overloaded Constructors – Objects as Arguments – Returning Objects from Functions – Array of Objects.

Module 3Operator Overloading – Operator Arguments – Operator Return Values – Postfix Notation – Overloading Binary Operators – Arithmetic Assignment Operators – Data Conversion – Inheritance – Derived Class and Base Class – Specifying The Derived Class – Accessing Base Class Members – The protected Members – Derived Class Constructors – Overriding Member Functions – Scope Resolution with Overridden Functions – Public and Private Inheritance – Levels of Inheritance – Multiple Inheritance.

Module 4Pointers – Memory Management – The new and delete Operators – Pointers to Objects – Self Containing Classes – Virtual Functions – Accessing Normal and Virtual Member Functions with Pointers – Pure Virtual Functions – Friend Functions – The ‘this’ Pointer – Accessing Member Data with ‘this’.

182

Module 5Introduction to Windows Programming – Basic Windows Program Structure – Different Windows Messages like WM_PAINT, WM_TIMER etc. – Introduction to MFC – MFC Hierarchy - Use of Simple Foundation Classes like CTime, CString, CFile etc. – Exception Handling.

References

1. Object Oriented Programming in Microsoft C++ - Robert Lafore2. Windows Programming Primer Plus - Jim Conger3. Programming with ANSI and Turbo C - Kamthane. Pearson

SILICATES - STRUCTURE, PARTICLE ANALYSES AND SPRAY COATING (ELECTIVE - II)

M 805-7 3+1+0

Module 1Silicate Mineralogy in General - Minerals-Definition, Classification-Silicates and non-silicates. Physical properties of minerals-Colour, lusture, transperancy, cleavage, hardness, fracture, form, specific gravity, fusibility & tenacity.

Module 2Identification of Silicate Minerals - Physical properties, chemical composition and uses of the important silicate minerals-1. Quartz, 2. Feldspars, 3.Pyroxenes, 4.Amphiboles, 5.Micas, 6.Aluminium silicates-andalusite, sillimanite & kyanite, 7.Olivine, 8.Garnets, 9.Chlorites 10. Natrolite, 11.Clay minerals, 12.Asbestose, 13.Talc 14.Tourmaline 15. Staurolite

Module 3Silicate Mineral Structures - Detailed study of the silicate structures with examples- 1. Nesosilicate, 2.Sorosilicate, 3.Cyclosilicate, 4.Inosilicate, 5.Phyllosilicate & 6. Tectosilicate. Ceramics and silicates.

Module 4Particle Analyses – Coarse and powder materials- Coarse material-Size distribution- Grain size parameters, coefficient of angularity, specific surface area (actual and theoretical) by sieve analysis. Powder material-Size and area determination by various methods- Blane’s methods, air jet sieve, Bacho dust classifier and BET methods.

Module 5Spray Coating – Basic concepts and general discussion of spray coating. Binders- Ethyl orthosilicate (ETS-40), properties and hydrolysis. Slurries – Binder and different ceramic powders, consistency and determination, drying.

183

Heat source – Plasma arc-transferred and non-transferred arcs, arrangement of spray coating.

References

1. Rutley’s elements of mineralogy, H.H.Read, Thomas Murby&Co, London.2. A text book of mineralogy, E.S. Dana, Wiley Eastern Ltd, New Delhi.3. Mineralogy, Dier, Howie & Zussman, CBS Publishers, New Delhi.4. Materials-Their nature, properties and fabrication, Seghal & Linderburg.5. Material science and manufacturing process, Dhaunedrakumar, S.K.Jain &

A.K.Bhargava, Vikas publishing house, New Delhi.6. Welding and welding technology, Little, Tata McGraw hill publishing Co., New

Delhi.7. Investment casting, H.T. Bidwell, The machinery publishing Co., Ltd, UK.8. Non-ferrous foundry metallurgy, A.J. Murphy, Pergamon Press Ltd.9. Welding engineering and technology, R.S. Parman, Khanna publishers, New

Delhi.10. Manufacturing science, Amitabha Ghosh & Asok kumar Mallik, EWP, East West

Press Pvt Ltd, New Delhi.

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE - III)M 806-1 3+1+0

Goals To learn Management Information System (MIS), implementation requirements and process standardisation.

Module 1 Elements of a MIS – Levels of Management – Types of Management information – Technical dimensions of Information – System elements – Characteristics of MIS – Case Study.

Module 2Building Business Model – Data Base – Report generation and time sharing – Case study.

Module 3Communication and distributed Data processing.

Module 4Managing and controlling the MIS function. Application Development Cycle.

Module 5Future of MIS – Architecture – reliability – Security – Intelligent Buildings.

OutcomesStudent will learn elements of MIS & steps in implementing MIS. Students will also learn hardware and software selection for MIS.

184

References

1. Mudric and Rose - Information System and Management.2. Jerome Kauter - Management Information Systems, Prentice

Hall India.3. R. S. Daver - The Management Process.4. Mudric, Rose & Callgget - Information System for Modern

Management, Prentice Hall India.5. James Obrein - Management Information Systems

CRYOGENICS (ELECTIVE - III)M 806-2 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction: Historical development- present areas involving cryogenic engineering. Basic thermodynamics applied to liquefaction and refrigeration process - isothermal, adiabatic and Joule Thomson expansion process - adiabatic demagnetization – efficiency to liquefaction and coefficient of performances irreversibility and losses.

Module 2Low temperature properties of engineering materials: mechanical properties - thermal properties - electrical and magnetic properties. Properties of cryogenic fluids - materials of constructions for cryogenic applications.

Module 3Gas liquefaction systems: production of low temperatures - general liquefaction systems - liquefaction systems for neon, hydrogen, nitrogen and helium.

Module 4Cryogenic refrigeration systems: ideal refrigeration systems- refrigerators using liquids and gases as refrigerants - refrigerators using solids as working media.

Module 5Cryogenic storage and transfer systems - Cryogenic fluid storage vessels cryogenic fluid transfer systems. Application of cryogenics - cryo pumping - superconductivity and super fluidity - cryogenics in space technology - cryogenics in biology and medicine.

References

1. Cryogenic Systems - Barron R. F2. Cryogenic Engineering - Scot R. W.3. Cryogenic Engineering - Bell J.H.

NUCLEAR ENGINEERING (ELECTIVE - III)M 806-3 3+1+0

185

Module 1Review of elementary Nuclear Physics: Atomic structure – Nuclear energy and nuclear forces – Nuclear fission Nuclear reactions and radiations: Principle of radioactive decay – Interaction of and rays with matter – Neutron cross section and reactions – The fission process – Chain reaction – Basic principles of controlled fusion.

Module 2Nuclear reaction principles – Reactor classifications – Critical Size – Basic diffusion theory – Slowing down of neutrons – Neutron flux and power – Four factor formula – Criticality condition – Basic features of reactor control

Module 3Boiling water reactor: Description of reactor system – Main components – control and safety measures Materials of Reactor: Construction – Fuel – Moderator coolant – Structural materials – Cladding – Radiation damage.

Module 4Nuclear fuels: Metallurgy of Uranium – General principles of solvent extraction – Reprocessing of irradicated fuel – Separation process – Fuel enrichment.

Module 5Reaction heat removal: Basic equations of heat transfer as applied to reactor cooling – Reactor heat transfer systems – Heat removal in fast reactorsRadiation Safety: Reactors shielding - Radiation dozes – Standards of radiation protections – Nuclear waste disposal.

References

1. Nuclear Engineering - Glasstone & Sesoske2. Sources book on Atomic Energy - Glasstone S.

INDUSTRIAL HYDRAULICS (ELECTIVE - III)M 806-4 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction to hydraulic / pneumatic devices – their application and characteristics – comparison of electric, hydraulic and pneumatic devices.

Module 2Pumps and motors: Principle of working – range of displacement and pressures- fixed and variable discharge pumps-gear, screw, vane, piston pumps – axial piston pump-swash pump-bent axis pump. Types of hydraulic motors – their characteristics. Accessories-Hydraulic accumulators – intensifiers-filters-heater-cooler.

Module 3

186

Hydraulic valves: Stop valve- non return valve-relief valve-sequence valve-counter balance valve- pressure reducing valve – flow control valve –irection control valves-their principle of operation- and application-JIC symbols of hydraulic- pneumatic components.

Module 4Properties of commonly used hydraulic fluids-Typical hydraulic circuits like those used in machine tools –Rivetter- pneumatic Hammer, hydraulic press, and power steering.

Module 5Fluidics: Introduction of fluidics devices –Principles of working of common fluidics devices like wall attachment devices – proportional amplifiers-turbulent amplifiers- fluidic logic devices – examples of applications of fluidics devices like edge control of steel plate in rolling mills tension control.

References

1. Daniel Bonteille -Fluid Logic and Industrial automation.2. John Pippenger & Tyler Hicks - Industrial Hydraulics

MACHINE VISION AND APPLICATION (ELECTIVE - III)M 806-5 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction to machine vision – basics of picture processing, Binary and grey scale images.Preprocessing concepts – Digital image, Geometrical correction, Grey scale modification, Sharpening and smoothing images.

Module 2Edge detection and line finding – Spatial differentiation, extraction of line descriptions. Types of cameras for Machine vision and their principles.

Module 3Software for measurement and pattern recognition applications with examples – two and three-dimensional measurements. Fourier transformation for pattern recognition applications.

Module 4Image operation studies, interfacing a robot with a vision system. Basics of hardware for vision system

Module 5Machine vision applications in engineering – dimension measurement, flaw detection, identification, verification, sorting - co ordinate measuring machines, non-contact type – case studies.

Reference

187

1. Sonaka M, Hlavac V & Boyle. R. - Image processing, analysis & machine vision

FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS (ELECTIVE - III)M 806-6 3+1+0

Goals: This course is designed to acquaint students with the basic principles of the finite element method, to provide experience with its use in engineering analysis and design, and to provide an opportunity to work with finite element programs used in industry. Computer programming may be involved.

Module 1Introduction: Structural analysis objectives, static, dynamic and kinematic analysis, skeletal and continuum structures, modeling of infinite d.o.f system into infinite d.o.f system, basic steps in finite element problem formulation, general applicability of the method.Element types and characteristics: Discretization of the domain, basic element shapes, aspect ratio, shape functions, ganeralised co-ordinates and nodal shape functions, 1D spar and beam elements, 2D rectangular and triangular elements, axisymmetric elements.

Module 2Assembly of elements and matrices: Concept of element assembly, global and local co-ordinate systems, band width and its effects, banded and skyline assembly, boundary conditions, solution of simultaneous equations, Gaussian elimination and Cholesky decomposition methods, numerical integration, one and 2D applications.

Module 3High order and isoparametric elements :One dimensional quadratic and cubic elements, use of natural co-ordinate system, area co-ordinate system, continuity and convergence requirements, 2D rectangular and triangular elements.

Module 4Static analysis: Analysis of trusses and frames, analysis of machine subassemblies, use of commercial software packages, advantages and limitations.

Module 5Dynamic analysis: Hamilton`s principle, derivation of equations of equilibrium, consistent and lumped mass matrices, derivation of mass matrices for 1D elements, determination of natural frequencies and mode shapes, use of commercial software packages.

Course Outcomes:

1. The students will understand the fundamental principles of finite element theory and applications.

188

2. The students will be able to built finite element models correctly for various engineering problems and solve the model using existing finite element codes

Text Book

Rao S.S., “The Finite Element Method in Engineering”, 2nd edition, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1989.

References

1. Robert D. Cook, David S. Malkins and Michael E. Plesha, “Concepts and Application of Finite Element Analysis”, 3rd edition, John Wiley and Sons, 1989.

2. Chandrupatla T.R. and Belegundu, A. D.,” Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering”, Pearrson Pvt. Ltd., 3rd edition 2002.

TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT (ELECTIVE - III)M 806-7 3+1+0

GoalTo give the detailed information on TQM Tools and Techniques for TQM will be known.

Module 1Introduction – Leadership Concepts – Customer Satisfaction – employee involvement

Module 2Continuous Process Improvement – Kaizen, Reengineering, PDSA cycle, Juran Trilogy – Supplier Partnerships – Quality Cost

Module 3Statistical Process Control (SPC) – Pareto Diagram, Cause – and – Effect diagram, check sheet, histogram.Benchmarking – Quality Function Development – Failure mode and Effect Analysis (FMEA)

Module 4Total Quality Control (TQC) – Quality Circles – Poka – Yoke- Just–in-Time (JIT)- KANBAN - ‘5-5’

Module 5Implementing procedure of TQM - case studies

Learning Objective

1. Student will clear principles and practices of TQM2. Student will learn tools and Techniques used in TQM.3. Students will learn the procedure of implementation of TQM

References

189

1. Besterfield, Total quality Management, Person Education2. Besterfield, Quality Control, Prentice - Hall 3. Arora K.C, TQM & 1S0 14000, S K Kataria & Sons4. Jain & Chitale, Quality assurance and Total quality management, Khanna

Publishers.5. Mitra, Quality control & improvement, Person Education

MECHANICAL MEASUREMENTS LABORTAORY

M 807 0+0+4

1. Study of use of laser interferometer for calibration of linear measurements2. Measurement of temperature:

Calibration of thermometers and pyrometersPreparation and calibration of thermocouple and resistance temperature detectors (TTD & RTD)

3. Measurement of pressure:Calibration and use of pressure measuring instruments-Pressure Gauge, Micro manometer, Pressure Transducers, Dead weight pressure gauge calibrator

4. Measurement of speed:Calibration and use of tachometers & stroboscope

5. Measurement of linear and angular dimensions:Micrometer, Vernier caliper, dial gauge feeler gauge, comparator, interferometer, angle gauge, sine bar, plug gauge and wire gauge

6. Measurement of Flow: Rotameter, watermeter, Anemometer; calibration and use7. Measurement of surface roughness using subtonic tester8. Measurement of gear and screw thread profiles- gear tooth calipers, screw thread

calipers 9. Measurement of strain and force – calibration of strain gauges and load cells 10. Measurement of vibration – use of vibration pick ups, accelerometer and vibration

indicator11. Acoustic measurements-sound level meter – preparation of noise contours 12. Measurement of PH value 13. Measurement of psychometric properties of air14. Analysis of Automobile Exhaust gas and Flue gas -Use of instruments like oxygen

analyser. Orsat gas analyzer, Gas chromatography.

PROJECT & SEMINARM808 0+0+4

At the beginning of the seventh semester, students must submit an abstract of their undergraduate project. They must submit a preliminary report at the end of the semester. They will complete the project in the eighth semester.

Sessional marks for seminar will be out of 25. Sessional marks for project will be out of 75, in which 35 marks will be based on day to day performance assessed by the guide. Balance 40 marks will be awarded based on the presentation of the

190

project by the students before an evaluation board consists of a minimum of 3 faculty members including the guide.

VIVA -VOCEM809

A comprehensive Viva-voce examination will be conducted to assess the student's overall knowledge in the specified field of engineering. At the time of viva-voce, certified reports of seminar and project work are to be presented for evaluation.

191


SYLLABUS

ELECTRICAL &

ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING BRANCH

192

THIRD SEMESTER

193

194


Module 1Vector Differential Calculus: Differentiation of vector functions – scalar and vector fields – gradient, divergence and curl of a vector function – their physical meaning – directional derivative – scalar potential, conservative field – identities – simple problems.

Module 2Vector Integral Calculus: Line, Surface and Volume Integrals, work done by a force along a path – Application of Greens theorem, Stokes theorem and Gauss divergence theorem.

Module 3Function of Complex Variable: Definition of Analytic functions and singular points – Derivation of C. R equations in Cartesian co-ordinates – harmonic and orthogonal properties – construction of analytic function given real or imaginary parts – complex potential – conformal transformation of function like zn, ez, 1/z, Sin z, z + k2/z – bilinear transformation. Cross ratio – invariant property – simple problems.

Module 4Finite Differences: Meaning of , , E, , - interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula – central differences – problems using Stirlings formula – Lagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided difference formula for unequal intervals.

Module 5Difference Calculus: Numerical differentiation using forward and backward differences – Numerical integration – Newton-Cote’s formula – trapezoidal rule – Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule – simple problems. Difference eqns. – solutions of difference equations.

References

1. Advanced Engg. Mathematics: Erwin Kreyszig, Wiley Eastern.2. Higher Engg. Mathematics: Grawal B. S, Khanna Publ.3. Numerical Methods in Science and Engg: M. K Venkataraman, National

Publishing Co.4. Numerical Methods: S. Balachandra Rao and G.K Shantha, University Press. 5. Advanced Engg. Mathematics: Michael D. Greenberg, Prentice – Hall6. Numerical mathematical Analysis: James B. Scarborough, Oxford IBH

Publishing Co.7. Theory and Problems of Vector Analysis: Murray R. Spiegel, Schaum’s outline

series – McGraw Hill.8. Finite Differences and Numerical Analysis: H.C Saxena, S. Chand & Co.Ltd.

195

MECHANICAL TECHNOLOGYE 302 3+1+ 0

Module 1Properties of Fluids: Pressure, density, bulk modulus, dynamic and kinematic viscosity, surface tension, capillary – fluid at rest, Pascal’s law, applications, pressure head, vapor pressure, pressure measurement, manometers, gauges and pressure switch – pressure on immersed surfaces – floating body.

Module 2Fluid in Motion: Euler’s equation in one dimension. One dimensional incompressible Bernoulli’s equation, interpretation of Bernoulli’s equation as a energy equation. Flow through Orifices – measurement of fluid velocity, pitot tube – discharge measurement, venturimeter, orifice meter, Rota meter and notches.Flow of compressible fluids through pipes – types of flow – critical Reynolds number – friction factors for laminar and turbulent flow – hydraulic gradient – minor losses – transmission of power through pipes.

Module 3Hydraulic Turbines: Evolution of present day hydraulic turbines from the water wheel – classification – degree of action – Pelton wheel, Francis and Kaplan Turbines – constructional details and characteristics only (no problems based on velocity triangles) – governing of turbines – draft tube – specific speed – cavitation effects.

Module 4Pumping Machinery: General classification – Dynamic pumps – working of centrifugal pumps, priming, vapour pressure, wear rings, hydraulic balancing, Classification of impellers, single and double suction impellers – types of casings – effect of vapour pressure on lifting of liquid – specific speed – performance pump characteristics: main, operating, ISO efficiency characteristics curves – NPSH _ multistage pumps – propeller pumps – pump in parallel & series operation – Theory, efficiency, performance curves & application of self-priming pump, jet pump, airlift pump, slurry pump & hydraulic ram (description only).

Module 5 Positive Displacement Pumps: reciprocating pumps, effect of vapour pressure on lifting of liquid – indicator diagram – acceleration head – effect of friction – use of air vessels – work saved – slip – efficiency – pump characteristics – applications – Cavitation in fluid machines – Rotary pumps: Gear, Screw, vane, root pumps – rotary axial & rotary radial piston pumps – thory, efficiency, performance curves – applications (Description only).

References1. Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines: Abdulla Sheriff, Standard Publ.2. Fluid Flows Machines: Govinda Rao N.S, TMH.3. Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines: Jagadishlal, Metropolitan publ.4. Fluid Mechanics: Massey B. S, ELBS5. Centrifugal and Axial Flow Pumps: Stepanoff John A. J, Wiley & Sons.

196

ELECTRIC CIRCUIT THEORYE 303 2+2+0

Module 1Circuit Analysis: Concept of Linearity, Unilateral and Bilateral Systems – Passive and Active networks – Vector and Phasor – Sources of Energy – Independent and Dependent voltage and current Sources – Standard input signals – Source transformations - Mesh and Node Analysis – Driving point Impedance and Transfer Impedance – Driving point Admittance and Transfer Admittance.

Module 2Coupled Circuits: Self-inductance and Mutual inductance – Coefficient of coupling – dot convention – Ideal Transformer – Analysis of multi-winding coupled circuits – Analysis of single tuned and double tuned coupled circuits.

Module 3Network Theorems: Star-Delta transformations – Super position, Reciprocity, Substitution, Compensation, Thevinin, Norton, Millman, Tellegen and Maximum power transfer theorems.

Module 4Three Phase Circuits: Generation of three phase voltages – Phase sequence – Line and Phase quantities – Analysis of unbalanced loads – Neutral shift – Symmetrical components – Analysis of unbalanced system – power in terms of symmetrical components.

Module 5Graph theory: Introduction – Linear graph of a network – Tie-set and cut-set schedule – incidence matrix – Analysis of resistive network using cut-set and tie-set – Dual of a network.Introduction to MATLAB and pSPICE – Simulation/Analysis of simple Electric Circuits using MATLAB and pSPICE.

References

1. Network Analysis: M.E Van Valkanburg2. Circuits and Networks-Analysis and Synthesis: A. Sudhakar, S.P Shyam Mohan3. Networks and Systems: D. Roy Choudhary, New Age Intl’.4. Theory and Problems in Circuit Analysis: T.S.K.V Iyer, TMH5. Electric Circuits: Edminister J, Schaum’s Outline series6. Engineering Circuit Analysis: W.H Hayt and J.E. Kemmerly – Mc Graw Hill.7. Electric ciruit theory: Rajeswaran – Pearson Education

197

ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORYE 304 3+1+0

Module 1Review of Vector Analysis – Cartesian coordinate system – The Vector field – dot cross products – introduction to cylindrical and spherical coordinate systems.Static Electric Field: Coulomb’s law – electric field intensity – field intensity due to point charge, line charge, surface charge and volume charge distributions – electric flux – electric flux density – Gauss’s law and its applications – divergence – Maxwell’s first equation – the Del operator – Divergence theorem.

Module 2Energy and Potential – Energy expended in moving a point charge in an electric field – Electric Potential between two points – potential at a point charge – potential at any point – due to discrete as well as distributed charges – Electric field lines and equipotential contours – electric dipoles – potential gradient – conservative nature of a field – Laplace and Poisson equations (Derivation only and not solution).

Module 3Conductors, Dielectrics and Capacitance – current and current density – continuity equation – point form of Ohm’s Law – conductor properties – polarisation – dielectric boundary conditions – capacitance – parallel plate capacitor – capacitance of isolated sphere, spherical shell, coaxial and cylinders and parallel wires – effect of earth on capacitance - method of images – energy stored in electrostatic field – dielectric strength and break down.

Module 4The steady Magnetic Field – Biot-Savart’s law – Ampere’s circuital law - Curl – Stoke’s theorem – magnetic flux and flux density – the scalar and vector magnetic potentials – magnetic force on a moving charge – force on a moving charge – force on a current element – force between current carrying wires – torque on closed circuits – magnetic boundary conditions – self and mutual inductances – energy stored in a magnetic field – skin effect – inductance of solenoids, torroids and two-wire transmission lines.

Module 5Time varying fields – Faraday’s laws of electromagnetic induction – Motional emf concept of displacement current – Maxwell’s equations in point form and integral form – wave equation in free space – applications in transmission lines – Poynting vector and power flow – Poynting theorem – interpretations –instantaneous, average and complex pointing vector – power loss in conductors.

References1. Engineering Electromagnetics: William H. Hayt Jr., McGraw Hill2. Electromagnetics: John D. Karus and Carver K.R, McGraw Hill3. Field Theory: Gangadhar K. A4. Theory and Problems of Electromagnetics: Joseph Edminister, schaum’s outline

series5. EMT with applications: B. Premlet

198

ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTSE 305 2+1+0

Module 1Units and Dimensions: SI Units – Dimensions of Electrical quantities – dimensional equations.Magnetic Measurements: Theory of Ballistic galvanometer – Flux meter – Lloyd Fischer Square.

Module 2Measurement of Voltage: Potentiometers – slide-wire, Precision slide-wire, Vernier potentiometer – Calibration of Ammeter, Voltmeter and Wattmeter using potentiometer- AC potentiometer.Measurement of Resistance: Low, medium, high – Wheatstone bridge- Kelvin’s double bridge – Insulation Megger – Earth Megger.

Module 3AC Bridges: Maxwell’s bridge – Hay’s bridge, Wien’s bridge, Anderson Bridge, High voltage Schering Bridge. (Analysis and Phasor diagram required)

Module 4 Instrument Transformers: Principle of Current and Potential transformers – Phasor diagram – nominal ratio – phase angle error, Ratio error – Constructional features and applications.Error Analysis in Measurements: Source of error – Instruments errors – Human errors – Environmental errors – Combination of errors – Mean and variance – Standard deviation – Limits of error.

Module 5Illumination measurements: Units of illumination – laws of illumination – polar curves – Determination of MSCP and MHCP – Integrating meters – Lumer Brodhern type.Temperature measurement: Thermoelectric effects, laws of thermoelectric circuits – common thermocouples.

References

1. Electrical Measurements and Measuring Instruments – Golding E.W, Wheeler and Co., 1991.

2. Electrical and Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements – Sawhney A.K, Dhanpat Rai and Co., 1992.

3. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and measurement Technique – Albert D. Helfrick and William D. Cooper, PHI, 1992.

199

POWER GENERATION AND DISTRIBUTIONE 306 2+1+0

Module 1Economic Aspects: Load Curve- Load duration curve-Maximum demand-Average demand- Load factor- Diversity factor-Plant use factor.Cost of Generation: Fixed and Running Charges- depreciation- straight line and sinking fund method Tariffs- Different types and comparison.

Module 2Distribution Systems: Feeder- Distributor - Service mains- Radial and Ring mains- AC and DC Distributors- Calculations of voltage drop due to concentrated loads fed at one or more points-LT Lines- LT Capacitors – Installation- Size – Connections- Distribution system maintenance

Module 3Design of Feeder- Kelvin’s law- Limitations- Related ‘Indian Electricity Act’ Rules regarding generation and supply of electrical energyPower factor improvement- necessity – methods – economics – capacity of phase advancing plant

Module 4Underground Cables: Single core and three core cables – Insulation Resistance – Stress and capacitance of single core cables – Grading – Extra high voltage cables – Localisation of cable faults.

Module 5 High Voltage Generation: D.C: Rectifier circuits - Voltage multiplier-Cascade circuits-Electrostatic machinesA.C.: Cascade transformers – series resonance circuitsImpulse Voltage: Single stages and cascade circuits

References

1. A Course in Electric Power: Soni M.L., P.V.Gupta2. A Course in Electric Power: Uppal3. Electric Power Distribution System: A.S. Pabla4. Transmission and Distribution of Electric Energy: Cotton H5. High Voltage Engineering: M. S. Naidu, V. Kamaraju

BASIC ELECTRICAL LABE 307 0+0+4

1. Study of AC and DC supply systems in Electrical Laboratory2. Study of PMMC / MI voltmeters, ammeters, electro-dynamometer type watt

meters, induction type energy meters, various loads like resistive, capacitive and inductive.

3. Testing of insulating oils and H.V testing on insulating materials.

200

4. Determination of voltage-current characteristics of linear resistance and a nonlinear resistance (e.g. incandescent lamp).

5. Verification of Kirchhoff’s laws using resistive network.6. Verification of superposition theorem in a resistive circuit with two given DC

sources.7. Verification of Thevinin’s theorem in a DC circuit.8. Verification of generalised reciprocity theorem in a DC circuit.9. Verification of Maximum Power transfer theorem in a DC circuit10. Three phase star and delta connection – measurement of line and phase values.11. Measurement of three phase power at different power factors for balanced and

unbalanced loads.12. Study and measurement of symmetrical components for unbalanced system.13. Determination of BH characteristics of a magnetic specimen.14. RLC series and parallel circuit: measurement of current in various branches and

verification by calculation – drawing of phasor diagram.15. Determination of locus diagram RL and RC circuit.16. Study of frequency – current relations of given series RLC circuit and condition

for series resonance.17. Measurement of single phase power – (a) Three ammeter method (b) three

voltmeter method18. Measurement of single phase power and energy using wattmeter and energy meter

– calculation of error.19. Determination of Power and Power factor of a given single phase circuit using

watt meter and power factor meter – power factor improvement of the above circuit.

20. Determination of fusing time versus current characteristics for two specimens – fusing factor – study of various types of fuses.

21. Measurement of Neutral shift voltage for an unbalanced star connected system.

MECHANICAL LABE 308 0+0+4

HYDRAULICS LAB

1. Study of centrifugal pump and components2. Study of reciprocating pump and components – single cylinder and multi cylinder3. Study of impulse and reaction turbines4. Performance characteristics of centrifugal pump5. Performance characteristics of reciprocating pump6. Performance characteristics of Pelton Wheel7. Performance characteristics of Francis turbine8. Performance characteristics of Kaplan turbine

201

HEAT ENGINES LAB

1. Load Test (Constant speed test) on petrol engine2. Load Test (Constant speed test) on diesel engine3. Variable speed test on petrol engine4. Variable speed test on diesel engine5. Cooling curve of I.C engine6. Performance test on air compressors and blowers7. Performance test on refrigeration unit8. Performance test on air-conditioning unit

202

FOURTH SEMESTER

203


Module 1Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential Equations with constant coefficients – Finding P.I by the method of variation of parameters – Cauchy’s equations – Linear Simultaneous equations – simple applications in engineering problems.

Module 2Partial Differential Equations: Formation by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitrary functions – solution of Lagrange’s Linear equations – Charpit’s method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation – equation with constant coefficients - solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation.

Module 3 Fourier Transforms: Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier transforms – Fourier sine and cosine transforms – inverse transforms – transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parseval’s identity – simple problems.

Module 4Probability and Statistics: Binomial law of probability – The binomial distribution, its mean and variance – Poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution – its mean and variance – fitting of binomial and Poisson distributions – normal distribution – properties of normal curve – standard normal curve – simple problems in binomial, Poisson and normal distributions.

Module 5Population and samples: Sampling distribution of mean ( known) – sampling distribution of variance, F and Chi square test – Level of significance – Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – test of significance for single proportion, difference proportion, single mean and difference of mean (proof of theorems not expected).

References

1. Higher Engg. Mathematics: Grawal B. S, Khanna Publ.2. Engineering Mathematics Vol.2: M. K Venkataraman, National Publishing

Co.3. Elements of Partial Differential Equations: Ian N. Sneddon, Mc Graw Hill Intl’4. Miller and Fread’s Probability and Statistics for Engineers: Richard A. Johnson,

Pearson education/ PHI.5. A Text Book of Engg. Mathematics, Vol.2: Bali and Iyengar, Lakshmi Publ. Ltd.6. Advanced Engg. Mathematics: Erwin Kreyszig, Wiley Eastern.7. Probability and Statistical Inferences: Hogg and Tam’s, Pearson Education Asia.

204

NETWORK ANAYSIS AND SYNTHESISE 402 2+1+0

Module 1Laplace transforms: Properties of Laplace Transforms – basic theorems – Laplace transform of gate function, impulse function and periodic functions – convolution integral – inverse Laplace transform – application of Laplace transforms to solution of Network problems.

Module 2Fourier series: Evaluation of Fourier coefficients – wave form symmetries as related to Fourier coefficients – exponential form of Fourier series – steady state response to periodic signals.Fourier Integral: Spectrum envelop for a recurring pulse – the Fourier Integral and Transforms – Application in Network analysis.

Module 3Network Functions: Network functions for two port – poles and zeroes of network functions – restrictions on poles and zeroes for driving point functions and transfer functions. Two port parameters – short circuit admittance parameter – open circuit impedance parameters – Transmission parameters – Image parameters and Hybrid parameters. Ideal two port devices – ideal transformer – Gyrator – negative impedance converter.

Module 4Filters: Classification of filters – Characteristics of ideal filters – Image impedance – Constant K low-pass, high-pass, and band-pass filters – m-derived low-pass, high-pass and band-pass filters.

Module 5Network Synthesis: Realizability concept – Hurwitz property – positive realness – properties of positive real functions – Synthesis of R-L, R-C and L-C driving point functions – Foster and Cauer forms.

References

1. Network Analysis: M.E Van Valkenburg2. Circuits and Networks – Analysis and Synthesis: A. Sudhakar and S.P Shyam

Mohan3. Networks and Systems: D. Roy Choudhary4. Network Analysis and Synthesis: Franklin F. Kuo – John Wiley & Sons5. Engineering Circuit Analysis: W.H. Hayt and J.E. Kemmerly – Mc-Graw Hill.

205

ELECTRONIC CIRCUITSE 403 3+1+0

Module 1Transistor Characteristics: CE, CB, CC Configurations – Biasing – Operating Point – Operating point instability – thermal runaway – bias stability – Stability factor – stabilization techniques – Fixed bias – Collector to Base bias – Emitter bias – Voltage divider bias – Stability against variation in ICO. FET: Principle of operation and characteristics – biasing FETs – self bias – FET amplifier.UJT: Principle of operation and characteristics.

Module 2Small Signal Analysis: h-parameter equivalent circuit of a BJT – comparison of CB, CE, and CC configurations – Determination of h – parameters from static characteristics – current and voltage gains, input impedance of a basic amplifier in h-parameters.Multi-stage Amplifiers: RC coupling – Frequency response characteristics – bandwidth – cascading of amplifiers – gain and bandwidth.

Module 3Feedback amplifiers: Positive and Negative feedback – types of negative feedback – Typical circuits –effect of negative feedback in amplifier performance.Oscillators: Barkhausen criterion – classification of oscillators – Principle of operation of RC phase-shift, Hartley and crystal oscillators (analysis not required).

Module 4Multi-vibrators: Principle of Operation and design of astable multi-vibrators – principle of bi-stable and mono-stable multi-vibrators – circuits.Sweep generators: Principle of Sweep generation – basic transistor sweep circuit – Equation for sweep amplitude. Sweep generation using UJT relaxation oscillator circuit.Wave shaping: Clipping and Clamping circuits using diodes – RC differentiating and Integrating Circuits.

Module 5Power Amplifiers: Class A, B, AB and C operation – Efficiency of Class A and B – Push-pull amplifier – Complimentary Symmetry amplifiers.

References

1. Integrated Electronics: Millman and Halkias, TMH2. Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory: Robert L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky,

Pearson Education Asia, LPE.3. Electronic Principles: Albert Paul Malvino, TMH4. Electronic Devices and Circuits, An Introduction: Allen Mottershead, PHI

206

ELECTRICAL MACHINES - IE 404 3+1+0

Module 1D.C Machines: Generation of D.C – Action of Commutator – constructional details of D.C machine – magnetic circuit of D.C machines – D.C Armature windings – Induced emf – emf equation – torque developed in a D.C machine – generator and motor action – back emf – Armature mmf – magnitude and direction – Air-gap flux distribution curve on load – effect of saturation – Demagnetising and cross – magnetising armature mmf – variation with brush position – compensating winding – Commutation – time of commutation – emf in coil undergoing commutation – reactance emf – effect of brush shift – inter-poles.

Module 2D.C Generator: Types of excitation – separately excited – self excited shunt, series and compound machines. OCC – Condition for self excitation – field critical resistance – critical speed – Load characteristics of generators – Load critical resistance – parallel operation of shunt, series and compound generators – equalizer connection – Losses – power flow diagram – efficiency - condition for maximum efficiency – applications – special machines – welding generator – Boosters.

Module 3D.C Motors: Performance characteristics of shunt, series and compound wound motors – starting – 3-point and 4-point starters – Calculation of resistance elements for shunt motor starters – methods of speed control of shunt, series and compound wound motors – effect of an open field circuit – power flow diagram – efficiency – testing D.C machine – Swineburne’s test – Hopkinson’s test – Field’s test – Retardation test.

Module 4Transformers: Single phase transformer – Constructional details – Core – windings – Insulation – principle of operation – Inrush of switching currents – emf equation – magnetising current and core losses – no-load and load operation – Phasor diagram – equivalent circuit – losses and efficiency – condition for maximum efficiency – voltage regulation – approximate expression for voltage regulation – harmonics in single phase transformers - Magnetising current wave form – OC and SC tests – Sumpner’s test.

Module 5Three phase Transformer: Constructional features of three phase transformers – three phase connection of single phase transformers – oscillating neutral – tertiary winding – Scott connection – open delta connection – three phase to six phase connection – equal and unequal turns ratio – load sharing – distribution transformers – all day efficiency. Autotransformers – saving of copper – applications - tap-changing transformers - cooling of transformers.

207

References

1. The performance and Design of Direct Current Machines: A. E. Clayton and N. N Hannock

2. AC Machines: M.G. Say3. Theory of Alternating Current Machinery: Alexander Langsdorf, TMH4. Electrical Machines: R.K Rajput

COMPUTER PROGRAMMINGE 405 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction to C: The C character set – identifiers and keywords – data types – user defined data types – constants and variables – declarations – operators – expressions – statements – library input-output functionsControl statements: if, if-else, switch, goto statements – conditional and comma operators.

Module 2Iterative statements: ‘while’, ‘do-while’, ‘for’ statements – nested loops, break and continue statements.Functions: Declarations, definition and access – passing arguments to a function – pass by value and pass by reference – recursion.Storage classes: automatic variables – external variables – register variables – scope and life time of variables.

Module 3Arrays: single dimensional arrays – multidimensional arrays – definition – initializing arrays- passing arrays to a function – matrix operations – addition, transpose and multiplication.Strings: Definition – string handling functions – comparison, concatenation and sorting of strings.

Module 4Pointers: Introduction – pointer declaration – operations on pointers.Files: File pointers – data files: opening and closing – reading and writing.

Module 5Structures and union: definition – initialization – accessing structure members – array of structures – passing structure to a function – sorting of structures – binary files – reading and writing of data blocks – union. Dynamic memory allocation – self referential structures – basic concepts of linked lists – adding and deleting nodes – command line arguments – macros – C preprocessor.

References

1. Theory and Problems of Programming with C: B.S. Gotterfield, TMH2. Programming in ANSI C: Balaguruswamy, TMH

208

3. Programming with ANSI & Turbo C: Ashok Kamthane, Pearson Education Asia

4. The Spirit of C, An Introduction to modern programming: Mullish & Cooper, Jaico Publishing Co.

5. Programming in C: Stephen G. Kochan, CBS Publ.6. Computer Programming in C: V. Rajaraman, PHI EEE7. The Official Borland Turbo C Survival Guide: Miller & Quilci, Wiley Eastern8. Programming Techniques through C: M. G Venkateshmurthy, Pearson

Education9. Let us C: Yashwant Kanetkar, BPB publ.

ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTSE 406 2+1+0

Module 1Principle of measuring instruments: Classification – indicating, recording and integrating instruments – Torque acting on the moving system – deflecting torque – methods of production – controlling torque – spring and gravity control – damping torque – electromagnetic and air friction damping.Constructional features of instruments – torque to weight ratio of the moving system – basic theory of instruments – characteristics – damping coefficient – under damped – over damped and critically damped and critically damped instruments.

Module 2Permanent magnet moving coil instruments: – Ammeters and Voltmeters – Torque relationship – Milliammeters and voltmeters – shunt and multipliers – sensitivity – multimeters.Moving iron instruments: Attraction and Repulsion types – constructional features – Ammeters and Voltmeters – Errors and Compensation.

Module 3Electrodynamometer instruments: Ammeters, Voltmeters and Watt meters – Sensitivity – Torque to weight ratio – methods of connection of current and potential coils- Errors and compensation – low power factor wattmeters – single phase wattmeters. Induction type instruments: Wattmeters and energy meters – single phase and three phase – constructional features – Theory of operation – Errors and compensation – creep – maximum demand meters – Trivector meters.

Module 4Rectifier Instruments: Principle of operation – Electrostatic instruments – voltmeters – characteristics, applications.Electronic voltmeters – basic DC voltmeters – basic AC voltmeter using rectifier – basic electronic multi meter – function generator – RLC meter.Cathode ray Oscilloscope: Principle – Application – Measurement of Voltage, current, phase and frequency. Multi-channel oscilloscopes – principle of operation and uses.

209

Module 5Instruments for phase, frequency, speed, stroboscopic methods – Resonance frequency meters – Power factor meters – Synchroscope – phase sequence indicators.Symbols for instruments – Indian standards specifications Grading of Instruments – Classification.

References

1. Electrical Measurements and Measuring Instruments – Golding E.W, Wheeler and Co., 1991.

2. Electrical and Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements – Sawhney A.K, Dhanpat Rai and Co., 1992.

3. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and measurement Technique – Albert D. Helfrick and William D. Cooper, PHI, 1992.

ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS LABE 407 0+0+4

1. Extension of instrument range by usinga. Shunt and multipliersb. Instrument transformers

2. Measurement of 3-phase power usinga. Single watt meterb. Two watt metersc. Three-phase watt meter

3. Calibration of flux meter usinga. Standard solenoidb. Hibbertz magnetic standard

4. Determination of BH characteristics5. Hysterisis loop using CRO6. Separation of core losses in a given magnetic specimen7. (a) Study of Multi meter

(b) Measurement of R, L, C using LCR Bridge8. Measurement of resistance using

a. Wheatstone Bridgeb. Kelvin’s Double bridgec. Voltmeter and Ammeter – calculation of error due to voltmeter resistance

9. Calibration of ammeter, voltmeter and wattmeter and measurement of resistance using

a. Simple slide-wire potentiometerb. Vernier Potentiometerc. Precision slide-wire potentiometer

10. Calibration of ammeter, voltmeter, wattmeter and measurement of impedance using A.C Potentiometer

11. Measurement of self inductance, mutual inductance and coupling coefficient.12. Calibration of single-phase Energy meter by

210

a. Direct loadingb. Phantom loading with and without using phase shifting transformer

13. Calibration of three-phase Energy meter bya. Direct loadingb. Phantom loading

14. Efficiency measurement of Lamps using Lux meter15. Measurement of displacement using LVDT16. Measurement of different parameters using Trivectormeter

COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LABE 408 0+0+4

Part AFamiliarisation

1. Study of Operating systems like DOS, Windows, Linux etc; Commands for use of files and directories, internal commands, external commands etc.

2. Familiarisation with word processing packages like MS Word, PageMaker etc.3. Familiarisation with spread sheet packages like MS Excel.

Part BProgramming Experiments in C

Programming experience in C to cover control structures, functions, arrays, structures, pointers and files in accordance with syllabus of E 405.

1. Summation of series2. Preparation of Conversion tables3. Solution of quadratic equations4. Array manipulation5. Functions6. Recursive functions7. String manipulation – compare, copy, reverse operations8. Matrix operations9. Stack operations and simple programs using linked lists10. Tabulation of marks and declaration of results – input and output using files11. Creation of numeric and text files, merging and appending of files.

Part CApplication of numerical methods

1. Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: bisections, Newton- Raphson method.

2. Numerical Integration – Simpson’s 1/3rd rule.

211

FIFTH SEMESTER

212

ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IVCMELPA 501 3+1+ 0

Module 1Complex Integration: Line integral – Cauchy’s integral theorem – Cauchy’s integral formula – Taylor’s series – Laurent’s series – Zeroes and singularities – residues – residue theorem – evaluation of real integrals using contour integration involving unit circle and semi circle.

Module 2Numerical Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: Successive bisection method – Regula – Falsi method – Newton – Raphson method – solution of system of linear equation by Jacobi’s iteration method and Gauss – Sidel method.

Module 3 Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential Equations: Taylor’s series method – Euler’s method – Modified Euler’s method – Runga – Kutta method (IV order) Milne’s predictor-corrector method.

Module 4z - Transforms: Definition of z – transforms – properties – z-transform of polynomial functions – trigonometric functions, shifting property, convolution property – inverse transform – solution of first and second order difference equations with constant coefficients using z-transforms.

Module 5 Linear Programming: Graphical solution – solution using simplex method (non-degenerative only) – duality in LPT – balanced TP – Vogel’s approximation method – Modi method.

References

1. Advanced Engg. Mathematics: Erwin Kreyszig, Wiley Eastern.2. Numerical Methods in Engg. and Science : Grawal B. S, Khanna Publ.3. Higher Engg. Mathematics: Grawal B. S, Khanna Publ.4. Numerical Methods in Science and Engg.: M. K Venkataraman, National

Publishing Co.5. Quantitative techniques: Theory and Problems: P.C Tulsian and Vishal Pandey,

Pearson Education Asia6. Complex Variable and Applications: Churchill and Brown, McGrawHill7. Engineering Mathematics Vol.3: S.Arumugam, A.T Issac and A.Somasundaram,

Scitech Publ.8. Advanced Mathematics for Engineering students Vol-3: S. Narayanan, T.K.M

Pillai & G. Ramanaiah, S.Viswanathan Printers & Publ.9. Operations Research: Paneer Selvam, PHI

213

DIGITAL CIRCUITSE 502 3+1+0

Module 1 Number Systems and Codes: Arithmetic using signed and unsigned numbers- Floating point representation- Normalized floating point representation-Gray Codes, ASCII and EBCDIC code.Logic gates: Elements of Boolean algebra- Logic operations- AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR, XOR gates- De Morgan’s Theorem- Realisation of combinational circuits using SOP and POS forms - K-map up to 4 variables- Half adder, full adder circuits. Half subtraction and Full subtraction circuits.

Module 2Logic Families: DTL, TTL and CMOS families- comparison of characteristics- TTL NAND gate internal circuit- TTL characteristics- sinking and sourcing- fan-in and fan-out – CMOS characteristics – CMOS NAND and NOR gates.Decoders: BCD to decimal, BCD to 7 Segment decoders- Encoders- Multiplexer- Demultiplexer.

Module 3Sequential Circuits: JK Flip-flops- SR JK, T and D flip-flops- buffers- Tri-state buffers- racing- JK master-slave FF. Truth table and excitation table- conversion of flip-flops from one type to another.Asynchronous counters: Ripple counter- disadvantages-Decoding errors-maximum frequency of the counter – modulo N ripple counter using CLEAR and PRESET inputs. Asynchronous UP- DOWN counters.

Module 4Synchronous Counters: Methods to improve counter speed- synchronous serial and parallel counters – synchronous counter design – modulo N counter design for completely specific count sequence – lockout, design without lockout – Synchronous UP/DOWN counters. Counter IC 7490.

Module 5Shift Registers: SISO, PIPO, PISO, PIPO types – Universal shift registers.Counters using Shift Registers: Ring counter – twisted ring counter- Design for self starting ring counter.

References

1. Digital Principles and Applications: Malvino & Leach, TMH2. Digital Fundamentals: Thomas L. Floyd3. Digital Integrated Electronics: Taub & Schilling, McGraw Hill Intl.4. Digital Electronics and Microcomputers: R.K. Gaur, Dhanpat Rai & sons5. Engineering Approach to Digital Design: Fletcher – EEE Edition

214

COMMUNICATION ENGINEERINGE 503 2+1+0

Module 1Modulation: Need for modulation, Amplitude modulation–Definition- Mathematical representation - Frequency spectrum - Power relations. Principle of single side band transmission – Advantages - Disadvantages. Frequency modulation – Definition – Mathematical representation - Frequency spectrum, Comparison between FM and AM.

Module 2Transmitter: AM transmitter – high level and low-level systems - functional description of each block. FM transmitter – FET & BJT modulator.Receiver: AM receiver – TRF receiver – Limitations. Superhetrodyne receiver – block schematic, choice of IF, image signal rejection.

Module 3Television: Composite video signal – synchronizing pulse – blanking pulse-equalizing pulse, Video BW, Positive and negative modulation, Vestigial side band transmission, Television standards, Block schematic of monochrome TV transmitter and receiver.Colour Television: Compatibility, characteristics of colour transmission and reception, luminance, hue & saturation, colour difference signal, I & Q signals, frequency interleaving, colour sub carrier.

Module 4Radar: Basic radar system, radar range equation – performance factors, Pulsed radar, Continuous wave radar – advantages-limitations-applications, CW radar, MTI radar system. Radio navigational aids – ILS – GCA.

Module 5SATELLITE COMMUNICATION: Geo-synchronous satellites – advantages and disadvantages, uplink & downlink, multiple access techniques – Basic principles of FDMA, TDMA, DA-FDMA, DA-TDMA.

References

1. Electronic Communication Systems: George Kennedy, TMH2. Electronic Communication Systems: Wayne Tomasi, Pearson Education, LPE3. Monochrome and Colour Television: R.R Gulati, Wiley Eastern4. Introduction to Radar Systems: Skoluik, McGraw Hill Intl.5. Satellite Communications: D.C Agarwal, Khanna6. Radio Engineering: Mithal, Khanna

215

INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT AND ENGINEERING ECONOMICSE 504 3+2+0

PART A: INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENTModule 1

Modern Concepts of Management: Scientific management – functions of management – planning – organizing – staffing – directing – motivating – communicating – coordinating – controlling – Organisational structures – line, line and staff, and functional relationships – Span of control – delegation – Management by objectives.

Module 2Personnel Management: Objectives and functions of personnel management – recruitment – selection and training of workers – labour welfare – industrial fatigue – Industrial disputes – Trade unions – Quality circles.Formation of Companies: Proprietary – Partnership – joint stock companies – public sector – joint sector and cooperative sector.

Module 3Marketing Management: Pricing – Promotion – Channels of distribution – Market research – Advertising.Production Management: Batch and mass production – inventory control – EOQ – Project planning by PERT /CPM – Construction of network (Basic Ideas only)

References

1. Industrial Management: O.P. Khanna2. Industrial Management: K.K Ahuja3. Marketing Management: Philip Kotler

PART B: ENGINEERING ECONOMICSModule 4

Theory of demand and supply – price mechanisms – factors of production – land, labour, capital and organisation – National income – Difficulties in estimation – Taxation – Direct and indirect taxes – Progressive and regressive – black money – inflation – Causes and consequences.

Module 5Indian Financial System – Reserve bank of India – Functions – Commercial banking system –Development financial institutions – IDBI –ICICI – SIDBI – IRBI- NABARD – Investment institutions – UTI – Insurance companies – Indian capital market – Stock market – Functions – Role of the public sector – Privatisation – Multinational corporations and their impact on the Indian economy.

References

1. Indian Economy: A.N Agarwal2. Modern Economic Theory: K.K. Dewett3. Principles of Economics: K.P.M. Sundharam & M.C Vaish.

216

LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITSE 505 2+1+0

Module 1Operational Amplifiers: Differential amplifier – block diagram of a typical op amp – characteristics of an ideal op-amp – definitions of CMRR – slew rate – input offset voltage – differential input resistance – input voltage range – SVRR – large signal voltage gain – output voltage swing – output resistance – open-loop configurations – disadvantages – closed-loop configurations – non inverting amplifier – voltage follower – inverting amplifier – summing and scaling amplifier – integrator – differentiator – logarithmic amplifier.

Module 2Basic Comparator: Astable and mono stable multivibrators - Schmitt trigger – zero crossing detector – precision rectifier – peak detector – sample and hold circuit – function generator (no analysis).

Module 3Active filters: First order low pass filter, high pass filter, band pass filter, band reject filter (twin T notch filter). D/A converter – binary weighted resistor type – ladder type – A/D converter – simultaneous A/D converter – counter type – successive approximation converter – dual-slope converter – Digital voltmeter.

Module 4Phase-locked-loop: Basic principles of PLL – block diagram – transfer characteristics – applications of PLL as FM demodulator, AM demodulator and frequency multiplier.

Module 5Timer: The 555 timer – functional block diagram – astable and mono-stable operation of 555 timers.Regulated Power Supplies: Zener voltage regulator – series voltage regulator using transistors (analysis not required) – Series op-amp regulator – IC voltage regulator – 723/317 general purpose switching regulator.

References

1. Op-amp and Linear Integrated Circuits: Ramakant Gayakwad, Pearson Education Asia, 4/e, LPE

2. Integrated Electronics: Millman and Halkias3. Integrated Circuits: Botkar K.R4. Linear IC: Roy Choudhary5. Op-amp and Linear IC: Robert F. Coughlin6. Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory: Robert L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky

217

POWER ELECTRONICSE 506 2+1+ 0

Module 1Power Semiconductor Devices: Power diodes, Power Transistors, Power MOSFET, IGBTs, Diac, Triac, GTOs – static characteristics and principle of operation.SCRs: Static and dynamic characteristics – two transistor analogy – gate characteristics

Module 2SCR ratings and specifications - Device protection – heat sink selection – series and parallel operation of SCRs.SCR Triggering circuits – R, RC, UJT triggering circuits – diac triggering circuit – single pulse, continuous pulse carrier frequency triggering – pulse transformer – amplification and isolation of SCR gate pulses.

Module 3Phase control: single phase half wave controlled rectifier circuit – single phase full wave controlled rectifier circuit – R, RL Loads – free wheeling – half controlled and fully controlled bridge with continuous and steady current – Expression for output voltage – wave forms – active and reactive power – effect of source inductance – line commutated inverter – 3-phase half wave and full wave controlled rectifier – expression for output voltage.

Module 4Commutation of SCRs – classification of commutation schemesInverters: series and parallel inverters – single phase and three phase bridge inverters (schematic diagrams and wave forms only) – Mc Murray Inverter – Basic Principle of PWM.

Module 5Choppers: Basic principle – Classification – Type A, B, C, D and E. (Analysis not required) Basic Principle of Cycloconverters. Control Circuits: Generation of control pulses – block schematic of firing circuits – linear and cosine comparison – Digital firing scheme.

References

1. Power Electronics – Circuits, Devices and Applications, M.H. Rashid, PHI/Pearson Edn.

2. Power Electronic Systems – Theory and Design, Jai P. Agarwal, Pearson Education Asia, LPE

3. Power Electronics, P.S Bhimbhra, Khanna publ., New Delhi 4. A Text Book of Power Electronics, S.N Singh, Dhanpat Rai & Co, 20005. Power Electronics – Converters, Applications and Design, Mohan N,

Undeland T.M and Robbins W.P, John Wiley -19896. Power Electronics, Harish C. Rai, Galgotia Publ.

218

ELECTRICAL MACHINES LAB - IE 507 0+0+4

D.C. Machines

1. Study of 3-point and 4-point starters for D.C machines – mode of connection – protective arrangements

2. OCC of self and separately excited D.C machines – critical resistances of various speeds. Voltage built-up with a given field circuit resistance. Critical speed for a given field circuit resistance

3. Load test on shunt and compound generator – deduce external, internal and armature reaction characteristics. Find load critical resistance.

4. Characteristics of D.C series machine as motor and generator.5. Swineburne’s and retardation test on D.C machines.6. Brake test on D.C shunt, compound motors and determination o characteristics.7. Hopkinson’s test on a pair of D.C machines.8. Separation of losses in a D.C machine.9. Field’s test on D.C machine.

Transformers

10. Polarity, transformation ratio, tests of single phase units and star-delta combination for 3-phase operation.

11. O.C and S.C tests on single phase transformers – calculation of performance using equivalent circuit – efficiency, regulation at unity, lagging and leading power factors. Verification by direct loading.

12. Sumpner’s test on single phase transformers.13. O.C and S.C tests on three-phase transformers.14. Scott connection – check for 2 phase – predetermination of primary current for

balanced and unbalanced secondary currents – verification by actual loading.15. Parallel operation and load sharing of two single phase dissimilar transformers.16. Separation of losses of single phase transformer into Hysterisis and eddy current

losses.17. Paralleling of Three-phase transformers and load sharing.18. Auto transformer – equivalent circuit.

ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LABE 508 0+0+4

1. Design and testing of clipping, clamping, RC integrator and differentiator circuits – Display of Transfer characteristics on CRO.

2. Design and testing of rectifier circuits – Half wave – Full wave (centre – tapped and bridge) circuits. Filter circuits.

3. Zener regulator design and testing.4. BJT, FET and UJT characteristics.5. Design and testing of CE amplifier – frequency response.6. Design and testing of RC coupled and feedback amplifiers.7. FET amplifier.

219

8. Sweep circuits – UJT and BJT based sweep generators – sweep circuit using constant current source (BJT).

9. Design and Testing of RC phase-shift Oscillator and LC Oscillator.10. Design and Testing of Astable and Bi-stable Multi-vibrators.11. Relay driving circuit using transistors.12. Study of IC power amplifiers.

OptionalSimulation of the above circuits using EDA tools like pSPICE.(Any experiment relevant to E 403 may be added)

References

1. Electronic Principles: A.P. Malvino – TMH2. Electronic Devices: Floyd – Pearson Education, LPE3. Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory: Robert L. Boylestad and Louis

Nashelsky, Pearson Education Asia, LPE.

220

SIXTH SEMESTER

221

CONTROL SYSTEMS - IE 601 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction: Concept of a system – control system – open-loop system – levels of sophistication in a control system – mathematical model of physical systems – plant representation – transfer functions – block diagrams – signal flow graphs – effects of feedback on parameter variations, system dynamics and disturbance signals.

Module 2Time response analysis: Type and order of a system – time domain analysis of systems – typical test input signals – response of first order systems to unit step, unit ramp, and unit impulse signals – step response of second order systems – performance characteristics of feed back control systems – time domain behaviour from pole-zero plot Steady state errors and error constants – generalized error constants – improvement of performance by derivative control, integral control, PID control.

Module 3Concepts of Stability: BIBO stability – asymptotic stability – Routh Hurwitz stability criterion – relative stability – root locus technique – construction of root loci – root contours – systems with transportation lag.

Module 4Frequency response analysis: Correlation between time and frequency response – polar plots – bode plots – relative stability – phase margin and gain margin – minimum and non-minimum phase systems.

Module 5Stability in Frequency domain: Nyquist stability criterion – relative stability.Control System Components: synchros – resolvers – rotating amplifiers – magnetic amplifier – Amplidyne – Tachogenerators – DC and AC servo motors – Gyroscopes – stepper motor.

References

1. Modern Control Engineering: Katsuhiko Ogatta, Pearson Education Asia2. Analog and Digital Control System Design: Chi Tsong Chen, Oxford University

Press3. Modern Control Systems: Dorf and Bishop, Addison Wesley, LPE, 9th Ed.4. Control System Design & Principles: M. Gopal, TMH

222

ELECTRICAL MACHINES - IIE 602 3+1+0

Module 1Synchronous Machines: Types – selection of alternators – constructional features of cylindrical and salient pole machines.Armature windings: different types – phase grouping – single and double layer, integral and fractional slot winding – emf equation – distribution factor – coil span factor – tooth harmonic ripples – skewed slots – harmonics, elimination of harmonics – revolving magnetic field.

Module 2Armature Reaction – Synchronous reactance – circuit model of synchronous machine. Regulation – predetermination – emf, mmf and potier methods, saturated synchronous reactance – Phasor diagrams – short circuit ratio – two-reaction theory – Phasor diagram – slip test – measurement of Xd, Xq, losses and efficiency of synchronous machines.

Module 3Parallel operation of alternators – load sharing – synchronising power and torque – governor characteristics – method of synchronising – synchroscope. Synchronous Motor: Principles of operation – torque and power relationships – Phasor diagram – hunting in synchronous machines – damper winding – starting of synchronous motors.

Module 4Synchronous machines connected to infinite bus – power angle characteristics of cylindrical rotor and salient pole machines – reluctance power – steady state stability limit – V-curves – inverted V-curves – O-curves – synchronous condenser – symmetrical short circuit of unloaded alternators – steady state, transient and sub-transient reactance – current variation during short circuit.

Module 5Generalised Machine Theory: Dynamic representation of generalised machines – formation of emf equation – expression of power and torque – representation of DC machines – synchronous machine and Induction motor.Excitation systems: different types – comparison – exciter ceiling voltage – excitation limits – exciter response – methods of increasing the response of an exciter.Brushless Alternators: Principle of operation constructional features – excitation methods – voltage regulation.

References1. The performance and Design of AC Machines: M.G. Say 2. Theory of Alternating Current Machinery: Alexander Langsdorf3. A course in Electrical Engg. Vol.2: C.L Dawes4. Power System Stability – Vol. 3: E.W Kimbark5. Electrical Machines: P.S Bhimbra6. Generalised Theory of Electrical machines: P. S Bhimbra7. Theory and performance Electrical Machines: J.B Gupta

223

ELECTRICAL POWER TRANSMISSIONE 603 3+1+0

Module 1Transmission Line Constants: Resistance – skin effect – proximity effect.Inductance of single phase line – inductance of three phase line with symmetrical and unsymmetrical spacing – transposed line.Capacitance of single phase line – capacitance of three phase line with symmetrical and unsymmetrical spacing – transposed lines – effect of earth on line capacitance – geometric mean distance – geometric mean radius

Module 2Overhead Lines: Mechanical characteristics - Conductor – bundled conductors – line supports – spacing between conductors – sag and tension calculations – effect of ice and wind - sag at the time of erection – vibration and dampersLine insulators: Different types – pin type – suspension type – strain type – potential distribution of a string of suspension insulator – string efficiency – equalization of potential – testing of insulators

Module 3Performance of Transmission Lines: Classification of transmission lines – analysis of short lines- medium line by nominal pi and T methods – rigorous solution of long lines – A, B, C, D constants – Ferranti effect – losses in an open circuited line – power flow through transmission linesVoltage Control: Different methods – static capacitor – tap changing transformer – booster transformer – phase modifier – power circle diagram – calculation

Module 4Corona: Critical disruptive voltage – visual critical voltage – power loss – factors affecting – methods to reduce corona – radio interference effectSubstations: Types - general layout - neutral grounding – resistance earthing – reactance earthing – arc suppression coil earthing – grounding transformer - Power system earthing - measurement of earthing resistance

Module 5Extra High Voltage Transmission: Need for EHV transmission – limitations of EHV AC transmission – requirements of EHV lines - reactive compensation in EHV systems – EHV systems in India.HVDC Transmission - Advantages and disadvantages – Graetz circuit – inversion – kinds of d.c. links – economic distance of DC transmission

References1. Modern Power System Analysis: Nagrath and Kothari, TMH2. Electrical Power Systems: C. L. Wadhwa, New Age Int’l3. Electrical Power: Uppal4. A Course in Electrical Power Systems: Soni, Gupta, Bhatnagar5. HVDC Power Transmission System: K. R. Padiyar6. Power System Analysis: Bergen, Pearson, 2/e

224

DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSINGE 604 2+1+0

Module 1Introduction: Elements of a Digital Processing System - Advantages of Digital over Analog Signal Processing. Applications of DSP.Discrete-Time Signals and Systems: Elementary Discrete-Time Signals- Classification of Discrete-Time Systems - LTIV systems- -Causality, Stability.Frequency Domain representation of discrete-time signals: Fourier transform of a sequence - properties of Fourier Transforms.

Module 2Discrete Fourier Transform: Properties of DFT-Linearity-shifting property, symmetry property, Convolution of a sequence. Fast Fourier Transform Decimation-in time radix- two FFT- decimation in frequency radix-two FFT.

Module 3Review of z transforms: inverse z-transform - properties of z- transforms.Realisation of digital filters: Direct and cascaded structures for FIR filters - direct and cascade and parallel structures for IIR filters.

Module 4FIR filters: characteristics of practical frequency selective filters-characteristics of FIR filters with linear phase - design of linear phase FIR filters using windows- rectangular, Hamming, Hanning and Kaiser windows, FIR filter design using frequency sampling.

Module 5IIR filters: Properties of IIR filters-design of IIR digital filters from analog filters-Butterworth design-Chebyshev design - impulses invariant transformation-Bilinear transformation.DSP chips: TMS 320C family - features and block schematic of simplified architecture.

References

1. Digital Signal Processing – Alan V. Oppenheim and Ronald W. Schafer, Pearson Education Asia, LPE

2. Digital Signal Processing - John G. Proakis and Dimitris G. Manolakis3. Digital Signal Processing: A Practical Approach – Emmanuel C. Ifeachor and

Barrie W. Jervis, Pearson Education Asia, LPE4. An Introduction to Digital Signal Processing: Johny R. Johnson

225

MICROPROCESSORS AND APPLICATIONSE 605 3+1+ 0

Module 1Evolution of Processors – single chip microcomputer – Intel 8085 Microprocessor – signals – architecture of 8085 – ALU – register organisation – timing and control unit – microprocessor operations – instruction cycle – fetch, decode and execute operation – T-state, machine cycle and instruction cycle – timing diagram of opcode fetch, memory read, I/O read, memory write and I/O write cycles – wait state.

Module 2Instruction set of 8085: Classification of instructions – different addressing modes – writing assembly language programs – typical examples like 8 bit and 16 bit arithmetic operations, finding the sum of a data array, finding the largest and smallest number in a data array, arranging a data array in ascending and descending order, finding square from look-up table. Counters and time delays – delay using one register, two registers and register pair.

Module 3Stack and Subroutines: Stack pointer – stack operations – call-return sequence – examples Interrupts of 8085: restart instructions – interrupt structure of 8085 – vectored locations – SIM and RIM instructions – software and hardware polling.

Module 4Memory interfacing - ROM and RAM – interfacing I/O devices – address space partitioning – memory mapped I/O and I/O mapped I/O schemes – interfacing I/Os using decoders – the 8212 I/O device – interfacing LED and matrix keyboard – programmable peripheral devices – 8155 and 8255, block diagram, programming simple input and output ports.

Module 5Different data transfer schemes: synchronous and asynchronous data transfer – programmed and interrupt driven data transfer.Applications of microprocessor in system design: interfacing ADC 0808 – interfacing DAC 0800. DMA controller 8257-Interfacing of stepper motor – interfacing of 8279 keyboard /display controller- 8275 CRT controller.Architecture and operation of 8086.

References

1. Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and Applications: R.S. Gaonkar, Penram Intl’

2. Fundamentals of Microprocessors and Microcomputers: B. Ram, Dhanpat Rai and Sons

3. 0000 to 8085: Introduction to Microprocessors and Engineers: P.K Ghosh, PHI

4. Microprocessors and Digital Systems: Douglas V. Hall, McGraw Hill5. Introduction to Microprocessors: A.P Mathur, TMH

226

6. Digital Electronics and Microprocessors: Malvino, TMH

227

COMPUTER ORGANISATIONE 606 2+0+ 0

Module 1Introduction: Functional block diagram of digital computer – processor organization – typical operation cycle: fetch, decode and execute – microprogrammed Vs hardwired control (basic concepts only) – bus structures.

Module 2Arithmetic and Logic unit: Adders- serial and parallel adders- fast adders- carry look ahead adder- 2’s complement adder/subtractor- multiplication and division operations (description using block schematic diagrams only)-design of Logic unit-one stage ALU.

Module 3Memory System: memory parameters – main memory – cache memory – auxiliary memory – semiconductor RAM – Static RAM –Dynamic RAM – ROM – PROM – EPROM – E2PROM – Flash Memory. Programmable Logic Devices: PAL, PLA, FPLA, Applications.

Module 4Memory Organisation: Internal Organisation of memory chips – cache memory – mapping functions – direct mapping – associative mapping – set associative mapping – memory interleaving – Hit and miss – virtual memory – organization – Address translation.

Module 5Input/Output Organisation: access to I/O Devices – Interrupts – Enabling and Disabling of Interrupts – Handling multiple devices –Buses – Synchronous and Asynchronous buses.Data Communication interfaces and standards: parallel and serial ports – RS232, RS423 serial bus standards –GPIB IEEE488 Instrumentation bus standard- PCI, SCSI, USB (basic ideas only).

References

1. Computer Organisation: V. Hamacher – Mc Graw Hill2. Logic and Computer Design Fundamentals: M. Morris Mano 3. 2/e Pearson Computer Organisation and Design: P. Pal Chaudhari – PHI4. Digital Computer Fundamentals: Thomas Bastee

DIGITAL LABE 607 0+0+4

1. Study of TTL gates2. Characteristics of TTL gates3. Realisation of sequential circuits4. Study of SR. JK, D, T and JK Master-Slave Flip Flops5. Study of seven segment display

228

6. Testing of different shift registers7. Design and Testing of decoders and encoders8. Design and testing of astable and mono-stable multivibrator using 5559. Design and testing asynchronous and synchronous counters and modulo N

counter10. Design and testing of counters using shift registers11. Realisation of ADC and DAC12. Testing of arithmetic circuits using op-amps13. Design and testing of square wave generation using op-amps14. Study of IC Regulator Power supplies

SYSTEMS LABE 608 0+0+4

1. 8085 assembly language programming experimentsa. 8-bit and 16 bit arithmetic operationsb. Arranging a data array in descending and ascending orderc. BCD to binary and binary to BCD conversiond. Finding square root of a numbere. Finding out square root of a number using look-up tablef. Setting up time delay and square wave generationg. Interfacing of LEDs, 7 segment displaysh. Traffic control signalsi. Interfacing of stepper motorj. Interfacing of ADCk. Interfacing of DACl. Generation of firing pulses for SCR.m. Interfacing of Power devicesn. Interfacing LCD displays

2. VCO circuits using IC 566, 4046B etc.3. PLL systems using IC 565, 4046B etc.4. Multiplexed Displays

229

SEVENTH SEMESTER

230

ELECTRICAL MACHINES - IIIE 701 3+1+ 0

Module 1Three phase Induction Motor: Construction – squirrel cage and slip-ring motor – principle of operation – slip and frequency of rotor current – mechanical power and developed torque – Phasor diagram – torque slip curve – pull out torque – losses and efficiency.No load and locked rotor tests – equivalent circuit – performance calculation from equivalent circuit – circle diagram – operating characteristics from circle diagram – cogging and crawling and methods of elimination

Module 2Starting of three phase squirrel cage induction motor – direct online starting – auto transformer – star-delta starting – starting of slip-ring motor – design of rotor rheostat – variation of starting torque with rotor resistance.Speed control – pole changing – rotor resistance control – frequency control – static frequency conversion – Applications of Induction machines – single phasing – analysis using symmetrical components.

Module 3Induction Generator: Theory – Phasor diagram – equivalent circuit - Synchronous Induction motor: – construction – rotor winding connections – circle diagram – pulling into step.Single phase Induction motor: revolving field theory – equivalent circuit – torque slip curve – starting methods – split phase, capacitor start-capacitor run and shaded pole motors.

Module 4Single phase Series Motor: Theory – Phasor diagram – circle diagram – compensation and interpole winding – Universal motorRepulsion Motor: torque production – Phasor diagram – compensated type of motors – repulsion start and repulsion run induction motor – applications Reluctance motor – Hysterisis motor

Module 5Deep bar and double cage induction motor – equivalent circuit – torque slip curve – Commutator motors – principle and theory – emf induced in a commutator winding - - Poly-phase commutator motors – three phase series and shunt type – Schrage motor – characteristics – applications – use of commutator machines as frequency converters, phase advancers – expedor type and susceptor type – Walker and Scherbius advancers – Linear Induction motor – operation and application

References

1. Performance and Design of AC machines – M.G Say2. Theory of Alternating Current machines - Alexander Lagnsdorf3. A.C Commutator motor – Openshaw Taylor4. Alternating Current machines – Puchstein & Lloyd

231

ELECTRICAL DRIVES AND CONTROLE 702 2+1+0

Module 1DC motors: Methods of Speed control – single phase rectifiers with motor load- single phase fully controlled bridge rectifier drives – half controlled bridge rectifier drives – freewheeling with regeneration – speed torque characteristics – power in load and source circuits

Module 23 Phase fully controlled bridge rectifier drives – free wheeling, freewheeling with regeneration – Dual converter fed DC motor drives – chopper fed drives – single, two and four quadrant chopper drives

Module 3(Qualitative treatment only)Speed control of 3 Phase induction motors – stator voltage control – principle – controller configurations – operation and applications Slip power recovery scheme – principle – static Kramer’s drive – static Scherbius’ drive – applicationsV/f control – constant torque and constant power control

Module 4(Qualitative treatment only)Voltage Source Inverter – Application to induction motor drives – v/f, e/f, flux weakening schemes of control – applicationsPWM inverter driveCurrent Source Inverter – application to induction motor drives – operation under fixed frequency – operation under variable frequency – applications

Module 5(Qualitative treatment only)Speed control of synchronous motors – adjustable frequency operation of synchronous motors – principles of synchronous motor control – Voltage Source Inverter Drive with open loop control – self controlled synchronous motor with electronic commutation – self controlled synchronous motor drive using load commutated thyristor inverter.Principle of Vector control

References1. Power Electronic Control of AC motors – J.M.D Murphy and F.G Turnbill,

Pergumon Press 19882. Power Semiconductor controlled Drives – G.K Dubey, Prentice hall, 19893. Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives – Bose B.K, Pearson Education

Asia -20024. Electric Drives – N.K De and P.K Sen, PHI New Delhi 20015. Power Electronics – M.D Singh and K.B Khanchandani, TMH, 19986. Mohammad A and E.L Sharkaw – Fundamentals of Electric Drives –

Thomson Learning7. Power Semiconductor Drives – Vedam Subramaniam, TMH

232

UTILISATION OF ELECTRICAL POWERE 703 2+1+0

Module 1Electric Drives: Advantages of Electric drives – factors affecting choice of motors – mechanical characteristic of DC and AC motors – motors for particular applications llike textile mill, steel mill, paper mill, mine, hoists, cranes – size and rating of motors.Electrical Braking – plugging – dynamic and regenerative braking – energy returned to the mains

Module 2Electric Traction: Advantages and disadvantage - speed time curves – analysis using trapezoidal speed time curve - mechanics of train movement – tractive effort – specific energy consumption – factors affecting specific energy consumption - train resistance – adhesive weight – coefficient of adhesion - traction motor & characteristics Series-parallel control of D.C. series motor – shunt and bridge transition - energy saving by series parallel control.

Module 3Electric Heating and Welding: Electric heating – resistance types – design of heating element – induction heating – types of high frequency heating – dielectric heating – methods of high frequency generation – direct and indirect arc furnaces – power supply and control for different types of arc furnaces – application.Electric welding – resistance welding – arc welding – electronic welding control

Module 4Illumination: Review of definitions and laws of illumination – requirements of good lighting -polar curves – Rousseau’s construction - lighting calculation – design of interior and exterior lighting system - factory lighting – flood lighting – street lighting.Refrigeration and Air Conditioning: Types of refrigeration and air conditioning systems – refrigerants – no frost refrigeration – trouble shooting – working of electrical systems – protection of motors.

Module 5Energy Management: Necessity for Energy Management – Energy Saving – adopting non-conventional sources – Energy Management techniques (case study) applied to 1) Residential Buildings, 2) Industries/Organisations – Energy auditing

References

1. Utilisation of Electrical Energy: Openshaw Taylor2. A Course in Electrical Power: Soni Gupta3. Generation, Distribution & Utilization: C.L Wadhwa4. Utilisation of Electric Power: N.V Suryanarayana, New Age Int’l.5. Energy Conservation Handbook: Utility publication

233

CONTROL SYSTEMS - IIE 704 3+1+0

Module 1Compensation and design of Control Systems: cascade compensation – lag, lead and lag-lead compensators – frequency domain methods – Bode plot method – Root-locus methods

Module 2Digital Control Systems: the process of sampling – sample and hold circuits – Review of z transforms and its properties – solving difference equation by z transform methods – inverse z transform – the pulse transfer function – response between sampling instants – system characteristic equation – Jury’s stability test.

Module 3Non-Linear Control Systems: Common physical non linearities – the phase plane method – basic concepts – describing functions of saturation, dead zone non linearities – stability analysis using describing functions.

Module 4State Variable Approach: state space representation – block diagram representation of linear system in state variable form – non uniqueness of the set of state variables – Eigen values of an n X n matrix – eigen vectors – transfer function – solution of homogeneous state equation – state transition matrix.

Module 5State equations from transfer function – decomposition of transfer function – controllability and observability - pole placement compensation – state variable approach to discrete data system – vector matrix difference equation – solution of the general linear time invariant systems – vector matrix difference equation

References

1. Modern Control Engineering – Katsuhiko Ogatta, Pearson Education Asia/PHI2. Modern Control Systems –Dorf and Bishop, Pearson Education Asia 3. Analog and digital Control System Design – Chi Tsong Chen, Oxford

University Press4. Discrete Time Control of Dynamic Systems – Katsuhiko Ogatta, Pearson

Education Asia5. Digital Control of Dynamic Systems – G.F Franklin, J. David Powell and

Michael Workman, Pearson Education Asia

234

SYSTEM DESIGN WITH MICROCONTROLLERSE 705 2+1+0

Module 1Microcontrollers and Microprocessors - Comparison. Intel 8051: Architecture–Block diagram-Oscillator and Clock-Internal Registers-Program Counter-PSW-Register Banks-Input and Output ports-Internal and External memory, Counters and Timers, Serial data I/O- Interrupts-SFRs.

Module 2 Programming of 8051: Instruction syntax-Types of instructions–Moving data-Arithmetic Instructions-Jump and Call Instructions-Logical Instructions-Single Bit Instructions.Arithmetic programs. Timing subroutines –Software time delay- Software polled timer- Addressing Modes

Module 3I/O Programming: Timer/Counter Programming-Interrupts Programming- Timer and external Interrupts- Serial Communication- Different character transmission techniques using time delay, polling and interrupt driven-Receiving serial data – polling for received data, interrupt driven data reception.

Module 4Microcontroller system design: External memory and Memory Address Decoding for EPROM and RAM. Interfacing keyboard. 7 segment display and LCD display. Interfacing of ADC (0808) and DAC (808) to 8051.

Module 5Designing a stand alone Microcontroller system: Typical system design examples (Block-Diagram level only) - Data acquisition system- Measurement of frequency - Temperature controlIntroduction to PLCs: Basic configuration of PLCs

Text Books

1. The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems – Muhammad Ali Mazidi and Janice Gillispie Mazidi, Pearson Education Asia.

2. The 8051 Microcontroller – Architecture, Programming and Applications – Kenneth J. Ayala, Penram International Publishing (India), Second Ed.

Reference

1. Intel Data Book on MCS 51 family

Web Reference

1. www.intel.com

235

http://www.intel.com/

ELECTIVE - IE 706 3+1+0

List of Electives

E 706.1 CMELR Optimisation Techniques (Common to all branches) E 706.2 HVDC EngineeringE 706.3 Neural NetworksE 706.4 Object Oriented ProgrammingE 706.5 Biomedical Instrumentation

NoteNew Electives may be added according to the needs of emerging fields of technology. The name of the elective and its syllabus should be submitted to the University before the course is offered.

OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUESCMLRTA 706-1

Module lClassical optimization techniques: Single variable optimization - Multivariable optimization with no constraints - Hessian matrix - Multivariable saddle point - Optimization with equality constraints - Lagrange multiplier method.

Module 2Constrained multivariable optimization: Multivariable optimization with inequality constraints - Kuhn-Tucker conditions - Convex programming problem - Quadratic programming.

Module 3One-dimensional unconstrained minimization: Elimination methods - unrestricted search method - Fibonacci method -Interpolation methods - Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation methods.

Module 4Unconstrained minimization: Gradient of a function - Steepest descent method - Newton's method -Powells method - Hooke and Jeeve's method.

Module 5Integer - Linear programming problem: Gomory's cutting plane method - Gomory's method for all integer programming problems, mixed integer programming problems.

References1. Optimization theory and application - S.S. Rao, New Age International P. Ltd.2. Optimization Concepts and applications in Engineering - A. D. Belegundu, T.R.

Chandrupatla, Pearson Education Asia.3. Principles of Operations Research for Management - F. S. Budnick, D. McLeavey,

R. Mojena, Richard D. Irwin, INC.4. Operation Research an introduction - H. A Taha, Eastern Economy Edition.

236

HVDC ENGINEERINGE 706-2

Module 1Introduction: Comparison of AC, DC transmission – Description of DC transmission systems – modern trends in thyristor valves – Pulse number of converters – choice of converter configuration – Review of Graetz circuit – Valve rating – Transformer rating – Simplified analysis of Graetz circuit without overlap only.

Module 2HVDC System Control: principles of DC link control – converter control characteristics – system control hierarchy – firing angle control – individual phase control and equidistant phase control – comparison – advantages and disadvantages – current and extinction angle control – starting and stopping of DC link – power control

Module 3Converter faults and protection: types of faults – commutation failure –arc through and misfire – protection against over currents – over voltages – surge arresters – protection against over voltages

Module 4Harmonics and filters: Sources of harmonics in HVDC systems - Smoothing reactors – Corona and radio interference effects – harmonic distortion factor (derivation not required) – types of AC filters – DC filters (design not required)

Module 5Multi-terminal DC systems: applications of MTDC systems – types – comparison.Reactive power control: sources of reactive power – static VAR systems – TCR configuration (analysis not required) – Typical control system (block diagram only) for a TCR – operation of Thyristor switched capacitor

Text Book

1. HVDC Power Transmission Systems-Technology and System Interactions: K.R Padiyar, New Age Int’l.

Reference

1. Direct Current Transmission Vol 1: E.W Kimbark, Wiley

237

NEURAL NETWORKSE 706-3

Module 1Introduction: Principles -Artificial neuron - activation functions -Sing|e layer and Multilayer networks - Training artificial neural networks - Perception - Representation - Linear Separability - Learning - Training algorithms.

Module2Back propogation: Taining Algorithim - Application - Network Configurations - Network Paralysis - Local Minima - Temporal instability.

Module 3Counter Propogation Networks: Kebenone layer - Training the cohenen layer - Pre initialising the weight vectors - statistical properties Training the Grosbery layer - Full counter propagation network - Application.

Module 4Statistical Methods: Boltzmann's Training - Cauchy training - Artificial specific heat methods - applications to general non-linear optimization problems

Module 5Hopfield nets: Recurrent networks - stability - Associative memory-applications - Thermo dynamic systems - Statistical Hopfield networks -Bidirectional associative memories - Continuous BAM - Adaptive resonance theory - Architeture classification - implimentation.

Text Book

1. Neural Computing & Practice - Philip D. Wasserman,

References

1. Adaptive pattern Recognition & Neural Networks - Pay Y.H.2. An Introduction to neural computing - Chaoman & Hall3. Artificial Neural Networks - Kishan Mehrota and Etal

OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMINGE 706-4

Module 1OOP concepts: Objects-classes-data abstraction-data encapsulation-inheritance-polymorphism-dynamic binding-comparison of OOP and Procedure oriented programming-object oriented languages.OOP using C++: Classes and objects-class declaration-data members and member functions-private and public members-member function definition-inline functions-creating objects-accessing class members.

238

Module 2Arrays of objects-objects as function arguments-pass by value-reference variables/aliases-pass by reference-function returning objects-static class members.Constructors and destructors -declaration, definition and use-default, parameterized and copy constructors-constructor overloading.

Module 3Polymorphism: function overloading-declaration and definition-calling overloaded functions. Friend classes-friend functions-operator overloading-overloading unary - overloading binary operators- use of friend functions

Module 4Inheritance: different forms of inheritance-base class-derived class-visibility modes-single inheritance-characteristics of derived class-abstract classFile handling in C++: file stream classes-file pointers-open (), close (), read (), write () functions-detecting end of file.

Module 5Dynamic memory allocation: pointer variables-pointers to objects-new and delete operators-accessing member functions using object pointers-'this' pointer. Run time polymorphism: pointers to base class-pointers to derived class-virtual functions-dynamic binding.

References

1. Object Oriented Programming with C++ - Balagurusamy, McGraw Hill 2. Object Oriented Programming in Turbo C++ - Robert Lafore ,Galgotia Publications3. C++Programming Language - Bjame Stroustrup, Addison Wesley4. C++ primer -Stanely B.Lippman, PearsonEducation,Asia5. Data Abstraction and OOP in C++ - Gordenkeith6. Object Oriented Analysis & Design - Grady Booch, Addison Wesley

BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATIONE706-5

Module 1Physiology and generation of bio electric potential Cell Potentials stimulation and thresholds-Action potentials-propagation of action potentials-sodium pump-electro physiology of cardio pulmonary systems - Respiration and circulation - Cardio vascular system - Heart electro cardiogram - Measurement and analysis of EGG waveform-ECG recorder principles-block schematic of ECG recorder.

Module 2Blood pressure-Characteristics of blood flow-Heart sounds Measurement of blood pressure-Direct and indirect methods-Pacemakers defibrillators- PH of blood- ESR and GSR- Temperature measurement of various parts.

239

Module 3Respiratory system-measurement of respiration rate-Measurement of CO2 and O2 of exhaled air-Respiratory therapy equipment-inhalators, ventilators and respirators.

Module 4Central Nervous systems-Anatomy of Nervous system-neuronal communication-Organisation of brain-Neuronal receptors-somatic nervous systems and spinal reflexes-EEG measurement and characteristic of sleep.

Module 5Modern imaging systems – X ray machine – computer tomography – magnetic resonance imaging system – NMR components – ultrasonic imaging systems – Therapeutic equipments – dialysers – surgical diathermy machines – laser applications – physiotherapy and electro therapy equipments

References

1. Handbook of Biomedical instrumentation – R.S Khandpur2. Medical and Clinical Engg. – Brtil Jacobson and John G3. Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements – Leslic Cromwell, F.J Weibel

ELECTRICAL DRAWINGE 707 0+0+3

PART ADC Winding

1. Lap winding with equalizer rings.2. Wave winding, dummy coils.

DC Machines1. Dimensioned sketches of (a) front and end views of armature (b) commutator (c)

brush holders (d) slot details.2. Dimensioned sketches of yoke and pole assembly.3. Dimensioned sketches of front and side views of an assembled medium size D.C

machine.

Transformers1. Sections of core type transformer limbs.2. Dimensioned sketch (external view) of a distribution transformer with all

accessories.3. (a) Dimensioned sketch of sections of transformer limb.

(b) Assembled sectional view of Power transformer.

240

PART BAC WindingThree – phase AC winding

1. Integral slot lap winding2. Short chorded winding3. Fractional slot winding4. Mush winding

AC machinesDimensioned sketches of parts and assembled views of

1. Salient pole alternator2. Cylindrical rotor alternator3. Dimensioned sketches of parts and assembled views of4. Squirrel cage induction motor5. Slip ring Induction motor

References

1. Electrical Engineering Drawing - S. K Bhattacharya2. Electrical Engineering Drawing – K.L. Narang3. Electrical Machine Design – A.K Sawhney

(University Examination Pattern: 3 questions from Part A, of which any two must be answered, and 3 questions from part B of which any two must be answered. All questions carry 25 marks each).

CONTROL AND POWER ELECTRONICS LABE 708 0+0+4

Part A: Control Systems Lab

1. Transfer Function of Separately excited DC generator2. Transfer Function of Field-Controlled DC motor3. Transfer Function of Armature-Controlled DC motor4. Amplidyne characteristics and transfer function5. Voltage regulation of DC generator using Amplidyne6. Synchro characteristics, error detection and data transmission, differential

Synchro7. AC servo motor – speed transfer characteristics8. Step and sinusoidal response of RLC circuits9. Study of PID controller – design and experimental determination of frequency

response of lag and lead networks10. D.C servo motor position control system11. Use of MATLAB for simulating transfer functions, closed-loop systems etc.

Part B: Power Electronics Lab

1. Study of V-I characteristic of SCRS triac. 2. Study of BJT, IGBT, GTO & MOSFET.3. R, RC and UJT firing circuits for the control of SCRS.

241

4. Design and implementation of Ramp-Comparator and digital firing scheme for simple SCR circuits.

5. Automatic lighting control with SCRs and optoelectronic components.6. AC phase control using SCR and Triac.7. Speed control of DC motor using choppers and converters.8. Generation and study the PWM control signal for Single phase dc to ac

inverter. 9. Study and use of the single phase half controlled & fully controlled AC to DC

Converter and effect of firing angle control on load voltage & wave Forms. 10. Study and use of back to back connected SCR/ triac Controlled AC Voltage

controller and its wave forms with Variation of firing angle. 11. Study & use chopper circuit for the control of DC Voltage using (1) Pulse

width control (2) Frequency Control. 12. Study of Single Phase inverter and its wave form. 13. Study of Three Phase firing circuit with synchronisation, and testing with three

phase AC to DC bridge converter. Testing of wave forms of digital firing modules.

14. Study and Testing of a Three Phase bridge inverter with different types of loads.

15. Simulation of gating circuits and simple converter circuits.

PROJECT AND SEMINARE 709/E808

Each student is required to present a technical paper on a subject approved by the department. The paper should be in general reflecting the state-of-the-art. He/she shall submit a report of the paper presented to the department.

In addition to the seminar he/she shall undertake a project work (as a team or individually) in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the Guides. On completion of the project work, he/she shall present the work done before a panel of staff members, and submit a report of the project work, and submit a report of the project work done to the department.

242

EIGHTH SEMESTER

243

POWER SYSTEM ANALYSISE 801 3+1+0

Module 1 Power System Model: Representation – Single Line Diagram – per unit system – per unit impedance diagram – network model formulation – bus admittance matrix – formation of Y bus and Z bus using singular transformation – symmetrical components – sequence impedance and networks

Module 2Power Flow Studies: Load flow problem – Gauss Siedal method – Newton Raphson method – algorithm for load flow solution – handling of voltage controlled buses, off nominal transformer ratios and phase shifting transformers

Module 3Economic Load Dispatch: System constraints – Economic dispatch neglecting losses – optimal load dispatch including transmission losses – physical interpretation of co ordination equations – exact transmission loss formulae – modified co ordination equation – automatic load dispatching

Module 4Symmetrical and unsymmetrical short circuit analysis: Different types of faults in power systems – symmetrical fault analysis – selection of circuit breakers – use of reactorsUnsymmetrical faults – analysis of single line to ground, line to line and double line to ground faults in power system – analysis of unsymmetrical fault using Z bus.

Module 5Stability Analysis: Swing equation – power angle equation and power angle curve – inertia constant – steady state stability - transient stability – equal area criterion – application – numerical solution of swing equation – critical clearing time and angle – effect of clearing time on stability –methods of improving system stability – modified Euler’s method – Rangakutta method – application to the solution of swing equation and computational algorithms

References

1. Power System Engineering: Nagrath and Kothari, TMH2. Electrical Power Systems: C. L. Wadhwa, New Age Int’l3. Power System Analysis: Bergen, Pearson Education Asia, LPE4. Elements of Power System Analysis: William D. Stevenson5. Power System Stability Vol. I: Kimbark E. W.

244

SWITCHGEAR AND PROTECTIONE 802 3+1+0

Module 1 Switchgear: Circuit breaker – basic principle of operation – arc phenomenon – initiation and maintenance of arc - arc interruption methods – arc voltage and current waveform in AC circuit breaking – re-striking and recovery voltage – current chopping – DC breakers – rating of circuit breakers - breaking capacity – making capacity – short time rating – working principle and important features of oil CB, minimum oil CB, air blast CB, vacuum CB and SF6 CB – auto high speed re-closing.

Module 2 Protective relaying: Main and back up protection – basic requirements of protective relaying – classification of relays – induction type – principle - inverse time characteristics – directional over-current and power relays – distance relays – definite distance and distance time relays – differential relays - negative phase sequence relay – static relays – basic static relay – block diagram of static over-current, static directional, static distance and static differential relays.

Module 3 Generator Protection: External and internal faults – differential protection – biased circulating current protection – self balance system – over-current and earth fault protection – protection against failure of excitationTransformer protection: Differential protection – self-balance system of protection – over-current and earth fault protection – buchholz’ s relay and its operation.

Module 4Feeder protection: Protection of radial feeders – protection of parallel feeders – protection of ring mains – differential pilot protection for feeders – Merz Price voltage balance system – transley systemTransmission Line Protection: Definite distance and time distance protection – phase and earth fault protection – carrier current protection

Module 5Surge Over-voltages: Causes – lightning and switching surges – protection against over-voltages – surge diverters thyrite and horn gap types – use of ground wires – insulation coordination.Wave propagation:Wave propagation on OH lines and UG cables – transmitted and reflected waves – surge impedance – velocity of propagation

References1. Power System Protection and Switchgear: Ravindranath and Chander2. Electrical Power Systems: C. L. Wadhwa, New Age Int’l3. A Course in Electrical Power Systems: Sony, Gupta, Bhatnagar4. Elements of Power System Analysis: William D. Stevenson5. Traveling Waves on Transmission Systems: Bewsley L. V. 6. Power System Protection: M. A Date, B. Oza and N.C Nair,

245

INSTRUMENTATIONE 803 2+1+0

Module 1 Transducers: Classification – characteristics – static and dynamic characteristics – Instrumentation System – Functional description – input / output configuration – interfering and modifying inputs – Methods of correction – Loafing effect – Instrumentation amplifiers – Isolation amplifier – charge amplifier.

Module 2Displacement Transducers: Resistance potentiometer – linearity and sensitivity – types – Resistance strain gauges – working principle – gauge factor – strain gauge circuitry – temperature effect and its compensation – load cells – LVDT – working principle – equivalent circuit – LVDT circuitry – Capacitive transducers – different types – piezoelectric transducers – working principle – piezoelectric crystal equivalent circuit.

Module 3Temperature Measurement: Thermo electric effects – Laws – thermocouples – thermo electric circuits – Resistance Temperature Detector (RTD) – Bridge circuits – Thermistors – characteristics – pyrometer – radiation and optical pyrometers.

Module 4Absolute acceleration – null type and servo type – strain gauge Accelerrometer – piezo electric accelerometer – Electromagnetic flow meter – ultrasonic flow meter – transit type and Doppler flow meter – Ultrasonic flaw detector – Optical transducers.

Module 5PH measurement – Low Pressure measurement – McLaud gauge – Pirani gauge – ionisation gauge – thermal conductivity gauge – spatial encoder for angular measurement – wave analyser and spectrum analyser (block schematic) – scintillation counter – Hygrometer.

References

1. Measurement Systems – Application and Design: E.O Doeblin, TMH2. Principles of Industrial Instruments: D. Patranabi, TMH3. Industrial Instruments Fundamentals: E. Fribance, TMH4. Electronic Instruments: H.S Kalsi5. Instrumentation Devices and Systems: V. Rangan, G.R Sharma and V.S.V Mani

246

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DESIGNE 804 3+1+0

Module 1Design of D.C Machines: Design specifications – output equation – output coefficient – specific loadings – choice of speed and number of poles – calculation of D and L – Armature design – choice of type of winding – number of sots – number of conductors per slot – current density – cross sectional area – slot insulation – length of air gap – field winding design – field ampere turns – excitation voltage per coil – conductor cross section – height of pole – design of ventilating ducts – design of commutator and brushes – Carter’s coefficient – real and apparent flux density.

Module 2Transformers: Design – single phase and three phase – output equation – specific magnetic loading – core design – single, stepped core - windings – number of turns – current density – area of cross section of conductors – types of coils – insulation – window area – window space factor – overall dimensions – cooling – design of cooling tank with tubes – design of distribution and power transformers – design of small transformers like 230V/6-0-6V.Heating, cooling and temperature rise calculation – Continuous, short time and intermittent rating.

Module 3Design of Synchronous Machines: Specific loading – output equation – output coefficient – main dimensions – types of winding – design of field system – turbo alternator – main dimensions – stator design – rotor design – damper winding design – comparison of water wheel and turbo alternators, cooling of turbo alternator. Design of three phase Induction motors: output equation – output coefficient – main dimensions – rotor bar currents.

Module 4Estimate the quantity of materials required and draw the electrical wiring layout of (a) residential building (b) Multi-storied building using rising mains (c) factory with one number of small and high rating motor at LT ot HT supply and many number of connected loads with suitable starters/switches and control panels (d) Cinema hall

Module 5a. Design, layout and estimation of power supply arrangement for (1). A bulk

Industrial consumer (2) An under ground power supply (3) An Over head line to a rural consumer.

b. Estimate and draw the layout of (1) indoor (2) outdoor 11KV transformer station with all accessories – single line diagram and physical layout

c. Design and draw the typical earthing installation like (1) pipe earthing (2) Plate earthing (3) earth mat / grid

d. Study the electrical wiring diagram of a typical automobile clearly showing all connected loads/ sources with specifications.

247

References

1. Electrical Machine Design: A.K Sawhney2. Performance and Design of D.C Machine: Clayton3. Performance and Design of A.C Machines: M.G Say4. Design of Electrical Machines: V. N Mittal5. Electrical Design Estimating and Costing: Raina & Bhattacharya

ELECTIVE - IIE 805 3+1+0

List of Electives:

E 805.01 CMELR Advanced MathematicsE 805.02 Computer Aided Design of Induction MachinesE 805.03 Robotics E 805.04 Advanced Power Systems E 805.05 Advanced Microprocessors E 805.06 System Software E 805.07 Advanced Power Electronic Systems

Note New Electives may be added according to the needs of emerging fields of technology. The name of the elective and its syllabus should be submitted to the University before the course is offered.

ADVANCED MATHEMATICSCMELRT 805-1

Module 1 Green's FunctionHeavisides, unit step function - Derivative of unit step function - Dirac delta function -properties of delta function - Derivatives of delta function - testing functions - symbolic function - symbolic derivatives - inverse of differential operator - Green's function -initial value problems - boundary value problems - simple cases only.

Module 2Integral EquationsDefinition of Volterra and Fredholm Integral equations - conversion of a linear differential equation into an integral equation - conversion of boundary value problem into an integral equation using Green's function - solution of Fredhlom integral equation with separable Kernels - Integral equations of convolution type - Neumann series solution.

248

Module 3Gamma, Beta functionsGamma function, Beta function - Relation between them - their transformations - use of them in the evaluation certain integrals - Dirichlet's integral - Liouville's extension, of Dirichlet's theorem - Elliptic integral - Error function.

Module 4Power Series solution of differential equationThe power series method - Legendre's Equation - Legendre's polynomial - Rodrigues formula - generating function - Bessel's equation - Bessel's function of the first kind -Orthogonality of Legendre's Polynomials and Bessel's functions.

Module 5Numerical solution of partial differential equations.Classification of second order equations- Finite difference approximations to partial derivatives - solution of Laplace and Poisson's equations by finite difference method -solution of one dimensional heat equation by Crank - Nicolson method - solution one dimensional wave equation.

References

1. Linear Integral Equation: Ram P.Kanwal, Academic Press, New York2. A Course on Integral Equations: Allen C.Pipkin, Springer - Verlag3. Advanced Engg. Mathematics: H.K.Dass, S.Chand4. Advanced Engg. Mathematics: Michael D.Greenberge, Pearson Edn. Asia5. Numrical methods in Engg. &Science: B.S.Grewal, Khanna Publishers6. Generalized functions: R.F. Hoskins, John Wiley and Sons.7. Principles and Techniques of Bernard Friedman: John Wiley and sons Applied

Mathematics8. Principles of Applied Mathematics: James P.Keener, Addison Wesley.9. Numerical methods: P.Kandasamy, K.Thilagavathy, K.Gunavathy

COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN OF INDUCTION MACHINESE 805-2

Module 1CAD Orientation of Engineering design problems to computers. Design by analysis and synthesis approach – simulation of non-linearity – stator windings for 3 phase and single phase induction motors

Module 2Main dimensions of three phase induction motors – standard specification – constructional features – specific electric and magnetic loading – output coefficient – main dimensions – computer programmes

Module 3Core design – leakage reactances – rotor winding design – equivalent resistances – computer programmes

249

Module 4Calculations from design data – Carters coefficient – no load current – equivalent circuit parameters – torque – efficiency and temperature rise – computer programmes

Module 5Main dimensions of single phase induction motors – auxiliary winding and capacitor design – equivalent circuit parameters - torque – efficiency and temperature calculations using design data – computer programmes

References

1. Computer Aided Design of Electrical Equipments – Ramamoorthy M, Affiliated East-West press pvt. Ltd., New Delhi

2. Performance and Design of A.C Machines – M.G Say3. Computer Aided Design of Electric Machinery – Venott C. G, MIT Press, London

ROBOTICSE 805-3

Module 1Introduction: Historical development-classification of robots-applications-robots kinematics- joints and links-degree of freedom-description of position, orientation, frames-mapping from one frame to another-compound transformations-inverse of transform matrix-transform equations-kinematics of three degree of freedom manipulators-Description of links-intermediate links in chain-First and last links in chain -Link parameters-affixing frames to links-derivation of link transformation matrix-Description of an industrial robot.

Module 2Inverse manipulator kinematics - Workspace-solvability-multiple solutions-Algebraic solution.Drive and control systems for robots: hydraulic systems and DC servomotorsPosition control for robots-simple position control system-position control along a trajectory

Module 3Robot end- effectors: Classification of end-effectors-drive System for grippers-mechanical grippers magnetic grippers-vacuum grippers-gripper force analysis and gripper design.

Module 4Sensors and intelligent robots: need for sensing systems- sensing devices-piezoelectric sensors-linear position and displacement sensing absolute optical encoding-incremental optical encoder-position and direction measurement-velocity measurement—force and torque sensors-proximity sensors-range sensors-robot vision systems

250

Module 5Trajectory planning for Robots: Joint space schemes-cubic polynomials with via points-Blending schemes - interfacing to microprocessors and computers.

References

1. Robotics and Image Processing - PA Janakiraman2. Robotic Technology and flexible Automation - S R Deb3. Robotics for engineers - Yoram Koren4. Introduction to Robotics- Analysis, Systems and Applications: Saeed B. Nikku,

Pearson Education Asia, LPE

ADVANCED POWER SYSTEMSE 805-4

Module 1Automatic generation and voltage control - load frequency Control (single area case) -turbine speed governing system - model of Speed system - Turbine model- generator load model - steady state analysis- dynamic response - control area concept.

Module 2Unit commitment - constraints in unit commitment-spinning spinning reserve - thermal unit constraints - other constraints - unit commitment solution methods - priority - list methods - dynamic programming solution.

Module 3Hydrothermal co-ordination - long range and short range hydro scheduling- hydro electric plant models - scheduling problems - the short term hydrothermal scheduling problem - short - term hydro— scheduling: a gradient approach - hydro units in series-dynamic programming solution to the hydrothermal scheduling problem.

Module 4Interchange evaluation and power pools - economy interchange economy interchange evaluation - interchange evaluation with unit commitment multiple interchange controls -after - the fact production costing - other types of interchange - power pools - the energy broker system - centralized economic despatch of a power pool - allocating pool savings.

Module 5Power system security - factors affecting power system security-contingency analysis: Detection network problem - network sensitivity methods - calculation of network sensitivity factors - correcting the generation despatch - sensitivity methods - linear programming.

251

References

1. Power System Engineering - I.J.Nagrath, D.P.Kothari2. Power generation, operation and control - Allen J.Wood, Bruce Wollenberg, John

Wiley & Sons

ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORSE 805-5

Module 1Intel 8086 - Pin out signals and functions - Internal architecture - Registers and flags - bus buffering and latching bus timing – Pipelining Operating modes - minimum mode and maximum mode.

Module 2Introduction to 8086 assembly language programming - addressing modes – instruction set classification - Writing simple programs eg. Arithmetic operations, reading data from input port etc.8086 memory interface – memory bank – separate bank decoders and signals

Module 38087 internal block diagram and interfacing (Programming not required).Intel 80186 Architecture - block diagrams - different integrated peripheralsIntel 286 - Block diagram - Hardware features - Additional instructions (Programming not required)

Module 4Intel 8038 - memory system - I/O system - Protected mode – mmu - Descriptors and selectors - TSS, Memory paging mechanism.Intel 80486 - Internal Architecture - memory management and cache memory.

Module 5Introduction to Pentium - processors – memory system – I/O system - special Pentium registers - Pentium memory management.Pentium II - Introduction - software changes Pentium III - Introduction - chip set, BusPentium IV - Memory interface, Hyper pipelined technology (elementary treatment only).Concept of RISC – comparison of CISC and RISC

References

1. The 80x86 Family - John Uffenbeck - Pearson 2. Microprocessor and Interfacing - Douglas V. Hall - McGraw Hill 3. The Intel Microprocessors - Barry B. Brey (6th edition) – Pearson LPE4. Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals – A.K Ray and M. Bruchandy – TMH5. An Introduction to the Intel family of Microprocessors – James L. Antonokos,

Pearson LPE

252

SYSTEM SOFTWAREE 805-6Module 1

Introduction: Concept of system software - Classification of system software-Relationship of system software with the machine and the user. Assemblers: overview of the assembly process- single pass and two pass assemblers. Elementary ideas of macros -Macro definition- macro call macro expansion - macro processors.

Module 2Linkers and Loaders: translated, linked and load time addresses- relocation and linking concepts- object module- loader- absolute loader, relocating loader- linking loaders -(elementary ideas only).Compilers: Overview of compilation process - phases of a compiler - analysis phase -synthesis phase - lexical analysis - parsing - static and dynamic storage allocation-intermediate code generation - code generation (basic ideas only).

Module 3Operating systems: Definition of operating system -functions of operating system - types of services-Types of operating systems- batch processing multiprogramming, multitasking - timesharing, real-time, distributed systems (brief descriptions only).Process managementprocess concept- process states- scheduling - FCFS, Shortest Job first, round robin scheduling policies.

Module 4Memory management- contiguous memory allocation - static and dynamic partitioning -swapping - non-contiguous allocation- fragmentation- concept of virtual memory- paging-page tables - page replacement- FIFO and LRU page replacement policies - segmentation -caching of secondary storage information.File system - directory structures - file system implementation - sharing and security. Device management - basic principles of I/O device controllers - I/O scheduling policies.

Module 5Introduction to distributed operating system: characteristics of distributed systems -advantages -client server model - remote procedure call.Real time operating systems - Basic requirements - hard and soft real time systems - issues in real time systems- basic ideas of real time scheduling - reentrancy- real time embedded systems (basic ideas only).

References1. Introduction to System Software - Dhamdhere D.M., Tata McGraw Hill2. Systems Programming - Donovan J.I, McGraw Hill3. Systems Programming - Dhamdhere D.M., Tata McGraw Hill & Operating

Systems4. Principles of compiler design - Aho & Ullman, Narosa Publishing5. Operating System- Milenkovic, McGraw Hill6. Operating System concepts - Peterson & Silberschatz, Addison Wesley7. Real time systems & programming languages- Burns, Wellings, Addison Wesley8. Introduction to RTS - Martin9. Real time embedded Systems - Mathai Joseph, CERN

253

ADVANCED POWER ELECTRONIC SYSTEMSE 805-7

Module 1DC-DC converter topologies: Buck and boost converters - continuous and discontinuous current modes - buck-boost, C’uk converter - operation – control of dc-dc converters –PWM method - Full-bridge with bipolar and unipolar switching – output voltage equations.

Module 2SMPS topologies: Basic block schematic of SMPS – isolated dc-dc topologies – forward and flyback – principles – (circuit and operation only). Push-pull topology – half bridgeBasics of SMPS control methods – voltage-mode and current-mode control (block diagrams and description only).

Module 3Resonant Converters: Advantages of resonant converters over PWM converters – Classification - series and parallel resonant converters – half-bridge operation – discontinuous and continuous current modes (basic modes only, no analysis required) Principles of Zero voltage and Zero current switching (ZVS and ZCS switches only – no analysis required)

Module 4PWM Inverters: Need for PWM techniques – various PWM techniques – principle of sinusoidal PWM – bipolar and unipolar PWM - modulation index – application to single phase bridges - disadvantages of SPWM – brief introduction to other PWM methods – current-mode control schemes (tolerance band control and fixed frequency control – description with block diagram only)

Module 5Applications: Power factor correction – Actual power factor – Displacement factor and distortion factor – principles of input line current shaping using boost rectifiers. UPS – Different topologies – block schematics.Electronic ballast – block schematics.

References

1. Power Electronics: Converters, Applications and Design – Mohan, Undeland and Robbins, John Wiley and Sons, 2nd ed.

2. Power Electronic Systems: Theory and Design – Jai P. Agrawal , Pearson Education Asia, LPE

3. Modern Power Electronics – P.C Sen, Wheeler Publ.

254

ELECTIVE - IIIE 806 2+1+0

List of Electives:

E 806.01 Digital Protection of Power SystemsE 806.02 Insulation Technology E 806.03 Computer NetworksE 806.04 Artificial Intelligence and Expert SystemsE 806.05 Opto-Electronics and Communication E 806.06 VLSI Technology

NoteNew Electives may be added according to the needs of emerging fields of technology. The name of the elective and its syllabus should be submitted to the University before the course is offered.

DIGITAL PROTECTION OF POWER SYSTEMSE 806-1

Module 1Need for protection-nature and causes of fault -zones of protection-classification of protective relays based on technology and function-instrument transformers used in protection circuit. A/D converters- analog multiplexers-sample and hold circuits.

Module 2Computer applications to protective relaying - simulation of power system disturbances-simulation of current and voltage transformers-simulation of distance relays during transient conditions.

Module 3Offline application of computers-on line application of computers –Relay co-ordination programmes.

Module 4Microprocessor based protective relays - multistage frequency relay -measurement of power system signals through phase locked loop interface -protection of alternators against loss of excitation.

Module 5Microprocessor based over current relays-impedance relays- directional relay-reactance relay - distance relay - measurement of R and X - mho relay -quadrilateral relay - generalized interface for distance relays.

255

References

1. Madhava Rao T.S, "Power System Protection-Static relays"2. Bddri Ram, "Power System Protection and Switchgear"3. Singh L.P, "Digital Protection-Protective Relaying from electromechanical to

microprocessors" 4. Arun G. Phadke, James S. Thorp, "Computer Relaying for Power systems"

INSULATION TECHNOLOGYE 806-2

Module 1Insulating materials - classification, brief study of preparation and properties of ceramics, mica, paper, PVC, PE Epoxy resin, teflon, SF6 transformer oil, polychlorobiphenyls (PCB) vacuum purification of transformer oil- drying and degassing. Impregnation of paper and cotton insulation.

Module 2Dielectric properties - permittivity, complex permittivity, dielectric loss factors influencing permittivity, permittivity of mixtures, factors influencing tan delta, Measurement of resistivities, dielectric loss and constant, testing for tracking partial discharge measurements.

Module 3Polarisation - internal fields, Clausins - Mossotd relation limitations, different types of polarisaiton. Electric fields in homogeneous dielectrics, mechanical force under electric fields, absorption currents.Insulation problems in high voltage transformers, surge phenomena, insulation design to withstand surges in transformers, Elementary de-sign of insulating system of capacitors.

Module 4Breakdown phenomena in gases - ionization processes, de-ionization processes, breakdown mechanisms, T ownrend's theory. Steramer theory, Paschen's law, breakdown in electronegative gases, uniform fields, non-uniform fields penning effect.

Module 5Breakdown mechanisms in vacuum-breakdown in liquid dielectrics pure liquids and commercial liquids, breakdown in solid dielectrics - different types - intrinsic, electronic, thermal, electromechanical, tracing and tracking, partial discharges, partial discharges.

References

1. High Voltage Engineering: Naidu and Kamaraju2. Ionisation, Conductivity and Breakdown in Liquids: Adam Czawski3. High Voltage Engineering: Kuffel and Zeamgl4. SF6 and Vacuum Insulation for High Voltage Applications: Naidu and Maller

256

COMPUTER NETWORKSE 806-3

Module 1Introduction: Goals and applications of networks - Network Topologies - Broadcast - Point to point - bus, star, ring, tree - Types of networks - LAN, MAN, WAN OSI reference model - TCP/IP reference model - Client server computing Physical layer - Packet switching -Transmission media - Fibre optic networks – ISDN

Module 2Data link layer: Services - Data framing - Error handling - Data link protocols – Elementary protocols - Sliding window protocol( basic concepts only) - data link layer in the Internet- SL1P/PPP.

Module 3Medium access sub layer: Channel allocation - static vs dynamic channel allocation - CSMA protocol - collision detection - wireless LANs - IEEE 802 standards - Ethernet - Token bus -Token ring - Bridges – FDDI

Module 4Network layer: services - Routing - congestion control - internetworking - Principles - Gateways - Host - backbone network - Network layer in the Internet - IP protocol - IP address - Internet control protocols. Transport layer: Services - Internet Transport protocols - TCP and UDP.

Module 5Application layer: services - Network security - Cryptography - DNS - DNS Namespace -Name servers - Network Management concepts. Internet services: E-mail - USENET - FTP -TELNET - gopher - WWW - WAIS – Archie

References

1. Computer Networks (3r edition) - Tanenbaum, Pearson Education Asia2. Data and computer communications - William Stalling, Pearson Education Asia3. Data Communication, Computer networks - F. Halsall, Addison Wesley and

open systems4. Computer Networks, A system approach - Peterson & Davie, Harcourt Asia5. The Internet Book- Douglas E. Comer, Pearson Education Asia6. Internet Complete Reference - Harley Harn Osborne

257

ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE & EXPERT SYSTEMSE 806-4

Module 1Introduction to AI and problem solving concepts: Definition- pattern recognition-production systems - problem and production system characteristics - two-pail problem-analysis of AI techniques - criteria for success

Module 2Knowledge representation - formal and non-formal logic: Representation evaluation criteria -level of representation -formal logic schemes -resolutions -predicate and prepositional logic -conversion to clause form -semantic networks-frames-scripts-production system

Module 3Problem solving strategies dealing with uncertainty: Defining the problem - control strategies - exhaustive search - generate and test-space transformation models- forward versus backward reasoning -matching - weak methods - hill climbing -breadth and depth first searches - search algorithms.

Module 4Expert system development process and knowledge acquisition : Definition - analysis of expert system problem solving - role and analysis of knowledge - architecture of the expert system - problem selection - formalization -implementation –evaluation.

Module 5Knowledge acquisition techniques- cognitive behavior - knowledge representation development.Expert system tools: Expert system shells -narrow tools -large hybrid expert system tools -PC based expert system tools knowledge acquisition tools.

References

1. Introduction to AI & Expert System - D. W. Patterson, Prentice hall of India2. Principles of Artificial Intelligence& Expert Systems Development - David

W.Rolston, Tata McGraw Hill3. Artificial Intelligence - Elaine Rich, McGraw Hill4. Principles of Artificial Intelligence - Nils J. Nilsson, Springer Verlag5. Introduction to Artificial Intelligence - Charnaik & McDermott, Addison Wesley

OPTOELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATIONE 806-5

Module 1Review of P-N jn-characteristics - semiconductor-hetero junction-LEDs (-spontaneous emission-LED structure-surface emitting-Edge emitting-Injection efficiency- recombination efficiency-LED characteristics-spectral response-modulation-Band width.

258

Module 2Laser diodes-Basic principle-condition for gain-Laser action-population inversion-stimulated emission-Injection faster diode-structure-temperature effects-modulation-comparison between LED and ILDs.

Module 3Optical detectors-optical detector principle-absorption coefficient-detector characteristics-Quantum efficiency-responsivity- response time-bias voltage-Noise in detectors P-N junction-photo diode-(characteristics-P-I-N-photo diode-response-Avalanche photo diode (APD) multiplication process-B. W-Noise-photo transistor.

Module 4Optical Fibre-structure-advantages-Types-propagation-wave equation-phase and group velocity-transmission characteristics-attenuation-absorption-scattering losses-dispersion-fibre bend losses-source coupling, splices and connectors-wave length division multiplexing.

Module 5Optical fibre system-system design consideration-fibre -optic link-optical transmitter circuit-source limitations-LED drive circuit-Laser drive circuit-pre-amplifier-equalization-Fibre-optic link analysis-typical lira design.

References

1. Semiconductor Opto electronics Devices-Pallab Bhattacharya (Pearson Education)2. Optical fibre Communication Systems-Principles and practice- John M Senior

(PHI)3. Optical communication Systems-John Gower (PHI)4. Optical fibre Communication- Gerd keiser (PHI)

VLSI TECHNOLOGYE 806-6

Module 1Process steps in 1C fabrication: Crystal growth and wafer preparation- Czochralski process- apparatus- silicon shaping, slicing and polishing- Diffusion of impurities-physical mechanism- Pick's I and II law of diffusion- Diffusion profiles- complementary (erfc) error function- Gaussian profile- Ion implantation- Annealing process- Oxidation process- Lithography- Photolithography, Fine line lithography, electron beam and x-ray lithography- Chemical vapour deposition (CVD)- epitaxial growth- reactors-metallisation- patterning- wire bonding and packaging.

Module 2Monolithic components: Isolation of components- junction isolation and dielectric isolation- Transistor fabrication- buried layer- impurity profile- parasitic effects-

259

monolithic diodes- schottky diodes and transistors- FET structures- JFET- MOSFET-PMOS and NMOS, control of threshold voltage (Vth)- silicon gate technology-Monolithic resistors- sheet resistance and resistor design- resistors in diffused regions-MOS resistors- monolithic capacitors- junction and MOS structures- 1C crossovers and vias.

Module 3CMOS technology: Metal gate and silicon gate- oxide isolation- Twin well process- Latch up- BiCMOS technology- fabrication steps- circuit design process- stick diagrams- design rules- Capacitance of layers- Delay- Driving large capacitance loads- Wiring capacitance- Basic circuit concepts- scaling of MOS structures- scaling factors- effects of miniaturization.

Module 4Subsystem design and layout- Simple logic circuits- inverter, NAND gates, BiCMOS circuit, NOR gates, CMOS logic systems - bus lines- arrangements- power dissipation-power supply rail distribution- subsystem design process- design of a 4 bit shifter.

Module 5Gallium Arsenide Technology: Sub-micro CMOS technology- Crystal structure- Doping process- Channeling effect- MESFET- GaAs fabrication- Device modeling.

References

1. VLSI technology. S M Sze, Me Graw Hill pub,2. Basic VLSI design: Douglas Pucknell, PHI3. Principles of CMOS VLSI Design: H E Weste, Pearson Edn.4. Integrated Circuits: K R Botkar, Khanna Pub.5. CMOS circuit design layout and simulation: Barter, IEEE press.6. Introduction to VLSI: Conway, Addison weslay.

ELECTRICAL MACHINES LAB IIE 807 0+0+4

1. Alternator regulation by synchronous impedance and mmf methods2. Alternator regulation by Potier method3. Alternator regulation by Blondel’s method and verification by direct loading4. Alternator V – curves for constant input/output5. Synchronous motor V – curves and compounding curves6. Alternator regulation by feeding back power to mains – use of synchroscope7. Study of starters and load tests on double cage and single phase induction motors8. Characteristics of cage / slip ring motors by circle diagram9. Characteristics of induction generator and rotor hysterisis by Link’s method10. Synchronous Induction motor – predetermination of excitation current and

verification 11. Characteristics of pole changing motor

260

12. Characteristics of Schrage motor – torque variation with load, predetermination of speed variation with brush shift and verification

13. Characteristics of cascade induction motor set14. Experimental determination of torque slip curve of induction motor in unstable

region upto about 40% slip15. Experimental determination of variation of starting torque with rotor resistance in

slip-ring induction motor 16. Predetermination of line current. Torque, power of a 3-phase induction motor

under single phasing - verification 17. No load and blocked rotor tests on single phase induction motor and determination

of equivalent circuit parameters18. Determination of

a. Continuous rating for specified temperature riseb. One hour rating by heat run test of a machine

PROJECT AND SEMINARE 709/E808

Each student is required to present a technical paper on a subject approved by the department. The paper should be in general reflecting the state-of-the-art. He/she shall submit a report of the paper presented to the department.

In addition to the seminar he/she shall undertake a project work (as a team or individually) in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the Guides. On completion of the project work, he/she shall present the work done before a panel of staff members, and submit a report of the project work, and submit a report of the project work done to the department.

261


SYLLABUS

ELECTRONICS &

COMMUNICATIONENGINEERING BRANCH

262

THIRD SEMESTER

263

264


Module 1Vector differential calculus: Differentiation of vector functions- scalar and vector fields- gradient - divergence and curl of a vector function - their physical meaning - directional derivative - scalar potential- conservative field – identities - simple problems.

Module2Vector integral calculus: Line- surface and volume integrals- work done by a force along a path- application of Green’s theorem- Stoke’s theorem and Gauss divergence theorem.

Module 3Function of complex variable: Definition of analytic function and singular points- derivation of C.R. equations in Cartesian co-ordinates- harmonic and orthogonal properties- construction of analytic function given real or imaginary parts- complex potential- conformal transformation of functions like Zn, ez, 1/z, Sin z, z + k2/z - bilinear transformation- cross ratio- invariant property- simple problems.

Module 4Finite differences: meaning of ∆, , E, μ, δ - interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula- central differences- problems using Stirlings formula- Lagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided difference formula for unequal intervals.

Module 5Difference Calculus: Numerical differentiation using forward and backward differences. Numerical integration- Newton-Cote’s formula- trapezoidal rule- Simpson’s 1/3rd

and 3/8th rule- simple problems- difference equations - solutions of difference equations.

References

1. Advanced Engg. Mathematics: Erwin Kreyzing- Wiley Eastern. Pub.2. Higher Engg. Mathematics: B. S. Grewal- Khanna publishers.3. Numerical methods in Science and Engineering: M K Venkataraman-

National Pub.4. Numerical methods: S Balachandra Rao- University Press.5. Advanced Engineering Mathematics: Michael D Greenberg- PHI.6. Theory and Problems of Vector analysis: Murray Spiegel- Schaum’s- Mc

Graw Hill.

265

NETWORK THEORYLA 302 2+1+0

Module 1Source transformation- Mesh and Node voltage Analysis – Coupled circuits – Dot conventions – Analysis of coupled circuits.

Module 2 Network theorems-Super position theorem- Reciprocity theorem - Thevenin’s theorem- Norton's theorem- Millman's theorem- Maximum power transfer theorem- Tellegen’s theorem- Graph of a network -Trees- co-trees -Incident matrix- cut- set matrix-tie-set matrix- Analysis of networks- equilibrium equations.

Module 3Fourier Analysis and Laplace transform - Fourier analysis of periodic signals-Trignometric and exponential forms- Non periodic signals and Fourier transforms- Frequency spectrum of periodic waveforms - Laplace Transform- Review of theorems-Laplace transform of important signal waveforms - Periodic functions- Initial value and final value Theorems- DC&AC transients- Solution of network problems using Laplace transform.

Module 4Two-port Networks and Filters - Voltage and Current ratios of two - port networks -Admittance- impedance- hybrid and transmission parameters of two port networks. Passive filters as two port networks- Characteristics of ideal filters-Image impedance- Constant K low pass- High pass and Band pass filters-m-derived filters-Composite filters.

Module 5 Network Synthesis – Realizability concept – Hurwitz property – positive realness – properties of positive real function – Synthesis of R, L, RC and LC driving point functions – Foster and Cauer forms.

References

1. Network analysis -M.E Van Valkenburg, PHI2. Circuits and Networks – analysis & synthesis – A. Sudhakar & S P

ShyamMohan3. Network and Systems -D Roy Chaudhary4. Network analysis and synthesis-Franklin F Kuo – John Wiley & Sons5. Engineering Circuit Analysis-W H Hayt & Jack Kennerly – Mc-Graw Hill

266

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGYLA 303 2+1+0

Module 1D.C.Generator – O.C.C. – Condition for self excitation – field critical resistance – critical speed – Load characteristics of generators – Losses – power flow diagram – efficiency – Condition for maximum efficiency – Applications.

Module 2D C motor – starter – 3 point and 4 point starters – torque equation – speed equation – speed torque – characteristics of shunt, series and compound motors – Losses – efficiency – Brake test – Swinburne’s test – speed control – field control – armature control – series parallel control – applications.

Module3Transformers: transformer on no-load and load operation – phasor diagram – equivalent circuit – regulation – losses and efficiency – o.c. and s.c. test – applications – Design of step down transformers like 230/6-0-6V, – Basic principles of 3 phase tranformer – autotransformer – applications.

Module 4A.C Machines: 3 phase induction motors – rotating magnetic field – torque equation – slip – torque-slip characteristics – operating characteristics – starting of 3 phase induction motors – starters – single phase induction motors – constructional features – types – working and characteristics only (no analysis) – constructional features of synchronous machines – principle of operation of alternator – emf equation – regulation by emf and mmf method – principle of operation of synchronous motor – starting of synchronous motor.

Module 5Special Machines: A C and D C servo motors – synchros – constructional features – working of a tachogenerator – stepper motors – construction, working, applications and specifications of stepper motors – universal motors - constructional features – typical applications – criteria for selection of motors – electromagnetic relays – contactors.

References

1. Electrical & Electronic Technology: Hughes, Pearson Education2. Electrical Technology: H. Cotton3. Electrical Machines: R.K.Rajput4. Electrical Design Estimating & Costing: K.B.Raina & Bhattacharya5. Electrical Machines & Power systems: Vincent Del Toro

267

SOLID STATE DEVICESLA304 3+1+0

Module 1Energy bands and charge carriers in semiconductors: energy bands- metals- semiconductors and insulators- direct and indirect semiconductors- charge carriers in semiconductors: electrons and holes- intrinsic and extrinsic material- n-material and p-material- carrier concentration: fermi level- EHPs- temperature dependance- conductivity and mobility- drift and resistance- effect of temperature and doping on mobility- hall effect.

Module 2Diffusion of carriers- derivation of diffusion constant D- Einstein relation- continuity equation- p-n junctions: contact potential- equilibrium fermi levels- space charge at junctions- current components at a junction: majority and minority carrier currents- zener and avalanche breakdown- capacitance of p-n junctions.

Module 3p-n junction diodes: volt-ampere characteristics- switching time- rectifier action- Zener diodes: volt-ampere characteristics- Tunnel diodes: tunneling phenomena- volt-ampere characteristics- Varactor diodes- Photo diodes: detection principle- light emitting diodes.

Module 4Bipolar junction transistors: npn and pnp transistor action- open circuited transistor- biasing in active region- majority and minority carrier distribution- terminal currents- amplification and switching- α and β gain factors- emitter efficiency γ- schottky transistors- photo transistors.

Module 5Field effect transistors: operation- pinch off and saturation- pinch off voltage- gate control- volt-ampere characteristics- MOSFETS: n MOS and p MOS: comparison- enhancement and depletion types- control of threshold voltage- MOS capacitance.

References

1. Solid state electronic devices - Ben G Streetman- Pearson Education2. Microelectronic Devices: Nagchaudhari, Pearson Education3. Integrated electronics – Millman and Halkias- Mc Graw Hill.4. Physics of semiconductor devices - S M Sze- Mc Graw Hill.5. Semiconductor devices – Nagchoudhary- Tata Mc Graw Hill.6. Physics of semiconductor devices: Shur- PHI. 7. Theory of Semiconductor devices: Karl Hess- PHI.

268

ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS - ILA 305 3+1+0

Module 1Rectifiers and Power supplies: Half wave- full wave and bridge rectifiers- working- analysis and design- C filter analysis- regulated power supplies: series and shunt- design of regulated power supplies for specified output conditions- current limiting- short circuit protection- IC regulated power supplies.

Module 2Transistor as an amplifier: Transistor at low frequencies- h parameter model analysis- expression of voltage and current gain- input and output impedance- CE- CB and CC configurations- comparison- transistor parameters from static characteristics- FET: operation- characteristics- small signal model.

Module 3Transistor Biasing: operating point- DC and AC load lines- Q point selection- bias stability- definition of stability factors- derivation of stability factor for ICO

variation- fixed bias- collector to base bias- self bias circuits- bias compensation- compensation for ICO and VBE.

Module 4 RC Coupled amplifier: working- analysis and design- phase and frequency response- FET amplifier: biasing- analysis and design.

Module 5Wave shaping circuits: clipping- clamping- RC integration- differentiation- transistor as a switch- astable multivibrator- working and design- UJT- working and applications- simple sweep circuit.

References

1. Electronic devices and circuits: Boylsted & Nashelsky- Pearson Edn.2. Integrated Electronics: Millman & Halkias- Mc Graw Hill.3. Electronic Principles: Malvino- Tata Mc Graw Hill.4. Electronic devices and circuits: Bogart- UBS.5. Electronic devices and circuits: Allen Mottershed- PHI.6. Electronic devices: Floyd- Pearson Edn.7. Electronic devices and applications: B Somanathan Nair- PHI.8. Electronic devices and circuits: J B Gupta- S K Kataria & Sons Pub.

269

COMPUTER PROGRAMMINGLA 306 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction to C: C fundamentals - The character set - identifiers and keywords - Data types - constants - variables and arrays - declarations - expressions - statements - symbolic constants- arithmetic operators - Relational and Logical operators - The conditional operator - Library functions - Data input and output - getchar – putchar, scanf, printf - gets and puts functions - interactive programming.

Module 2Control Statements: While - do while - for - nested loops -if else switch- break - continue - The comma operator - go to statement, Functions - a brief overview - defining a function - accesing a function - passing arguments to a function - specifying argument - data types - function prototypes - Recursion.

Module 3Program structure: storage classes - Automatic variables - external variables - multi file programs. Arrays: defining an array - processing an array - passing arrays in a function – multi dimensional arrays - array and strings. Structures and unions: defining a structure - processing a structure - user defined data types - passing structure to a function – self referential structures - unions.

Module 4Pointers: Fundamentals - pointer declaration - passing pointers to a function - pointers and one dimensional arrays - operations on pointers - pointers and multi dimensional arrays – passing functions to other functions.

Module 5Data files: Opening and closing of a data file - creating a data file - processing a data file, low level programming - register variables – bit wise operation - bit fields - enumeration - command line parameters - macros - the C pre-processor.

Text Book

1. Programming with ANSI and Turbo C: Ashok N Kanthane, Pearson Edn.

References

1. Theory and problems of programming with C- Gottfried, Schaum’s series.2. The C programming language: Kernighan & Ritche, PHI.3. Programming Techniqes through C: Venkateshmurthy, Pearson Edn.4. Programming in C: Balaguruswamy, Tata Mc Graw Hill.5. Programming Ansi C: Ram Kumar.6. Computer Programming: Rajaraman, PHI.

270

ELECTRICAL LABLA 307 0+0+4

1. Measurement of Electric power (single phase and three phase) and energy using wattmeter and energy meter.

2. Study of star-delta connections.3. O.C.C. and Load characteristics of D.C. generators.4. Swinburne’s test.5. Load characteristics of D.C. shunt, series and compound motors6. O.C and S.C test on single-phase transformer.7. Load test on step-up/step-down transformer; calculation of efficiency and

regulation at different power factors.8. Study of starting of three phase induction motors and load test on squirrel cage

induction motor.9. Load test on slipring induction motor.10. Study of stepper and servomotors.11. Load test on single phase induction motor.12. Pre-determination of regulation of the alternator by emf and mmf method.

BASIC ELECTRONICS LABL 308 0+0+4

1. Familiarization of CRO, DVM, AF generator etc and soldering practice.2. Characteristics - Diode, Transistor, FET, UJT. Determination of parameters.3. Design and testing of DC power supplies for specified output.4. Design of Single stage RC coupled amplifier. Determination of Band width.5. Design of FET amplifier. Determination of Band width.6. Wave shaping. Design of clipping, clamping, RC differentiator & Integrator.7. Design of Astable multi-vibrator for specified time period - sharpening of edges.8. Simple sweep circuit.9. Familiarization of data sheets of components – OA79, 1N4001, SZ6.8, BC107,

BC547, BC557, BFW10, 2N2646.10. Simulation of simple circuits using Spice.

NoteNew experiments may be added in the above list concerned to the relevant theory paper (LA 305).

271

FOURTH SEMESTER

272



Module 2Partial Differential Equations - formation by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitrary Functions - solution of Lagrange Linear Equations –Charpits Method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients – solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation.

Module 3Fourier Transforms: - Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier Transforms – Fourier Sine & Cosine transforms - inverse transforms - transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parsevals Identity - simple problems.

Module 4Probability and statistics: Binomial law of probability - The binomial distribution, its mean and variance - poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution - its mean and variance - fitting of binomial & poisson distributions - normal distribution - properties of normal curve - standard normal curve - simple problems in binomial, poisson and normal distributions.

Module 5Population & Samples: Sampling distribution of mean ( known) –Sampling distribution of variance, F and Chi square test – Level of significance - Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – Test of significance for single proportion, difference of proportions, single mean and difference of means (proof of theorems not expected).

References1. Higher Engineering Mathematics - B.S. Grewal, Khanna Publishers.2. Engineering Mathematics Vol.II -3rd year Part A & B - M.K. Venkataraman,

National Publishing Company3. Elements of Partial Differential Equations - Ian N.Sneddon.,McGraw Hill. 4. Miller and Fread’s Probability and statistics for engineers – Richard A

Johnson, Pearson Education Asia / PHI.5. A text book of Engineering Mathematics (Volume II) – Bali and Iyengar,

Laxmi Publications Ltd.6. Advanced Engg. Mathematics Erwin Kreyszig, Wiley Eastern Ltd.7. Probability and statistical inferences – Hogg and Tanis, Pearson Education

Asia.

273

DIGITAL ELECTRONICS AND LOGIC DESIGNLA 402 3+1+0

Module 1Gates –Inverter - OR gates - AND gates - NOR Gates - De Morgan’s Theorems - NAND Gates - EXCLUSIVE-OR Gates - Tristate Inverter - TTL Circuits - Digital Integrated Circuits - 7400 Devices - TTL Characteristics - TTL Overview - AND -OR- NOT Gates - Open-Collector Gates – CMOS gates.

Module 2Boolean Algebra and Karnaugh Maps - Boolean Relations - Sum-of-Products method - Algebraic Simplification - Karnaugh maps – Pairs – Quads - and Octets - Karnaugh Simplifications - Don’t-Care Conditions. Multiplexers - de-multiplexers - decoder and encoder.

Module 3Arithmetic-Logic Units - Binary Addition - Binary Subtraction - Half Adders - Full Adders - Binary Adders - signed Binary Numbers - 2’s Complement - 2’s-Complement Adder-Subtractor.

Module 4Flip Flops - RS Latches - Level Clocking - D Latches - Edge-Triggered D & T Flip-Flops - Edge-Triggered JK Master-slave Flip-Flop.

Module 5Registers and Counters - Buffer Registers - Shift Registers - Controlled Shift Registers - Ripple Counters - Synchronous Counters - Ring counters - Modulo counters - Three-State Register. ROMs – PROMs and EPROMs - RAMs. A small TTL Memory.

References

1. Digital Fundamentals: Floyd, Pearson Edn.2. Digital Design: Wakerly, Pearson Education.3. Fundamentals of digital circuits: A Anand Kumar, PHI4. Digital Integrated Electronics: Taub and Shilling, McGraw Hill, 5. Digital electronics: D C Green, Pearson Edn.6. Digital Logic and state machine design: Comer, Oxford.7. Digital electronic principles and applications: A K Maini, Khanna Pub.8. Digital electronic principles: Malvino and Leach, Mc Graw Hill.9. Logic and computer design fundamentals: M Morris Mano, Pearson Edn.

274

COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING LA 403 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction: communication systems – Modulation - need for modulation- bandwidth- Amplitude modulation - theory- mathematical representation- frequency spectrum - USB & LSB- power relation- Frequency modulation - theory- mathematical representation- frequency spectrum- Phase modulation- comparison of AM- FM- PM.

Module 2Radio transmitters: AM transmitter - block diagram - Solid state modulators - circuit explanation- FM transmitter - reactance modulator- varactor diode modulator- Amstrong modulator.

Module 3Radio receivers: Tuned radio frequency receiver- superheterodyne receiver - block schematic- selectivity- sensitivity- importance of IF - image frequency rejection - AM receivers - schematic explanation - RF amplifiers - circuit explanation - Mixer circuits - IF amplifiers - circuit explanation- simple diode detector - Automatic gain control circuit - simple and delayed AGC - FM receivers - block schematic explanation - amplitude limiting - FM demodulators: slope detectors- phase discriminator- ratio detectors.

Module 4Side band communication: Single side band transmission - suppression of carrier - balanced modulator - filtering of unwanted sideband - SSB receivers - block schematic explanation - pilot carrier receiver - suppressed carrier receiver - Vestigial side band transmission - transmitter and receiver responses - advantages of VSB in television.

Module 5Telephone Systems - Telephone subscribers loop circuit - subscribers line interface circuit - Pulse and tone signaling - Frequency assignments - Electronic telephone - block schematic of a telephone set- block schematic of single line analog SLIC board - two wire repeaters - Electronic private automatic branching exchange - basic block schematic- Power line communication: block schematic explanation- Facsimile - FAX transmitter and receiver.

References

1. Electronic communication Systems: Wayne Tomasi- Pearson Edn.2. Electronic communication: Roody and Coolen- PHI.3. Electronic Communication systems: George Kennedy- Mc Graw Hill.4. Electronic and radio engineering: A P Mathur.5. Telephony and Carrier current engineering: P N Das.6. Modern communication Systems: Couch- PHI.

275

ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS - IILA 404 3+1+0

Module 1 High frequency equivalent circuit of a transistor. Hybrid pi model - explanation of components -r parameters in terms of h parameters -Tuned amplifiers -principle - single tuned and double tuned amplifiers -frequency response -applications (no analysis) -multistage amplifiers -frequency response.

Module 2 Feedback -different types -positive, negative, voltage, current, series and shunt feedback -Feedback in amplifiers -its effect on amplifier performance -typical feedback arrangements -emitter follower -darlington emitter follower -cascade amplifier (principles only) -difference amplifier.

Module 3 Oscillators -conditions for oscillation -analysis and design of RC phase shift oscillator, general form of oscillator circuit -working of Hartley, Colpitt's, Crystal, tuned collector and Wien Bridge oscillators.

Module 4 Mono-stable multi vibrator -analysis -design -applications -triggering -Bistable multi-vibrator -analysis and design -different methods of triggering -commutating capacitor -Schmitt trigger -working -design.

Module 5Large signal amplifier -harmonic distortion -analysis of class A, class B, class C and class D amplifiers -complimentary and symmetry stage -sweep generators -voltage and current sweeps -time base generators -linearisation -miller and bootstrap sweeps - applications.

References

1. Electronic devices and circuits -Boylsted & Neshelsky, Pearson Edn.2. Integrated electronics -Millman & Halkias , Mc Graw Hill3. Electronic principles -Malvino 4. Electronic devices and circuits -Bugart 5. Microelectronics Digital and Analogue -Botkar.

276

SIGNALS AND SYSTEMSLTA 405 2+1+0

Module 1Dynamic Representation of Systems - Systems Attributes- Causality - linearity- Stability- time-invariance. Special Signals- Complex exponentials- Singularity functions (impulse and step functions). Linear Time-Invariant Systems: Differential equation representation- convolution Integral. Discrete form of special functions. Discrete convolution and its properties. Realization of LTI system (differential and difference equations).

Module 2Fourier Analysis of Continuous Time Signals and Systems - Fourier Series- Fourier Transform and properties- Parseval’s theorem- Frequency response of LTI systems. Sampling Theorem.

Module 3Fourier Analysis of Discrete Time Signals & Systems - Discrete-Time Fourier series- Discrete-Time Fourier Transform (including DFT) and properties. Frequency response of discrete time LTI systems.

Module 4Laplace Transform - Laplace Transform and its inverse: Definition- existence conditions- Region of Convergence and properties- Application of Laplace transform for the analysis of continuous time LTI system (stability etc.) Significance of poles & zeros- Z-Transform - Z-Transform and its inverse: Definition- existence- Region of convergence and properties- Application of Z-Transform for the analysis of Discrete time LTI systems- Significance of poles and zeros.

Module 5Random Signals - Introduction to probability. Bayes Theorem- concept of random variable- probability density and distribution functions- function of a random variable. Moments- Independence of a random variable. Introduction to random process. Auto and cross correlation. wide-sense stationarity- power spectral density White noise- Random processes through LTI systems.

References

1. Signals and Systems: Oppenheim Alan- V- Willsky Alan. S- Pearson Edn. 2. Communication Systems: Haykin Simon- John Wiley.3. Signals and Systems: I J Nagrarth- Tata Mc Graw Hill.4. Signals and Systems: Farooq Husain- Umesh pub.5. Adaptive signal processing: W Bernad- Pearson Edn.

277

RELIABILITY AND HUMANITIESLA 406 2+1+0

Module 1Concepts of reliability: Definition of reliability- failure- classification of failures- measures of reliability- failure rate- mean time between failures (MTBF)- mean time to failure (MTTF).

Module 2Failure pattern and fitting curves: Graphical plots- Bath tub curves- Hazard models- Constant hazard models- Linearly increasing hazard model- Weibull model.

Module 3Manufacture for Quality and reliability: The need for prototype tests- the quality standard- planning to achieve required quality- basic concepts of sequencing.

Module 4Control charts in statistical quality control: statistical quality control advantages- types of control charts- X and R chart- P chart- C chart- Re-engineering- Zero defects.

Module 5 Human relations: Human Behavior- Scope of Industrial psychology-Theories of Motivation-Handling of workers grievances-Workers participation in management-Industrial discipline-Industrial disputes-Industrial fatigue-Wages and incentives.

References

1. Reliability Engineering: L S Sreenath.2. Reliability Engineering: A K Govil.3. Industrial Engineering & Management: Banga and Sharma.

ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LABLA 407 0+0+4

List of experiments

1. Power amplifiers: Design of class A and class AB push pull stage – verification of power output.

2. IC power amplifier.3. Oscillators: Design of RC phase shift, Hartley & Colpitts oscillators.4. Design of Mono-stable and bi-stable multi-vibrators.5. Design of bootstrap sweep generator.6. Schmitt trigger.7. SCR, Triac firing circuits.8. Feedback amplifier, design of two stage RC coupled amplifier.

278

9. Tuned amplifiers.10. Design and testing of DC regulated power supplies (Fixed and variable).11. Simulation of above circuits using PSPICE.

Note New experiments may be added in accordance with subject LA 404

COMPUTER PRORAMMING LABLA 408 0+0+4

Part 1

1. Computer hardware familiarization.2. Familiarization of MS-DOS commands, Microsoft Windows.3. Familiarization of Microsoft Word, Adobe Acrobat Reader.

Part 2

Programming Experiments in C/C++: Programming experiments in C/C++ to cover control structures, functions, arrays, structures, pointers and files, classes, operator & function overloading, inheritance, polymorphism.

279

FIFTH SEMESTER

280

ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS -IVCMELPA501 3+1+0

Module 1 Complex Integration: Line Integral –Cauchy’s integral theorem- Cauchy’s integral formula-Taylor’s series-Laurent’s series- zeros and singularities- Residues- residue theorem-Evaluation of real integrals using contour integration involving unit circle and semicircle.


Module 3 Numerical solution of ordinary differential equation: Taylor’s series method- Euler’s method –Modified Eulers method - Runge – Kutta method (IV order)-Milne’s predictor corrector method.


Module 5 Linear programming: graphical solution – solution using simplex method (non – degenerate case only) – Big-M method,two phase method- Duality in L.P.P.- Balanced T.P. – Vogels approximation method – Modi method.

References


Publishers.3. Higher Engineering Mathematics - Dr. B.S.Grewal, Kanna Publishers.4. Numerical methods in Science & Engineering - Dr. M.K.Venkitaraman,

National Publishing company.5. Quantitative techniques Theory & Problems - P.C.Tulsian, Vishal Pandey,

Pearson Education Asia.6. Complex variables and applications - Churchill and Brown, McGraw-Hill.7. Operations research - Panneer Selvam, PHI.8. Engineering Mathematics Vol. III -S Arumugam, A.T.Isaac,

A.Somasundaram, Scitech publications 9. Advanced Mathematics for Engg.students Vol. III- S.Narayanan,

T.K.M.Pillay, G.Ramanaigh, S.Vishwananthan printers & publishers.

281

POWER ELECTRONICSLA 502 2+1+0

Module 1Power semiconductor Devices - History of development of Power Electronic devices- Constructional features- Characteristics- rating and specification- gate/base drive circuits-protection including cooling and application consideration of diodes- SCRS, GTO, BJTS, MCT, MOSFET and IGBT. Series and parallel operations of SCR- Electromagnetic interference.

Module 2AC to DC Converters - Operation and analysis of Single phase and multi-phase uncontrolled and controlled rectifiers with R, RL and back EMF load- effect of source inductance- free wheeling effect- power factor improvement methods for phase Controlled rectifiers- filters. PWM chips: SG3524 and TL 494- Block schematic.

Module 3AC to AC Voltage Converter - Operation and analysis of single phase integral cycle and phase controlled converters- Configuration of three phase controllers.

Module 4DC to DC Converters - Chopper classification- Step down- step up and four quadrant converters operation- analysis and control with R, RL and EMF load- current and voltage Commutation circuits.

Module 5DC to AC Converters - Single phase and three phase bridge inverters- VSI and CSI- voltage control - PWM & Square wave operation- Harmonics and their reduction techniques.

References

1. Power Electronics: Rashid Muhammad, Pearson Edn.2. Power Electronics: Harish C Ray, Galgotia Pub.3. Thyristors and Applications: Ramamoorthy.4. Power Electronics: Converter, Applications and Design, Mohan Ned, John

Wiley, 5. Power Semiconductor Circuits: Dewan, S.B. and Satrughan A, John Wiley &

Sons, 1975. 6. Thyristorised Power Controllers: Dubey, G.K., Doradlla, S. R., Wiley

Eastern, 1987.

282

APPLIED ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORYL 503 3+1+0

Module 1Review of vector analysis: Cartesian, Cylindrical and Spherical co-ordinates systems- Co-ordinate transformations. Static electric field: Coulomb’s Law of point charges- Electric flux-Gauss’s Law- Electrical scalar potential- different types of potential distribution- Potential gradient- Boundary conditions Capacitance: Capacitance of isolated sphere- capacitance between two concentric sphere shells- capacitance between coaxial cylinders- capacitance between parallel wires. Vector fields: Divergence and curl- Divergence theorem- Stokes theorem.

Module 2Magnetic field: Steady current and current density in a conductor- Biot-Savarts Law- Ampere’s Law- Helmholtz theorems- Faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction- Solenoid, toroid, inductance of transmission line- Mutual inductance energy stored in magnetic fields- Magnetic dipole- Electric and Magnetic boundary conditions- vector magnetic potential.

Module 3Maxwell’s equations and travelling waves: conduction current and displacement current- Maxwell’s equations- Plane waves- Poynting theorem and Poynting vector- Plane electromagnetic waves- Solution for free space condition- Uniform plane wave-wave equation for conducting medium- Wave polarization- Poisson’s and Laplace equations.

Module 4Guided waves between parallel planes- transverse electric and transverse magnetic waves and its characteristics- Rectangular wave guides- modes of propagation.

Module 5Transmission lines -Transmission line equations- transmission line parameters- Skin effect- VSWR- Characteristic impedance- Stub matching- Smith chart - Phase velocity and group velocity.

References

1. Engineering Electromagnetics: W. H. Hayt, Mc Graw Hill Publications.2. Electromagnetics: J. D. Kraus, Mc Graw Hill Publications.3. Engineering electromagnetics: E. C. Jordan.4. Field & Wave Electromagnetic: Cheng, Pearson Education.5. Electromagnetics: Edminister, Schaum series, 2 Edn.6. Electromagnetic Theory: B. Premlet.7. Electromagnetic Theory: Sadiku, Oxford University Press.

283

COMPUTER ORGANISATION AND ARCHITECTURELA 504 2+1+0

Module 1Basic structure of computer hardware and software- addressing methods and machine programming sequencing- different addressing modes- instruction sets- computer arithmetic logic design- fast adders- multiplication- Booth’s algorithm- fast multiplication- integer division- floating point numbers.

Module 2Control unit- instruction execution cycle- sequencing of control signals- hardwired control- PLAs- micro programmed controls- control signals- micro instructions - Micro program sequencing- branch address modification- pre fetching of micro instructions.

Module 3Memory organization- semi conductor RAM memories- internal organization- bipolar and MOS devices- dynamic memories- multiple memory modules and interleaving- cache memories -mapping functions - replacement algorithms- virtual memories- address translation-page tables - memory management units- secondary memories- disk drives- standards.

Module 4Input-Output organization- accessing I/O devices- direct memory access (DMA)- interrupts and interrupt handling- handling multiple devices- device identification- vectored interrupts- interrupt nesting- daisy chaining- I/O interfaces- serial and parallel standards- buses-scheduling- bus arbitrations- printers- plotters- VDUs.

Module 5Introduction to parallel processing and architecture- classification- array processors- pipeline architecture- interconnection- networks- multistage networks- message passing architecture.

References

1. Computer organization – Hamacher C V, Mc Graw Hill.2. Computer Systems and Architecture – Vincent P Heuring, H F Jordan,

Pearson Edn.3. Computer organization and Design – Pal Choudhary4. Computer organization and Architecture – Hayes J P5. Computer Org. & Architecture: Stallings, Pearson Education.

284

LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LA 505 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction to operational amplifiers – Basic differential amplifier - dual input balanced output and unbalanced output- Internal block schematic of op amp - Pin identification- power supply requirements - typical data sheet - Op-amp parameters - ideal op amp - transfer curve - equivalent circuit- open loop configurations - frequency response of op amps - compensating networks - slew rate and its effect.

Module 2Op amp in closed loop configuration: Different feed back configurations- Voltage series feedback and voltage shunt feedback - concept of virtual ground- voltage follower - V/I converters and its applications - Differential amplifiers with one op amp and 3 op amps- Use of offset minimizing resistor (ROM) and its design.

Module 3Op amp applications- Summer- Subtractor- Log amplifier- Antilog amplifier- Comparators: zero crossing- using voltage reference- regenerative (Schmitt trigger) comparators- Astable and monostable multivibrators- Triangular and sawtooth wave generators- Integrator and differentiator- RC phase shift and Wien bridge oscillators-Sample and hold circuit- Peak detector circuit.

Module 4Filters and timers: LPF- HPF- BPF- Notch and all pass filters- I order and II order filters- Switched capacitor filter- Switched capacitor integrator. 555 timers – Functional block diagram- Astable multivibrator, monostable multivibrator and its applications.

Module 5Specialized ICs and applications: Voltage regulator ICs – 78XX and 79XX series- 317 variable regulators- 1723 switching regulators- 566 VCO chip- Phase locked loop(PLL) - capture and lock range- 565 PLL - PLL applications: Frequency multiplication and division- AM demodulation- FM detection- FSK demodulation - LM 380 power amplifier - intercom using LM 380- 8038 Function generator chip - applications.

References

1. Op amps and Linear Integrated circuits: Ramakand Gaykwad- PHI publications.2. Op amps and Linear Integrated circuits: R F Coughlin- Pearson Education. 3. Op amps and Linear Integrated circuits: Ravi Raj Dudeja- Umesh Publications.4. Linear Integrated circuits: Roy Choudhary & Jain- Wiely Eastern Publications.5. Integrated circuits: K R Botkar

285

MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERSL506 3+1+0

Module1Introduction to microprocessors and microcomputers: Function of microprocessors- architecture of 8085- pin configuration and functions – tristate bus concept - generation of control signals - bus timings – de-multiplexing AD0-AD7 – flags - memory decoding - interfacing of RAM and EPROM - I/O addressing - I/O mapped I/O - and memory mapped I/O schemes - instruction execution - fetch/execute cycle - instruction timings and operation status.

Module 2Atmel AT89C51 microcontroller – features - pin configurations - internal block schematic - pin descriptions - PORT0, PORT1, PORT2, PORT3, idle & power down mode - power control register - program protection modes - flash programming & verification.

Module 3Memory organization - program memory - data memory - direct & indirect addressing area - Program status word - register banks - addressing modes - instruction set – arithmetic - logical and data transfer instructions - Boolean instructions - program branching instructions - Programming examples.

Module 4Machine cycles – interrupts - interrupt sources - interrupt enable register - interrupt priority - interrupt control system - interrupt handling - single step operation - port bit latches and buffers - port structures and operation - accessing external memory – programming examples.

Module 5Timer0 & Timer1 - TMOD SFR - mode0, mode1, mode2, mode3 - TCON SFR - serial interface - SCON SFR - mode0, mode1, mode2, mode3- block schematics- baud rates- power on reset circuit- ONCE mode- on chip oscillator- external program & data memory timing diagrams- I/O port timings – programming examples.

References

1. The 8051 Microcontroller: Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Pearson Education. 2. The 8051 Microcontroller: Kenneth J Ayala, Penram International3. Microprocessors and Architecture: Ramesh S Goankar4. Microcomputers and Microprocessors: John Uffenbeck, PHI5. Web site of Atmel - www.atmel.com

286

http://www.atmel.com/

DIGITAL IC LABLA 507 0+0+4

List of experiments

1. TTL & CMOS characteristics (7400, CD4001)2. Interfacing of TTL & electromagnetic relay using transistor, opto coupler

(4N33) & Darlington arrays (ULN2803).3. Logic family interconnection (TTL to CMOS & CMOS to TTL)4. Design of half adder & full adder using gates.5. Design and testing of ripple & synchronous counters using JK flip flops (7473,

7476)6. Counters using shift registers (Ring counter & Johnson counter).7. Study of counter ICs (7490, 74190).8. Design of astable & mono-stable multi-vibrators using gates.9. Design of mono-shots using dedicated ICs (74123).10. Logic design using multiplexers (74150).11. Logic design using decoders (74138).12. Adders, Subtractors, multipliers.13. Design of 7 segment display circuits-static/dynamic (7447, FND542).14. PRBS generator.15. Digital circuit simulation using electronic work bench/ similar working tools.

NoteAny experiment related to LA402 may be added to the above list.

COMMUNICATION - I LABL 508 0+0+4

List of experiments

1. Passive filters – constant K and M derived.2. Amplitude modulation.3. Frequency modulation.4. PWM using SG3525.5. 555 Applications6. 566 Applications7. Study of 565 and its applications8. Crystal oscillator9. Oscillators using OP-AMP10. Colpitts & Hartley oscillator.11. Multiplexing using analog multiplexer IC’s.

NoteAny other experiments may be added to the above list related to LA403.

287

SIXTH SEMESTER

288

INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT & ECONOMICSLA 601 3+2+0

PART A: INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT

Module 1Modern concept of Management: Scientific management-Functions of management-Planning-Organising- Staffing-Directing- Motivating- Communicating- Co-ordinating- Controlling-Organisational structures- Line, Line and staff and Functional relationships- Span of control- Delegation- Management by Objectives.

Module 2Personnel management: Objectives and functions of personnel management- Recruitment-Selection and training of workers- Labour Welfare- Industrial Fatigue- Industrial disputes-Trade Unions- Quality circles. Formation of companies: Proprietory-Partnership-Joint stock companies- Public sector- Joint sector and Co-operative sector.

Module 3Marketing Management: Pricing- Promotion- Channels of distribution- Market research-Advertising. Production Management: Batch and mass production- Inventory control- EOQ-Project planning by PERT/CPM- Construction of Network (Basic ideas only).

PART B: ECONOMICSModule 4

Theory of demand and supply- Price mechanism- Factors of production- Land, labour, capital and organization- National income- Difficulties in estimation- Taxation- Direct and indirect taxes- Progressive and regressive- Black money- Inflation-Causes and consequences.

Module 5Indian financial system- Reserve bank of India: Functions- Commercial banking system-Development financial institutions- IDBI- ICICI- SIDBI- IRBI- NABARD- Investment institutions-UTI- Insurance companies- Indian capital market- Stock market- Functions- Role of the public sector- Privatisation- Multinational corporations and their impact on the Indian economy.

References

1. Industrial Management - O P Khanna, Dhanpat Rai Pub.2. Industrial Management - K.K. Ahuja, Khanna Pub.3. Marketing Management - Philip Kotler, PHI4. Indian economy - A.N. Agarwal, Wishwa Prakashan5. Modern economic theory - K.K Dewett, Shyam Lal charitable trust.

289

DIGITAL COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUESL 602 3+1+0

Module 1Random Signal Theory: Review of discrete and continuous random variables-Gaussian probability function- properties- error function- complementary error function. Base band data transmission: - Base band binary data transmission system- Inter symbol interference- Nyquist pulse shaping criteria- Optimum transmitting- Receiving filters.

Module 2Correlative coding: -Duobinary Base band PAM system- Use of controlled ISI- M-ary signaling scheme (no analysis)- Binary versus M-ary signaling schemes- pre coding- Bipolar coding- Manchester coding- HDB coding- Equalization- Adaptive equalization- Eye pattern- Scrambler- Unscrambler.

Module 3Digital transmission: - BPSK- DPSK- M-ary PSK- QPSK- BFSK- M-ary FSK- MSK- comparison.

Module 4Digital transmission of Analog signals: - Sampling - Quantizing uniform non-uniform quantization -Companding- A law μ law PCM system- DPCM delta modulation system- slope over loading- ADM- CVSD- Quantization noise.

Module 5Noise in communication system: - Noise types- SNR- Probability of error- Effective Noise temperature- Noise figure- Detection of binary signals in Gaussian noise: -Maximum likelihood Receiver structure- Matched filter-Correlation realization of matched filter- optimizing error performance- error probability performance of binary transmission system.

References

1. Digital Communications: Sklar,Pearson Education2. Digital and Analog Communication System: K Sam Shanmugam. 3. Principles of Communication System: Taub & Shilling, TMH.4. Digital Communication- Siman Haykin.5. Communication Systems Engineering: Proakis, Pearson Education.6. Digital & Analog Communication System- Leon W Couch, Pearson Education.

290

DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSINGLTA 603 3+1+0

Module1 Review of signals and systems: Introduction - advantages and limitations of Digital Signal Processing. Infinite Impulse Response (IIR) Filters - Signal Flowgraph- Basic Network structure for IIR filter- Direct- Cascade- Parallel Forms. Design of IIR Digital filters from analog filters- Butterworth design- Chebyshev design- design based on numerical solutions of differential equations- Impulse Invariant Transformation.

Module 2Finite Impulse Response (FIR) Filters: Linear phase FIR filters- Frequency response of linear phase FIR filters - Location of the zeros of linear phase FIR filters. Realization of FIR- cascade - lattice design-Fourier Series method- using windows-rectangular- triangular or Barlett windows- Hanning- Hamming- Blackman- Kaiser windows.

Module 3Discrete fourier Transform: Properties-Circular convolution- Linear Convolution using DFT- relation between Z- Transform and DFT- Fast Fourier Transform; decimation – in time and Frequency - FFT algorithms – General Computation using Radix 2 algorithm.

Module 4Finite word length effects in digital filters: Introduction- Number Representation - Fixed Point- Sign-Magnitude - One’s-complement- Two’s - complement forms -Addition of two fixed point numbers- Multiplication in Fixed Point arithmetic - Floating point numbers- Block floating point numbers- quantization - truncation- rounding - effects due to truncation and rounding- Input quantization error - Product quantization error - Co-efficient quantization error- zero-input limit cycle Oscillations - Overflow limit cycle Oscillations - Scaling- Quantization in Floating Point realization IIR digital filters - Finite Word Length Effects in FIR Digital Filters- Quantization effects in the Computation of the DFT- quantization errors in FFT algorithms.

Module 5Applications of digital signal processing: Speech Processing- speech analysis- speech coding- sub band coding- channel vecoder- homomorphic vecoder- digital processing of audio signals- Radar signal processing- DSP based measurements systems. Equi ripple FIR design- PCM DSP chips- a general study.

References

1. Digital signal processing: Ifechor- Pearson edn.2. Desecrate time signal processing: Oppenhiem- Pearson edn.3. Digital signal processing: Oppenhiem and Sheffer- PHI4. Introduction to Digital signal processing: Johny R Johnson5. Digital signal processing: Proakis and Manolakis.6. Digital signal processing: P Ramesh Babu- Scitech Pub.

291

RADIATION & PROPAGATIONL 604 2+1+0

Module1Retarded potentials: Radiation from an A.C current element monopoles and dipoles-power radiated from a dipole isotropic radiators- radiation pattern-radiation intensity-directive gain-power antenna efficiency-effective area-effective length and aperture-Reciprocity theorem-radiation resistance-antenna beam width.

Module 2Antenna array: Classifications-Broad-side, End-fire arrays, Array of n- point, two point sources, multiplication of patterns -binomial array-stacked array folded dipole- reflector-Basic principles of antenna-parabolic reflector different methods- Chebyshev arrays- super directive arrays.

Module 3VLF and LF transmitting antennas-effects of ground on antenna-performance-grounded antennas-effects of antenna height and effective height of antenna-medium frequency antennas-dipole antennas-V and inverted V antennas-Rhombic antenna-traveling wave antennas-folded dipole, Yagi-Uda antenna-Basic principles of radio direction finding-loop antennas, Microstrip antennas.

Module 4Factors involved in the propagation of radio waves: the ground wave-Reflection of radio waves by the surface of the earth-space wave propagation-considerations in space wave propagation-atmospheric effects in space wave propagation-ionosphere and its effects on radio waves -mechanism of ionosphere propagation-refraction and reflection of sky waves by ionosphere-ray paths-skip distance-maximum usable frequency-vertical and oblique incidence-fading of signals - selective fading-diversity reception, Duct Propagation.

Module 5Antenna measurements: Input impedance- SWR method- radiation pattern measurements- beam width measurements-gain measurements-measurements of radiation resistance -radiation efficiency.

References

1. Antennas and wave propagation - K. D. Prasad2. Antennas - John Krauss, Mc Graw Hill3. Antenna theory and design- A. Ballanis4. Radio Engg - F E Terman, Mc Graw Hill.

292

ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTATIONL 605 3+1+0

Module 1Objectives of engineering measurement-Basic measuring system-block diagram and description-Performance characteristics of instruments-static and dynamic. Types of data-static-dynamic-transient-rise time, response time & settling time. Analog and digital information-comparison. Error -classification of measurement errors--sources of measurement errors.

Module 2 Transducers-parameters of electrical transducers-types-active and passive-analogue and digital types of transducers. Electromechanical type-potentiometric, inductive (self generating and non self generating type), capacitive, piezo electric, strain gauge, ionization and mechano electronic type. Opto electrical type-photo emissive, photo conductive and photo voltaic type. Frequency generating type-digital encoders-selection criteria for transducers.

Module 3 Intermediate elements-instrumentation amplifier, isolation amplifier. Data transmission elements-block diagram of telemetering system-classification of telemetering systern-Electrical telemetering system--voltage, current and position type-RF telemetery-pulse telemetery (analog and digital)-pulse amplitude, pulse frequency, pulse duration and pulse position modulation.

Module 4 Bridge measurements - Wheatstone bridge - guarded Wheatstone bridge. AC bridges - Owen's bridge - Shering Bridge - Wein Bridge - Wagner ground connection. Recording techniques-strip chart recorders-basic principles of digital recording. Basic principles of Signal Analyzers-Distortion analyzer wave analyzer, spectrum analyzer.

Module 5Basic measurements - Strain measurement - Pressure measurement - Flow measurement - Temperature measurement - Force & torque measurement. Multiplexing - D/A multiplexing and A/D multiplexing.

References

1. Measurement Systems - Doeblin, MGH.2. Instrumentation-devices and systems - Rangan, Sarma & Mani, TMH.3. Principles of Measurement & Instrumentation – Morris, PHI.4. Transducers & Instrumentation – D.U. S Murthy, PHI.

293

CONTROL SYSTEMSL 606 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction to control system – Basic idea of control systems and their classifications – transfer function – transfer function of electrical, mechanical and electromechanical system – block diagram – signal flow graph – Mason’s gain formula.

Module 2 Time domain Analysis – Type and order of a system – typical test signals for the time response of control system – impulse and step response of first and second order systems – steady state error – static and dynamic error coefficients – concepts of stability – Routh Hurwitz criterion – basic ideas of proportional, derivative and integral controllers.

Module 3Frequency domain analysis – frequency response – frequency domain specifications – Bode Plot – Nicol’s chart – Nyquist stability criterion – relative stability – gain margin – phase margin.

Module 4Root Locus technique – basic theory and properties of root loci – procedure for construction of root loci – error detectors – servo motor – tacho generator – magnetic amplifier.

Module 5State variable analysis and compensation techniques – introduction to state variable concepts – state variable description of linear dynamic systems – state equations – state transition matrix – representaion of state equations – lag compensator – lead compensator – lag lead compensator (design of compensators is not needed).

References

1. Modern control engineering – Katsuhiko Ogata, Pearson Edn 2. Control systems principles and design: M. Gopal, TMH.3. Automatic control system – B.C. Kuo, PHI.4. Control system design: Graham C Goodwin, PHI.5. Modern Control Systems: Dorf, Pearson Education.

LINEAR IC LABL 607 0+0+3

List of Experiments

1. Measurement of op amp parameters.2. Active filters: LPF, HPF, BPF, All pass & notch filters.3. Square wave, Triangular, Saw tooth generation using op amp.4. Logarithmic amplifiers.

294

5. Precision rectifiers.6. Switched capacitor filter.7. Sample and hold circuit.8. 8038 function generators.9. Analog to digital converters.10. Digital to analog converters.

NoteAny experiment related to L505 may be added to the above list.

MINI PROJECTL 608 0+0+3

The mini project will involve the design, construction, and debugging of an electronic system approved by the department. There will be several projects such as intercom, SMPS, burglar alarm, UPS, inverter, voting machine etc. The schematic and PCB design should be done using any of the standard schematic capture & PCB design software. Each student may choose to buy, for his convenience, his own components and accessories. Each student must keep a project notebook. The notebooks will be checked periodically throughout the semester, as part of the project grade.

In addition to this, the following laboratory experiments should also be done in the lab.

1. Astable and mono stable multi-vibrators using 5552. Light activated alarm circuit3. Speed control of electric fan using triac4. Illumination control circuits5. Touch control circuits6. Sound operated circuits.7. Schematic capture software (OrCAD or similar) familiarization.8. PCB design software (OrCAD Layout or similar) familiarization.

A demonstration and oral examination on the mini project also should be done at the end of the semester. The university examination will consist of two parts. One of the lab experiments will be given for examination to be completed within 60 to 90 minutes with a maximum of 30% marks. 70% marks will be allotted for the demonstration and viva voce on the mini project.

295

SEVENTH SEMESTER

296

MICRO-CONTROLLER BASED SYSTEM DESIGNLA701 2+1+0

Module 1Various logic families - features – comparison – PLA – PAL- GAL -comparison – combinational PAL – PAL with flip-flops – study of 16L8, 22V10 GAL – dual port RAM – FIFO - FPGA - gate arrays.

Module 2Embedded C compiler – advantages – memory models – interrupt functions – code optimization - 89C2051 micro-controller- architecture-comparison with 89C51- design of a simple trainer circuit using 89C51/89C2051 µC – interfacing of DIP switch, LED, 7 segment display, alphanumeric LCD – relay interface – design of a traffic light control system - interfacing programs using C and assembly language.

Module 3Analog to digital converters- single slope, dual slope, successive approximation, sigma delta, flash – comparison - typical ICs - A/D interface – digital to analog converters – different types – D/A interface - optically isolated triac interface- design of a temperature control system- interfacing programs using C and assembly language.

Module 4Serial bus standards - I2C bus, SPI bus – operation – timing diagrams – 2 wire serial EEPROM – 24C04 – 3wire serial EEPROM – 93C46 - interfacing - serial communication standards - RS232, RS422, RS485 – comparison – MAX232 line driver/ receiver - interfacing – interfacing programs using C and assembly language - low voltage differential signaling – PC printer port – registers – interfacing - universal serial bus – PCI bus.

Module 5Matrix key board interface - AT keyboard – commands – keyboard response codes - watch dog timers - DS1232 watch dog timer – real time clocks – DS1302 RTC – interfacing - measurement of frequency - phase angle - power factor – stepper motor interface - dc motor speed control – L293 motor driver - design of a position control system - interfacing programs using C and assembly language.

References

1. The 8051 Microcontroller: Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Pearson Education. 2. The 8051 Microcontroller: Kenneth J Ayala, Penram International.3. Digital fundamentals: Floyd, Pearson Education.4. Programming and customizing the 8051 µC: Myke Predko, TMH5. Programming with ANSI C and turbo C: Kamthane, Pearson Education.6. Microcomputers and Microprocessors: John Uffenbeck, PHI.7. Web site of Atmel semiconductors - www.atmel.com

297


VLSI TECHNOLOGYLA 702 3+1+0

Module 1Process steps in IC fabrication: Crystal growth and wafer preparation- Czochralski process- apparatus- silicon shaping, slicing and polishing- Diffusion of impurities- physical mechanism- Fick’s I and II law of diffusion- Diffusion profiles- complementary (erfc) error function- Gaussian profile- Ion implantation- Annealing process- Oxidation process- Lithography- Photolithography, Fine line lithography, electron beam and x-ray lithography- Chemical vapour deposition (CVD)- epitaxial growth- reactors- metallisation- patterning- wire bonding and packaging.

Module 2Monolithic components: Isolation of components- junction isolation and dielectric isolation- Transistor fabrication- buried layer- impurity profile- parasitic effects- monolithic diodes- schottky diodes and transistors- FET structures- JFET- MOSFET- PMOS and NMOS, control of threshold voltage (Vth)- silicon gate technology- Monolithic resistors- sheet resistance and resistor design- resistors in diffused regions- MOS resistors- monolithic capacitors- junction and MOS structures- IC crossovers and vias.


Module 4Subsystem design and layout- Simple logic circuits- inverter, NAND gates, BiCMOS circuit, NOR gates, CMOS logic systems – bus lines- arrangements- power dissipation- power supply rail distribution- subsystem design process- design of a 4 bit shifter.


References

1. Modern VLSI design: Wolf, Pearson Education.2. VLSI technology: S M Sze, Mc Graw Hill pub.3. Basic VLSI design: Douglas Pucknell, PHI.4. Principles of CMOS VLSI Design: H E Weste, Pearson Edn.5. Integrated Circuits: K R Botkar, Khanna Pub.6. CMOS circuit design layout and simulation: Barter, IEEE press.7. Introduction to VLSI: Conway, Addison weslay.

298

MICROWAVE AND RADAR ENGINEERINGL703 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction to Microwaves- Characteristic features- advantages and applications- Wave guides- basic concepts and properties. Scattering matrix- Concept of N port scattering matrix representation- Properties of S matrix- S matrix formulation of two-port junction. Passive microwave devices- T junctions- H plane, E plane and EH plane Tee junctions, its S matrix and properties- Applications of Hybrid junction. Directional coupler-Termination- Gyrator- Isolator- Circulator- Phase changer- Attenuator.

Module 2Microwave measurements- frequency- power- VSWR- impedance. Microwave tubes- High frequency limitations- Magnetron- Multicavity Klystron- Reflex Klystron- Traveling Wave Tube- principle of operation. Microwave Communication: Basic Principles of Microwave Links – Microwave relay Systems – block schematic of terminal transmitters and receivers – repeaters – basic principles of design of a microwave links.

Module 3Microwave semiconductor devices- Principle of operation of Transistors and FETs. Transferred Electron Devices- Gunn diode- Gunn diode as an Oscillator and an amplifier- InP diode- Tunnel diode- principle of operation. Avalanche Transit time devices- IMPATT and TRAPATT devices- principle of operation.

Module 4Radar range equation- Block schematic of pulse radar- Radar frequencies- Applications of radar- CW radar- applications of CW radar- CW radar with nonzero IF- FM CW radar-FM CW altimeter- MTI and Pulse Doppler radar.

Module 5Direction finders- Instrument Landing System- Radio ranges. Navigation- Hyperbolic navigation- LORAN. Satellite navigation- Doppler navigation - Global positioning system- Different types of microwave antennas-basic principles.

References

1. Microwave devices and circuit: Samuel Liao, PHI.2. Microwave and radar — A K Maini, Khanna Publishers.3. Microwave and Radar Engg. — M Kulkarni.4. Introduction to radar systems — Merrill I Skolnik, McGraw Hill.5. Radar systems and radio aids to navigation — A K Sen & A B Bhattacharya.

299

OPTICAL FIBRE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMSL704 2+1+0

Module 1Recollection of basic principles of optics: ray theory- reflections at boundary- critical angle- total internal reflection - Optical wave guides - Propagation in fibre- expression for acceptance angle-acceptance cone – numerical aperture- V number - Index profile-effect of index profile on propagation.

Module 2 SI fibre and GI fibre - Brief description of modes in SI fibre and GI fibre- Pulse dispersion and Band Width limitation- Mode coupling – Attenuation in single mode and multimode fibres- Optic fibre cables- characteristics of cables- Optic fibre couplers: types of coupling – fibre to fibre joints- splicing techniques- optical fibre connectors.

Module 3 Optical sources- LEDs, LASER diodes- operating characteristics- photo-detectors-principles of photo detection – PIN diode – APD – operating principles – photo-multiplier tubes- source to fibre power launching – lensing schemes- modulation circuits.

Module 4Basic optical communication systems- point-to-point link- rise time budget- protection techniques- WDM – transceiver requirements-TDM- optical amplifiers- SOAs – EDFAs- optical receivers- Introduction to optical fibre networks.

Module 5 OTDR - Measurements- numerical aperture- dispersion measurements- refractive index profile measurements- band width measurements- fibre attenuation measurements- cutoff wave length measurements- applications of fibre optic systems- future developments

References1. Fibre optic communication technology: Djafer K Mynbaev, Pearson

Education.2. Electronic communication: Dennis Roddy & John coolen, PHI.3. Optic fibre communication: John M senior, PHI.4. Telecommunication principle circuits Systems and experiments:

S.Ramabhadran, Khanna.5. Optical communication system: John Gower, PHI6. Fibre optics in telecommunication: Sharma, Mc Graw Hill7. Optical fibre and fibre optic communication: Subir Kumar Sarkar, S Chand &

co. Ltd8. Optical communication: M Mukund Rao , Universities press.9. Fiber Optic Communication: Palais, Pearson Education.10. Digital Communication system with Satellites & Fibre Optics Applications:

Kolimbris, Pearson Education.11. Optical Networks - 3rd Generation Transport systems: Black, Pearson

Education.

300

INFORMATION THEORY AND CODINGL705 3+1+0

Module 1Information theory: - Concept of amount of information -units, Entropy -marginal, conditional and joint entropies -relation among entropies Mutual information, information rate, channel capacity, redundancy and efficiency of channels.

Module 2Discrete channels: - Symmetric channels, Binary Symmetric Channel, Binary Erasure Channel, Cascaded channels, repetition of symbols, Binary unsymmetric channel, Shannon theorem. Continuous channels: - Capacity of band limited Gaussian channels, Shannon-Hartley theorem, Trade off between band width and signal to noise ratio, Capacity of a channel with infinite band width, Optimum modulation system.

Module 3Source coding: - Encoding techniques, Purpose of encoding, Instantaneous codes, Construction of instantaneous codes, Kraft's inequality, Coding efficiency and redundancy, Noiseless coding theorem. Construction of basic source codes: - Shannon-Fano algorithm, Huffman coding, Arithmetic coding, ZIP coding.

Module 4Codes for error detection and correction: - Parity check coding, Linear block codes, Error detecting and correcting capabilities, Generator and Parity check matrices, Standard array and Syndrome decoding, Hamming codes, Encoding and decoding of systematic and unsystematic codes. Cyclic codes: - Generator polynomial, Generator and Parity check matrices, Encoding of cyclic codes, Syndrome computation and error detection, Decoding of cyclic codes, BCH codes, RS codes, Burst error correction.

Module 5Convolutional codes: - Encoding- State, Tree and Trellis diagrams, Maximum likelihood decoding of convolutional codes -Viterby algorithm, Sequential decoding -Stack algorithm. Interleaving techniques: - Block and convolutional interleaving, Coding and interleaving applied to CD digital audio system -CIRC encoding and decoding, interpolation and muting. ARQ: - Types of ARQ, Performance of ARQ, Probability of error and throughput.

References1. Communication Systems: Simon Haykin, John Wiley & Sons. Pvt. Ltd.2. Principles of Communication Systems: Taub & Schilling, Tata McGraw-Hill3. Principles of Digital Communication: Das, Mullick & Chatterjee, Wiley

Eastern Ltd.4. Error Control Coding Fundamentals and Applications: Shu Lin & Daniel J.

Costello Jr., Prentice Hall Inc.5. Digital Communications Fundamentals and Applications: Bernard Sklar,

Person Education Asia

301

OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE - I)CMELRTA 706.1 3+1+0

Module1 Classical optimization techniques Single variable optimization – Multivariable optimization with no constraints – Hessian matrix – Multivariable saddle point – Optimization with equality constraints – Lagrange multiplier method - Multivariable optimization with inequality constraints – Kuhn-Tucker conditions.

Module 2 One-dimensional unconstrained minimizationElimination methods – unrestricted search method – Fibonacci method – Interpolation methods – Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation methods.

Module 3 Unconstrained minimizationGradient of a function – Steepest descent method – Newton’s method – Powells method – Hooke and Jeeve’s method.

Module 4 Integer – Linear programming problemGomory’s cutting plane method – Gomory’s method for all integer programming problems, mixed integer programming problems.

Module 5 Network TechniquesShortest path model – Dijkstra`s Algorithm – Floyd`s Algorithm – minimum spanning tree problem – PRIM algorithm – Maximal Flow Problem algorithm.

References

1. Optimization theory and application: S.S. Rao, New Age International P. Ltd.2. Optimization Concepts and applications in Engineering: A. D. Belegundu,

T.R. Chandrupatla, Pearson Education Asia. 3. Principles of Operations Research for Management: F. S. Budnick, D.

McLeavey, R. Mojena, Richard D. Irwin, INC.4. Operation Research an introduction: H. A. Taha, Eastern Economy Edition. 5. Operations Research: R. Panneerselvam, PHI

OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING IN C++ (ELECTIVE - I)

LA706-2 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction to loops: Evolution of object oriented languages - Support for experiments and structure - process of language translation – Need of objects - Definition of Object - Oriented Language.

Module 2Encapsulation & Inheritance: Building classes - Declaring objects Member functions - constructors and destructors members access control.

Module 3POLYMORPHISM - Virtual functions - Defining virtual functions – Usage of virtual functions - Abstract classes - simulation using abstract classes.

302

Module 4OVERLOADING: Overloading functions - Overloading operators to provide new meaning - Selecting Friend or Member Functions for Operator Overloading.

Module 5DYNAMIC OBJECTS: Dynamic object allocation - Using references with dynamic memory allocation - Inline functions outside class definitions - Friend functions, Applications - Object oriented databases case study – some language (Simula, Smalltalk, C++, Ada) features.

References

1. Data abstraction & OOP in C++: Gordenkeeth, Wiley Eastern.2. Object oriented programming usig C++: Pohl, Pearson Education.3. Object oriented programming with C++: E. Balaguruswamy, TMH.4. C++ Programming language: Strostroup, Pearson Education.5. Object Oriented Programming in C++: Nabajyoti Bjarne.

NEURAL NETWORKS (ELECTIVE - I)L706-3 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction - Principles - artificial neuron - activation functions - Single layer & multi-layer networks - Training artificial neural networks - Perception - Representation - Linear separability - Learning - Training algorithms.

Module 2Back Propagation - Training algorithm - Applications - network configurations - Network paralysis - Local minima - temporal instability.

Module 3Counter Propagation networks: Kebenon layer - Training the cohenen layer - Pre initializing the wright vectors - statistical properties - Training the Grosbery layer - Full counter propagation network - Application.

Module 4Statistical methods- Boltzmann’s Training - Cauche training - Artificial specific heat methods - Applications to general non-linear optimization problems.

Module 5Hopfield nets - Recurrent networks - stability - Associative memory - applications - Thermo dynamic systems - Statistical Hopfield networks – Bi-directional associative memories - Continuous BAM - Adaptive resonance theory - Architecture classification - Implementation.

Text Book

Neural Computing Theory & Practice - Philip D. Wasserman.

303

References

1. Neural Networks - Simon Haykins, Pearson Education.2. Adaptive Pattern Recognition & Neural Networks - Pay Y.H.3. An Introduction to neural computing - Chapman & Hall4. Artificial Neural Networks - Robert J. Schalkoff, McGraw Hill5. Artificial Neural Networks - B.Yegnanarayana, PHI

BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING (ELECTIVE - I)L 706-4 3+1+0

Module 1Biometrics- Biomedical instruments- parameters- Man-instrument system- components- physiological systems of human body- cardiovascular system- The heart- Respiratory system- blood purification- The Kidney- Nervous system- Bioelectric potentials- Resting and Action potentials- propagation- bio-potential electrodes- Transducers- ECG-EEG-EMG.

Module 2Biomedical measurements: ECG measurement- electrodes and leads- ECG recorder- different recorders. Blood pressure measurements- indirect measurement- sphygmomanometer- direct measurement techniques. Respiratory measurements- Lung volume and capacities- Spirometer- Gas exchange measurements. Clinical measurements: Blood cells- tests on blood cells- chemical tests- colorimeter- spectro photometer- continuous flow analyzer.

Module 3Ultrasonic measurements: Characteristics of Ultrasound- Attenuation- Doppler effect- basic modes of transmission- pulsed, continuous, pulsed Doppler- Ultrasonic imaging- Block schematic of A mode, B mode, M mode instruments- Electronic scanners: Linear and Phased array- Applications of Ultrasound: Gynecology and obstetrics- blood flow measurements- cardiac imaging- echocardiography- echoencephalography.

Module 4X ray imaging and measurements: x ray generation- x ray machine- C arm machine- image intensifiers- x ray films- photographic imaging- Fluoroscopy- computed tomography- CAT scan: block schematic- Gantry- detectors.

Module 5Bio-telemetry: components in telemetry system- transmitter-receiver- pulse modulators- implantable units- applications. Intensive care unit: Planning and location of different instruments- Bedside monitors- Prosthetic instruments- artificial heart- pump oxygenators- hemodialysis- artificial kidney- different dialysers. Electrical safety: Physiological effects of electric current- let go current- shock hazards- need of grounding- isolation of patients- isolated power distribution system.

304

References

1. Introduction to biomedical technology: Joseph J Carr, Pearson Edn.2. Biomedical Instrumentation & Measurements: Leslie Cromwell, PHI.3. Biomedical Instrumentation: John G Webster, Houghton Mifflin Company.4. A handbook to biomedical instrumentation: R S Khandpur, Tata Mc Graw Hill

Pub.

PRINCIPLES OF REAL TIME SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE - I)LA 706-5 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction to Real Time Systems – Structure of real time systems, real time computer, task classes – Periodic, Aperiodic, critical, Non-critical, definition of real time systems – real time systems, embedded systems - Hard real time systems, soft real time systems, real time design issues.

Module 2Real time kernel – polled loop systems, co-routines, interrupt driven systems – sporadic, fixed rate systems, hybrid systems, task control block - task status, scheduling – uni-processor scheduling – traditional rate monotonic, rate monotonic deferred server, EDF, IRIS tasks – multiprocessor scheduling – utilization balancing algorithm, next-fit, bin- packing algorithm, myopic offline, buddy strategy (no need of proofs) fault tolerant scheduling.

Module 3Communication – Communication Media and message sending topologies, network architecture issues, protocols – contention – based, token - based, stop and go multi-loop, polled bus, hierarchal, round robin, fault tolerant routing – clocks and synchronization – fault tolerant synchronization in hardware, synchronization in software.

Module 4Fault tolerance – definition, cause of failure, fault types, fault detection and containment, redundancy – hardware, software, time, information, integrated failure handling – reliability – parameter values – series – parallel systems, NMR clusters, combinational model, master chain model, fault latency, transient faults, software error models.

Module 5Programming Languages – Desired language characteristics, Real time databases, characteristics, main memory databases, Transaction, Disk schedule algorithms, Databases for hard real time systems, maintaining serialization constituency.

Text Book

Real Time Systems - C.M Krishna, Kang G. Shini (McGraw Hill)

305

References

1. Real Time Systems, Design & Analysis - Philip Laplante (IEEE)2. Real Time Systems - Krishna, Tata McGraw Hill

MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABLA707 0+0+3

1. Familiarization of 8085 trainer kit, manual code entry, simple examples.2. Design and construction of a simple flash programmer for 89C51/89C2051

µC. 3. Study of Intel Hex file format.4. Computer aided assembly language program development for

89C51/89C2051.5. Use of assembler, linker and simulator for 89C51/89C2051.6. Programming examples. Sorting, arithmetic operations (Using assembler,

simulator).7. Programming examples using Embedded ‘C’ compiler for 89C51/89C2051.8. Programming examples using timer, external interrupts.9. Design and construction of the following interfacing modules.

a) A/D converter.b) D/A converter.c) Alphanumeric LCD display.d) Matrix keyboard interface.e) Seven segment display.f) Extending I/O port using shift registers(74HC595, 74HC165).g) Stepper motor. h) Infra red transmission and reception.i) Opto isolated I/P and O/P.j) Serial EEPROM.k) Real time clock.l) Interfacing using RS 232 and printer port.

NoteAny other embedded processor with similar or better capability may be used instead of 89C51/89C2051.

306

COMMUNICATION II LABL708 0+0+3

1. Microwave measurements - VSWR, wavelength, Attenuation, Impedance.2. Antenna Measurements - Gain, Directivity, Radiation Pattern of various types

antennae.3. Characteristics of Klystron.4. Wave-guide Measurements.5. Study of optical fibers and optical communication systems.6. Delta modulation, PCM, PAM, PPM, PWM, ASK, PSK.7. Experiments of Satellite communication system.8. Display systems.9. Study of PLC's.10. Familiarization of Digital modulation and demodulation Trainer Kit.

307

EIGHTH SEMESTER

308

COMPUTER NETWORKSLA 801 3+1+0

Module 1Network goals -topologies- configurations-concept of internet- ISO-OSI 7 Layer Standard -peer processes-Functions of each layer-TCP/IP reference model - Transmission media -description and characteristics - base band and broad band transmission-synchronous and asynchronous -full duplex, half duplex links- Concepts of WAP technology.

Module 2MODEMS-serial communication standards - X-21 digital interface- Need for data link layer-stop and wait and sliding window protocol-HDLC-terminal handling- polling-multiplexing- concentration-virtual circuit and data-grams - routing -congestion control.

Module 3LAN- base band and broad band Lan’s - carrier sense networks-CSMA/CD -ring network- shared memory -IEEE802 standards-introduction to X-25. Transport layer- design issues- establishing and releasing connection - flow control – buffering - crash recovery - a simple transport protocol on X-25.

Module 4 Session layer- design issues -data exchange - dialogue management - synchronization- remote procedure call-client server model - Presentation layer-data presentation-compression- network security-privacy- cryptography- presentation layer in ARPANET.

Module 5 Application layer - virtual terminal - file transfer protocol-E-mail-introduction to distributed system - ATM-protocol architecture -ATM logical connections -ATM cells -cell transmission- ATM adaptation layer -AAL protocols -basic principles of SDH and SONET.

References

1. Computer Networks: Andrew S Tannenbaum, Pearson Education.2. An Engineering Approach to Computer Networking: Keshav, Pearson

Education.3. Computer Networking: A Top Down Approach: Kurose Pearson Education.4. Computer Network & Internet: Comer, Pearson Education.5. Data communication: Hausly6. Computer Networks, protocols standards & interfaces, Uyless Balack7. Local Area Networks: William Stallings, Pearson Education.8. Understanding Data Communication and networks- 2nd ed-William A Shay

(Vikas Thomson Learning)

309

ADVANCED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMSL802 3+1+0

Module1Satellite Communication - Satellite orbits – Geo synchronous orbit –orbital velocity – Round trip time delay - Antenna look angles - Satellite classifications - spacing - frequency allocation- System parameters analysis - link equations- Link Budget - Spacecraft subsystem (block schematic). Tracking and telecommand - Earth stations – Antenna systems – receiver subsystems (block) - functioning LNA – LNB - down converter - channel filters - demodulators- INTELSAT/INMARSAT –Overview of INSAT.

Module 2Types of satellite communication system-FSS, DSS-Direct broadcasting and community broadcast - Multiple Access Techniques– Introduction- FDM-FM-FDMA, PSK-TDMA, SSMA, CDMA - Switching techniques – circuit – message - packet switching- Packet satellite network-domestic satellite system.

Module 3The cellular concept – Introduction - Frequency reuse –channel assignment – Hand off strategies – prioritizing handoff –practical handoff – Co-channel interface and system capacity – channel planning – adjacent channel interference –Cell splitting – sectoring – repeaters – micro-cell concept- Blue tooth technology- Fundamentals and Applications.

Module 4Wireless communication system-paging-cordless & cellular system –comparison-Second generation cellular networks-third generation cellular networks - Global System for Mobile – services and features – Architecture – Radio subsystem – channel types – frame structure - Global positioning Systems - basic concepts- system block - positioning – Applications.

Module 5Spread spectrum Techniques and remote sensing- Pseudo noise sequences –time hopping-frequency Hopping – Robustness – Fast and Slow hopping – Hybrid & Chirp spread spectrum- Synchronization – acquisition – Tracking - Concepts of Jamming -Analysis of DS/SS – Analysis of avoidance-generation of signals-detection –Applications.

References

1. Electronic communication system fundamentals: Wayne Tomasi, Pearson Education.

2. Wireless communication principles and practice: T S Rappaport, Pearson Education.

3. Satellite communication: Gagliardi.4. Digital Communication Fundamentals and Applications: B Sklar, Pearson

Education.5. Digital communication: Simon Haykin, John Wiley&Sons.6. Space communication System: Filipowasky, McGrawHill.

310

ADVANCED MICROPROCESORSLA803 3+1+0

Module 1Intel 8086 Microprocessor - Internal architecture – Block diagram – Minimum and maximum mode operation – Interrupt and Interrupt applications – DMA data transfer – 8087 math coprocessor. 8086 memory organization – even and odd memory banks – segment registers – logical and physical address – advantages and disadvantages of physical memory.

Module 2Addressing modes used in 80x86 family - Data addressing mode – register addressing, immediate addressing, direct addressing, register indirect addressing, base plus index addressing, register relative addressing, base relative plus index addressing, scaled addressing. Program memory addressing modes - direct program memory addressing, relative program memory addressing. Stack memory addressing mode.

Module 3Intel 80286 Microprocessor - 80286 Architecture, system connection – Real address mode operation – Protected mode operation

Module 4Intel 80386 Microprocessor - 80386 Architecture and system connection – Real operating mode – 386 protected mode operation – segmentation and virtual memory – segment privilege levels and protection – call gates – I/O privilege levels – Interrupts and exception handling – task switching – paging mode – 80386 virtual 86 mode operation.

Module 5Advanced Intel Microprocessors - 80486 – Processor model – Reduced Instruction cycle – five stage instruction pipe line – Integrated coprocessor – On board cache – Burst Bus mode. Pentium – super scalar architecture – u-v pipe line – branch prediction logic – cache structure – BIST (built in self test) – Introduction to MMX technology.

References

1. The Microprocessors 6th Edition Barry B. Brey Pearson Edu.2. Microprocessor and Interfacing 2nd Edition Douglous V. Hall TMH3. The 80x86 family John Uffenbeck

311

TELEVISION ENGINEERINGL 804 3+1+0

Module 1Elements of Television system: Basic block schematic of television transmitter and receiver, Analysis of Television pictures, Scanning, human factor consideration, flicker, interlaced scanning, number of scanning lines, Horizontal and vertical resolution, maximum video frequency, Colour resolution and bandwidth, Composite video signal, video signal dimensions, vertical and horizontal synchronization signal dimensions, channel bandwidth, vestigial side band transmission, channel bandwidth and allocations for colour transmission.

Module 2Television camera and transmitters: Photoelectric effects, Working principle of image orthicon, vidicon, plumbicon, CCD, structure of CCD and its working, Monochrome and Colour television camera: block schematic explanation, TV transmitters: Positive and negative modulation and its comparison, high level and low level modulation and its comparison. Colour TV picture tubes: purity and convergence, Delta gun, PIL, Trinitron tubes, LCD screens.

Module 3Monochrome and colour reception, Monochrome receiver: Detailed block schematic, Yagi antenna, BALUN transformers, RF tuner, electronic tuning, SAW filters, IF conversion, VSB reception and correction, video detector, AGC: delayed AGC and Keyed AGC, video amplifier, cathode and grid modulation, sync separation, horizontal and vertical deflection circuits and wave forms, sound separation. Power supplies: SMPS and block schematic explanation, EHT generation and its wave form description, Typical ICs in different stages.

Module 4Colour Television: Compatibility consideration, Colour response of human eye, Three colour theory, additive mixing of colours, chromaticity diagram, Luminance and chrominance, colour difference signal and its generation, Polarity of colour difference signal, Frequency interleaving and Colour burst signal, delay lines, Basic colour television systems: PAL and NTSC, Block schematic explanation.

Module 5Television applications: CCTV and its functional block schematic, Cable television: converters, cable connections, Satellite television: Dish antenna, LNB, Down converters, Video discs: VCD and DVD, Digital recording, LASER source, High definition television.

References

1. Monochrome and colour television: R R Gulati, Wiley Eastern.2. Colour Television, Theory and Practice: S P Bali, Tata Mc Graw Hill.3. Television engineering: A M Dhake, Tata Mc Graw Hill4. Basic Television Engineering: Bernad Grob, Mc Graw Hill.

312

ADVANCED MATHEMATICS (ELECTIVE - II)CMELRT 805-1 3+1+0






References

1. Linear Integral Equation: Ram P.Kanwal, Academic Press, New York2. A Course on Integral Equations: Allen C.Pipkin, Springer, Verlag3. Advanced Engg. Mathematics: H.K.Dass, S.Chand4. Advanced Engg. Mathematics: Michael D.Greenberge, Pearson Edn. Asia5. Numrical methods in Engg.&science: B.S.Grewal, Khanna Publishers6. Generalized functions: R.F. Hoskins, John Wiley and Sons.7. Principles and Techniques of: Bernard Friedman, John Wiley and sons

Applied Mathematics 8. Principles of Applied Mathematics: James P.Keener, Addison Wesley.9. Numerical methods: P.Kandasamy,K.Thilagavathy,K.Gunavathy, S.Chand &

co

313

VHDL (ELECTIVE - II)LA805-2 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction: Hardware Abstraction- Basic Terminology- Entity Declaration- Architecture Body- Configuration Declaration- Package Declaration- Package Body- Model Analysis- Simulation- Basic Language Elements –Identifiers- Data Objects- Data Types- Operators.

Module 2Behavioural Modelling: Entity Declaration- Architecture Body-Process Statement- Variable Assignment Statement- Signal Assignment Statement- Wait Statement- If Statement - Case Statement- Null Statement- Loop Statement- Exit Statement- Next Statement- Assertion Statement- Report Statement- Other Sequential Statements- Multiple Processes- Postponed Processes - Dataflow Modelling: Concurrent Signal Assignment Statement- Concurrent versus Sequential Signal Assignment- Delta Delay Revisited- Multiple Drivers- Conditional Signal Assignment Statement- Selected Signal Assignment Statement- the UNAFFECTED Value- Block Statement- Concurrent Assertion Statement- Value of a Signal

Module 3Structural Modelling: Component Declaration- Component Instantiation- Resolving Signal Values - Generics and Configurations: Generics- Configurations- Configuration Specification- Configuration Declaration- Default Rules - Conversion Functions - Direct Instantiation- Incremental Binding.

Module 4Subprograms and Overloading: Subprograms- Subprogram Overloading- Operator Overloading- Signatures- Default Values for Parameters - Packages and Libraries: Package Declaration- Package Body-Design File- Design Libraries-Order of Analysis- Implicit Visibility- Explicit Visibility.

Module 5Advanced Features: Entity Statements- Generate Statements- Aliases- Qualified Expressions- Type Conversions- Guarded Signals- Attributes- Aggregate Targets- Shared Variables- Groups - Model Simulation: Simulation- Writing a Test Bench- Converting Real and Integer to Time- Dumping Results into a Text Fi1e- Reading Vectors from a Text File- A Test Bench Example- Initialising a Memory- Variable File Names- Hardware Modelling Examples: Modelling Entity interfaces- Modelling Simple Elements- - Different Styles of Modelling- Modelling Regular Structures- Modelling Delays- Modelling Conditional Operations- Modelling Synchronous Logic- State Machine Modelling- Interacting State Machines- Modelling a Moore FSM- Modelling a Mealy FSM- A Generic Priority Encoder- A Simplified Blackjack Program- A Clock Divider- A Generic Binary Multiplier- A Pulse Counter- A Barrel Shifter- Hierarchy in Design.

Text Book

VHDL Primer Third editions: J. Bhasker, Pearson Education Asia.

314

References

1. Introducing VHDL from simulation to synthesis: Sudhakar Yalamanchilli, Pearson Education Asia

MEDICAL ELECTRONICS (ELECTIVE - II)L 805-3 3+1+0

Module 1Bioelectric potentials Human cell – action potential – ECG waveform – relation with heart action- bio-potentials from brain- excitation and inhibition potentials- Electroencephalogram- muscle action- EMG- muscular servo mechanism. Bio-potential electrodes: Half cell potential- equivalent circuit between electrodes and skin – electrodes types- stimulating electrodes- biomedical transducers- classification- selection.

Module 2Biomedical amplifiers – op amps- differential amplifiers- OPA 111: FET input op amp- data sheet- high impedance 50 Hz reject filter with gain- instrumentation amplifier – INA 101- pH probe amplifiers- pH probe electrometer- Bridge amplifiers- input protection- isolation amplifiers- basic design- carrier type isolation amplifier- synchronous demodulator- opto isolators- optical coupling- Transformer coupled isolation amplifiers- ISO212- Fiber optic isolation amplifier- chopper stabilized amplifier- differential chopper amplifier- input guarding- shield driver.

Module 3ECG wave form- The standard lead system- Einthoven triangle- ECG preamplifier- Right leg drive circuit- shield drive- Typical ECG amplifier circuit- QRS complex detection- ECG digitization- improvement in resolution- ECG machine- mechanism- patient cables- ECG machine maintenance. Blood pressure measurements- Pressure transducers- Amplifiers- dc amplifiers- isolated dc amplifier- pulsed excitation amplifier- ac carrier amplifier- systolic, diastolic and mean detector circuit plethysmography- blood flow measurements- electromagnetic flow meter.

Module 4EEG- Instrumentation requirements- Neuron membrane potential- EEG electrodes- Frequency bands- multi-channel EEG recording systems- preamplifiers- circuits- EEG telemetry systems. ICU monitoring system- intensive care equipments- cardio tachometers- lead fault indicator- central monitoring consoles- telemetry system.

Module 5Medical Imaging: Computed tomography- basic principle - data accumulation- scanning motions – x ray tubes- collimators- detectors- image reconstruction- algorithms- display – resolution. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance- nuclear structure and angular momentum- magnetic dipole moment- alignment- Larmor frequency- RF magnetic field- Free Induction decay- Instrumentation- Imaging system.

315

References1. Introduction to Biomedical equipment technology: J J Carr, Pearson

Education.2. Biomedical Instrumentation: John G Webster, Mifflin Hougton Co.3. Medical Electronics: C Raja Rao, University Press.4. Biomedical Instrumentation: R S Khandpur, TMH

ADVANCED MICRO-CONTROLLERS (ELECTIVE - II)LA805-4 3+1+0

Module 1Low pin count controllers – Atmel AVR family – ATTiny15L controller - architecture – pin descriptions – features – addressing modes – I/O space – reset and interrupt handling – reset sources - Tunable internal oscillator.

Module 2Timers – Watch dog timer – EEPROM – preventing data corruption – Analog comparator – A/D converter – conversion timing – ADC noise reduction – PortB – alternate functions – memory programming – fuse bits – high voltage serial programming – algorithm.

Module 3National semiconductor COP8 family - COP8CBR9 processor – features – electrical characteristics – pin descriptions – memory organization –EEPROM - security – brownout reset – in system programming – boot ROM. Idle timer – Timer1, Timer2, Timer3 -operating modes – PWM mode – event capture mode

Module 4Power saving modes – Dual clock operation – Multi input wake up – USART – framing formats – baud rate generation – A/D conversion – operating modes – prescaler – Interrupts – interrupt vector table – Watch dog – service window – Micro-wire interface – waveforms.

Module 5Microchip PIC16 family – PIC16F873 processor – features – architecture – memory organization - register file map – I/O ports – PORTA - PORTB – PORTC – Data EEPROM and flash program memory – Asynchronous serial port – SPI mode – I2C mode.

References

1. Design with PIC micro-controllers: John B Peatman, Pearson Education.2. DS101374: National Semiconductor reference manual.3. National semiconductor web site – www.national.com4. 1187D: Atmel semiconductor reference manual.5. Atmel semiconductor web site – www.atmel.com6. DS30292B: Microchip reference manual.7. Microchip semiconductor web site – www.microchip.com

316

http://www.microchip.com/


http://www.national.com/

E-COMMERCE (ELECTIVE - II)LA805-5 3+1+0

Module1Introduction to Electronic Commerce - E-Commerce Framework- Anatomy of E-Commerce Applications - E-Commerce Consumer & Organization Applications- E- Commerce and World Wide Web - Internet Service Providers - Architectural Framework for Electronic Commerce - WWW as the Architecture- Hypertext publishing.

Module 2Network Security - Client-Server Network Security - CS Security Threats – Firewalls - Data & Message Security - Encrypted Documents - Security on the Web.

Module 3Electronic Payment Systems - Types of Electronic Payment Systems - Digital Token Based Electronic Payment System - Smart Cards - Credit Cards - Risk in Electronic Payment Systems - Designing Electronic Payment Systems.

Module 4Electronic Data Interchange - EDI Application in Business- EDI-Legal - Security and Privacy Issues - EDI standardization - EDI Envelope for Message Transport - Internet based EDI - Internal Information System- Work-flow Automation and Coordination- Supply Chain Management- Document Library- Types of Digital Documents- Corporate Data Warehouses.

Module 5Recent Trends in E-Commerce - Multimedia in E-Commerce- Video Conferencing with Digital Videos- Broad Band Telecommunication- Frame & Cell Relays- Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS)- Asynchronous Transfer Mode- Mobile Computing and Wireless Computing.

Text Book

Frontiers of Electronic Commerce: Ravi Kalakota & Andrew B Whinston, Pearson Education.

References

1. Global Electronic Commerce: J Christopher Westland & Theodore H K Clark.

2. E- Commerce The cutting edge of Business: Kamlesh K Bajaj & Debjani Nag.3. E-Commerce: Strategy Technologies and Applications, TMH.

317

ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING (ELECTIVE - III)LA806-1 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction to Multi-rate Digital Signal Processing – Sample rate reduction - decimation by integer factors- sampling rate increase – interpolation by integer facto - Design of practical sampling rate converters: Filter Specification- filter requirement for individual stages - Determining the number of stages and decimation factors - Sampling rate conversion using poly-phase filter structure – poly-phase implementation of interpolators.

Module 2Adaptive Signal Processing – Adaptive filters – Concepts- Adaptive filter as a Noise Canceller - Other configurations of the adaptive filter - Main components of the adaptive filter – Basic Wiener filter theory – The basic LMS adaptive algorithm – Practical limitations of the basic LMS algorithm - Recursive Least Square Algorithm – Limitations - Factorization Algorithm.

Module 3Introduction to two dimensional signal and systems - 2D – DFT Transforms - Properties and applications - Discrete Hilbert Transform and Discrete Cosine Transform – Properties and Applications - Short term Fourier Transform - Gabor Transform - Properties and Applications.

Module 4Wavelets – Wavelet Analysis – The Continuous Wavelet Transform - scaling - shifting - scale and frequency - The Discrete Wavelet Transform - One Stage filtering - Approximation and Details - Filter bank analysis – Multilevel Decomposition – Number of levels – Wavelet reconstruction – Reconstruction filter- Reconstructing Approximations and details- Multilevel Reconstruction - Wavelet packet synthesis- Typical Applications.

Module 5General and special purpose DSP Processors - Computer Architecture for signal processing – Havard Architecture - Pipelining - Hardware Multiply and Accumulate – Special Instructions - Replication - On-chip Memory Cache - Extended Parallelism - SIMD – VLIW and static super-scalar Processing - Brief study of TMS320C4X and ADSP 2106 processors.

References

1. Digital Signal Processing: Emmanuel C Ifeachor, Barrie W Jrevis, Pearson Education.

2. Theory and Applications of DSP: L.R Rabiner and B gold3. Electronic filter Desig Hand Book: A .B Williams and FT Taylor, McGraw Hill4. Wavelets and Subband Coding: Valterli & Kovaceric, PHI.5. Analog Devices & Texas Instruments Users Manuel of TMS320C4X and ADSP

2106x.

318

MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE - III)LA806-2 3+1+0

Module 1INTRODUCTION: Definition of multimedia, multimedia, hardware, software applications and software environments - Media Types - Analog and digital video, digital audio, music and animation - Analog & Digital video - Memory storage - Basic tools - Authoring tools.

Module 2BUILDING BLOCKS: Text - Hyper text - Sound - Sound cards - Standards - Image - Image types - Image compression, RLE, JPEG, MPEG - Fractal and Wavelet Compressions - Image file types - Animation - Capture and Playback techniques. (basic ideas only)

Module 3MULTIMEDIA ENVIRONMENTS: The Compact Disc family, CD-interactive, Digital Video Interactive, QuickTime, Multimedia PC and Microsoft Multimedia Extensions.

Module 4MULTIMEDIA PROGRAMMING: Framework: Overview, Media classes, Transform classes, Format classes and Component classes - Problems related to programming - Composition, Synchronisation, Interaction, Database integration.

Module 5ADVANCED MULTIMEDIA: Moving pictures - Techniques realistic image synthesis, Virtual Reality - Full motion digital video - Video capture techniques - multimedia networks - Desktop video conferencing - Future multimedia.

References

1. Multimedia Programming Objects, Environments & Framework - Simon J. Gibbs, Dionysios C. Tsischritziz (Addison-Wesley Publishing Co.)

2. Multimedia- Making it work - Tay Van Ghan – Osborne Tata Mcgraw Hill3. Authoring Interactive multimedia - Arch C Luther 4. Optimizing your Multimedia PC - L.J. Skibbe, Susan Lafe Meister - Comdex 5. Multimedia Bible - Winn L. Rosch, Sams6. Multimedia Producers Bible- Ron Goldberg, Comdex7. Multimedia Power Tools - Peter Jellam, Random house Electronic Pub.8. Multimedia Computing - Mathew E. Hodger & Russel M. Sasnett, Addison

wesley9. Integrated Multimedia Systems - Palikom, The communication Wall

Overview

319

SYSTEM SOFTWARE (ELECTIVE - III)LA806-3 3+1+0

Module1Introduction: Concept of system software, classification of system s/w. Assemblers: over view of assembly process, elementary ideas of macros & macro processors. Compilers: Overview of compilation process, Parsing- top down & bottom-up parsing, storage allocation. Interpreters: basic ideas only.

Module2Operating Systems: types of OS, batch processing, multiprogramming, timesharing, real time OS. OS services UNIX OS –shells, Bourne Shell, C shell- visual editor.

Module3Information Management: File system- directory structure, basic file system calls, file protection, allocation methods disk blocks and inodes in UNIX. Device management.

Module4Processor Management: CPU scheduling - scheduling algorithms, Multiprocessor scheduling, Process management in UNIX, concurrent process- critical section, semaphores, synchronization, concurrent languages.

Module5 Memory Management: swapping, partitions,, paging, segmentation, virtual memory concepts, page replacement, dynamic linking, caching of secondary storage, memory management in UNIX, Deadlocks: cause, detection, prevention, avoidance, recovery, combined approach to deadlock handling.

References

1. System programming and Operating Systems – D M Dhamdhere2. System Software – an introduction to system Programming – Leland L Beck,

3ed.3. Operating System – Peterson & Silberschatz, Addison Wesley4. Operating Systems – Dietal H M5. Design of UNIX Operating System – Maurice J Bach6. UNIX System Programming – Stevens.

320

EMBEDDED SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE - III)LA806-4 3+1+0

Module 1Overview of Embedded System: -Embedded System, Categories of Embedded System, Requirements of Embedded Systems, Challenges and Issues in Embedded Software Development, Applications of Embedded Systems in Consumer Electronics, Control System, Biomedical Systems, Handheld computers, Communication devices.

Module 2Embedded Hardware & Software Development Environment: - Hardware Architecture, Micro-Controller Architecture, Communication Interface Standards, Embedded System Development Process, Embedded Operating systems, Types of Embedded Operating systems.

Module 3Embedded Communication System: Serial Communication, PC-to-PC Communication, Serial Communication with the 8051 Family of Micro-controllers, Protocol Converter, Voice-over-IP, Embedded Applications over Mobile Network example MP3 Sound Player.

Module 4Real Time & Database Applications: - Real-Time Embedded Software Development, Sending a Message over a Serial Link, Simulation of a Process Control System, Controlling an Appliance from the RTLinux System, Embedded Database Applications using examples like Salary Survey, Energy Meter Readings.

Module 5Java Applications & Future Trends in Embedded Systems: Networked Java-Enabled Information Appliances, Embedded Process Control System, Mobile Java Applications, Appliance Control using Jini, System on a Chip (SOC), Smart Cards and the Cashless Society, Security in Embedded Systems.

Text Book

Programming for Embedded Systems- Dreamtech Software Team, Wiley Dreamtech

Reference

1. Fundamentals of Embedded Software where C and Assembly Meet – Daniel W Lewis.

321

DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING (ELECTIVE - III)LA806-5 3+1+0

Module 1Image representation and modeling - Characteristics of a digital image - Elements of digital image processing systems - Image digitizers & scanners - Elements of visual perception - Brightness & contrast - Image sampling & Quantisation - Two dimensional Sampling theorem - Reconstruction of image from its samples - Aliasing.

Module 2Image Transforms - Two dimensional orthogonal & unitary transforms - Properties of unitary transforms - Two dimensional DFT & its properties – Cosine – Hadamard – Haar – Sine - KL Transforms & their properties.

Module 3 Image Enhancement - Point processing - Histogram modeling & Equalization - Spatial Filtering - Filtering in the frequency domain - color Image processing.

Module 4Image Restoration - Degradation model - Inverse filtering - Wiener Filter - Interactive restoration - Image analysis & vision -basic principles only.

Module 5Image Coding & Compression- basic principles - run length coding - variable length coding - bit plane coding - loss-less predictive coding - lossy predictive coding - Transform coding - Image compression standards.

References

1. Digital image Processing: I.Gonzalez Rafel C, Pearson Education.2. Fundamentals of digital image processing: Jain Anil K, PHI.3. Digital Image Processing: Pratt William K, John Wiley.

SYSTEMS LABL807 0+0+3

1. Experiments based on Matlab.a. To test linearity, causality & stability of LTI system.b. To find DFT of a given sequence using DIT & DIF FFT algorithms.c. To find IFFT of a given sequence using DIT & DIF FFT algorithms.d. Program to design IIR filter using Bilinear transformation impulse

invariant methods.e. Control system simulation experiments.f. Programs to design filters using window techniques.

322

2. Digital signal processing based on DSP processors.3. Familiarization of PAL assembler.4. Realization of combinational and sequential circuits using PAL.5. Realization of simple digital circuits using VHDL.6. Familiarization of FPGA trainer kits.7. Realization of digital circuits using FPGA.

NoteAny other experiments may be added in accordance with the electives offered.

L 709 / 808 PROJECT DESIGN AND SEMINAR 0+0+2

Each student is required to present a technical paper on a subject approved by the dept. The paper should in general reflect the state of the art. He / she shall submit a report on the paper presented to the department. In addition to the seminar he / she shall undertake a project work (as a team or individually) in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the guide (s), panel of staff members, and submit a report of the project work done to the department.

VIVA – VOCEL809

A comprehensive Viva - voce examination will be conducted to assess the student's overall knowledge in the specified field of engineering. At the time of viva - voce, certified reports of seminar and project work are to be presented for evaluation.

323


SYLLABUS

COMPUTER SCIENCE

& ENGINEERING

BRANCH

324

THIRD SEMESTER

325

326

ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IIRT301 3+1+0

Module1Mathematical Logic - Statements, connectives - Well formed formulas – Tautologoies - Equivalance of formulas - Duality law Tautological implications - Normal forms - the theory of inference for the statement - Calculus - validity, Consistency, Theorem proving - the predicate calculus - Inference Theory of the predicate calculus.

Module 2Number Theory: Prime and Relatively prime numbers – Modular arithmetic – Fermat’s and Euler’s Theorems – Testing for Primability – Euclids Algorithm – Discrete LogarithmsRelations & Functions - Properties of binary relations - Equivalance relations and partitions - Functions and pigeon hole principle.

Module 3Algebraic systems - general properties - Lattices as a partially ordered set - some properties of lattices - lattices as algebraic systems - sub lattices - direct product - homomorphism - some special lattices.

Module 4Discrete Numeric Functions & generating Functions, Recurrence relations - Manipulations of Numeric functions - generating functions - Recurrence relations - Linear recurrence relations with constant coefficients - Homogeneous solutions - Particular solutions - Total solutions - solutions by the method of generating functions.

Module 5Graph Theory: Basic concept of graphs, subgraphs, connected graphs, Paths, Cycles, Multigraph and Weighted graph - Trees - spanning trees.

References

1. Elements of Discrete Mathematics - C.L.Lieu, McGraw Hill.2. Discrete mathematical structures with applications to Computer Science - J.P.

Trembly, R. Manohar, McGraw Hill. 3. Discrete Mathematics - Richard Johnsonbaugh, Pearson Education Asia4. Discrete Mathematical Structures - Bernard Kolman, Robert C. Bushy, Sharon

Cutler Ross, PHI5. A first look at Graph Theory - John Clark & Derek Allan Holton, Allied

Publishers6. Cryptography and network security principles and practice - William Stallings,

Pearson Education Asia

327

MICROPROCESSOR SYSTEMSR302 3+1+0

Module 1CPU, I/P unit, O/P unit, Memory, Bus organizations, ALU, Control Unit, Registers, Execution of an instruction, Main memory, Addressing, Memory Address Register - Memory Data Register – Memory systems - Architecture of 8085- Pin Diagram - Registers.

Module 2Instruction set of 8085 - Instruction Types – Arithmetic – Logic data transfer, Branch, Stack, I/O and Machine Control instructions - Addressing Modes - Direct and Indirect Addressing - Immediate Addressing - Implicit Addressing.

Module 3Subroutines - Stack Operations - Call Return sequence- Programming Examples.CPU of a microcomputer – timing and control unit – The fetch operation – Machine cycle and T- State instruction and data flow.

Module 4Interrupts of 8085 - Hardware & Software Interrupts – Enabling, Disabling and masking of interrupts – Polling – HALT & HOLD states – Programmable interrupt controller – 8259

Module 5Interfacing Memory and I/O devices - Address space partitioning - Memory mapped I/O - I/O mapped I/O - Memory interfacing - interfacing EPROM & RAM to 8085 – Data transfer schemes - Programmed data transfer - synchronous and asynchronous transfer - interrupt driven data transfer – DMA data transfer – DMA controller – 8257 – I/O channels.

References

1. Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and Applications with the 8085 - Gaonkar, New Age International

2. Microprocessors, interfacing and Applications - Renu Singh, B. P. Singh, New Age International

3. Microprocessors - B. Ram4. Introduction to Microprocessors Systems - Adithya P. Mathur, PHI5. Microprocessors Peripherals and Applications - Gilmore

328

SOLID STATE ELECTRONICSRT303 2+1+0

Module 1Transistor – Biasing - Stability - Thermal runaway. Transistor As an amplifier - RC coupled amplifier, Frequency Response, Gain Bandwidth relation - Cascading of transistors - cascade Darlington pair - emitter follower

Module 2FET, FET amplifier – MOSFET, depletion and enhancement type - source drain characteristics and transfer characteristics.

Module 3Oscillators - Concept of feed back - Transistorised phase shift oscillator - wien bridge Oscillator – Hartley Oscillator - Colpits Oscillator (Operation and Expression for frequency)

Module 4 Clipping, Clamping, Integration, Differentiation - Astable, Bistable and Monostable Multivibrators - Sweep generators, Simple Bootstrap sweep generators.

Module 5Power supplies & Special semi conductor devices - Regulator power supplies – IC regulated Power supplies, 7805, 7905, LM317 – LED, LCD, Photodiode, Photo transistor, opto coupler. Seven segment display, SCR, UJT (basic concepts only), DIAC, TRIAC.

References

1. Integrated Electronics - Millman and Halkias, McGraw Hill2. Pulse Digital and Switching wave forms - Millman and Taub, McGraw Hill3. Electronics Devices & Circuits - Boylsted & Neshelsky, Pearson Education

PROBLEM SOLVING AND COMPUTER PROGRAMMINGRT 304 3+1+0

Module 1Problem solving with digital Computer - Steps in Computer programming - Features of a good program - Modular Programming - Structured - Object Oriented - Top down and bottom up approaches - Algorithms - Flowchart - Pseudocode, examples

Module2 C fundamentals: Identifiers, keywords, data types, operators, expressions, data Input and Output statements, simple programming in C.

329

Module 3Control statements & Functions: If - else, for, while, do - while, switch, break & continue statements, nested loops. Functions - parameter passing - void functions Recursion – Macros.

Module 4Structured data types: Single dimensional arrays - multidimensional arrays, strings, structures & unions - Program for bubble sort.

Module 5Pointers & files - Declaration, passing pointers to a functions- Accessing array elements using pointers - Operations on pointers - Opening & Closing a file - Creating & Processing a file, Command line arguments.

Text Book

1. Programming with C - Byron S. Gottfried, Tata McGraw Hill

References

1. Computer Programming in C - Kerninghan & Ritchie, PHI2. Programming with ANSI and Turbo C - Ashok N. Kamthan, Pearson

Eduacation 3. Let us - Yeaswanth Khanetkar, BPB4. Programming in C - Stephen C. Kochan, CBS publishers5. Using C in Program Design - Ronald Leach, Prism Books Pvt. Ltd, Bangalore 6. Mastering Turbo C - Bootle, BPB Publications 7. Programming and Problem Solving with PASCAL - Micheal Schneider, Wiley

Eastern Ltd.8. Pointers in C - Yeaswanth Khanetkar, PBP9. C Programming - A Modern Approach - K.N. Iling W.W. Norton & Company

Newyork10. Structured and Object Oriented Problem Solving using C++ - Andrew C

Staugaard Jr., PHI

HUMANITIESRT305 2+1+0

PART A: PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT

Module 1 Scientific Management – Evolution of management theory – Contributions of Taylor, Gilbreth, Gantt, Emerson – Definition and functions of management – Authority, Responsibility, Delegation and Span of control – Types of structures of Organisation – Types of Business firms – Job evaluation and merit rating – Wages – Types of incentives.

Module 2 Procedure for ISO and ISI certification – Design, Development and implementation of re-engineering – Inspection – SQC control charts – quality assurance – TQM – Zero defects.

330

PART B: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS

Module 3The Indian financial system – Reserve bank of India – functions – commercial banking system – profitability of public sector banks – development financial institutions – IDBI, ICICI, SIDBI, IRBI – Investment institutions – UTI, Insurance companies– The stock market – functions – Recent trends.

Module 4 Indian Industries – Industrial pattern – structural transformation – industrial growth – inadequacies of the programme of industrialization – Large and small scale industries – industrial sickness and government policy – industrial labour – influence of trade unions.

Module 5 The tax framework – Direct and Indirect taxes – Impact and incidence – Progressive and regressive – functions of the tax system – Black money – magnitude and consequences – Public debt – Debt position of the central and state governments – Deficit financing – revenue deficit and fiscal deficit – Problems associated with deficit financing.

References

1. Management- Stoner, Freeman and Gilbert, PHI2. Engineering Management- Mazda, Pearson Education3. Indian Economy - Ruddar Datt, S Chand and Company Ltd.4. Indian Economy – Problems of Development and Planning - A. N. Agarwal,

Wishwa Prakashan.

LOGIC SYSTEM DESIGNR306 3+1+0

Module 1Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication & division of binary nos, BCD nos, excess-3 code, gray code, alphanumeric codes, error detection using parity bits - error correcting codes, haming code.

Module 2Postulates of boolean algebra - basic theorems - Logic functions - truth tables - canonical forms - SOP, POS - methods of minimization of logic functions - K maps & quine mcclaskey method - realization using logic gates - NAND NOR gates - universal gates - don’t care combinations - formation of switching function - from word statements.

Module3Sequential logic - flip flops - SR, JK, T & D flip flops - master slave JK flip flop, Counters - asynchronous, binary decade, and up/down counters - synchronous binary decade, and up/down counters.

331

Module4Adders - design - Half adder, Full adder, Half subtractor & Full subtractor - Carry look ahead adder, carry save adder, carry propagation adder.

Module 5Registers - serial in & parallel in shift registers - left & right shift registers - static shift registers - typical IC’s - counters using shift registers - ring counter, Johnson counter.

References

1. An introduction to digital computer design - Rajaraman & Radhakrishnan, PHI

2. Logic and Computer Design – M. Moris Mano, Charles R. Kime Pearson Education

3. Switching & finite automata theory - Zvi Kohavi, Tata McGraw Hill 4. Digital computer fundamentals - Thomas C. Bartee, Tata McGraw Hill.5. Digital Computer Design - Malvino, Tata McGraw Hill.6. Digital Design - Morris Mano, Pearson Education7. Digital Design Principles & Practice – John F. Wakerly, Pearson Education

SOLID STATE ELECTRONICS LABR307 0+0+4

1. Characteristics of Silicon, Germanium, Zener diodes.2. Characterisctics of CE, CB configurations of transistors; Characteristics of

FET.3. Clipping and clamping Circuits - RC differentiating and Integrating

Circuits.4. Half wave and full wave an Bridge rectifiers.5. Single stage RC coupled amplifiers - Frequency response6. Astable multivibrators using BJT.7. Sweep Generator (Simple sweep)8. Oscillators - Rc phase shift oscillator.

PROGRAMMING LABR308 0+0+4

1. Familiarisation with computer system microprocessor - peripherals - memory card etc.

2. Familiarisation of operating system - DOS Windows etc. (use of files, directories, internal commands, external commands, compilers, file manager, program manager, control panel etc.)

3. Familiarisation with word processing packages like wordstar and Msword4. Progrmming experiments in C to cover control structures - functions - arrays -

Structures - pointers and files.

332

5. Familiarisation of C++ and Visual tools.

Any experiment according to the syllabus of RT304 problem solving and Computer Programming can be included.

FOURTH SEMESTER

333



Module 2Partial Differential Equations - formation by eliminating arbitary constants and arbitary Functions - solution of Lagrange Linear Equations – Charpits Method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients – solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation.

Module 3 Fourier Transforms: - Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier Transforms – Fourier Sine & Cosine transforms - inverse transforms - transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parsevals Identity - simple problems.

Module 4 Probability and statistics: Binomial law of probability - The binomial distribution, its mean and variance - poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution - its mean and variance - fitting of binomial & poisson distributions - normal distribution - properties of normal curve - standard normal curve - simple problems in binomial, poisson and normal distributions.

Module 5 Population & Samples: Sampling distribution of mean ( known) –Sampling distribution of variance, F and Chi square test – Level of significance - Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – Test of significance for single proportion, difference proportion, single mean and difference of mean (proof of theorems not expected)

References1. Higher Engineering Mathematics - B.S. Grewal, Khanna Publishers2. Engineering Mathematics Vol. II -3rd year Part A & B - M.K. Venkataraman,

National Publishing Company3. Elements of Partial Differential Equations - Ian N.Sneddon.,McGrawhill

International Edn.4. Miller and Fread’s Probability and statistics for engineers – Richard A

Johnson, Pearson Education Asia / PHI

334

5. A text book of Engineering Mathematics (Volume II) – Bali and Iyengar, Laxmi Publications Ltd.

6. Advanced Engg. Mathematics - Erwin Kreyszig, Wiley Eastern Ltd.7. Probability and statistical inferences – Hogg and Tanis, Pearson Education

AsiaCOMPUTER ORGANIZATION

R 402 2+1+0

Module 1Introduction: Organization and Architecture – Review of basic operational concepts – CPU- single bus and two bus organization, Execution of a complete instruction – interconnection structures – layered view of a computer system.

Module 2CPU - Arithmetic: Signed addition and subtraction – serial and parallel adder – BCD adder – Carry look ahead adder, Multiplication – Array multiplier – Booth’s Algorithm, Division – Restoring and non-restoring division, floating point arithmetic - ALU Design.

Module 3Control Unit Organization: Processor Logic Design – Processor Organization – Control Logic Design – Control Organization – Hardwared control – Microprogram control – PLA control – Microprogram sequencer, Horizontal and vertical micro instructions – Nano instructions.

Module 4Memory: Memory hierarchy – RAM and ROM – Memory system considerations – Associative memory, Virtual memory – Cache memory – Memory interleaving.

Module 5Input – Output: Printers, Plotters, Displays, Keyboard, Mouse, OMR and OCR, Device interface – I/O processor – Standard I/O interfaces – RS 232 C, IEEE 488.2 (GPIB).

References

1. Computer Organization - Hamacher, Vranesic and Zaky, Mc Graw Hill2. Digital Logic and Computer Design - Morris Mano, PHI 3. Computer Organization and Architecture -William Stallings, Pearson

Education Asia.4. Computer Organization and Design - Pal Chaudhuri, PHI5. Computer Organization and Architecture -M Morris Mano, PHI6. Computer Architecture and Organization - John P Hayes, Mc Graw Hill

OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMINGR403 2+1+0

Module 1

335

Introduction to OOP - Evolution of object oriented languages - Need of Objects - Definition of Object-Oriented Language – Classes and Objects – Creating and Using Classes and objects – Member functions and variables – Constructors and Destructors.

Module 2Inheritance and Access Control - Member access control in classes – Friend functions and classes – Extending classes - Public Private and Protected Inheritance – Classification of Inheritance – Single – Multiple – Multilevel – Hierarchical – Hybrid.

Module 3Polymorphism – Runtime and compile time polymorphism – overloading functions and operators – selecting friend member function for operator overloading - Virtual methods – pure virtual methods – Abstract classes - Defining and using of virtual methods, pure virtual methods and abstract classes – applications of abstract classes.

Module 4Advanced Concepts- Virtual Destructors – Virtual Base Classes - Template classes – Creating and using templates – Namespaces

Module 5Dynamic Objects - Dynamic object allocation - Inline functions. Other Object oriented languages – Java – Object oriented features in Java – Comparison with C++

References

1. Object Oriented Programming in C ++ - Robert Lafore, Galgotia Pub.2. Object Oriented Programming in C++ - Nabajyoti Barkakati, PHI3. Structured and Object Oriented Problem Solving using C++ - Andrew C

Staugaard Jr., PHI4. Object oriented Programming with C++ - E. Balaguruswamy, TMH5. Java 2 Complete Reference - Herbert, Schildt, TMH6. The Java Programming Language 3rd Edition - Arnold, Gosling, Holmes,

Pearson Education Asia7. Object-oriented programming using C++ - Ira Pohl, Pearson Education Asia8. C++ How to program - Dietel & Dietel, Pearson Education Asia9. An Introduction to Object-oriented programming – Timothy Budd10. Problem Solving with C++ - Walter Savitch, Pearson Education Asia11. C++ Primer - Stanley B Lippman, Josee Zajoie, Pearson Education Asia

INTEGRATED CIRCUITSR404 3+1+0

Module 1

336

Logic Families - DTL - TTL - ECL - I2L & CMOS. Comparison of circuits. Tristate logic - Propagation delay - power dissipation - Noise margin window profile - comparison - Fan in - Fan out.

Module 2 Storage elements - Flip flops - Latches - Registers, Decoders, Multiplexers- Buffers - Memory systems - ROM types - RAM - BJT RAM cells - MOS RAMs, RAM organization - flash memories - PLA - PAL - PGA - FPGA - PLD - CPLD - CDROM - Magneto optic storage.

Module 3 D/A Converters - Binary weighted resistor type - Ladder type A/D converters – counting type - Successive approximation type - Parallel comparator type dual slope type.

Module 4 Opamps: Characteristics - Basic principles - definitions - parameters - Input, Offset, Voltage, Input bias current, CMRR, slew rate - Ideal Opamp - inverting and non inverting opamps.

Module 5Opamp Applications: Summing, Comparator, Differentiator - Integrator - Square wave generator - Triangular wave generator using opamps.

References

1. Digital Integrated Electronics - Taub & Shilling, McGraw Hill2. Pulse Digital & Switching Wave forms - Millman & Taub. , McGraw Hill3. Digital design with standard MSI & LSI by T.R. Blakesley & John Willey.4. Integrated Circuits - Botkar, Khanna Publishers

DATA STRUCTURES & PROGRAMMING METHODOLOGIESR 405 3+1+0

Module 1Principles of programming – System Life Cycle - Algorithm Specification-Recursive Algorithms- Documentation- Performance Analysis and Measurements- Time and Space complexity-Complexity calculation of simple algorithms.

Module 2Study of basic data structures – Arrays- Structures-Sparse matrix – Stacks – Queues- Circular queues- Priority queues - Dqueues. Evaluation of expressions – Polynomial representation using arrays.

Module 3Linked Lists - Linked stacks and queues - Doubly linked lists - Polynomial representation using linked lists, Strings – Data representation – Pattern matching.

337

Module 4 Trees - Binary Trees – Tree Traversal – Inorder - Preorder and Postorder, Graphs – Depth first and breadth first search.

Module 5Sorting methods: Selection sort, Bubble sort, Insertion sort, Merge sort, Quick sort, Heap sort, Radix sort, External sorting methods (basic idea only).

References

1. Fundamentals of Data Structures in C++: Horowitz, Sahni & Mehta, Galgottia Pub.

2. Classic Data Structures: Samanta, PHI3. Data Structures and program design in C: Robert Kruse, Pearson Education Asia4. Data Structures using C & C++: Langsam, Augenstein & Tanenbaum5. Fundamental Algorithms: Knuth.6. Algorithms + Data Structures = Programs: N.Wirth, PHI7. An introduction to Data Structures with applications: Trembley & Sorenson,

McGraw Hill8. Data structures in Java: Thomas Standish, Pearson Education Asia

ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS & PERIPHERALSR 406 3+1+0

Module1Study of Interfacing ICs - 8255, 8252, 8251, 8279 (functions and internal block diagram only)

Module 2Interfacing with 8085 - Interfacing keyboard – Hardware and Software approach – Interfacing seven segment displays - Interfacing D/A and A/D converters - Micro controllers (brief idea only)

Module 3 8086/88 Architecture, Block diagram – Addressing modes – memory addressing modes – Program memory addressing modes – stack memory addressing modes.

Module 4Instructions format of 8086 – data transfer- arithmetic –branch – loop- flag manipulation- shift & rotate – string- REP instruction – writing simple program in 8086 – Additional features of 80286 – protected mode memory addressing.

Module 5Additional features of 80386 – Paging mechanism – Interfacing coprocessors in 80386 – Additional features of Pentium Processors. Brief study of latest processors of Intel & AMD (Architecture not required) – Introduction to RISC processors

References

338

1. Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and Applications with the 8085 - Gaonkar, New Age International

2. The Intel Microprocessors 8086/8088, 80186/80188, 80286, 80386, 80486, Pentium and Pentium Pro processors. Architecture, Programming and Interfacing – Barry B Bray, Pearson Education Asia

3. The 80X86 family - John Uffenbeck, PHI4. Introduction to the Intel Family of Microprocessors - James L.Antonakos,

Pearson Education Asia5. Intel Microprocessors - A.K.Ray6. Microprocessors and Interfacing - Douglas V. Hall, TMH7. Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals - A. K. Ray and K. M.Bhurchandi,

TMH 8. The Intel 8086/88 Microprocessor Architecture, Programming Design and

Interfacing – Bhupendra Singh Chhabra, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company (P) Ltd

9. IBM PC and Clones - Govindarajalu, TMH

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LABR407 0+0+4

1. OP-amp Characteristics2. Inverting and Non-inverting amplifier using Op-amp - frequency response.3. Differentiating and Integrating Circuits - frequency response.4. Astable multivibrator using Op-amp.5. A/D Converter.6. D/A Converter.7. Transfer Characteristics and specifications of TTL and MOS gates.8. Study of flip flops9. Synchronous and Asynchronous Counters10. Astable and Monostable multivibrators using gates.11. Study of shift registers and their applications.12. Study of decoders and Multiplexers.

DATA STRUCTURES LABR408 0+0+4

Experiments based on the following:

1. Array and Linked list implementation of Stacks, Queues, Dqueues, Graphs, Binary Trees, Polynomials, Sparse matrix.

2. Infix, Postfix and Prefix conversions.3. Sorting and Searching methods.4. String representation and pattern matching

Any experiment according to the syllabus of R405 can be substituted.

339

FIFTH SEMESTER

340

ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IVRT 501 3+1+0

Module 1QUEUEING THEORY: General Concepts - Arrival pattern - service pattern - Queue disciplines - The Markovian model M/M/1/$, M/M/1/N - steady state solutions – Little’s formula.

Module 2 NUMERICAL METHODS: Introduction - solution of algebraic and transcendental equations - Bisection method - Method of false position - Newton’s method - Approximate solution of equations – Horner’s method solutions of linear simultaneous equations - Iterative methods of solution-Jacobi’s method - Gauss Seidal method.

Module 3 FINITE DIFFERENCES: Meaning of operators – Δ, , μ ,δ ,E - interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula - Langrange’s and Newton’s divided difference interpolation formula - numerical differenciation - first and second order derivatives using forward and backward formula - numerical integration - trapizoidal rule - Simpson’s 1/3 and 3/8 rules.

Module 4 LINEAR PROGRAMMING PROBLEM : graphical solution of LPP- general problem - solution of LPP using simplex method - Big M method – duality in LPP.

Module 5TRANSPORTATION AND ASSIGNMENT PROBLEM: Balanced transportation problem - initial basic feasible solution -Vogel’s approximation method - optimum solution by Modi method - Assignment problem - Hungerian techniques

References

1. Operations Research - P.K. Gupta & D.S. Hira, S.Chand & Co. Ltd2. Advanced Engg Mathematics - Ervin Kreyszig, Wiley Eastern Ltd.3. Higher Engg. Mathematics - Dr. B.S. Grewal, Khanna Publishers.4. Operations research - Richard Bronson, Schaum’s Outline Series5. Operations research - Panneer Selvam,PHI6. Numerical Methods in Science & Engg - M.K. Venkataraman, National

Publishing Co.

341

OPERATING SYSTEMSR502 3+1+0

Module 1 Introduction OS Concepts – Evolution of OS, OS Structures- Kernel, Shell, General Structure of MSDOS, Windows 2000, Linux.

Module 2 Process ManagementProcess & Threads – Process States - Process Control Block – Process Scheduling – Operations on Processes, Threads, CPU Scheduler – Preemptive and Non-Preemptive; Dispatcher, Scheduling Criteria, Scheduling Algorithms – Process Management in UNIX.

Module 3 Process Synchronization & Interprocess Communication Concurrent Processes, Co-operating Processes, Precedence Graph, Hierarchy of Processes, Critical Section Problem – Two process solution, Synchronization Hardware, Semaphores – Deadlock- detection, handling, prevention, avoidance, recovery, Starvation, Critical Regions, Monitors, Interprocess communication.

Module 4 Memory ManagementObjectives and functions, Simple Resident Monitor Program (No design), Overlays – Swapping; Schemes – Paging – Simple, Multi-level Paging; Internal and External Fragmentation; Virtual Memory Concept, Demand Paging - Page Interrupt Fault, Page Replacement Algorithms; Segmentation – Simple, Multi-level, Segmentation with Paging, Memory Management in UNIX.

Module 5 Information ManagementFiles and Directories – Directory Structure –Directory Implementation – Linear List - Hash Table. Device Management: Dedicated, Shared and Virtual Devices - Serial Access Devices, Direct Access Devices, Direct Access Storage Devices - Channels and Control Units – Disk Scheduling methods.

Text Book

1. Operating Systems Concepts – Silberschatz, Galvin, Wiley Publications

References

1. Operating Systems – William Stallings, Pearson Education Asia2. Operating Systems: Design & implementation - Andrew S. Tenenbaum, PHI3. Modern Operating Systems - Andrew S. Tenenbaum, Pearson Education

Asia / PHI4. Operating Systems - Nutt, Pearson Education Asia5. Operating Systems - Deitel & Deitel, Pearson Education Asia

342

DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSRT503 3+1+0

Module 1Basic Concepts - Purpose of database systems-Components of DBMS – DBMS Architecture and Data Independence- Data modeling - Entity Relationship Model,Relational – Network- Hierarchical and object oriented models-Data Modeling using the Entity Relationship Model.

Module 2Structure of relational databases – relational databases – relational algebra- tuple relational calculus. Data definition with SQL, insert, delete and update statements in SQL – views – data manipulation with SQL

Module 3

Introduction to Transaction Processing- Transaction and System Concepts- Desirable properties of Transactions- Schedules and Recoverability- Serializability of Schedules-Query processing and Optimization- Concurrency Control- -assertions – triggers.Oracle case study: The basic structure of the oracle system – database structure and its manipulation in oracle- storage organization in oracle - Programming in PL/SQL- Cursor in PL/SQL

Module 4Database Design– Design guidelines– Relational database design – Integrity Constraints – Domain Constraints- Referential integrity – Functional Dependency- Normalization using Functional Dependencies, Normal forms based on primary keys- general definitions of Second and Third Normal Forms. Boyce Codd Normal Form– Multivalued Dependencies and Forth Normal Form – Join Dependencies and Fifth Normal Form – Pitfalls in Relational Database Design.

Module 5Distributed databases: Distributed Database Concepts- Data Fragmentation, Replication and Allocation Techniques- Different Types- Query Processing – semijoin -Concurrency Control and Recovery.

Text Book

1. Fundamentals of Database System Elmasri and Navathe (3rd Edition), Pearson Education Asia

References

1. Database System Concepts - Henry F Korth, Abraham Silbershatz, Mc Graw Hill 2nd edition.

2. An Introduction to Database Systems - C.J.Date (7th Edition) Pearson Education Asia

3. Database Principles, Programming and Performance – Patrick O’Neil, Elizabeth O’Neil

4. An Introduction to Database Systems - Bibin C. Desai

343

FILE STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMSR504 2+1+0

Module1File Organization: - Operations on Files – Heap Files - Sequential Files – Indexed sequential files – Direct files – Secondary key retrieval.

Module 2

Index Structures for Files: - Single level Ordered Index-Multilevel Indexes-Indexes on multiple Keys. Searching - Sequential search, Binary search, Interpolation search.

Module 3Hashing: - Static Hashing-Hash Tables-Different Hash Functions-Mid Square-Division-Folding-Digit Analysis, Dynamic Hashing. Collision-Collision Resolution Techniques-Extendible Hashing.

Module 4Search trees: -AVL Trees, height balanced trees, weight balanced trees, Threaded Binary Trees, Multiway search Trees- B Trees-B+ Trees.

Module 5 Storage management: - Dynamic storage management- storage allocation & liberation – First fit, best fit – Buddy system- Garbage Collection & Compaction.

References

1. Fundamentals of Data Structures in C++: Horowitz, Sahni & Mehta, Galgotia publications

2. Fundamentals of Database Systems: Elmasri & Navathe, Pearson Education Asia

3. File Structures an Object-Oriented Approach with C++: Folk, Zoellick, Riccardi, Pearson Education Asia.

4. Data Structures using C & C++: Langsam,Augenstein & Tanenbaum, Pearson Education Asia

5. Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++: Sahni Galgotia publications

6. Data structures & Program design in C: Robert Kruse Pearson Education Asia

LANGUAGE PROCESSORSRT 505 3+1+0

Module 1 Assembler Overview of the assembly process - Design of two pass assembler- Single pass assembler- Macros – Macro definition and usage- schematics for Macro expansion – Design of a Macro pre-processor - Macro Assembler.

Module 2 Introduction to Compilers

344

Compilers and Translators – Structure of a compiler – lexical analysis – syntax analysis – context free grammars – basic parsing techniques- top down and bottom up parsing (brief idea only)- Recursive Decent parser – Shift reduce parser.

Module 3 Storage allocation Data descriptors- Static and Dynamic storage allocation – Storage allocation and access in block structured programming languages – Array allocation and access- Compilation of expressions – Handling operator priorities – Intermediate code forms for expressions –code generator.

Module 4 Compilation of Control Structures Control transfer- Conditional and Iterative constructs- Procedure calls – Code optimization – Optimization transformations – Local optimization and global optimization – Compiler writing tools – Incremental Compilers

Module 5 Loaders and Linkers Loading – Program relocatability – linking – various loading schemes – linkage editing – Design of linkage editor – dynamic loading – overlays – dynamic linking.

Text Book

1. System Programming and Operating Systems - Dhamdhere Mc Graw Hill2. Principles of Compiler Design - Aho A.V., Ullman Narosa Publications.

References

1. Systems programming - Donovan, Mc. Graw Hill.2. System Software - An Introduction to Systems Programming- Leland L. Beck,

Addison Wesley.3. Compilers Principles Techniques And Tools Aho, Sethi, Ullman, Pearson

Education Asia

DATA COMMUNICATIONRT 506 2+1+0

Module 1Communication concepts – Analog modulation – Various schemes – AM, PM, FM –Sampling theorem - Analog pulse modulation – PAM, PWM, PPM – Generation of various modulated waves (Block diagram only) –Digital Pulse modulation (PCM).

Module 2Multiplexing - Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM) – Time Division Multiplexing (TDM), Synchronous Time Division Multiplexing –Statistical time Division multiplexing – Key Techniques - ASK, FSK, PSK, DPSK - Channel capacity - Shannon`s Theorem.

345

Module 3Digital data transmission – Serial, Parallel, Synchronous, Asynchronous and Isochronous transmission. Transmission mode- Simplex - Half duplex – Full duplex, Noise- different types of noise – Basic Principles of Switching (circuit, packet, message switching)

Module 4 Error detection and Correcting codes: Hamming code – Block codes and convolution codes – ARQ techniques – Transmission codes – Baudot – EBCDIC and ASCII codes – Barcodes.

Module 5Terminal handling – Point to point, Multidrop lines. Components of computer communication – Concentrators - Front end Processor – Transmission media – Guided media – Twisted pair cable, coaxial cable, fibre optic cable. GSM service and GSM system architecture.

References

1. Electronic communication system - Kennedy, Mc Graw Hill. 2. Principles of Communication System - Taub & Schilling Mc Graw Hill.3. Introduction to Data Communications & Networking - Behurouz & Forozan

Mc Graw Hill.4. Data Communication, Computer Networks & Open Systems - Fred Halsall

Pearson Education Asia5. Principles & Application of GSM. - Vijay K. Garg Pearson Education Asia6. Modern Digital & Analog Communication Systems – B.P Lathi Prism Books

Pvt. Ltd.7. Computer Networks - A.S. Tanenbaum, PHI8. Data and Computer Communication - William Stallings, Pearson

Education Asia9. Communication Engineering - A. Kumar, Umesh Publications

MICROPROCESSOR LABR507 0+0+4

1. Familiarization of training kits.2. Simple programs for Arithmetic and Data Transfer.3. Study of MASM Programming.4. Programming Peripheral Controllers.5. Interfacing the Trainer Kit.6. Any experiment according to the syllabus R302 can be substituted

346

DATABASE LABR508 0+0+4 Experiments for performing the following:

1. Creation, insertion, updation, deletion of tables, indexes, views 2. Simple queries, nested queries, use of arithmetic and string functions.3. Simple PL/SQL programs, use of exceptions, savepoints, cursor, procedure,

function, trigger, sequence generator.4. Importing and Exporting data.5. Database Administration6. ODBC/JDBC Interface.7. Implementation of File Structures

Any experiment according to the syllabus of RT503 can be substituted.

347

SIXTH SEMESTER

348

PC & PC BASED SYSTEMSR601 3+1+0

Module 1 Introduction to PCHardware components – study of motherboards ––Different types of ports, slots and connectors-Add-on cards-Power supply– SMPS- function & operations.

Module 2 Storage DevicesFloppy – Floppy Disk Controller - Disk Physical specification & operations – Disk magnetic properties – Cylinders – Clusters – Hard disks – Hard disk drive operation – Magnetic data storage - Sectors – Disk formatting – partitioning - Hard disk features – Hard disk data transfer modes –Programmed I/O – Direct memory access – Ultra DMA – Data addressing – Standard CHS addressing – Extended CHS addressing – Logical Block Addressing.

Module 3 Optical Storage CD ROM, CD Technology, Sector layout, CD-R, CD-RW, CDROM, drive specifications- data transfer rate – Access time – Constant linear velocity – constant angular velocity - Buffers – Interface – Magneto optical drives – WORM devices –DVD- RAID – Holographic storage.

Module 4 Memory Management in PCParity – ECC – Static & Dynamic RAM – Memory Addressing – Segmented addressing - 64 KB Limits – 640 KB barrier – Logical, segmented, virtual, linear and physical memory addresses – Extended and Expanded memory – Cache memory – Video memory – HMA - Flat memory model – Advanced memory technologies.

Module 5 Bus StructuresISA, PCI, PCMCIA, AGP, USB, Hard Disk Interfaces – IDE, EIDE, ATA – Communication ports – Serial – Parallel port – Keyboard / Mouse Interface connectors.

References

1. PC Hardware Complete Reference - Craig Zacker & John Rourke, Tata McGraw Hill

2. Inside the PC (8th Edition) - Peter Norton,BPB3. The Indispensable PC Hardware Book - Messmer, Pearson Education4. Troubleshooting and Repairing Your PC - Corey Candler, Wiley5. Upgrading and repairing PC’s (4th edition) - Scott Mueller, Pearson Education6. IBM PC Assembly Language Programming - Abel, PHI7. PC Upgrading Maintenance & Trouble shooting guide - Dr. S. K. Chauhan,

Kataria

349

SOFTWARE ENGINEERINGRT 602 2+1+0

Module 1 Introduction to Software engineering Introduction – Software and software Engg.- Phases in software development-Software development process models-Role of Management in software development –Role of Matrics and measurement –Software requirement specification(SRS) - Problem Analysis - validation .

Module 2 Project Planning Cost Estimation – Uncertainties – models – COCOMO model – Project scheduling – average duration estimation – Project scheduling and milestones – staffing and personal plan – Rayleigh curve – personnel plan – team structure – software configuration – management plans – quality assurance plans – verification and validation – inspections and reviews - project monitoring plans - time sheets – reviews – cost schedule – milestone graph – risk management.

Module 3 System Design Design Principles – Problem partitioning and hierarchy – abstraction – modularity – top down and bottom_up – strategies – module level concepts - coupling - cohesion – structured design methodology - verification - matrics.

Module 4 CodingTop-down and Bottom-up - Structured Programming - Information Hiding - Programming style - Internal Documentation – Verification - Code Reading - Static Analysis - Symbolic execution - Proving Correctness - Code inspections – Unit testing.

Module 5 Testing Testing fundamentals - Functional and Structured Testing - Testing Process - Comparison of Verification and Validation Techniques - Reliability assessment - Programmer Productivity - Error removal efficiency.

Text Book

1. An integrated approach to Software Engineering - Pankaj Jalote, Narosa Publication

References

1. Software Engineering - Roger S. Pressman, Tata McGraw Hill2. Software Engineering - Ian Sommervilla, Pearson Education3. Software Engineering Theory and Practice - Shari Lawrence, Pearson

Education Asia4. Fundamentals of Software Engineering –Rajib Mall, PHI5. Fundamentals of Software Engineering – Carlo Ghezzi, Mehdi Jazayeri, PHI

350

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND QUALITY ASSURANCER603 2+1+0

Module 1 PROJECT PLANNINGOverview – Capital expenditure - Phases of capital budgeting – Project development cycle – 7-s of project management – Requirements of a project manager – Forms of project organization.

Module 2 PROJECT ANALYSIS Market Analysis – Technical Analysis - Financial Analysis – Risk Analysis – Social cost Benefit Analysis.

Module 3 CONTROL OF PROJECTControl Systems – Control of major constraints – Project management software & information systems.REVIEW: Performance of Evaluation – Abaudonment Analysis – Behavioral issues in Project Management

Module 4 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENTQuality systems – ISO 9000 series – ISI – Benchmarking – Quality Function development (QFD) – Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) – ISO 14000.

Module 5 CONCEPTS IN SAMPLINGSampling designs and schemes – Errors in sampling – Simple random sample – stratified random sample – Cluster sample.Sample size destination – Estimating population mean – Estimating population proportion.

References

1. Projects preparation, Apprisal, Budgeting & Implementation – Prasanna Chandra – Tata McGraw Hill

2. Projects – Planning, Analysis, Selection, Implementation & Review - Prasanna Chandra – Tata McGraw Hill

3. Project Management - Harvey Maylor - Pearson Education4. Total Quality Management – Dale H. Besterfield – Pearson Education5. Quality control and Improvement – Amitava Mitra – Pearson Education6. Quality assurance and TQM – Jain & Chitale – Khanna Publishers

COMPUTER NETWORKSRT 604 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction: ISO-OSI Reference Model – TCP/IP Reference Model – Comparison Network hardware-Repeaters, Routers, Bridges, Gateways, Hub, Cable Modem.

351

Physical Layer: Transmission Media– ISDN system Architecture – Communication Satellites – geostationary satellites - Medium Earth Orbit Satellites- Low earth orbit satellites– Satellite v/s Fiber

Module 2Data Link Layer: Design issues-Error Detection and correction – Elementary Data link protocols- Sliding window protocols. .LAN Protocols: Static & Dynamic channel allocation in LAN’s and WAN’s, Multiple access protocols – ALOHA – Pure ALOHA – Slotted ALOHA – Carrier Sense Multiple Access protocols – persistent and non-persistent CSMA – CSMA with collision detection – IEEE 802.3 standards for LAN

Module 3Network layer: Virtual Circuits, Datagrams, Routing Algorithm – Optimality principle - Flooding - Flow Based Routing - Link state routing – Distance vector routing – Multicasting – Link state multicasting – Distance vector multicasting - Congestion Control Algorithms – General principles – Packet discarding – Choke packets - Congestion prevention policies – Traffic shaping – Leaky bucket algorithm – Flow specifications – jitter control

Module 4Transport Layer: - Transport Service - Elements of transport protocols – Internet Transfer Protocols UDP and TCP – ATM – Principle characteristics.

Module 5Application Layer: Domain name system – DNS name space – Resource records – Name servers – operation of DNS - Electronic Mail – MIME Mobile networks: Mobile telephone systems, Bluetooth - Components – Error correction – Network topology – Piconet and scatternet – L2CAP layers – Communication in Bluetooth networks

References

1. Computer Networks (Fourth Edition): Andrew S.Tanenbaum, Pearson Education Asia/ PHI

2. An Introduction to computer networking: Kenneth C. Mansfield Jr., James L. Antonakos, Prentice-Hall India

3. Communication Network: Leon, Garcia, Widjaja Tata McGraw Hill.4. Computer Networks (Second Edition): Larry L Peterson & Bruce S Davie,

(Harcourt India)5. Computer Networking: James F Kurose & Keith W Ross, Pearson Education6. Introduction to Data Communications and Networking: Behrouz, Forouzan,

McGraw Hill

352

NETWORK COMPUTINGRT 605 3+1+0

Module 1HTML Documents Basic Tags for Font & Paragraph Formatting Lists, Tables, Frames, image Maps Cascading Style Sheets Style Element, Inline style sheets, Embedded style sheets, External Style sheets, CLASS Attribute, Absolute and relative positioning of elements, DIV & SPAN Tags.

Module 2 Dynamic HTML Pages Client side scripting - Java Script – variables, Arithmetic operations – message boxes, Arrays, control statements, functions, event handling, document object model.Dynamic updating of pages with JAVA Script.Embedding ActiveX controls - using the structured graphics – ActiveX Control.

Module 3 Java programming – Features of Java, Creating & using classes in Java – Static classes – Inheritance – Final methods, variables and classes – Interfaces - Nested classes – Inner classes – Anonymous Inner classes – Exception handling – Creating & using exceptions, Multithreaded programs and thread synchronization, creating and using packages. Creating GUI with AWT and Swing – -JDK1.1 event model

Module 4Network Programming with Java - Features of Java – Applets & Application – Life cycle of applets - Security features for applets - Inter applet communication – Threads & Thread synchronization – TCP/IP Programming with Java – Iterative & Concurrent servers. Datagrams, IP multicasting, RMI (Structure and Working of a simple RMI Program only)

Module 5HTTP Protocol working – HTTP methods, GET, PUT, DELETE, POST, HEADServer side scripting – HTML Forms & CGI – GET & POST, Basic working of a CGI supported web server – Simple CGI program in C to validate user name & Password. Email: Working of SMTP and POP protocols (Overview only).

References

Module 1,2,51. Internet and World Wide Web How to program - Deitel,Deitel & Nieto,

Pearson Education Asia2. HTML, DHTML, Java Script, Perl, CGI - Evan Bayross, BPB

Module 3,4,53. Java 2 Complete reference - Herbert, Schildt, Tata McGraw Hill4. Java 2, AWT, Swing, XML and JavaBeans Programming Black Book –

Steven Holzner, Wiley Dreamtech

353

5. The Java Programming Language 3rd Edition - Arnold, Gosling, Holmes, Pearson Education Asia

6. Using Java 2 Platform - Joseph Weber, PHI7. Computer Networks - Tenanbaum, PHI/ Pearson Education Asia

Additional References

8. Unix Network Programming - Stevens W Richard, PHI9. TCP/IP Protocol suite, 2/e -Behrouz A. Forouzan, TMH

ALGORITHM ANALYSIS AND DESIGNR606 3+1+0

Module 1 Introduction and ComplexityWhat is an algorithm – Properties of an Algorithm, Difference between Algorithm, Computational Procedure and Program, Study of Algorithms; Pseudo-code Conventions; Recursive Algorithms –Space and Time Complexity –Asymptotic Notations – ‘Oh’, ‘Omega’, ‘Theta’, Common Complexity Functions; Recurrence Relations and Recurrence Trees for Complexity Calculations; Profiling. –Deterministic and non - deterministic algorithms.

Module 2 Divide and ConquerControl Abstraction, Finding Maximum and Minimum, Binary Search, Divide and Conquer Matrix Multiplication, Stressen’s Matrix Multiplication, Merge Sort, Quick Sort.

Module 3 Greedy Strategy Control Abstraction, General Knapsack Problem, Optimal Storage on Tapes, Minimum Cost Spanning Trees – Prim’s Algorithm, Kruskal’s Algorithm – Job sequencing with deadlines.

Module 4 Dynamic Programming Principle of Optimality, Multi-stage Graph, All-Pairs Shortest Paths, Travelling Salesman Problem.Lower Bound Theory - Comparison Trees for Searching and Sorting, Oracles and Adversary Arguments – Merging, Insertion & Selection Sort; Selection of ‘k’th Smallest Element.

Module 5 BacktrackingControl Abstraction - Bounding Functions, Control Abstraction, N-Queens Problem, Sum of Subsets, Knapsack problem.Branch and Bound Techniques – FIFO, LIFO, and LC Control Abstractions, 15-puzzle, Travelling Salesman Problem.

Text Book

1. Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms - Horowitz and Sahni, Galgotia

354

References

1. Computer Algorithms – Introduction to Design and Analysis - Sara Baase & Allen Van Gelder, Pearson Education

2. Data Structures algorithms and applications - Sahni, Tata McGrHill 3. Foundations of Algorithms - Richard Neapolitan, Kumarss N., DC Hearth &

Company4. Introduction to algorithm- Thomas Coremen, Charles, Ronald Rivest -PHI

SYSTEM SOFTWARE LABR607 0+0+4

1. Symbol table construction2. Single pass and two pass assembler.3. Macro processor module binder (with limited Instruction set)4. Lexical analyzer.5. Bottom Up and Top Down Parser.6. Code generation.7. Generation of code for linkers & loaders. Working of device drivers, process

scheduling methods.

Any experiment according to the syllabus of RT505 can be substituted.

MINI PROJECTR608 0+0+4

The aim of the mini project is to prepare the students for the final year project. The topic for the mini project should be simple as compared to the main project, but should cover all the aspects of a complete project.

355

SEVENTH SEMESTER

356

OBJECT ORIENTED MODELING AND DESIGNRT 701 2+1+0

Module 1Introduction: object oriented development-modeling concepts – object oriented methodology – models – object oriented themes-Object Modeling– links and associations – advanced links and association concepts – generalization and inheritance - grouping constructs – a sample object modelAdvanced Object Modeling: aggregation – abstract classes – generalization as extension and restriction – multiple inheritance – metadata – candidate keys – constraints.

Module 2Dynamic modeling: Events and states – Operations – Nested state diagrams – Concurrency – Advanced dynamic modeling concepts – A sample dynamic model – Relationship of Object and Dynamic models.Functional modeling: Functional models – Data Flow Diagrams - Specifying operations – Constraints – A sample functional model – Relation of functional to Object and Dynamic models.

Module 3Analysis: Analysis in object modeling, dynamic modeling and functional modeling, Adding operations- Iterating the analysisSystem Design: Breaking system into subsystems - Identifying concurrency-allocating subsystems to processors and tasks, managing of data stores. Handling of global resources- handling boundary conditions-Common Architectural Frameworks

Module 4Object Design: Overview of Object design – Combining the three models – Designing algorithms – Design optimization – Implementation of control – Adjustment of inheritance - Design of association – Object representation – Physical packaging – Documenting design decisions-Comparison of methodologies

Module 5Other Models: Booch’s Methodology- Notations, models, concepts. Jacobson Methodology- architecture, actors and use-cases, requirement model, Analysis Model, Design model, Implementation model and Test Model-Unified Modeling Language (UML).

Text Book

1. Object Oriented Modeling and Design -JamesRumbaugh, Prentice Hall India2. Object Oriented Analysis and Design with Applications - Grady Booch,


357

References

1. Object Oriented Software Engineering - Ivan Jacobson, Pearson Education Asia

2. Object Oriented Software Engineering - Berno Bruegge, Allen H. Dutoit, Pearson Education Asia

3. Object Oriented Analysis and Design using UML - H. Srimathi, H. Sriram, A. Krishnamoorthy

4. Succeeding with the Booch OMT Methods -A practical approach - Lockheed Martin, Addison Wesley

5. UML and C++ practical guide to Object Oriented development - Richard C.Lee & William, Prentice Hall India

COMPUTER GRAPHICSRT 702 3+1+0

Module1Introduction to Computer Graphics: Basic concepts in Computer Graphics – Applications of Computer Graphics, Interactive Graphics system – Raster scan and Random scan systems – Generating a raster image, Application of raster scan graphics. Video Display Devices, Display processors – Display files – graphical input & output devices.

Module 22D Graphics: Line drawing algorithms – DDA, Bresenham’s – Bresenham’s Circle drawing algorithm - 2D Transformations, Clipping – Line clipping – Polygon Clipping, Windowing.

Module 33D Graphics: 3D display methods, 3D Object Representation – Polygon Surfaces – Quadratic surfaces – Spline Representations – Bezier Curves and Surfaces – B-Spline Curves and Surfaces, 3D Transformations.

Module 43D Rendering: Three-Dimensional Viewing - Projections, Clipping, Visible Surface Detection – Classification of Visible surface detection algorithms – Back-face Detection, Depth- Buffer Method, Scan-line Method. Surface Rendering Methods-Basic illumination Models – Polygon–rendering Methods, Gouraud Shading, Ray-Tracing Methods.

Module 5Advanced Technologies: Fractals – Classification of Fractals – Self-Squaring Fractals, Animation- Raster Animation, Morphing.

Text Book

1. Computer Graphics (C version) - Donald Hearn & Pauline Baker (Pearson Education Asia)

358

References

1. Computer Graphics - Donald Hearn & Pauline Baker (Prentice Hall of India)2. Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics – William .N. Newman,

Robert .F. Sproull (second edition), McGraw Hill edition3. Computer Graphics Principles & Practice -Foley, VanDam, Feiner, Hughes

(second edition in C), Addison Wesley4. Fundamentals of Computer graphics & multimedia- D. P. Mukherjee, Prentice

Hall of India5. Java 2 complete reference - Herbert, Schildt, Tata McGraw Hill6. Computer Graphics - Roy A Plastack & Gordon Kally (Schanmi Series

McGraw Hill edition)

THEORY OF COMPUTATION R703 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction to the theory of computation – Set theory – Definition of sets – Properties – Countability – Uncountability – Equinumerous sets – Functions – Primitive recursive and partial recursive functions – Computable and non computable functions – Diagonalization principle – Formal representation of languages – Chomsky Classification.

Module 2Introduction to Automata theory – Definition of Automation – Finite Automata – Formal definition – Language acceptability by Finite Automata – Transition Diagrams and Transition systems - Deterministic and Nondeterministic finite automation – Finite Automation with -Transitions – Eliminating -Transitions - Conversion of NFA to DFA – Regular operations – Regular Expressions – Pumping lemma for regular languages – Applications of finite state automata – Lexical analysers – Text search.

Module 3 Pushdown Automata – Formal definition – Language acceptability by PDA – Deterministic and nondeterministic PDA – Context free grammar - Applications of PDA – Parsing.

Module 4 Turing Machines – Formal definition – Language acceptability – Universal Turing Machines – Halting Problem of Turing Machines – Church’s Thesis - Godelization.

Module 5 Algorithmic complexity – Tractable and intractable problems – Complexity classes – Class P – Class NP – NP Complete and NP Hard problems.

References

359

1. Introduction to the Theory of Computation- Michael Sipser, Brooks/Cole (Thomson Learning)

2. Theory of Computer Science – K.L.P. Mishra, N. Chandrashekharan, Prentice Hall of India

3. Elements of the theory of computation -Harry R Lewis, Christos H Papadimitriou Prentice Hall of India / Pearson Education Asia

4. The Theory of Computation - Bernard M Morct (Pearson Edn)5. Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages & Computation John Hopcroft,

Rajeev Motwani & Jeffry Ullman (Pearson Edn)

ADVANCED SOFTWARE ENVIORNMENTSR704 2+1+0

Module 1Windows Programming – Components of Windows API- Distinction with ordinary programs – Event Driven Programming – WinMain Function – Creating Windows – Message loop – Window procedures - Menus & Buttons – Drawing on Windows.

Module 2 MFC Features & Advantages – MFC Classes – Life cycle of an MFC application – The CWinApp Classes – Creating windows – Message maps and event handling – Menus & Buttons - Drawing on MFC windows – Handling mouse & Keyboard events.

Module 3 CORBA – Introduction – Features – Fundamental concepts in Distributed objects – CORBA IDL – stub & Skeleton - implementing a simple CORBA server and CORBA client with C++.

Module 4CORBA object reference – Managing references at server – CORBA factories – CORBA object creation in C++ & JAVA – CORBA Exceptions – Destroying CORBA objects - comparison of CORBA & DCOM Architectures.

Module 5X-Windows – Clients & Servers - Basic Architecture of X-Windows systems – Layers in XWindows Architecture – XWindows Programming – Simple Hello World Application in X. Command line options and resources – connecting to X-Display – creating windows and graphics context – Handling events – creating child windows.

References

Module1, 21. Visual C++ Programming - Yashwanth Kanetkar (BPB)2. Programming Windows Fifth Edition – Charles Petzold Microsoft Press3. Visual C++ Programming Bible – Leinecker & Archer IDG Books4. Visual C++ Handbook - Osborne, TMH

360

Module 3, 4 5. COM & CORBA side by side – Janson Pritchard, Pearson Education Asia

Module 5

6. X-Windows system programming – Nabajyoti Barkakati (2nd Edition), Prentice Hall of India

WEB TECHNOLOGIES RT 705 2+1+0

Module 1Introduction to SGML – features - XML, XML as a subset of SGML – XML Vs HTML – Views of an XML document – simple XML documents – Starting & Ending of Tags – Attributes of Tags – Entity References – Comments - CDATA section

Module 2Document Type declarations – Creating XML DTDs – Element type declaration – Attribute List Declaration – Attribute types – Attribute defaults – Displaying XML Data in HTML browser as HTML tables – Storing XML data in HTML document – Converting XML to HTML with XSL minimalist XSL style sheets – XML applications

Module 3Java Beans: Features – Designing Java Beans – Creating and using properties – Induced - bound and constrained properties - using and creating events – Introspection – creating & using Beanlnfo clauses – customization – providing custom property editors and GUI interfaces.

Module 4JSPs - Creating simple JSP Pages – templating – Request time expression – Request & Response objects – Reading parameter values – Using Javabeans in JSPs - Reading & setting Properties of JavaBeans – Connecting forms & bean properties – Serialized beans – declaring variables & methods in pages – scriptlets – conditionals, loops & execution handling in JSPs with scriptlets – Accessing beans via scriptlets.

Module 5EJB – Basics of EJB – Types of Beans – Development of Session Beans – Steps – Creating & Implementing Interfaces – Writing Deployment descriptors – Packaging and deploying bean - using the bean from a client – Development of stateful session bean. Entity beans – Features (Basics of developing and using entity beans)

References

Module1, 2

361

1. XML by Example: Building Ecommerce applications - Sean McGrath,Pearson Education Asia

Module3 2. Using JAVA 2 Platform Special Edition Java 2, AWT, Swing, XML and

Java Beans - Joseph L. Weber, Prentice Hall of India3. Programming Black Book - Steven Holzner, Wiley Dreamtech

Module44. Java Server pages - Larne Pekowsky – Pearson Education Asia5. JSP: Java server pages - Barry Burd, IDG Books India

Module 56. Mastering Enterprise Java Beans and the Java 2 Platforms, Enterprise

Edition – EdRoman (WILEY computer publishing)7. EJB Design Patterns - Floyd Marinescu

Additional Reference

8. Internet & Web Technologies - Raj Kamal, TMH

ELECTIVE - IR706 3+1+0

List of electives1. Optimization Techniques2. Operating System Kernal Design 3. Principles of Real Time Systems4. Windows Programming5. Mobile Computing6. Software Architecture7. Lan Technology

Note

New Electives may be added according to the needs of emerging fields in technology. The name of the elective and its syllabus should be submitted to the university before the course is offered.


Module1: Classical optimization techniques Single variable optimization – Multivariable optimization with no constraints – Hessian matrix – Multivariable saddle point – Optimization with equality constraints – Lagrange multiplier method- Multivariable optimization with inequality constrains – Kuhn-Tucker conditions.

Module 2: One-dimensional unconstrained minimization

362

Elimination metods – unrestricted search method – Fibonacci method – Interpolation methods – Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation metods.

Module 3 Unsonstrained minimizationGradient of function – Steepest descent method – Newton’s method – Powells

method – Hooke and Jeeve’s method.Module 4 Interger – Linear programming problem

Gomory’s cutting plane method – Gomery’s method for all integer programming problems, mixed integer programming problems

Module 5 Network TechniqueShortest path model - Dijkstra’s Algorithm Floyd’s Algorithm – minimum spanning tree problem – PRIM algorithm – Maximal Flow Problem algorithm

References

1. Optimization theory and application - S.S. Rao, New Age International P. Ltd.2. Optimization Concepts and applications in Engineering - A. D. Belegundu, T.R.

Chandrupatla, Pearson Education Asia. 3. Principles of Operations Research for Management - F. S. Budnick, D.

McLeavey, R. Mojena, Richard D. Irwin, INC.4. Operation Research an introduction - H. A. Taha, Eastern Economy Edition.5. Operation Research – R. Pannerselvam, PHI

OPERATING SYSTEM KERNEL DESIGN (ELECTIVE - I)R706-2 3+1+0

Module 1

Operating system – Basic Structure - Kernel – monolithic and microkernel architectures – Overview of UNIX kernels – Process kernel Model - reentrant kernels -Signals –Interrupts – Timer interrupts - System calls – Implementation of simple system calls – Booting procedure.

Module 2Processes and Tasks – Process relationship – process creation – Process Scheduling – Scheduling algorithm – SMP Scheduler Synchronization in kernel – Synchronization techniques - Interprocess communication using semaphores, messages and shared memory

Module 3Memory Management – The architecture independent memory model in Linux – memory pages – Virtual address space and linear address calculation – Virtual address space for a process – User segment – Virtual memory areas – Kernel Segment – Memory allocation in kernel segment – Block device caching mechanisms in Linux – paging – Page cache and management – handling page faults.

Module 4

363

Linux File systems: Basic principles – kernel representation of file systems – layered file system architecture – Virtual file system – filesystem registration – mounting.The ext2 File system – Directories in ext2 – block allocation and addressing - extensions in ext2 file system

Module 5Device drivers – Character and block devices – polling – interrupt sharing – implementing a device driver for PC speaker

References

1. Linux Kernel Internals 2nd edition – Beck (Pearson Education Asia)2. Understanding the Linux Kernel - Daniel P Bovet and Marco Cesati (O’Reilly)3. Linux Device Drivers – Rubini A. (O’Reilly) 4. Operating System Concepts - Silbershatz and Galvin (John Wiley)5. Linux Kernel Online Book– David A Rusling

(http://www.linuxdoc.org/LDP/tlk/tlk.html) 6. Linux Kernel Book – Card R, E Dumas, F Mevel (John Wiley)7. Unix Internals Then New Frontiers – Vahalia U (PHI)8. Red Hat Linux 7.1 Bible – Christofer Negus (IDG Books)

PRINCIPLES OF REAL TIME SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE - I)RT706-3 3+1+0

Module 1

Introduction to Real Time Systems – Structure of real time systems, real time computer, task classes – Periodic, Aperiodic, critical, Non-critical, definition of real time systems – real time systems, embedded systems - Hard real time systems, soft real time systems, real time design issues.

Module 2Real time kernel – polled loop systems, co-routines, interrupt driven systems – sporadic, fixed rate systems, hybrid systems, task control block - task status, scheduling – uniprocessor scheduling – traditional rate monotonic, rate monotonic deferred server, EDF, IRIS tasks – multiprocessor scheduling – utilization balancing algorithm, next-fit, bin- packing algorithm, myopic offline, buddy strategy (no need of proofs) fault tolerant scheduling.

Module 3Communication – Communication Media and message sending topologies, network architecture issues, protocols – contention – based, token - based, stop and go multiloop, polled bus, hierarchal, round robin, fault tolerant routing – clocks and synchronization – fault tolerant synchronization in hardware, synchronization in software.

Module 4Fault tolerance – definition, cause of failure, fault types, fault detection and containment, redundancy – hardware, software, time, information, integrated

364

http://www.linuxdoc.org/LDP/tlk/tlk.html

failure handling – reliability – parameter values – series – parallel systems, NMR clusters, combinational model, master chain model, fault latency, transient faults, software error models.


Text Book

1. Real Time Systems - C.M Krishna, Kang G. Shini (Tata McGraw Hill)

References

1. Real Time Systems, Design & Analysis - Philip Laplante (IEEE)2. Real Time Systems- Krishna, Tata McGraw Hill

WINDOWS PROGRAMMING (ELECTIVE - I)RT706-4 3+1+0 Module 1

Introduction - Concepts of Windows Programming - Event Driven Programming – Languages that support Windows Programming – Visual Basic – Java – Visual C++Visual Basic Programming: Basic Language features – Variables, data types, constants, control statements – Forms – Creating and Using basic Controls – text boxes, labels, buttons - Event handling procedures – Properties Window – Common properties for Controls. Message boxes

Module 2Visual Basic Programming (Contd) Standard Controls – List boxes, Comboboxes, Image box, picture box, Shape controls, Timer, Scrollbars, Frames, Checkboxes, Option Boxes – Frames - File, Drive and Directory List boxes.- MDI and SDI interfaces – Menus

Module 3ActiveX controls - RichTextBox, Tree View Control, List view Control, Progessbar, Flexgrid Control, Common dialog Controls – Font, File, Print Dialogs – Creating Custom activex controls – Creating Events and properties for ActiveX controls.

Module 4Graphics and Multimedia – Drawing Graphics in Windows - setting colors - Drawing text, lines, ellipses, arcs, circles – plotting points –Filling figures with colors and patterns – Using clipboards to transfer images between applications Printing graphics and text – Creating animations with Picture clip control - applying image effects – stretching, flipping, embossing, egraving, blurring, sweeping – Using the Multimedia Control – Handling multimedia Errors

365

Module 5Database Access – Using DAO, RDO and ADO for accessing databases – Creating tables, inserting, deleting and updating records – Using the Data Control – Using the ADO Data ControlUsing Windows API: Using DLL Procedures in Visual Basic – Declare statement – Handling C++ and Windows Data types – Playing sound with API funtions – Capturing Images from the screen – Handling mouse outside Applications window – Making an ‘always on top’ window.

References

1. Visual Basic 6 Programming Black Book – Steven Holzner (Dreamtech Press)2. Programming Windows fifth Edition - Charles Petzlod (Microsoft Press)3. Visual Basic - Ivan Petrosaus (BPB)4. Visual Basic - Garry Cornell (BPB)5. Using Visual Basic - Resselman (PHI)

MOBILE COMPUTING (ELECTIVE - I)RT706-5 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction: - Short History, Mobile telephone systems Simplified Reference model. Multi carrier modulation. Cellular systems.

Module 2Wireless Communication Systems: -Telecommunication Systems-GSM & DECT-Architecture and Protocols.Satellite Systems-GEO, LEO, MEO.Broadcast Systems-Broadcast transmission, Digital Audio Broadcasting-Multimedia Object Transfer Protocol. Digital Video Broadcasting.

Module 3Wireless LAN and ATM: - Infra red and Radio Transmission, Infrastructure and ad hoc networks, 802.11- Bluetooth- Architecture, Applications and Protocol, Layers, Frame structure, comparison between 802.11 and 802.16.Wireless ATM- Services, Reference Model, Functions, Radio Access Layer. Handover- Reference Model, Requirements, Types, handover scenarios.Location Management, Addressing, Access Point Control Protocol (APCP).

Module 4

Mobile Network and Transport Layers:- Mobile IP- Goals, Requirements, IP packet delivery, Advertisement and discovery. Registration, Tunneling and Encapsulation, Optimization, Reverse Tunneling, IPv6, Dynamic Host configuring protocol, Ad hoc networks – Routing, DSDV, Dynamic source routing. Hierarchical Algorithms.Traditional TCP, Indirect TCP, Snooping TCP, Mobile TCP, Transmission.

366

Module 5Wireless Application Protocol & World Wide Web WAP- Architecture, Protocols-Datagram, Transaction, Session -Wireless Application Environment-WML- Features, Script- Wireless Telephony Application.WWW- HTTP, Usage of HTML, WWW system architecture.

Text Book

1. Mobile Communications – Jochen Schiller, Preason Education Asia

References

1. Computer Networks – Andrew S. Tanenbaum, PHI2. Communication Networks -Fundamental Concepts and Key Architectures Leon-

Garcia & Indra Widjaja, Tata McGraw Hill

SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE (ELECTIVE - I)RT706-6 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction to Software architecture – Architectural styles – pipes and filters –data abstraction and object oriented organization – Event based, Implicit invocation, Layered systems – Repositories – Interpreters – Process control – Heterogeneous Architectures.

Module 2Shared Information Systems – Integration in software Development Environment – Integration in the design of Buildings – Architectural structures for shared information systems

Module 3Guidance for user interface architecture Quantified design space – Formal models and specifications-The value of architectural formalism – Formalizing the architecture of a specific system – Formalizing the architectural style – Formalizing an architectural design space

Module 4Linguistic issues - Requirements for architecture – Description languages – first class connectors – Adding implicit invocation to factorial processing languages.

Module 5 Tools for architectural design – Unicon – Exploiting style in architectural design environments – Architectural interconnection

Reference

367

1. Software Architecture – perspectives on an emerging discipline - Mary Shaw, David Garlan, PHI

LAN TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE - I)R706-7 3+1+0

Module 1

Classification of LAN - Life cycle of LAN- Models for Communication - Topology - LAN standards - IEEE 802.2 LLC, IEEE 802.x MAC, FDDI.

Module 2Protocols: LAN protocols, protocol evaluation factors – CSMA – CSMA/CD, CSMA/CA – polling – Token passing – Ethernet – ACRNETs – IBM/PC network – IBM token ring.

Module 3Traditional interconnection components – Repeater, Bridges, Routers, Network interface cards, Types of switch, port switching & segment switching – combined speed – Hubs.

Module 4LAN Operating System – Peer – to –peer network – Function & responsibility – Print spooler – Current Network Operating Systems.

Module 5Management & security – security levels – printing environment – opportunities, driver, printing queue – LAN security – physical security – logical security.

Text Book

1. Local area networks: Management, Design & security- Arne Mikalsen Per Borgesen – WILEY- dreamtech

2. Local Area Network - S. K. Basandra, S. Jaiswal

References

1. Local Area Networks - John E McNamara2. Understanding Local Area Network- Stan Schutt – PHI3. Handbook of LAN Technology - Paul J. Fortier – McGraw Hill4. Networking Technologies - Jaisal – Galgotia Publications5. Networking and Connectivity - Gary R. McClain – Academic Press6. Wireless LANs - Raymond P. Wenig – Academic Press7. TCP/IP Networking – A Guide to the IBM Environment - David M. Peterson –

McGraw Hill 8. Introduction to Local Area Networks- Robert M. Thomas – BPB9. LAN- Peter Hodson – BPB10. LAN- Gerd E. Kerser – McGraw Hill11. The Business Guide to Local Area Networks - William Stallings

368

COMPUTER HARDWARE AND NETWORKING LABR707 0+0+3

Familiarisation with PC Components

1. Diagnostic S/Ws, Cards, Design & Programming of add-on cards familiarisation with device drivers, Micro controllers etc.

2. Experiments for communication with peripheral devices using C and MASM.3. Experiments for serial and parallel port communication using C and MASM.4. Faimiliarisation with network configuration (routing, DNS, File Servers etc…)5. Lan trouble shooting, Network problems and recovery, Network diagnostics

softwares.

References1. Upgrading & Repairing PC’s - Scott Muller (PHI)2. Red hat Linux Bible- Cristofer Negas (IDG Books)3. TCP/IP Bible –Rob Scringer (IDG Books)

NETWORK PROGRAMMING LABR708 0+0+3

Experiments using interprocess communication and Network communication, synchronisation & IPC using semaphore, pipe & messages.

Programs for FTP and socket based chat.Implementation of File Transfer - Communication through serial port - Communication through TCP/IP port

Efficient error checking algorithms (Eg: CRC)

Remote Procedure Call, Remote Method Invocation.

Programs with HTML, DHTML, Applets, Java Script, Java, XML, Java Beans, JSP and EJB.

Any experiments according to the syllabus of RT604 Computer Networks, RT605 Network Computing and RT705 Web Technologies may be substituted

References

1. UNIX Network programming - Stevens. (PHI)2. Using Java2 Platform – Weber (AWL)

369

PROJECT & SEMINARR709/ R808 0+0+3

Each student is required to present a technical paper on subject approved by the department. The paper should in general reflect the state of the art. He/ She submits a report of the paper to the department.

In addition to the seminar He/She shall undertake a project work in the 7th

semester itself in consultation with the guide(s). On completion of the project work, He/She shall present the work done before a panel of staff members, and submit a report of the project work done to the department.

370

EIGHTH SEMESTER

371

SECURITY IN COMPUTINGRT 801 2+1+0

Module1Introduction: Security basics – Aspects of network security – Attacks – Different types – Hackers – Crackers – Common intrusion techniques –Trojan Horse, Virus, Worm – Security services and mechanisms.

Module 2OS Security – Protection Mechanisms –Authentication & Access control – Discretionary and Mandatory access control – Authentication mechanisms – Official levels of computer security (DoD) - Security breaches – Concept of a hole - Types of a holes – Study of the security features for authentication, access control and remote execution in UNIX, WINDOWS 2000

Module 3Cryptography: Basic Encryption & Decryption – Transposition & substitution ciphers – Caesar substitution – Polyalphabetic substitutions – Crypt analysis – Symmetric key algorithms – Fiestel Networks – Confusion – Diffusion – DES Algorithm – Strength of DES – Comparison & important features of modern symmetric key algorithms – Public key cryptosystems – The RSA Algorithm – Diffice Hellman key exchange – comparison of RSA & DES – Message Authentication & Hash functions – Digital signature

Module 4Network & Application Security: Kerberos – X509 Authentication service – IP security Architecture – Secure socket layer – Electronic mail security – Pretty Good privacy – S/MIME – secure Electronic Transactions – Firewalls - Security mechanisms in JAVA platform – Applet security – Security policy and Security Manager.

Module 5Database Security: - Security issues – SQL security DAC based on granting & revoking privileges – MAC for multilevel security – Statistical database security.

Text Books

1. Module1, 4 Network Security Essentials Applications & Standards, William S., Pearson Education Asia

2. Module2 Modern operating System, Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Pearson Education Asia

3. Using JAVA 2 platform, Joseph L. Weber, Prentice Hall of India4. Module3 Cryptography and network security principles and practice, William

Stallings, Pearson Education Asia5. Information theory coding and cryptography, Ranjan Bose, TMH6. Module 4,5 Designing security Architecture Solutions, Jay Ramachandran,

Wiley Dreamtech7. Module5 Database Security Mechanisms for Computer Network, Sead

Muftic, John wiles

372

References

1. Security in Computing - Charles P. Pfleeger IEEE Computer Science Press2. Database Security Mechanisms for Computer Network- Sead Muftic, John

wiles3. Designing Security Architecture Solutions – Jay Ramachandran, Wiley

dreamtech 4. Firewalls Complete - Marcus Gonsalvus, TMH5. Networking Technologies - Jaisal, Galgotia Publication 6. Security in Computer Operating System - G.O.Shea, NCC Blackwell

Manchester Oxford7. Mastering JAVA security: Cryptography, Algorithms and Architecture - Rich

Helton, Wiley Dreamtech8. Implementing IPv6- Mark A. Miller P.E, IDG Books

HIGH PERFORMANCE COMPUTINGR802 2+1+0

Module1 Introduction to parallel processing - Trends towards parallel processing - Parallelism in uniprocessor - Parallel computer structures-Architecture classification schemes - Indian contribution to parallel processing.

Module 2 Principles of pipelining and vector processing - Linear pipelining - Classification of pipeline processors - General pipelines - Instruction and Arithmetic pipelines –Design of Pipilined instruction unit-Prinnciples of Designing Pipeline Processors- Instruction prefetch and branch handling- Dynamic pipelines - Architecture of Cray-1.

Module 3Array processors - SIMD array processors - Interconnection networks - Static vs dynamic networks - mesh connected networks - Cube interconnection networks - Parallel algorithms for array processors - SIMD matrix multiplication-Parallel sorting on array processors - Associative array processing - Memory organization.

Module 4Multiprocessor architectures and Programming - Loosely coupled and Tightly coupled multiprocessors - Interconnection networks - Language features to exploit parallelism - Process synchronisation mechanisms.

Module5Dataflow computers - Data driven computing and Languages - Data flow computers architectures - Static data flow computer -Dynamic data flow computer -Data flow design alternatives.

Text Book

373

1. Computer Architecture & Parallel Processing - Kai Hwang & FayeA.Briggs, McGraw Hill

References

1. Elements of Parallel computing - V. Rajaraman - PHI2. Super Computers - V. Rajaraman - Wiely arstern3. Parellel Processing for Super Computers & AI - Kai Hwange & Douglas

Degneot 4. Mc Graw Hill5. Highly parallel computing - George S. Almasi, Allan Gottlieb - Benjamin

Cumings Publishers. 6. HIgh Performance Computer Architecture - Harold S. Stone, Addison

Wesley.7. Advanced Computing - Vijay P.Bhatkar, Asok V.Joshi, Arirban Basu, Asok

K.Sharma.

PRINCIPLES OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGESR803 3+1+0

Module1 Introduction – Role of programming languages - Effects of Environments on languages - Language Design issues - Virtual computers and binding times, Language Paradigms.

Module2 Data types - Specification of data types, implementation of elementary data types, Declarations, type checking and type conversion - Assignment and Initialisation - Structured data types - Specification of data structure types, Implementation of data structure type - Declarations and type checking for data structures.

Module 3 Abstract data types, Encapsulation by subprogram - Type definition, storage management - Sequence Control - Implicit and Explicit sequence control, sequencing with arithmetic expressions, sequence control between statements.

Module 4 Subprogram control - Subprogram sequence control, attributes of data control, Shared data in subprograms - Abstract data types revisited, Inheritance, Polymorphism.

Module 5 Advances in Language design - Variations of subprogram control, Parallel programming, Introduction to exception handling - Exception handling in JAVA, Hardware developments, software architecture.

Text Book

374

1. Programming Languages, Design & Implementation - Terrence W. Pratt, Marvin V. Zelkowitz., Pearson Education Asia / Prentice Hall of India

Reference

1. Programming Languages - Robert W Sebesta, Pearson EducationAsiaARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE

RT 804 3+1+0

Module 1 Introduction – Definitions – AI application areas – Example problems- Problems and problem spaces - Problem characteristics – Problem solving by searching, Searching strategies – Breadth first search, Uniform cost search, DFS, Depth – Limited search, Bi-directional search – Constraint satisfaction search.

Module 2 Informed search, A* algorithm, Heuristic functions – Inventing Heuristic functions - Heuristic for constraint satisfaction problem – Iterative deepening – Hill climbing – Simulated Annealing.

Module3 Game playing and knowledge structures – Games as search problem – Imperfect decisions – Evaluation functions – Alpha – Beta pruning – state of art game programs, Introduction to frames and semantic nets.

Module 4 Knowledge and Reasoning – Review of representation and reasoning with Logic – Inference in first order logic, Inference rules involving quantifiers, modus ponens, Unification, forward and backward chaining – Resolution.

Module 5 Introduction to Prolog – Representing facts – Recursive search – Abstract data types – Alternative search strategies – Meta predicates, Matching and evaluation, meta interpreters – semantic nets & frames in prolog.

Text Books

Module 1,2,3,41. Artificial Intelligence – A modern approach, Stuact Russell – Peter Narang,

Pearson Education Asia2. Artificial Intelligence Rich E. - McGraw Hill Booq Company

Module 53. Artificial Intelligence, George F Luger, Pearson Education Asia

References

1. An Introduction to Artificial Intelligence – Eugene Charniak & Drew McDermot, Pearson Education Asia

375

ELECTIVE - IIR805 3+1+0

List of electives

1. Advanced Mathematics 2. Client-Server Computing3. E-Commerce4. Analysis and Modeling of Digital Systems5. Distributed Computing6. User Interface Design

NoteNew Electives may be added according to the needs of emerging fields in technology. The name of the elective and its syllabus should be submitted to the university before the course is offered.

ADVANCED MATHEMATICS (ELECTIVE - I)CMELR 805-1 3+1+0


Module 2 Integral EquationsDefinition of Volterra and Fredholm Integral equations – conversion of a linear differential equation into an integral equation – conversion of boundary value problem into an integral equation using Green’s function – integral equation with separable Kernels – Integral equations of convolution type – Neumann series solution.


Module 4 Power Series solution of differential equationThe power series method – Legendre’s Equation – Legendre’s polynomial – Rodrigues formula – generating function – Bessel’s equation – Bessel’s function

376

of the first kind – Orthogonality of Legendre’s Polynomials and Bessel’s functions.


References

1. Linear Integral Equation- Ram P.Kanwal, Academic Press, New York2. A Course on Integral Equations - Allen C.Pipkin, Springer – Verlag3. Advanced Engg. Mathematics - H.K.Dass, S.Chand4. Advanced Engg. Mathematics- Michael D.Greenberge, Pearson Edn. Asia5. Numrical methods in Engg. & Science - B.S.Grewal, Khanna Publishers6. Generalized functions - R.F. Hoskins, John Wiley and Sons.7. Principles and Techniques of Bernard Friedman - John Wiley and sons Applied

Mathematics 8. Principles of Applied Mathematics- James P.Keener, Addison Wesley.9. Numerical methods - P.Kandasamy, K.Thilagavathy, K.Gunavathy, S.Chand & co

CLIENT SERVER COMPUTING (ELECTIVE - II)RT 805-2 3+1+0

Module 1 Introduction History - uses - Client Server Computing & Hetrogenous Computing - Cross Platform Computing Distributed Computing - The costs of Client Server Computing - Advantages and Disadvantages - Client Server Databases.

Module 2 Design Fundamentals of client server design - Managing the interaction of client and server - Communications Techniques protocols & Client server interaction protocols - Preparing applications for client server - Optimizing applications for client server - Example client server implementations - Request acceptance dispatching - Execution of requests - Client server interaction using message.

Module 3 MultitaskingMulti programming vs multitasking - Processor - Advantages and draw backs of multiple processor - Child and parent processor - Case study Novell Netware and Windows NT - Developing server applications - Threads - Server communication model.

Module 4 SynchronizationScheduling implementations - processing queues - context switching pre emptive systems - critical sections - mutual exclusion - semaphores - semaphore implementations in NT & Netware.

Module 5 Communications

377

Network communication - Inter process communication - Building portable client server applications.

References

1. Novell's Guide to Client-Server Application & Architecture- Jeffrey D.Schqnk, Novell Press.

2. Client Server Computing - Dawna Travis Dewire, McGraw Hill.3. Developing Client Server Applications - W.H.Inman, BPB.4. Guide to Client Server Databases - Joe Salemi, BPB.5. Client Server Strategies- David Vaskevitch, Galgotia.

E-COMMERCE (ELECTIVE - II)R805-3 3+1+0

Module1 Introduction to Electronic Commerce

E-Commerce Framework, Anatomy of E-Commerce Applications, E-Commerce Consumer & Organization Applications. E- Commerce and World Wide Web – Internet Service Providers, Architectural Framework for Electronic Commerce, WWW as the Architecture, Hypertext publishing.

Module 2 Network SecurityClient-Server Network Security, CS Security Threats, Firewalls, Data & Message Security, Encrypted Documents, Security on the Web.

Module 3 Electronic Payment SystemsTypes of Electronic Payment Systems, Digital Token Based Electronic Payment System, Smart Cards, Credit Cards, Risk in Electronic Payment Systems, Designing Electronic Payment Systems.

Module 4 Electronic Data InterchangeEDI Application in Business, EDI-Legal, Security and Privacy Issues, EDI standardization, EDI Envelope for Message Transport, Internet based EDI, Internal Information System, Work-flow Automation and Coordination, Supply Chain Management, Document Library, Types of Digital Documents, Corporate Data Warehouses

Module 5 Recent Trends in E-CommerceMultimedia in E-Commerce, Video Conferencing with Digital Videos, Broad Band Telecommunication, Frame & Cell Relays, Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS), Asynchronous Transfer Mode, Mobile Computing and Wireless Computing.

Text Book

378

1. Frontiers of Electronic Commerce - Ravi Kalakota & Andrew B Whinston, Pearson Education Asia

References

1. Global Electronic Commerce – J Christopher Westland & Theodore H K Clark

2. E- Commerce The cutting edge of Business - Kamlesh K Bajaj & Debjani Nag

3. E-Commerce - Strategy, Technologies and Applications, TMH

ANALYSIS AND MODELING OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE - II)RT805-4 3+1+0

Module1Introduction to VHDL: Digital system design - Role of hardware description language- Modeling digital systems – events, propagation delays and concurrency – waveforms and timing – signal values – shared signals – simulation model – synthesis model – Field Programmable Gate Arrays.

Module 2Basic language concepts simulation: signals – Entity architecture – concurrent statements – Constructing VHDL models using CSAs – delays.Synthesis: Interface from declarations, simple CSA statements, conditional signal assignment statements, and selected signal assignment statements.

Module3Modeling behavior Simulation: The process construct – programming constructs – the wait statement – attributes – generating clocks and periodic waveforms – using signals – modeling state machines – constructing VHDL models – programming errors. Synthesis: language directed view – inference from within process – issues – signals vs. variables – latch vs. flip flop – the wait statement – state machine.

Module 4Modeling structure: Describing structure – structural VHDL model – hierarchy, abstraction and accuracy – generics – component instantiation and synthesis – the generate statement subprograms: functions – procedures – sub program and operator overloading – packages and libraries.

Module 5Basic I/O operations – the package TEXTIO – ASSERT statement – terminology and directory structure – simulation mechanics – synthesis mechanics – identifiers – data objects – data types – operators.

Text Book

1. Introductory VHDL - Sudhakar Yalamanchili, Pearson Education Asia.

379

References

1. VHDL primer - J Bhaskar, Pearson Education Asia2. Analysis and modeling of digital systems - Zainalabedin Navabi, McGraw Hill.

DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING (ELECTIVE - II)RT805-5 3+1+0

Module I Introduction Introduction to Distributed Systems, evolution, characteristics, design issues, user requirements, Network technologies and protocols – overview, MACH, AMOBEA- overview.

Module 2 Distributed file system File service components, design issues, interfaces, implementation techniques, Sun Network File System – architecture and implementation, other distributed file systems – AFS, CODA. Name services – SNS name service model.

Module 3 Communication in distributed systemsClient server communication, Group communication, Message passing – features, synchronizations, RPC – model, implementation, stub generation, messages, marshalling, Server management. Distributed shared memory – Architecture, design issues, structure of shared memory space, replacement strategy, thrashing. Synchronization – clock synchronization, event ordering, mutual exclusion

Module 4 Resource and Process managementFeatures of scheduling algorithms, Task assignment approach, load balancing, load sharing, Process migration mechanisms, Threads – scheduling.

Module 5 Consistency maintenance Transaction recovery – methods- intention lists, Fault tolerance – failures, Byzantine failures. Deadlocks in distributed systems – detection and prevention, centralized and distributed approaches.

References

1. Distributed Systems – Concepts and designing - George Coulouris, Jean Dellimore, Tim Kindberg - Pearson Education Asia

2. Distributed Operating Systems - Andrew S. Tenenbaum Pearson Education Asia3. Distributed Operating Systems - Concepts and design - Pradeep. K, Sinha, PHI

USER INTERFACE DESIGN (ELECTIVE - II)RT805-6 3+1+0

380

Module 1 IntroductionImportance of user interface – definition, importance of good design, brief history – Graphical User Interface – Web User Interface – Principles of User interface design.

Module 2 Design ProcessHuman Interaction with computers, Importance of Human Characteristics, Human consideration, Human Interaction speeds – Understanding Business function

Module 3 Screen Designing Design goals - screen meaning and purpose, organizing screen elements- ordering of screen data and content – screen navigation and flow – visually pleasing composition – amount of information – focus and emphasis – presenting information simply and meaningfully – information retrieval on web – Statistical graphics – Technological considerations in Interface Design.

Module 4 Windows and componentsMenus and navigation schemes, selection of windows, Selection of device based and screen based controls - text and messages – icons and images – Multimedia – colours- uses, problems, choosing colours.

Module 5 Software tools Specification methods, interface building toolsInteraction devices: keyboard and function keys - pointing devices- speech recognition, digitization and generation – image and video displays – printers.

Text Book

1. The Essential Guide to User Interface Design 2nd Edn. – Wilbert O. Galitz, Wiley Dreamtech

2. Designing the User Interface 3rd Edn. – Ben Shneiderman, Pearson Education Asia

References

1. Human Computer Interaction – John M. Carroll, Pearson Education Asia2. The Essentials of User Interface Design - Alan Cooper, Wiley Dreamtech

ELECTIVE - IIIR806 3+1+0

List of electives

1. Multimedia Systems2. Embedded Systems3. Neural Networks4. Genetic Algorithms and Applications5. Advanced Networking Trends6. Data Processing and Analysis Techniques7. Biometrics

381

NoteNew Electives may be added according to the needs of emerging fields in technology. The name of the elective and its syllabus should be submitted to the university before the course is offered.

MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE - III)R806-1 3+1+0

Module 1 1ntroductionDefinition of multimedia, multimedia, hardware, software applications and software environments - Media Types - Analog and digital video, digital audio, music and animation - Analog & Digital video - Memory storage - Basic tools - Authoring tools.

Module 2 Building BlocksText - Hyper text - Sound - Sound cards - Standards - Image - Image types - Image compression, RLE, JPEG, MPEG - Fractal and Wavelet Compressions - Image file types - Animation - Capture and Playback techniques. (basic ideas only)

Module 3 Multimedia EnvironmentsThe Compact Disc family, CD-interactive, Digital Video Interactive, QuickTime, Multimedia PC and Microsoft Multimedia Extensions.

Module 4 Multimedia ProgrammingFramework: Overview, Media classes, Transform classes, Format classes and Component classes - Problems related to programming - Composition, Synchronisation, Interaction, Database integration.

Module 5 Advanced MultimediaMoving pictures - Techniques realistic image synthesis, Virtual Reality - Full motion digital video - Video capture techniques - multimedia networks - Desktop video conferencing - Future multimedia.

References

1. Multimedia Programming Objects, Environments & Framework - Simon J. Gibbs, Dionysios C. Tsischritziz (Addison-Wesley Publishing Co.)

2. Multimedia - Making it work - Tay Van Ghan – Osborne - Tata Mcgraw Hill3. Authoring Interactive multimedia - Arch C Luther 4. Optimizing your Multimedia PC - L.J. Skibbe, Susan Lafe Meister - Comdex 5. Multimedia Bible - Winn L. Rosch, Sams6. Multimedia Producers Bible - Ron Goldberg, Comdex7. Multimedia Power Tools - Peter Jellam, Random house Electronic Pub.8. Multimedia Computing - Mathew E. Hodger & Russel M. Sasnett, Addison

wesley9. Integrated Multimedia Systems Overview - Palikom, The communication Wall

382

EMBEDDED SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE - III)RT806-2 3+1+0

Module1 Overview of Embedded SystemEmbedded System, Categories of Embedded System, Requirements of Embedded Systems, Challenges and Issues in Embedded Software Development, Applications of Embedded Systems in Consumer Electronics, Control System, Biomedical Systems, Handheld computers, Communication devices.

Module 2 Embedded Hardware & Software Development EnvironmentHardware Architecture, Micro-Controller Architecture, Communication Interface Standards, Embedded System Development Process, Embedded Operating systems, Types of Embedded Operating systems.

Module 3 Embedded Communication SystemSerial Communication, PC-to-PC Communication, Serial Communication with the 8051 Family of Micro-controllers, Protocol Converter, Voice-over-IP, Embedded Applications over Mobile Network example MP3 Sound Player.

Module 4 Real Time & Database ApplicationsReal-Time Embedded Software Development, Sending a Message over a Serial Link, Simulation of a Process Control System, Controlling an Appliance from the RTLinux System, Embedded Database Applications using examples like Salary Survey, Energy Meter Readings.

Module 5 Java Applications & Future Trends in Embedded SystemsNetworked Java-Enabled Information Appliances, Embedded Process Control System, Mobile Java Applications, Appliance Control using Jini, System on a Chip (SOC), Smart Cards and the Cashless Society, Security in Embedded Systems.

Text Book

1. Programming for Embedded Systems- Dreamtech Software Team, Wiley Dreamtech

Reference


383

NEURAL NETWORKS (ELECTIVE - III)RT806-3 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction - Principles - artificial neuron - activation functions - Single layer & multilayer networks - Training artificial neural networks - Perception - Representation - Linear separability - Learning - Training algorithms.

Module 2 Back Propagation - Training algorithm - Applications - network configurations - Network paralysis - Local minima - temporal instability.

Module 3 Counter Propagation networks: Kebenon layer - Training the cohenen layer - Pre initialising the wright vectors - statistical properties - Training the Grosbery layer - Full counter propagation network - Application.

Module 4Statistical methods - Boltzmann’s Training - Cauche training - Artificial specific heat methods - Applications to general non-linear optimization problems.

Module 5Hopfield nets - Recurrent networks - stability - Associative memory - applications - Thermo dynamic systems - Statistical Hopfield networks - Bidirectional associative memories - Continous BAM - Adaptive resonance theory - Architecture classification - Implimentation.

Text Book

1. Neural Computing Theory & Practice - Philip D. Wasserman.

References

1. Neural Networks - Simon Haykins2. Adaptive Pattern Recognition & Neural Networks - Pay Y.H.3. An Introduction to neural computing - Chapman & Hall4. Artificial Neural Networks - Robert J. Schalkoff, McGraw Hill5. Artificial Neural Networks - B.Yegnanarayana, PHI

GENETIC ALGORITHMS AND APPLICATIONS (ELECTIVE - III)RT806-4 3+1+0

Module 1 Architecture-Altering OperationsIntroduction, Previous Methods of Determining the Architecture of a Multi-Part Program - On the origin of new function- Architecture-Altering operations for Subroutines -Automatically Defined Iterations, Loops, Recursion, Storage. Self-Organization of Hierarchies and Program Architecture - Rotating the Tires on an Automobile – Boolean Parity Problem- Time-Optimal Robot Control Problem -Multi-Agent Problem - Using Architecture Altering Operations for Subroutines.

384

Transmembrane Segment Identification Problem using Architecture-Altering Operations for Iterations-Fibonacci Sequence- Cart Centering.

Module 2 Genetic Programming Problem Solver (GPPS)Elements of GPPS 1.0-Problems Illustrating GPPS 1.0 - Elements of GPPS 2.0 - Problems Illustrating GPPS 2.0 - Previous Work on Automated Analog Circuit Synthesis.

Module 3 Automated synthesis of analog electrical circuitsSynthesis of a Low-pass Filter and High-pass Filter The Role of Crossover in Genetic Programming.

Module 4 Evolvable HardwareEvolvable Hardware and Rapidly Re-configurable Field-Programmable Gate Arrays Discovery of cellular Automata Rules: Discovery of a Cellular Automata Rule for the Majority Classification Problem.

Module 5 Programmatic Motifs for molecular BiologyAutomatic Discovery of Protein Motifs –Programmatic Motifs and the Cellular Location Problem.Parallelization and Implementation Issues: Computer Time- Parallelisation of Genetic Programming –Implementation Issues.

Text Book

1. Johin R. Koza, Forrest H Bennett III, David Andre, Martin A. Kean, “ Genetic Programming III: Darwinian Invention and Problem Solving”, Morgan Kaufmann, 1999

Reference

1. Genetic Algorithms for VLSI Design, Layout and test Automation - Pinaki Mazumder, Elizabeth M Rudnick (Pearson Education Asia)

ADVANCED NETWORKING TRENDS (ELECTIVE - III)RT806-5 3+1+0 Module 1

Ethernet Technology – Frame format – Interface Gap – CSMA/CD – 10 mbps Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet, Wireless Ethernet – SONET – Sonet multiplexing, Sonet frame structure

Module 2ISDN - Definition - Protocol architecture - System architecture - Transmission channels - ISDN interface, B-ISDN.

Module 3

385

ATM – ATM Principles – BISDN reference model – ATM layers – ATM adaption Layer – AAL1, AAL2, AAL3/4, AAL5 – ATM addressing – UNI Signaling – PNNI Signalling

Module 4SATELLITE COMMUNICATION: Satellite communication principles - Geo stationary satellites - block schematic of satellite earth station - VSAT - VSAT networks - applications in personnel communication. (basic ideas only)

Module 5Wireless Lan – Infrared Vs Radio transmission – Infrastructure & ad hoc n/w – IEEE 802.11 – Hiper Law – Bluetooth – Physical Layer – MAC layer – Networking – Security

References

Module 11. An introduction to Computer Networking - Kenneth C Mansfield, Jr., James L.

Antonakos, PHI

Module 1,2,31. Communication Networks Fundamental Concepts & Key Architecture - Leon-

Garcia – Widjaja, Tata McGraw Hill2. Mobile Communication - Jochen Schiller, Pearson Education Asia

DATA PROCESSING AND ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE - III)RT806-6 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction to COBOL programming -elements of COBOL divisions, sections and paragraphs -Table writing - complete program in COBOL using various options verbs, statements- conditional statements.

Module 2Table Handling – Occur clause – PERFORM verb – SET verb, SEARCH verb – Occurs depending clause – Sorting a Table.

Module 3Processing of various file structures in COBOL Language – File description – Fixed Length Record – Statements – Sequential File with variable length record – Sorting and merging of files – Direct access files.

Module 4 Data warehousing – Definition – Multidimentional datamodel – OLAP operation – Data warehouse architecture – Warehouse Server – Metadata – OLAP Engine.

Module 5 Data mining – Definitions, KDD Vs Data mining, DBMS Vs DM – DM Techniques, Issues and Challenges in DM – DM application areas.

386

References1. COBOL programming - M K Roy & D Ghosh Dastidar, Tata McGraw Hill2. Data mining Techniques - Arun K Pujari (Universal Press)3. Data mining Concepts and Techniques - Jawei Han & Micheline Kamber (Morgan

Kunfmann Pub.)4. Data Mining - Pieter Adriaans, Dolf Zantinge, Person Education Asia5. Structured COBOL Programming - E. Rajasekar & S.Selvi (Anuradha Agencies)6. Structured COBOL- A. S. Philippakis & Leonard, J. Kazmier (Tata McGraw Hill)

BIOMETRICS (ELECTIVE -III)RT806-7 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction – Benefits of biometric security – verification and identification – basic working of biometric matching – accuracy – false match rate – false nonmatch rate – failure to enroll rate – derived metrics – layered biometric solutions

Module 2

Finger scan – features – components – operation (steps) – competing finger scan technologies – strength and weaknessFacial scan - features – components – operation (steps) – competing facial scan technologies – strength and weakness

Module 3 Iris scan - features – components – operation (steps) – competing iris scan technologies – strength and weaknessVoice scan - features – components – operation (steps) – competing facial scan technologies – strength and weakness

Module 4Other physiological biometrics-Handscan-retina scan- AFIS (automatic fingerprint Identification systems)-Behavieral Biometrics-Signature scan-Key stroke Scan.

Module 5 Biometrics Application – Biometric Solution Matrix-Bioprivacy-Comparison of privacy factor in different biometrics technologies-Designing privacy sympathetie biometric systems-Biometric standards- (BioAPI, BAPI)-Biometric middleware.

Reference

1. Biometrics -Identify Verification in a Networked World - Samir Nanavati, Michael Thieme, Raj Nanavati- WILEY-dreamtech

GRAPHICS AND MULTIMEDIA LABR807 0+0+4

387

Point plotting, line and circle drawing, Line and Polygon clipping, transformations, hidden line elimination, curves, polygon hatching, Multimedia programming, Visual programming, Animation

Any experiment according to the syllabus of R702 Computer Graphics may be substituted

PROJECT & SEMINARR709/ R808 0+0+4

Each student is required to present a technical paper on subject approved by the department. The paper should in general reflect the state of the art. He/ She submits a report of the paper to the department.

In addition to the seminar He/She shall undertake a project work in the 7th

semester itself in consultation with the guide(s). On completion of the project work, He/She shall present the work done before a panel of staff members, and submit a report of the project work done to the department.

VIVA -VOCER809

A comprehensive Viva-voce examination will be conducted to assess the students overall knowledge in the specified field of engineering. At the time of Viva-voce, certified report of seminar, mini project and project work are to be presented for evaluation.

388


SYLLABUS

POLYMER ENGINEERING BRANCH

389

THIRD SEMESTER

390

391

MATHEMATICS – IIENGINEERING

CMELPA 301 3+1




Module 4 Finite Differences Meaning of , , E, , - interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula – central differences – problems using Stirling’s formula, Lagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided difference formula for unequal intervals.

Module 5 Difference CalculusNumerical differentiation using forward and backward differences – Numerical integration – Newton – Cote’s formula – trapezoidal rule – Simpson’s 1/3 rd and 3/8th rule – simple problems. Difference equations – Solution of difference equations.

References

1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engg. Mathematics, Wiley Eastern Ltd.2. Grawal B.S., Higher Engg. Mathematics, Khanna Publishers.3. M.K.Venkataraman, Numerical Methods in science & Engg., National Publishing

Co.4. S.Balachandra Rao and G.K.Shantha, Numerical Methods, University press.5. Michael D.Greenberg, Advanced Engg. Mathematics, Prentice-Hall.6. M.R.Spiegel, Theory and Problems of Vector analysis, McGraw – Hill.

392

HUMANITIESP302 3+1

Part A: HISTORY OF SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGYModule 1

Early Developments and Middle Period:Contributions of Indian, Chinese, Greek and Roman Civilizations to science and technology. The dark ages of science in Europe. Technology transfer from east to west, the role of Arabs.

Module 2Renaissance and the Early Modern Period:Flowering of Europian Technology, the fall of the Aristotelian universe and the beginning of modern science. Industrial revolution and its impact on Science, the historical development of prime movers, progress in steel making, the birth and growth of different branches of Engineering. The characteristic trends in 20th century science, comparison with the 19-th century approach. Theories of life and universe, science and religion.

Module 3Modern Trends in Technology:Developments in communication, transport and power engineering. Science in agriculture, the computer and space exploration. Integration of Science, technology and society, Science as agent of social change, Resource depletion and pollution. The urban problem and the social cost of progress, Limits to growth. Science and Technology in developing countries, Problems of technology transfer, Role of small scale and village industries, Gandhian approach to technology, Concept of appropriate technology.

Part B: ECONOMICS

Module 4The basic economic problem, definitions, nature of economics and its laws. Economic Systems, Capitalism, Socialism and Mixed Economy. Theory of demand and supply, marginal utility theory, law of demand, elasticity, factors of production, cost of production, supply curves.

Module 5Theory of value, value and price, determination of market price and output under perfect competition and monopoly. Distribution, marginal productivity, theory of distribution, rent, wages, interest and profit. Money and banking, Classification of money, inflation, types of banks, their functions, credit creation. Public economics, Revenue, Taxation, Expenditure. National income, macro economic approach, GNP, MNP, NI, DI, PI, methods of calculation of national income.

References

1. History of Science and Technology : R.V.G.Menon2. A History of Technology : C.Singar3. Science in Technology : J.D.Bernal4. Science and Human Values : J.Brownoskyi5. Elements of Economics : Paul A.V.6. A Text Book of Modern Economics : Abuja K.I.H.L.7. Principles of Economics : Sundaram and Waish

393

COMPUTER PROGRAMMINGP 303 3+1

Module 1Computer fundamentals, classification, mainframe, mini and microcomputers, block schematic of personal computers. Concept of software and hardware. Introduction to PC operating systems, DOS and WINDOWS, Programming languages, classification, machine language, assembly language and high level language. Program development. Flow charts and algorithms. Compilers, assemblers.

Module 2 C Programming, Introduction to C programming language, compilation of C programs. Structure of a C program, syntax of C language, input, output statements. Fundamental data types, variables, identifiers, keywords, operator precedence and associativity, arithmetic expressions. Simple exercise, Loop statements-for, while, do-while. Decision statements-if, nested if, switch statements, break and continue statements.

Module 3Arrays & Structures, single and multidimensional arrays, character arrays and its initializations. String and its initializations, Functions-concept, function declaration and calling. Arguments and local variables, parameter passing methods in C function, concept of recursive functions. Declaration and initialisation of structure variables. Array of structures and nested structures. Example programs using structures, unions.

Module 4Pointers, concept of pointers in C, declaration of pointer variables, use of pointers in arrays, functions and structures. Example programs using pointers, files-sequential and random files, file type specification, creating a data file, file operators.

References1. Programming in C : E Balaguruswamy2. Let us C : Y.P.Kannetkar3. Pointers in C : Y.P.Kannetkar4. Programming with C : Bryan.S.Gottfried,Tata McGrawHill

POLYMER SCIENCE - IP304 3+1

Module 1Importance in everyday life, classification, examples for natural, synthetic, homo polymer, copolymer, inorganic and biopolymers, structure of linear, branched, ladder, crosslinked and network polymers, homochain and hetero-atomic chain polymers, nomenclature, functionality of monomers, Bi-functional systems, poly functional systems, polymerisability

394

Module 2 Number average, weight average, viscosity average, z- average molecular weights, molecular weight distribution, polydispersity index, simple numerical problems to illustrate average molecular weight, basic principles of the following methods: end group analysis, colligative property measurements, osmometry, vapour phase osmometry, light scattering, ultracentrifugation, viscometry and gel permeation chromatography, Staudinger Index

Module 3Addition polymerization, mechanism and kinetics of free radical, cationic & anionic polymerization, free radical initiators, chain length and degree of polymerisation, control of molecular weight, inhibition, autoacceleration, chain transfer, coordination polymerisation, mechanism, kinetics, Ziegler- Natta catalysts, ring opening polymerization, diene polymerization.

Module 4Basics of condensation polymerisation, Carother’s equation, gelation, Copolymerization, different types of copolymers, monomer reactivity ratio, copolymer equation. Polymerisation techniques, bulk, solution, suspension, emulsion and interfacial polymerisation

References

1. F.W. Billmeyer, Textbook of Polymer Science, Wiley international publishers, 1984.

2. Joel R. Fried, Polymer science and Technology, Prentice Hall, NJ, 19953. J.M.G. Cowie, Polymers: Chemistry and Physics of Modern Materials, Blackie,

London, 1991.4. R.J. Young and P.Lovell, Introduction to Polymers, 2nd Ed., Chapman & Hall,

1991.5. Premamoy Ghosh, Polymer Science and Technology of Plastics and Rubbers, Tata

McGraw - Hill, New Delhi, 1990. 6. H.R. Allcock and F.W. Lampe, “ Contemporary Polymer Chemistry”, Prentice

Hall 1981.7. F.W.Billmeyer, “ Text Book of Polymer Science”, Wiley Interscience, 1971.8. F.Rodrigues, “ Principles of Polymer systems”, Mc Graw Hill, 1970

ORGANIC CHEMISTRYP 305 3+1

Module 1Chemical bonding and molecular structure, electronic effects in organic molecules, inductive, mesomeric and hyperconjugation effects, acids and bases, reactive intermediates in organic chemistry- carbocations, carbanions, free radicals, carbenes and nitrenes.

Module 2Organic reaction mechanisms, introduction. Substitution and Elimination reactions: detailed study of SN1, SN2, SNi, SN1’, SN2’ and borderline mechanisms.

395

Nucleophilicity and basicity, leaving group effects, solvent effects, neighboring group participation. Detailed study of elimination reactions (E1, E2, and E1cb mechanisms), substitution vs. elimination. Rearrangement Reactions: common rearrangements in organic chemistry, rearrangement of carbocations, non-classical carbocations. Catalysis by acid & bases, Lewis acid catalysis, Phase transfer catalysis and applications of crown ethers. Methods of determination of organic reaction mechanisms.

Module 3Isomerism of organic compounds: isomerism, definition and classification, molecular representation, stereo isomerism, conformation, configuration, chirality and optical activity, stereocentre, racemisation and methods of resolution, chiral synthesis, optical purity and enantiomeric excess, configurational nomenclature, D, L, R and S, determination of configuration, geometrical isomerism, E/Z notation, interconversion of geometrical isomers, conformational analysis of acyclic and cyclic molecules, rotation about bonds, concepts of dihedral angle, torsional strain, optical rotatory dispersion and circular dichroism.

Module 4Organic Spectroscopy: principles and applications of UV, IR, NMR, ESR spectroscopic techniques for the structure elucidation of organic compounds, problem solving approach. Recent advances in NMR techniques, 13C–NMR, 2 dimensional NMR spectroscopy.

References

1. Morrison & Boyd, Organic Chemistry, Prentice Hall. New Delhi, 6th edition,19922. B.S.Bahl and Arun Bhal, Advanced Organic Chemistry, S. Chand & Co. Ltd.,

New Delhi, 15th edition, 19983. I.L.Finar, Textbook of Organic Chemistry, ELBS, 5th edition, 1996, 4. Jerry March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons, New york, 1992

STRENGTH OF MATERIALS AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING

MP306 3+1Module 1

Stress and strain - Bars of varying cross - sections – composite sections - temperature stresses. Principal stresses and planes-Mohr's circle representation of plane stress.

Module 2Shear force and bending moments -Cantilever-simply supported and overhanging beams-concentrated and U. D. loadings analytical method. Relation between load. SF and BM. Theory of simple bending- bending and shear stress distribution rectangular, circular and 1-sections.

Module 3Slope and deflection of simply supported beams and cantilevers- Double integration- Macaulay's Method-moment area method- conjugate beam method.

396

Module 4Torsion of circular shafts-solid and hollow shafts- power transmitted by shafts. Close-coiled and open coiled spring- leaf spring. Thin cyliders and jhick cylinders subjected to internal and external pressures- compound pipes -wire wound pipes-strain energy-axial loads, gradually and suddenly applied load-impact loads.

Module 5Columns and sturts- short and long columns-Euler's theory-Ran kine's theory - Eccentrically Loaded columns-column with initial curvature. General description only of simple and compound steel, beams, columns and column foundation-principle of reinforced concrete. Reinforcements detailing in R. C. Slabs, beams, columns & footings (No problem expected)

References

1. Timoshenko.S.P, Strength of Materials, Part 1,D.Van Nostrand company, Inc.Newyork.

2. Popov E.P., Engineering Mechanics of solids, Prentice Hall of India, New Deihi.3. Punmia B.C, Strength of Materials and Mechanics of structures, Vol 1,Lakshmi

Publications, New Delhi.4. Vazirani V.N., Ratwani N. M, Analysis of Structures, Vol 1, Khanna Publishers,

New Delhi.5. Kazimi S.M.A., Solid Mechanics, Tata Mc Graw Hill.6. William A Nash, Strength of Materials, Mc Graw Hill.7. Ryder G.H., Strength of Materials, ELBS.8. Arthur Morley, Strength of Materials, ELBS, Longman’s Green& Company.

CHEMISTRY LAB P 307 0+3

A. Organic synthesis

1. Synthesis of ethyl n- butyl acetoacetate by the acetoacetatic ester condensation2. Synthesis of 3-nitrobenzoic acid from benzoic acid3. Nitration of aromatic hydrocarbons.4. Side chain oxidation of aromatic hydrocarbons.5. Benzoylation of phenols. 6. Preparation of solid esters.7. Bromination of amines.

B. Purification and characterization of organic compounds

1. Purification (fractional crystallization, fractional distillation, chromatography) and separation of the components of a binary organic mixture (liquid-liquid, liquid-solid and solid-solid) using chemical analysis and IIR and NMR spectral data.

2. Identify the components of the given binary mixture.3. Checking the purity of the separated components on TLC plates.

397

COMPUTER LAB P 308 0+3

1. Familiarisation of DOS commands and WINDOWS.2. Simple C programs with control statements and loops. 3. Programs handling one-dimensional array.4. Programs handling multidimensional array5. Programs using a simple function.6. Functions having arguments.7. Recursive functions.8. Programs handling structures.9. Programs using pointers.10. Programs involving files.11. A simple graphic program.

398

FOURTH SEMESTER

399

MATHEMATICS – IIIENGINEERING

CMELRPTA 401 3+1

Module 1Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential equations with constant coefficents - Finding P.I. by the method of variation of parameters – Cauchys equations - Linear Simultaneous eqns- simple applications in engineering problems.

Module 2Partial Differential Equations: Formation by eliminating arbitary constants and arbitary Functions - solution of Lagrange Linear Equations – Charpits Method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients – solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation.


Module 4Probability and statistics: Binomial law of probability - The binomial distribution, its mean and variance - Poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution - its mean and variance - fitting of binomial & Poisson distributions - normal distribution - properties of normal curve - standard normal curve - simple problems in binomial, Poisson and normal distributions.

Module 5Population & Samples: Sampling distribution of mean ( known) –Sampling distribution of variance, F and Chi square test – Level of significance - Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – Test of significance for single proportion, difference proportion, single mean and difference of mean (proof of theorems not expected).

References

1. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers.2. M.K. Venkataraman, Engineering Mathematics Vol. II -3rd year Part A & B,

National Publishing Company.3. Ian N.Sneddon, Elements of Partial Differential Equations,Mc Graw Hill

International Edn.4. Richard A Johnson, Miller and Fread’s Probability and statistics for engineers,

Pearson Education Asia / PHI.5. Bali and Iyengar, A text book of Engineering Mathematics (Volume II), Laxmi

Publications Ltd.6. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engg. Mathematics, Wiley Eastern Ltd.7. Hogg and Tanis, Probability and statistical inferences, Pearson Education Asia.

400

OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMINGP 402 3+1

Module 1Introduction, concepts of classes and objects, encapsulation and inheritance, building classes, declaring objects, member functions, constructors and destructors, member access control-private, public, protected. Inheritance and access control, extending classes, multiple inheritance

Module 2Polymorphism, virtual methods, definition, usage of virtual methods, abstract classes, simulation using abstract classes, overloading methods, operator overloading, selecting friend or member functions for operator overloading

Module 3Dynamic objects, dynamic object allocation, using references with dynamic memory allocations, in-line functions outside class definitions. Case study-C++.

Module 4Concepts of Windows programming, GUI, visual programming concepts, active X concepts, fundamentals of MFC, concepts of DLL, DAO and ODBC.

References

1. Data abstraction and OOP in C++ - Gordenkeeth Wiley Eastern2. Object Oriented Programming with C++ - E. Balaguruswamy, Tata Mc.

Graw Hill3. C++ - Strostroup4. Object Oriented Programming with C++ - Nabajyothy Bjarne 5. Programming Windows 95 - Charles Petzold, Microsoft

Press6. Visual C++ Programming - Yashwanth Kaneethkar, BPB7. Visual Basic from the group UP - Cary Cornessl, Tata Mc.

Graw Hill

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGYLP 403 3+1

Module 1Basic Principles of Electric Machines- concept of motoring and generating action, DC generator, characteristics, working, load test, DC motor, characteristics,, load test, speed control, field control, armature control, basic principles, applications.

Module 2Transformers: Transformer action, EMF equation, step up and step down transformer, load test, calculation of efficiency, design of typical step down transformers like 280/6-0-6V, 230/9-0-9 V, 280/12-0-12 V for inverters and rectifiers. Auto and three phase transformers, basic principles of current transformers (no analysis) basic principles of servo stabilizer.

401

Module 3A C Machines; Basic principles of operation of synchronous and induction motor characteristics (no analysis), starting of induction motors, starters, single phase induction motor, constructional features, types, working and characteristics only (no analysis).

Module 4Special Machines AC&DC servo motors, synchros constructional features, working of tacho generators, stepper motor, construction working, applications& specifications of stepper motors, universal motors, constructional features, typical applications, criteria for selection of motors, electromagnetic relays, AC&DC contactors.

Module 5Batteries: Dry cells, secondary cells, lead acid cells, charging and discharging characteristics, Ampere hour rating of batteries, construction of button cells, lithium batteries, specifications chargeable batteries, battery charging circuits, Maintenance of batteries, characteristics of nickel cadmium, nickel metal hydride, and lithium ion batteries, used for pagers and cellular phones, concept of UPS, block schematic of UPS, fields of applications.

References

1. Electrical Technology - B.L.Thereja2. Electrical Machines - R.K. Rajput3. Electrical Design Estimating And Costing - K.B. Raina & Bhattacharya4. Electrical machines and Power systems - Vincent Del Toro5. Electric Engineers Hand Book - Donald G. Fink

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING - IP 404 3+1

Module 1Fluids-nature of fluids, ideal fluid, real fluid, physical properties of fluids, density, specific weight, compressibility, surface tension, viscosity, capillarity, pressure, Pascal’s law, measurement of fluid pressure, piezometer, bourden pressure gauge, simple manometer, differential manometer.

Module 2Fluid flow phenomena-classification of flow, steady and unsteady state flow, uniform and non uniform flow, laminar and turbulent flow, isothermal and adiabatic flow, rotational and irrotational flow, critical velocity, Reynolds number, Bernoulli’s theorem, measurement of fluid flow, pitot tube, orificemeter, venturimeter, rotameter.

Module 3Centrifugal pumps-types of casings, piping system, work done, efficiency, discharge, velocity diagrams, characteristic curves, NPSH, cavitation, priming. Reciprocating pumps, discharge, slip, power required, indicator diagram.

402

Module 4Thermodynamics- fundamental concepts and definitions, types of thermodynamic systems and properties, closed, open and isolated systems, intensive and extensive properties, path functions and state functions, zeroth law of thermodynamics, first law applied to non flow process, formulation of first law, enthalpy, heat capacity, specific heat, second law of thermodynamics, Kelvin-Plank statement, Clausius statement, third law of thermodynamics, entropy changes and irreversibility, Gibb’s free energy, work function, Maxwell’s equations, Clapyeron equation, Gibbs-Duhem equation, fugacity and activity of pure fluids.

References

1. Engineering Thermodynamics, Nag2. Introduction to chemical engineering thermodynamics, J.M Smith, Tata McGraw-

Hill publishing company, New Delhi3. Fluid Mechanics, Jagadish Lal4. Hydraulics and Fluid mechanics, P.N Modi5. Fluid Mechanics, S.K Modi

POLYMER PHYSICSP405 3+1

Module 1Stress, engineering stress, true stress, strain, engineering strain, true strain, Poisson’s ratio, elastic solid, Hooke’s Law, viscous fluid, Newton’s law, viscoelastic materials, difference in the response of elastic solid, viscous fluid and viscoelastic materials under static and dynamic conditions, modulus, Young’s modulus, compression modulus, bulk modulus, compliance, factors affecting viscoelasticity, short- term and long- term properties, stress- strain curves, hysteresis, tangent modulus, secant modulus, proportionality limit

Module 2Mechanical models, spring, dashpot, Maxwell, Voigt, Maxwell-Weichert, Burger, generalised equations for these models, equations for creep and stress relaxation, Deborah number, time- temperature equivalence principle, Boltzmann superposition principle, simple numerical problems based on these principles, dynamic mechanical properties, storage modulus, loss modulus, tan , damping.

Module 3Rubber elasticity, molecular requirements of rubber-like elasticity, energy driven and entropy driven elasticity, thermoelastic experiment, Gough-Joule effect, thermodynamic treatment of rubbers, statistical mechanical theory.

Module 4Newtonian fluids and non-Newtonian fluids, Power law, shear rate dependent fluids, psuedoplasticity, dilatancy, time dependent fluids, thixotropy, rheopexy, rheological measurements, plasticity, plasticity retention index, curing characteristics, scorch time, induction time, cure time, oscillating disc rheometers. capillary rheometer, entrance and exit effects, Rabinowitsch correction, cone and

403

plate viscometer, Mooney viscometer, melt flow index, elastic effects in polymer melt flow, die swell, elastic turbulence, melt fracture, shark skin, draw down.

References

1. David J. Williams, Polymer Science and Engineering, Maclaren and Sons, Newyork1978

2. H.F. Haufman and J.J. Falcetta, Introduction to Polymer science and Technology, S P E Text Book, John Wiley & Sons NewYork 1997

3. J. D. Ferry, Viscoelastic Properties of Polymers, John Wiley & Sons NewYork 1971

4. A.V. Tobolsky, Properties & structure of polymers, John Wiley & Sons NewYork 1960.

5. R.J.Samuels, Structured Polymer Properties, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1974.

6. J. A. Brydson, Flow Properties of Polymer Melts

POLYMER SCIENCE - II

P 406 3+1

Module 1Amorphous state, molecular motion, first order and second order transitions, Tg, Tm, factors affecting Tg, secondary transitions, free volume, kinetic, and thermodynamic views of glass transition, factors influencing glass transition temperature, crystalline state, crystal systems, unit cells, primitive cell, Bravais lattices, polymorphism, polymer single crystals, lamellae, spherulites, supermolecular structures, fringed micelle model, degree of crystallinity, factors affecting crystallinity, X-ray diffraction, copolymers, linear and cyclic arrangement.

Module 2Polymer solutions, terms and definitions, types of solutions, Hildebrand approach, Flory Huggins theory, thermodynamic view of miscibility, upper critical solution temperature (UCST), lower critical solution temperature (LCST), concentration regimes in polymer solutions, theta conditions.

Module 3Chemical reactivity of linear and crosslinked polymers, hydrolysis, acidolysis, aminolysis, hydrogenation, addition and substitution reactions, cross linking reactions, reactivity of functional groups, polymer analogous reactions, polymer bound reagents, chain end and random degradation, degradation by oxygen, ozone, heat, UV light, micro-organism, crazing, weathering, stabilisation to prevent degradation.

Module 4Effect of polymer structure on dielectric constant, capacitance, dielectric loss, power factor, dissipation factor and loss factor, prediction of molar polarization and effective dipole moment, effect of additives on electrical properties of polymers, effect of polymer structure on optical properties, clarity, transparency,

404

haze, transmittance, reflectance, gloss, prediction of refractive indices of polymers by group contributions.

References

1. Paul C. Painter and Michael M. Coleman, Fundamentals of Polymer Science, Technomic Publishing Co. Inc., Lancaster, USA, 1994.

2. Ulf W. Gedde, Polymer Physics, Chapman & Hall, 1995. 3. D.W. Van Krevelen And P.J. Hoftyzen, “Properties Of Polymer, 3rd Edition

Elsevier Scientific Publishing Company Amsterdam – Oxford – Newyork. 1990.

4. J.E. Mark Ed.AIP, Physical Properties Of Polymers Hand Book, Williston, Vt, 1996.

5. D.A.Seanor, ed., Electrical properties of polymers, Acadamic press, Newyork, 1982.

6. Jozef.Bicerano, Prediction Of Polymer Properties, Second Edition, Marcel Dekker Inc. Newyork, 1995.

7. I.M.Ward & D.W.Hadley, An Introduction to the Mechanical Properties of Solid Polymers, John Wiley & Sons, Chichester, England, 1993.

POLYMER PREPARATION AND CHARACTERISATION LABP407 0+3

1. Synthesis of the following Polymers: Polymethyl methacrylate, Polyacrylamide, Regenerated Cellulose, Phenol-Formaldehyde Resin (Novolak and Resol), Polystyrene, Polyurethanes and glyptal Resins, Urea-Formaldehyde and Melamine-Formaldehyde.

2. Quantitative estimation of the following monomers: Aniline, Phenol, Acetone, Ethyl Acetate, Formaldehyde, Acrylonitrile, Urea, Glycol, Methyl methacrylate

3. Determination of molecular weight by viscosity method.

ELECTRICAL MACHINES LABP 408 0+3

A total of 8 experiments (4 from Group A and 4 from Group B) out of 16 suggested below may be done in the laboratory.

GROUP A1. O.C.C and Load test on DC generator.2. Load test on DC shunt motor.3. Load test on Single phase induction motor.4. Load test on 3-phase cage induction motor.5. Load test on 3-phase slip ring induction motor.6. Load test on single phase transformer.7. Load test on 3-phase alternator – regulation at different power factor – 8. Demonstration of terminal voltage control.

GROUP B

405

1. Characteristics of diode and Zener diode.2. Half-wave and full-wave rectifier – study of wave forms and regulations.3. Transistor biasing – assemble CE amplifier – study input and output 4. Waveforms.5. Assemble RC phase shift oscillator – study waveforms.6. Study of SCR – assemble single phase controlled rectifier – study phase

control.7. Operational amplifier circuit – adder, integrator.8. Study of logic gates – AND, OR, INVERTER, NAND, NOR, Half adder and

full adder using NAND gates.

406

FIFTH SEMESTER

407

MATHEMATICS – IVENGINEERING

CMELPA 501 3+1Module 1


Module 2Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: Successive bisection method-Regula falsi method - Newton –Raphson method – solution of system of linear equations by Jacobi’s iteration method and Gauss-Siedel method.

Module 3Numerical solution of ordinary differential equation: Taylor’s series method- Euler’s method –Modified Eulers method - Runge – Kutta method (IV order)-Milne’s predictor corrector method.

Module 4Z – Transforms: Definition of Z transform- properties –Z transform of polynomial functions – trigonometric functions, shifting property, convolution property- inverse transform – solution of 1st & 2nd order difference equations with constant coefficients using Z transforms.

Module 5Linear programming: graphical solution – solution using simplex method (non – degenerate case only) – Big-M method, two phase method - Duality in L.P.P.- Balanced T.P. – Vogels approximation method – Modi method.

References

1. Ervin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley Eastern limited.

2. Dr. B.S.Grewal, Numerical methods in Engineering & Science, Kanna Publishers.

3. Dr. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Kanna Publishers.4. Dr. M.K.Venkitaraman, Numerical methods in Science & Engineering,

National Publishing Company.5. P.C.Tulsian & Vishal Pandey, Quantitative techniques Theory &

Problems, Pearson Education Asia.6. Churchill and Brown, Complex variables and applications, McGraw-Hill.7. Panneer Selvam, Operations research, PHI.8. S Arumugam, A.T.Isaac & A Somasundaram, Engineering Mathematics

Vol. III, Scitech publications 9. T.K.M.Pillai, G.Ramanaigh & S.Narayanan, Advanced Mathematics for

Engg. Students Vol. III- S.Vishwananthan printers & publishers.

408

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING - IIP502 3+1

Module 1Modes of heat transfer-conduction and Fourier law, thermal conductivity, steady state conduction through single resistance and compound resistances in series, heat flow through a cylinder, unsteady state heat conduction, equation for one dimensional conduction.

Module 2Convection-natural and forced convection, individual and overall heat transfer coefficients, factors influencing heat transfer coefficients, evaluation of heat transfer coefficients, calculation of overall coefficients from individual coefficients, resistance form of overall coefficients, co-current and counter current flows, logarithmic mean temperature difference, evaluation of heat transfer coefficients, fouling factors, analogy between heat and momentum transfer, significance of Prandtl number, Reynolds’s and Colburn analogies. Regimes of heat transfer in fluids, Graetz number, Peclet number, Nusselt number, Sieder Tate equation, Coulburn equation.

Module 3Heat exchange equipments-double pipe heat exchangers, shell and tube heat exchangers, parallel and counter flow heat exchanger, single pass 1-1 exchanger, 1-2 exchanger, 2-4 exchanger, enthalpy balances in heat exchangers, temperature pattern in multipass exchangers, heat transfer coefficients in shell and tube heat exchangers, correction of LMTD for crossflow, plate type exchangers, condensers, shell and tube condensers, kettle type boilers, extended surface equipment.

Module 4Evaporation-Types of evaporators, single effect evaporators, performance of evaporators, capacity, economy, boiling point elevation, Diirhring’s rule, enthalpy balances for single effect evaporators, calculation of heat transfer area, multiple effect evaporators, methods of feeding.

References

1. Introduction to chemical engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill publishing company, New Delhi, Badger

2. Unit operations in chemical engineering, Tata McGraw - Hill publishing company, New Delhi, Mc Cabe & Smith

3. Heat transmission, Mc Dams, Tata McGraw- Hill publishing company, New Delhi,

409

PLASTICS - SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGYP 503 3+1

Module 1Advantages and disadvantages of plastics, monomer preparation, polymerisation, properties and application of LDPE, HDPE, cross linked and chlorinated PE, PP and PS

Module 2Monomer preparation, polymerisation, properties and application of PVC, polyvinilidine chloride, PVA, polyvinylacetate, PMMA and PAN

Module 3 Monomer preparation, polymerisation, properties and application of PU, PTFE, PVF, ABS, PC, polyacetal, polyester, SAN, epoxies, PF, novolac, resol, MF and UF

Module 4Monomer preparation, polymerisation, properties and application of nylon-5, 6, 66, 612 and polyacrylamide

References

1. K.J. Saunders, “Organic Polymer Chemistry, Chapman and Hall “, London.1973.2. J.A. Brydson, “ Plastic materials”, Newnes Butterworths.3. Encyclopaedia of Polymer Science and Technology.

RUBBERS - SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGYP 504 3+1

Module 1Natural rubber, source, chemical formula, molecular weight distribution, crystallisation, structure property relationship, chemical reactivity, electrical and oxidation properties, anti degradants, strength of rubbers. Various forms of natural rubber, crumb, sheet, crepe, SP rubber, DPNR, LNR, liquid rubber, classes of liquid elastomers, telechilic polymers, powdered rubber.

Module 2Vulcanisation, chemical and physical aspects, curing characteristics such as scorch time, induction time, cure time, mechanism of crosslinking by different crosslinking agents, sulphur, sulphur monochloride, nitrosourethane, diazo esters, phenolic resins, metal oxide, diamines, peroxides, oximes, batch and continuous vulcanisation. Different curing systems, EV, semi EV, conventional and sulphur less cure, assessment of state of cure, vulcanisation techniques, press cure, autoclave, hot air, cold and hot water, fluidised bed, molten salt bath, drum curing, radiation, microwave curing.

Module 3IR, BR, IIR, SBR, NBR-synthesis of monomers, polymerisation, structure, chemical properties, crosslinking by different methods, oxidation and ageing,

410

different types of CR, halogenation of IIR, characterisation, crosslinking, compare the oxidation properties of saturated and unsaturated rubbers, antioxidants, antiozonant.

Module 4Monomers, preparation, synthesis of polymers, structure, properties and application of the following rubbers. Ethylene based rubbers, chlorosulphonated polymers, fluorine containing rubbers, nitrosofluoro elastomers, phosphonitrillic elastomers, poly(thiocarbonyl fluoride) and related elastomers. Acrylic rubbers, oil resistant rubbers, polyvinylether elastomers, polysulphide rubber, silicone rubbers, polyalkenamers, polynorbornene, polyurethane, thermoplastic rubbers, polycarbonate rubbers.

References

1. J.A. Brydson, Rubber Chemistry, allied Science publishers, London, 1978.2. M.Morton, Rubber Technology, Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1987.3. J.A. Brydson, Rubber Materials and Their Compounds Elsevier, 1988.4. A.Whelan and K.S. Lee, Developments in Rubber Technology (Vol. I-IV)

Applied Science Publishers.

LATEX TECHNOLOGYP 505 3+1

Module 1

Natural latex, preservation, synthetic lattices and their blends, principles of latex compounding, deammoniation of latex, vulcanising agents, accelerators, antioxidants, fillers, dispersing and emulsifying agents, stabilisers, thickening agents, and other miscellaneous additives, special ingredients, preparation of dispersions and emulsions, latex compounding.

Module 2Fundamental latex characteristics, particle size and distribution, stability and destabilisation, coacervation, viscosity-concentration relationship, surface free energy and wetting behaviour, zeta potential, electrical properties of colloidal system, thermal movement of molecules, Brownian motion. Latex concentration methods, concentrated latex, significance of specification limits, test methods, total solids, dry rubber content, total alkalinity, coagulum content, sludge content, pH, KOH number, mechanical stability time, VFA number, surface tension, redox potential changes, degradation leading to acid formation, zinc oxide stability, stability tests, volatile fatty acids.

Module 3Manufacture of rubber goods from lattices and from solid elastomers, a comparison, impregnation, spreading, fabric proofing and coating. Rubber textile composite products, latex bonded fibrous structures, coir foam, latex treated rugs and carpet backing, latex application to paper. Dipping Methods, straight dipping, dipping with porous formers, coagulant dipping, heated formers, drying, surface treatments, extraction of surface soluble materials, vulcanisation, compounding of

411

latex, manufacture of dipped goods like rubber band, surgeons gloves, household gloves, dipped fabric gloves, balloon, nipples, prophylactics.

Module 4Latex foam processing methods, ammonia content of latex, compounding, mechanical frothing by beating, vulcanisation, washing, and drying, gelling, gelling systems, merits and demerits of gelling systems. Continuous foam production, typical latex compounds for foam production. Latex casting, principles, production of hollow articles, solid articles, use of porous moulds in casting, manufacture of rubber thread, latex cement and adhesives, latex paints, protective coatings, chewing gum, use of latex in roads rubberisation.

References

1. D. C. Blackley, High Polymer Latices, Vol I&II, Maclaren & Sons, London2. Madge, Latex Foam Rubber, Maclaren & Sons Ltd; 19823. Mausser, Vanderblit Latex Handbook, 3rd edition, Pub.R.T.Vanderbilt Co. Inc.,

U.S.A. 19874. Dipped goods, J. of Rubber Developments, V 25, pp.12-14-1972

POLYMER PROCESSING - IP 506 3+1

Module 1Compounding ingredients, plasticisers, extenders, factice, stabilizers, fillers, antioxidants, antiozonants, UV absorbers, flame retardants, mould release agents, colorants, and other special additives, vulcanizing agents, activators, accelerators, peptiser, retarders, tackifying agents, blowing agents, bonding agents, fragrances, antistatic agents.

Module 2 Compound development, factors to be considered for compound development, formulation of a mix, compounding for specific applications, ozone resistance, heat resistance, weather, resistance, oil resistance, radiation resistance, ermeability, medical, liquid resistance, low temperature resistance, electrical applications and opticalapplications.

Module 3Compounding, different methods, principles of mixing, dispersive and distributive mixing, mastication, two-roll mill mixing, internal mixers, comparison between open mill and internal mixer, Banbury mixing, Brabender plasticorder, continuous mixing, master batching.

Module 4 Plastics processing techniques, compression moulding, types-flash, positive and semipositive, compression moulding cycle, troubleshooting, equipment for moulding of thermoplastics, moulding of thermosets and rubber, automatic compression moulding. Transfer moulding, transfer moulding cycle, advantages,

412

limitations, theoretical and design consideration, general mould design consideration, troubleshooting.

References

1. D.V. Rosato Kluwer, Injection moulding hand book. - Academic Publishers Boston 2nd edtion 1995.

2. Richard C. Progelhof James. L. Throne, Polymer Engg. Principles, Hanser Publisher Munich 1993

3. N.P. Charemisinoff & P.N. Chere, Hand book of applied Polymer Processing Tech, Marcel Dekker, inc, NY 1996.

4. Herbert Recs, Understanding of Injection moulding Tech., Hanser Pub., Munich 1994.

SPECIFICATION TESTS LABP 507 0+3

1. Specification tests for field latex

Viscosity, density, pH2. Specification tests for preserved latex

Ammonia content, Magnesium content, Copper and manganese content, Dry rubber content, Total solid content, KOH number, Volatile fatty acid number, Sludge content, Coagulum content, Mechanical stability time, Heat stability time, ZnO stability.

3. Specification tests for dry rubberVolatile matter, Ash content, Dirt content, nitrogen content, Estimation of Cu,

Estimation of Fe, Estimation of Mn, P0, PRI.

POLYMER ANALYSIS LABP 508 0+3

1. Identification of Rubbers: NR, SBR, BR, IR, IIR, EPDM, CR, NBR, Hypalon, Thiokol, Silicone.

2. Identification of Plastics: PE, PP, PS, PVC, PVA, PF, UF, MF, Polyester.3. Identification of Thermoplastic Elastomers: SIS, SBS, SEBS, Hytrel.4. Estimation of Polymers: Acrylonitrile content of NBR, Chlorine content of CR,

Rubber hydrocarbon content of NR.5. Analysis of Polymer Compounds: Iodine value of rubber compounds, Carbon

black content, Free sulphur content, Total inorganic content, Silica content.

413

SIXTH SEMESTER

414

PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENTP 601 3+1

Module 1

Evolution of scientific management, functions of management, planning, organising, staffing, directing, motivating, communicating, controlling and coordinating. Organisational structure line, staff and functional relationship, organisational structure of various departments, authority and responsibility, span of control delegation. Formation of companies, proprietary, partnership, joint stock, private limited and public limited companies, private sector, public sector and co-operative sector, raising of capital shares, types of shares and debentures.

Module 2Personnel management and Industrial relations, objectives and functions of personnel management, recruitment, selection and training of workers, psychological attitude to work and working conditions, fatigue, methods of eliminating fatigue cause, effect of industrial disputes, methods of settlement, collective bargaining, trade unions, workers participation in management, labour welfare and social security, industrial psychology, scope and objective. Job evaluation and merit rating, objectives and principles of job evaluation, systems of job evaluation, merit rating plans. Wages and incentives, primary wage systems, time rate and piece rate systems of wage payment, incentive plans, profit sharing, co-partnership, non-money incentives.

Module 3Production Management, product, planning and control, batch and mass production, determination of economic lot size in batch production, function of production control, routing, scheduling, despatching and follow up, production control in mass production.

Module 4Marketing Management, importance, marketing Vs selling, marketing planning, competitive marketing strategy, product life cycle strategy, new product development cycle strategy, marketing channels inventory controls, determination of economic order quantity and recorder level, locating store, store room layout, store techniques, store room registers and records. Application of patents, sale of patent rights, trade mark and copy rights.

References

1. Koontzand O’ Dennel- ‘Essentials of Management’ (TMH)2. F.Luffthans ‘Organisational Behavior’ (TMH)3. P.Hersey and Ken Blanchard ‘Management of Organisational Behavior’ (PHI)4. E.S.Buffa ’Modern Production Management’5. E.S.Buffa ’Operations Management’6. O.B.Choudhary ’Marketing Management’ 7. A.K.Sinha & R.Sinha ’Project Engg. & Management’

415

ENGINEERING STATISTICS & QUALITY CONTROLP 602 3+1

Module 1Population and sampling, large and small samples, random sampling, estimating the mean value and variance, confidence intervals, choice of sample size for estimation. Testing of hypotheses for large samples, means, proportions, difference between means and standard deviations. Testing of hypothesis for small samples, t-distribution, test of hypothesis for mean, difference between means, test for paired data, F-distribution, f-tests and properties, contingency table, X2 distribution, goodness of fit and independence.

Module 2

Concepts of inspection, quality control, quality assurance, quality circles, zero defect, total quality control, quality costs, computer aided inspection, economics of quality, quality vs. cost of production, Organisation of a Q.C. department, Q.C. Education, Training aids. Process control: control charts, 3 control limits, types of control charts for variables and attributes, r-chart, Q-chart, P-chart, NP- chart, U-chart, determination of revised control limits, use and significance of control charts, quality rating system.

Module 3Acceptance sample, types of acceptance, sampling plans, determination of probability of acceptance by these sampling plans, sampling risks, design of sampling for stipulated producers risk and consumers risk. Concepts of AQL, LTPD, AOQL in sampling, QC curves, construction, standard sampling plans, MIL, STD, LOSD, plan, dodge roming plans, continuous and sequential sampling plans.

Module 4Definition of reliability, maintainability, failure rate, mean time between failures, factors contributing to reliability of products, failure cycle of products, bathtub curve, reliability tests, operating characteristics, curves for acceptance.

References

1. I.W.Burr, Engineering Statics and Quality Control, Mc-Graw Hill, 19752. A.J.Duncon, Quality Control and Industrial Statistics, Richard. Irwin, Inc., 19753. R.C.Gupta, Engineering Manufacture and Statical Quality Control, Khanna

Publishers, Delhi, 19824. Granth L. Engene, Statistical quality Control, Mc Graw Hill, Inc, New York, 19525. Sigmund Halpern, An Introduction to Quality Control and Reliability, 6. Quality Control Handbook (TMH)7. E.L. Grant,” Statistical Quality Control”8. Gupta And Kapoor, Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics.9. Gupta and Kapoor, Applied statistics

416

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING - IIIP 603 3+1

Module 1Distillation, vapour liquid equilibrium, Dalton’s law, Raoult’s law and Henry’s law, relative volatility, boiling-point diagrams, equilibrium diagrams, rectification, construction of fractionating column, calculation of the number of theoretical plates by Mc-Cabe Thiele method, feed quality and feed line, feed plate location, total reflux, minimum reflux, optimum reflux, plate efficiency.

Module 2Molecular diffusion, molecular diffusion in gases and liquids, Fick’s law, mass transfer coefficient, steady state diffusion of A through stagnant B and equimolar counter diffusion in binary gases and liquids, diffusivity of liquids and gases. Applications of molecular diffusion, mass, heat and momentum transfer analogies.

Module 3Drying, principles of drying, heat transfer in drying, mass transfer in drying, equilibrium moisture content, bound, unbound and free water, critical moisture content, batch drying, rate of batch drying, constant drying rate period, factors affecting the constant drying rate period, falling rate period, time of drying, rate of drying curve, material and enthalpy balances in drying, equipments for drying, batch dryers, rotary dryers, tunnel dryers.

Module 4Gas absorption, absorption equipment, tray towers, continuous contact equipment, packed columns, properties of tower packing, types of tower packing, tower construction, solubility of gas in liquid, two component systems, multicomponent systems, ideal liquid solutions, non ideal liquid solutions, choice of solvent, material balance in absorption, counter current flow, minimum liquid-gas ratio, absorption factor, number of plates by graphical construction.

References

1. Unit operations in chemical engineering, Tata Mc Graw-Hill Company limited, New Delhi, Mc Cabe & Smith.

2. Introduction to Chemical Engineering, Tata Mc Graw-Hill Company limited, New Delhi, Badger

3. Mass transfer Operations, Tata Mc Graw-Hill Company limited, New Delhi, Treyball

417

BIO MEDICAL & BIO POLYMERSP 604 3+1 Module 1

Biomaterials, biocompatibility, stabilisation, inflammation and wound healing, blood clotting system, kinn system, biological responses to implants, implant design and applications, silicone polymer implants.

Module 2 Biomedical applications of polymers, permanent implants for function, orthopaedics, cardio vascular, respiratory patches and tubes, digestive system, genitourinary system, nervous system, orbital (corneal and lens prosthesis) permanent implant for cosmoses, other applications of engineered material in clinical practices, silicone implants, polymer membranes, polymer skin, polymeric blood, poly (vinyl pyrollidone)

Module 3 Contact lenses, hard lenses, gas permeable lenses, flexible lenses, soft lenses, hydrogels, equilibrium swelling, absorption and desorption, oxygen permeability, types of soft lenses, manufacture, cleaning and disinfection, dental applications, denture base, denture reliners, crown and bridge resins, plastic teeth, mouth protectors, maxillofacial prosthetic materials, restorative materials, polyelectrolyte based restorative sealants, adhesives, dental impression and duplicating materials, agar, algmater elastomers.

Module 4Chemistry of peptides, polypeptides and proteins, synthetic approach to polypeptides and proteins, structural organisation in proteins. nucleic acids, RNA, DNA, structure, chemistry of polysaccharides, starch and cellulose, chemical modifications of cellulose, regenerated cellulose, viscose rayon and cuprammonium rayon

References

1. R.H. Yocum and E.B. Nyquist, Eds., Functional Monomers, Volume 1,Marcel Dekker Inc.,NewYork,1973,Chapter 3,PP 299-487

2. M.A.Galin and M.Ruben, Ed, Soft contact lenses:Clinical and Applied Technology,John Wiley and sons,Inc.,NewYork,1978.

3. Lehninger, “Principles of Biochemistry, Shulz and Bhirmer ,”Principles of protein structure “,Academic Press.

4. H.F. Mark (Ed), Encyclopedia of polymer science and engineering, John Wiley and Sons New York, 1989.

5. Galin and M. Ruben Ed., Soft compact Lenses clinical and applied Technology. 6. John Wiley and Sons, Inc. New York, 1978. Comprehensive Polymer Science

Vol.77. (Ed) David Byrom, “Bio-Material” Macmillan Publishers Ltd. and ICI Biological

products Business, 1991.8. Wilfred Lynch, Hand book of Silicone rubber fabrication, Van Nostrand Reinhold

Company, 450 west 33 rd Street, New York 1000.

418

POLYMER BLENDS & COMPOSITESP605 3+1

Module 1Introduction, preparation of polymer blends, thermodynamic criteria for polymer miscibility, specific interactions, copolymer effect, phase separation, spinoidal decomposition, nucleation and growth, phase diagram, morphology, blend characterisation techniques.

Module 2

Structure-property relationship, rubber plastic blends, phase morphology, properties of blends prepared by dynamic vulcanization, technological application, thermoplastic styrene block copolymers, polyester thermoplastic elastomers, thermoplastic polyurethane elastomers, basic structure, manufacture, morphology, commercial grades, applications, thermoplasic 1,2-polybutadiene, trans 1,4-polyisoprene, ionic thermoplastic elastomers, silicone based thermoplastic elastomers, polyamide 1,2-elastomers.

Module 3

Introduction, particulate and fibre filled composites, matrices and fibres, polymer- fibre interface, pull-out strength, critical fibre length, short fibre and continuous fibre composites, effect of coupling and bonding agents, characterization of interfacial bond strength, applications, polymer concrete, polymer impregnated concretes, polymeric binders for rocket propellants, analysis of long fibre composites, analysis of short fibre composites, factors influencing the performance of composites, rule of mixtures, physical and functional properties.

Module 4Introduction, resins (polyester, epoxies, phenolics), reinforcements (glass, carbon, aramid, polyester, nylon, cellulosics), moulding process, contact moulding, vacuum bag moulding, pressure bag moulding, hand lay up, filament winding, spray up, compression moulding, injection moulding, co-injection moulding, resin transfer moulding, pultrusion, RRIM, matched die moulding.

References

1. Hand book of Elastomers, New Developments and Technology (Eds), A.K. Bhowmic, and H.C. Stephense, Markel Dekker, Inc., New york.

2. O.Olabisi, I.W. Robeson, and M.T. Shaw, Polymer-polymer Miscibility Academic Press, New York, 1979

3. Paul S. Newman (Ed) ‘Polymer Blends’” Academic Press, New York, 19784. G.Alliger, etal, Rubber world, 164930,51(1971)5. Goettler inc, the role of the polymeric matrix in the processing and structural

prpperties of copmposite materials (J C Sferis and L.Nicolars, (Edn) Plenum, New York 1983.

419

POLYMER PROCESSING - IIP 606 3+1

Module 1Injection moulding, terminology, process description, moulding cycle, classification of moulds, 2-plate and 3-plate moulds, different types of gates, cavity lay-out, setting up of mould, types of injection unit, elements of plasticating process, classification of screw, screw design, process control, clamping unit, classification of machine hydraulics, ancillary equipment, computer operation, trouble shooting of injection moulding, reaction injection moulding

Module 2Extrusion, principle, types of extruders, single screw and twin-screw extruders, metering, screw design, process control variables, types of dies, die design, elastic properties and die swell, manufacturing of pipes, cables, wire coating, extrusion profiles, blown films, flat film, sheets, filaments, lamination, extrusion of elastomers

Module 3Blow moulding, terminology, basis, process variables, injection & stretch blow moulding, single and multi layer, extrusion blow moulding, extrusion heads, process controls for blow moulding machine, process and product controls. Thermoforming, definition, methods of forming, thermoforming machinery, heating of sheet, heating cycle, stretching, concept, hot strength, blistering, sags, cooling and trimming the parts, heat balance, shrinkage, trimming operations.

Module 4Rotational moulding, types of machines, moulds, materials, part design, calendering, types of calenders and strainer, embosser, winder, take off-systems, crowning, machinery powder coating, manufacturing methods, application methods, types of powder coating, finishing and machining of plastics, joining, welding and assembling of plastics.

References

1. Edited by Michael L. Berlin Plastics Engineering. Handbook. Society of the plastic Industries Chapman & Hall NY 1991.

2. James L. Throne, Technology of Thermoforming. Hanser, Publisher Munmich 1996.

3. M.J. Stevens and J.A. Covas, Extruder principle and operation. Chapman & Hall UK, 2nd edtion 1995.

4. D.V. Rosato & D.V. Rosato, Blow moulding Hand book, Hanser Published 1998.

420

LATEX PRODUCTS LABP 607 0+3

1. Preparation of dispersion, slurry and emulsions2. Creaming of NR latex.3. Manufacture of rubber bands, balloons, finger caps, household gloves, surgeons’

gloves, latex thread and articles by casting.4. Heat sensitized dipping.5. Latex impregnation in textiles6. Preparation of SP, CV and LV rubber7. Preparation of latex based adhesives8. Work practice in the production of latex foam9. Work practice in the production of bonded coir

PRODUCT MANUFACTURING LABP 608 0+3

1.Determination of Cure time. 2.Effect of mastication time on plasticity/ viscosity3.Work practice in mastication, band formation, homogenisation and mixing using a

laboratory mill4.Preparation of micro cellular sheet, V-strap, tea mat, teats, injection bottle cap, play

ball, man made hose, solvent based adhesives, solid tyre, sponge, eraser and oil seal.

5.Work Practice in calendaring, injection moulding, rotational moulding and extrusion6.Compounding of PVC on two roll mill7.Visit to factories manufacturing tyres and non tyre products.8.Preparation and characterisation of thermoplastic elastomers from rubber-plastic

blends.a) Miscible binary system (solution and melt mixing)b) Immiscible binary system (solution and melt mixing)c) Compatibilised binary system (solution and melt mixing)

9.Preparation of miscible polymer blends, phase separation, LCST measurements.10. Blending of NR with SBR, BR and EPDM.11. Preparation of fibre filled composites.12. Hand Lay up technique and Compression Moulding.

421

SEVENTH SEMESTER

422

PAINT TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE - I)P 701 - 1 2+1

Module 1Reflection, refraction, diffraction, colour science, additive colour mixing, gloss, specular gloss, bloom gloss, surface uniformity, hiding power, chromaticity diagrams for colour measurements, components of paints, paint preparation, formulation, factors affecting pigment dispersion, preparation of pigment dispersion, manufacture, pigments, pigment properties, different types, selection, dispersion and colour matching of pigments, extenders, solvents, different types, solvent properties, oil, driers, resins, dilutents, additives affecting viscosity, interfacial tension, chemical reactions, living micro organisms.

Module 2 Classification based on polymeric resin, emulsion, oil and alkyd paints, acrylic paints, epoxy coatings, polyurethanes, silicones, formaldehyde based resins, chlorinated rubbers, acrylics, hydrocarbon resins. Classification based on application. Fluoropolymers, vinyl resins, appliance finishes, automotive finishes, coil coatings, can coatings, marine coatings, aircraft finishes.

Module 3 Mechanism of film formation, physical drying, oxidative drying, chemical drying, factors affecting coating properties, film thickness, film density, internal stresses, pigment volume concentration (PVC), different methods used for film preparation, barrier properties. Mechanical properties and optical properties of coatings, ageing properties, effect of rheological behaviour on paint performance.

Module 4 Adhesion properties of coatings, factors affecting adhesive bond, thermodynamics of adhesion, destructive methods, nondestructive methods, properties such as floating, silking, cratering, foaming, skinning, flame retardance, slip resistance and storage stability, surface cleaning methods, chemical conversion treatments, paint application, brushing, dip coating, flow coating, roller coating, spray painting, electro deposition, chemiphoretic deposition.

References

1. Swaraj Paul, “ Surface coating: Science and Technology” Wiley- Interscience 1985

2. R. Lambourne. “ Paint and Surface Coatings-Theory and Practice” Ellis Horwood Chichester 1987

423

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE - I)P 701 - 2 2+1

Module 1Data Structures, introduction, storage structures for arrays, stacks, application of stacks, queues, pointers and linked allocations, linked linear list, operations, circularly and doubly linked list, applications, sorting techniques, selection sort, bubble sort, exchange sort, searching techniques, sequential searching, binary searching.

Module 2Operating systems, generation and history of operating systems, multi programming and time sharing concepts, process states, transition, PCB, interrupt processing, job and process scheduling, disk scheduling, seek optimization, rotational optimization.

Module 3Software engineering, planning and cost estimation, importance of software, defining the problem, developing a solution strategy, planning, development process, organizational structure, software cost estimation, introduction, software cost factors, cost estimation techniques, staffing level estimation.

Module 4Software design concepts, introduction, fundamental design concepts, modules and modularization criteria, design notations and techniques, detailed design consideration, real time and distributed system design, test plans, milestone, walkthroughs and inspections, design guidelines, computer security, fundamental concepts of cryptosystems. Computer networks, introduction, uses of computer networks, network hardware & software, reference models, network topologies, examples of network, internet programming, HTML, DHTML, front page, introduction to dream weaver. E-commerce, introduction, applications in business, E-commerce framework.

References

1. Jean-Paul Tremblay& Paul.G.Sorenson, An Introduction to Data Structures with Applications, Mc Graw Hill, II edition, 1984.

2. Harvey.M.Detail, An Introduction to Operating Systems, Addison Wesley Publication Company, 1998.

3. James.L.Peterson, Abraham Silberschatz, Operating System Concepts, Addison Wesley Publication Company, 1985.

4. Richard Fairley, Software Engineering Concepts, Mc Graw Hill, 1985.5. Pressman R.S., Software Engineering, Mc Graw Hill, II edition, 1987.

424

ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT (ELECTIVE - I)

P701 - 3 2+1

Module 1Nature and scope of engineering economics, definition and scope of study of the subject, significance of economic analysis in business decisions, demand and supply analysis, determinants of demand, law of demand, Elasticity of demand, Demand forecasting, Law of supply, Elasticity of supply, Market price.

Module 2Cost analysis, fixed cost, variable cost, marginal cost, cost output relationship in the short run and the long run, equilibrium of the firm, pricing decisions, situations demand, pricing decisions, pricing in practice, full cost pricing, marginal cost pricing, bid pricing, pricing for a rate of return, statutory price fixation in India, break even analysis, break even point, basic assumptions, break even chart, managerial uses of break even analysis.

Module 3

Capital budgeting, need for capital budgeting, method of appraising project Profitability, rate of return, pay back period, present value comparison, cost benefit analysis, preparing of feasibility report, appraisal process, economic and commercial feasibility, financial feasibility, technical feasibility.

Module 4Work study, production, productivity, factors affecting productivity, role of work study, human factor, methods study, objectives and procedure, SIMO chart, principles of motion economy, work measurement, stop watch time study, rating concept and systems, allowances, work sampling, plant layout, factors governing plant location, objectives of a good plant layout, process layout, product layout and combination layout.

References

1. O.P. Khanna- Industrial Engineeering and Management- Dhanpatrai Publications- New Delhi-1998

2. R. L. Varshney & K.L. Maheswari-Managerial Economics-S Chand and Co. 3. Samuelson P. A. & Nordhaus. W. D-Economics-Mc'Grawhill-1992

TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT & RELIABILITY ENGINEERING(ELECTIVE - I)

P 701 - 4 2+1

Module 1Basic concepts, evolution of total quality management, definitions of quality, deming, crosby, juran, taguchi, ishikawa theories, inspection, quality control, TQM system, human component, service and product quality, customer orientation.

425

Module 2Quality planning & techniques, quality planning, goal setting, designing for quality, manufacturing for quality, process control, CPK, 6, process capability, data based approach, statistical tools, 7QC tools, bench marking, QFD, FMEA, 5S, continuous improvement techniques, POKAYOKE, deming wheel.

Module 3Human dimension & system development in TQM, TQM mind set, participation style, team work, team development, quality circle, motivational aspect, change management, documentation, structure, information system, ISO 9000, ISO 14000, QS 9000, certification, clauses, procedure, TQM road map.

Module 4

Reliability, definition, probabilistic nature of failures, mean failure rate, meantime to failure, meantime between failures, hazard rate, hazard models, weibull model, system reliability, improvement, redundancy, series, parallel and mixed configurations, reliability in design, case studies of aircraft engines, brake system in automobiles and aircraft, electronic equipollents. Maintainability, introduction, choice of maintenance strategy, mean time to repair (MTTR), factors contributing to mean down time (MDT), fault diagnosis, routine testing for unrevealed faults, factors contributing to mean maintenance time, (MMT), on-condition maintenance, periodic condition monitoring, continuous condition monitoring, economics of maintenance.

References

1. Joel E. Rose, Total Quality Management, 2nd edn., Kogan page Ltd., USA, 1993.2. Srinath L.S., Reliability Engineering, Affiliated East West Press, New Delhi –

1975.3. John Bentley, Introduction to Reliability and Quality Engineering, 2nd edn.,

Addison – Wesley, 1999.4. Samuel K Ho, TQM – An integrated approach, 2nd edn., Kogan page Ltd., USA,

1996.5. John Bank, TQM, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ly\td., New Delhi, 1993.6. Patrick P.T. O’ Connor, Practical Reliability Engineering 2edn., John Wiley &

Sons, 1985.7. Balagurusamy E., Reliability Engineering, Tata McGrew Hill Pub. Co., New

Delhi, 1984.8. Bazovsky. I., Reliability Theory and Practice, Printice Hall, Inc. Englewood

Cliffs, New Jersey, 1961.

426

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERINGP 702 2+1

Module 1Introduction, evolution of modern concepts, functions of an industrial engineer, field of application, entrepreneurship, concept of project, types of investment, capital budgeting, investment proposals, project development cycle, preinvestment analysis, project environments, government regulations, import-export status, foreign exchange regulations, technical collaborations, means of raising capital, availability of resources, marketing survey and strategies.

Module 2Product development and research, design function, objectives of design, manufacture Vs purchase, development of design, experimentation, prototype production, testing, simplification, standardization, product development, selection of materials and processes, human factors in design, value engineering, selection of factory site, building design, construction, plant layout and material handling, product and process, layout, comparison of flowchart, use of time study data, physical facilities, constructional details, environmental control like lighting, temperature, humidity, ventilation, noise, dust, industrial waste disposal-principles of material handling, types of material handling equipment, selection and application.

Module 3Maintenance and replacement, preventive and breakdown maintenance, economic aspect, replacement of equipment, methods of providing for depreciation, determination of economic life, criteria for selection of equipment.

Module 4Methods Engineering, analysis of work methods using different types of process charts and flow diagrams, critical examination, micro motion study and Therblings, SIMO chart, principles of motion economy, determination of standard time and allowances, accounting and costing, element of double entry book keeping, trial balance, trading profit and loss account, balance sheet, principles of costing, methods of allocation of overhead costs, finance and capital requirements, price fixation, cash flow statements, return of investment, source of finance.

References

1. Production System - J.L.Riggs2. Production Control - Hiegel3. Human Factors in Engg. Design - Mc Cornic, E.J.4. Time and Motion Study - Barnes R.M.5. Operations Management - Buffa E.S.6. Value Engineering - Miles L.D.7. Methods Engineering - Krick8. System Analysis and Project Management - Cleand &king.

427

PRODUCTION ENGINEERINGP 703 3+1

Module 1Lathe, types of lathe specification, parts of center lathe, operations, single point tool nomenclature accessories and attachment, capstan and turret lathe, parts, difference, automatic lathe, single spindle and multispindle types.

Module 2Shaping, types, operations, parts of standard shaper, specifications, planning, types, parts of double housing, planning machine, operations table drive mechanism only, specifications, milling, types, specifications, operations only, drilling, types, specification, operations, twist drill nomenclature, boring, types, specification, grinding, types, abrasives, girt, grade and structure of grinding wheel, bonding process, fine finishing, honing, super finishing, buffing, metal spraying, electro plating.

Module 3Special machining, electrical discharge machining, electro chemical machining, electron beam machining, ultrasonic laser machining, plasma arc machining, abrasive jet machining, chemical machining.

Module 4 Transfer machines, types, components, N.C. machines, open and closed loop control system, analogy and digital control system, absolute and incremental position control, part programming, manual part programming technique and computer aided part programming technique, measurement principles, classification of measuring instruments, gauges, height gauge, slip gauges, sine bars, autocollimator, go, no gauges, classification, surface roughness, terms, symbols, measurement.

References

1. S.K. Hajra Choudry, Elements of Workshop Technology Vol. I & II Media promoters and Publishers, 1999, 9th Edition.

2. Workshop Technology, W.A.J. Chapman, Vol. I, II & III.33. Manufacturing Technology, M. Hastle Hurst.

428

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING - IVP 704 3+1

Module 1

Process control-controllers, types, proportional derivative control, proportional integral controller, proportional integral derivative controller, basic principles and transfer functions, pneumatic and electronic controllers, open and closed loop systems, first order systems, mercury thermometer, liquid level and mixing process

Module 2Temperature measurement-different methods like electrical, contact and non-contact methods- thermometers- liquid filled, bimetallic and resistance thermometers, thermocouple, optical pyrometer. Pressure measurement, manometers, U-tube, well type and inclined types, barometer, bourden tube, bellows, diaphragms.

Module 3Chemical reaction engineering-classification of chemical reactions and reactors, variables affecting the rate of reaction, reaction rate, molecularity and order of a reaction, Arrhenius law, collision theory and transition state theory. integral and differential method of data analysis, ideal batch reactor, semi batch reactor, mixed reactor

Module 4Process calculations-methods of expressing composition of mixture of solids, liquids and gases. concept of limiting and excess reactants. ideal gas law, Dalton’s law, Amagat’s law, material balance problems involving mixing, leaching, evaporation, distillation and absorption.

References

1. Stochiometry, Tata McGraw Hill Company limited, New Delhi, Bhatt & Vora2. Chemical reaction engineering, Levenspiel, Tata McGraw Hill Company limited,

New Delhi3. Process control, Patranabis, Tata McGraw Hill Company limited, New Delhi4. Process instrumentation, Patranabis, Tata McGraw Hill Company limited, New

Delhi5. Process system analysis and control, Coughnour & Koppel, Tata McGraw Hill

Company limited, New Delhi6. Chemical engineer’s Handbook, Perry, Tata McGraw Hill Company limited, New

Delhi.7. Introduction to chemical engineering, Anderson & Wenzel, Tata McGraw Hill

Company limited, New Delhi

429

TYRE TECHNOLOGYP705 3+1

Module 1History on the design and development of tyres, current status of tyre industry in India and its future prospects, tyre sizing, different components of a tyre, its geometry, basic functions, functions of a pneumatic tyre, load carrying, vibration and noise reduction, the tyre function as a spring, contribution to road adhesion, tyre friction contribution to driving control, steering control and self aligning torque. Solid tyres, concave tyres, winter tyres, OTR tyre, bicycle tyre, different types of tyres, bias, bias belted, radial, relative merits and demerits, their components, tube and tubeless tyres-basic features.

Module 2Cord-rubber composites, failure mechanism of cord reinforced rubber, mechanics of tyre pavement interaction, tyre forces on dry and wet road surface, traction forces on dry, wet, ice, snow and irregular pavements, breaking and traction of tyres, tyre wear, rubber friction, sliding mechanism, various factors affecting friction and sliding, tyre stresses and deformation, tyre noise, mechanism of noise generation, effect of tread pattern, noise level, flatspotting, fatigue resistance, patographing, pneumatic resilience effect.

Module 3Manufacturing techniques of various tyres - two wheeler, car tyres, truck tyres, cycle tyres, cycle tubes, OTR tyres, aircraft tyres, automotive tubes, manufacture of tyre treads, beads, sidewalls, compounding techniques, principles of designing formulations for various rubber components, tyre reinforcement materials (textile, steel, glass, aramid), criteria of selection, different styles and construction, textile treatment (RFL dip), tyre mould design, green tyre design principles, methods of building green tyres for bias, bias belted, radial and tubeless tyres, green tyre treatments, tyre curing methods, curing bags, bladders, diaphragms, autoclave, airbag, bagomatic, autoform, post cure inflation, different types of tyre building machines, bead winding machine, bias cutters, curing presses.

Module 4Measurement of tyre properties, dimension and size-static and loaded, tyre construction analysis, endurance test, wheel and plunger tests, traction, noise measurements, force and moment characteristics, cornering coefficient aligning torque coefficient, load sensitivity and load transfer sensitivity, rolling resistance, non-uniformity dimensional variations, force variations, radial force variation, lateral force variation concentricity and ply steer, type balance, mileage, evaluations, tyre flaws and separations, X-ray holography, foot print pressure distribution, BIS standards for tyres, tubes and flaps, quality control tests.

References

1. Samuel K. Clark, Mechanics of pneumatic Tires, National Bureau of standards, Monograph, US Govt. printing office, 1971.

2. Tom French, Tyre Technology, Adam Hilger, New York, 1989.

430

3. F.J. Kovac, Tire Technology, 4th edition, Good year Tire and Rubber Company, Akron, 1978.

4. E. Robecchi, L. Amiki, Mechanics of Tire, 2 Vols, Pirelli, Milano, 197

POLYMER TESTINGP706 3+1

Module 1Standards organizations, BIS, ASTM, BS, DIN, FDA, preparation and conditioning of test pieces, short term testing, stress-strain behaviour in tension, compression and shear, tensile strength, compressive strength, tear strength, flexural strength, impact, Izod, Charpy, long term testing, creep, stress relaxation, hardness, abrasion resistance, resilience, heat build- up, ageing.

Module 2Chemical analysis of polymers, functional group analysis, tacticity analysis, use of mass spectrometry, gas chromatography, IR, C13, H1, ESR, NMR spectroscopy, optical microscopy, SEM, TEM, X-ray diffraction, electron diffraction, neutron diffraction in polymer characterization.

Module 3Principle and use of DTA, TGA, DSC, DMA and TMA, determination of Tg, Tm, heat of fusion, thermal conductivity, flammability, vicat softening point, heat deflection temperature.

Module 4 Analysis of dielectric strength, dielectric constant, volume resistivity, surface resistivity, arc resistance, corona resistance, power factor, dissipation factor, loss factor, transparency, refractive index, haze, gloss.

References

1. R.P.Brown, Physical testing of Rubber, Academic Press, New York 19842. Vishu Shah, Testing of Plastics 3. ASTM Manual 35,36,374. BIS and TST Manual

431

POLYMER TESTING LABP707 0+3

Testing of mechanical properties of plastics and rubbers

1. Tensile strength2. Compression strength3. Flexural strength4. Tear strength5. Izod and Charpy impact strength6. Falling dart impact strength7. Shore Hardness8. Abrasion resistance9. Rebound resilience10. Flex resistance

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING LABORATORYP 708 0+3

1. Fluid flow measurement using orificemeter2. Fluid flow measurement using venturimeter3. Verification of Bernoulli’s theorem4. Single tank system5. Simple distillation6. Reynolds’s experiment7. Dynamics of thermometer8. Characteristic curves of a centrifugal pump9. Characteristic curves of a reciprocating pump10. Kinetics of hydrolysis of ethyl acetate.

432

EIGHTH SEMESTER

433

ADHESIVE TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE - II)P801 - 1 3+1

Module 1Bond types, immiscible planar substrates, immiscible substrates with interphase formation via chemical reaction, setting, adhesive joint strength, interface, thermodynamics of adhesive, contact angle, work of adhesion, acid base consideration, surface treatment, measure of adhesion, test methods, strength of adhesion, rheology of adhesion

Module 2Low energy surface, high energy surface, solvent, solvent cleaning, mechanical abrasion, chemical treatments, primers, plasma treatments, mechanism of adhesion, introduction, mechanical interlocking, mechanically roughened substrates, chemically roughened substrates, role of localized energy dissipation diffusion theory, welding of plastics, polymer/ metal interface, electronic theory, adsorption theory, secondary force interactions, donor-acceptor interactions, primary force interaction.

Module 3Hardening by solvent or dispersing medium removal, hardening by cooling, hardening by chemical reaction, non-hardening adhesives, adhesives from natural sources, rubber based adhesives, TPE based adhesives, phenolic resins, tannin formaldehyde resin, lignin based resin, polyvinylacetates, polyvinylalcohols, epoxides, di isocyanates, cyanoacrylate, anaerobic, acrylic, hot melt adhesives, pressure sensitive adhesives, structural adhesives in aerospace, adhesives in automobile industry, conductive, adhesives in building construction, adhesives in electrical industry.

Module 4Stresses, types of joints, selection of joint detail, joint design criteria, standard test methods, engineering properties of adhesives, non destructive testing, fracture mechanics of adhesive joints, effect of joint geometry, effect of temperature, dynamic and static fatigue, environmental attack, service life prediction.

References

1. Skiests (Ed). Handbook of Adhesives, III edition, Van Nostrand Reinhold, 19902. Shields, Handbook of Adhesives, Butterworths 19843. Pizzi (Ed) Wood Adhesives, Chemistry and Technology, Marcel Dekker 1983.

434

PLASTICS PACKAGING TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE - II)P 801 - 2 3+1 Module 1

Introduction to plastics packaging, functions of packaging, advantages of plastic packaging, distribution hazards, special requirements of food and medical packaging, packaging legislation and regulation, packaging as a system, elements, approach, package, design, relation criteria for packaging materials, packaging equipment checklist, case histories, major packaging plastics, introduction, PE, PP, PS, PVC, polyesters, PVDC, vinylacetate, PVA, EVA, PV Alcohol, PA, PC ionomers & fluoro polymers.

Module 2Conversion process, compression & transfer moulding, injection moulding, blow moulding, extrusion, rotary thermoforming, lamination, metallizing, decoration process, shrink wrapping, pallet & stretch wrapping, sealing methods, plasma barrier coatings, energy requirement for conversion.

Module 3Extrusion, film and flexible packaging, extrusion, cast film & sheet, blown film, multi layer film & sheet coatings, laminations & co extrusions, stretch and shrink wrap, pouching, sealing, evaluation of seals in flexible packages, advantages of flexible packaging, flexible packaging products, specialized packaging for food products

Module 4Thermoformed, moulded and rigid packages, thermoforming packages, position & thermoforming & wrap forming, variations in thermoforming and solid phase pressure forming, scrabbles, twin sheet & melt to mould thermoforming, skin packaging, thermoforming moulds, thermoforming fill real, aseptic thermoforming, advantages & disadvantages of moulding foams, other cushioning materials & distribution packaging, polystyrene & other foams systems cushioning, design of molded cushioning systems, plastic pallets, drums & other shipping containers, testing plastic packages, barrier, migration & compatibility, printing, labeling & pigmenting, sterilization systems and health care products, packaging hazards and their controls, environmental considerations.

References

1. Susan E.M. Seleke, Understanding plastic packaging Technology, Hanser publications – Munich

2. A.S. Altalye, Plastics in packaging, Tata McGraw – Hill publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi.

435

PROCESS ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT(ELECTIVE - II)

P 801 - 3 3+1

Module 1Value of money, equivalence, equation for economic studies and equivalence, amoritation, capital recovery, depreciation, depletion.

Module 2

Capital requirements for process plants, cost indices, equipment costs, service facilities, capital requirements for completed plan, balance sheet, cost, earnings, profits and returns, variable costs, fixed costs, income statement, economic production charts, capacity factors.

Module 3Economics of selecting alternates, annual cost methods, present worth method, equivalent alternate, rate of return and payment time, cash flow analysis, economic balance, economic balance in batch operation, cyclic operations and multiple equipment units.

Module 4Micro economics, elasticity of demand and supply, demand forecasting methods, economic analysis, cost analysis, time element, Beep micro economics, Keynesian employment theory, multiplier and accelerator, national income, accounting, business cycle. Concept of management, principles, managerial functions, scientific management, advanced techniques in management, type of organization, merits and demerits, concept of marking, need, reserach, sales forecasting, product cycle, personnel management, concepts recruitment, selection and training and development, maintenance, merit rating, job evaluation, fatigue, accidents, causes and prevention, labor management of relations, concept of industrial relations.

References

1. Schwyer H.E., “Process Engineering Economics”, Mcgraw Hill Book Co., (N.Y)2. Jelam, F.F., “Cost And Optimisation Engineering “.3. Peter And Timmerhaus, “Plant Design And Economics For Chemical Engineers.

436

PROCESS CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION (ELECTIVE - II)P 801 - 4 3+1

Module 1Principles of measurement and classification of process control instruments, temperature pressure, fluid flow, liquid level, volumetric and mass flow rate, fluid density and specific gravity, viscosity and consistency, pH and concentration, electrical and thermal conductivity, humidity composition by physical and thermal properties and spectroscopy.

Module 2Transient response of open loop systems, first order systems, examples, response to step, impulse and sinusoidal forcing functions, first order systems in series, interacting and non interacting types, response of first order systems in series, second order system, transfer functions, examples, response of second order systems to step, impulse and sinusoidal inputs transient response of chemical reactor.

Module 3Control system, development of block diagram for feed back control systems, servo and regulator problems, transfer function for controllers and final control element, principles of pneumatic and electronic controllers, transportation lag, feedback characteristics of control systems, block diagram, signal flow graph techniques.

Module 4Introduction to frequency response of closed loop systems, concept of stability ROUTH test for stability, stability criterion, bode stability criterion, Niquist diagram, tuning of controller settings. Process dynamics and applications, dynamics and control of chemical reactors, heat exchangers and distillation columns, digital computer applications, microprocessors and computer control of chemical processes, introduction to PLC programming and DCS.

References

1. Coughanowr D.R. and Koppel L.M., Process Systems Analysis and Control McGraw Hill, New York.

2. P. Harriot, Process Control, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi 1977.3. D.P. Eckman, Industrial Instrumentation, Wiley 1978.

437

COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN & MANUFACTUREP 802 3+1

Module 1Introduction, design process, application of computers for design, creating manufacture database, benefits of CAD, input-output devices in CAD, design work station, graphic terminal, operator input devices, plotters and other output devices, secondary storage. Functions of graphic package, constructing the geometry, 2D transformations, 3D transformations, conceteration, data base structure and content, wire-frame modeling, surface modeling, solid modeling finite element modeling, digitizing, layering, groups, patterns, local coordinates, automate dimensioning, on line calculation capabilities.

Module 2Conventional memorial control (NC), basic components of NC system, NC procedure, NC co ordinate system, NC motion control system, applications of NC, economics of NC, NC part programming, punched tape in NC, tape coding and format, manual part programming, computer assisted part programming, the ATP language, the macro statement in ATP, NC programming with interactive graphics, voice NC programming, manual data input, computer controls in NC, introduction, problems with conventional NC, NC controller technology, computer numerical control, direct numerical control, combined DNC/CNC systems, adaptive control machining systems.

Module 3Structural modes of manufacturing process, process control strategies, distributed control versus central control, direct digital control, supervisory computer control, computer aided quality control, technology in Q.C., computer in Q.C., contract inspection methods, non contract inspection methods, optical and non optical, computer aided testing, integration of CAQC with CAD/ CAM manufacturing systems, manufacturing systems, machine tools and related equipment, material handling system, computer integrated manufacturing systems, human labour in the manufacturing system, CIMS benefits.

Module 4Group technology (G.T.), introduction, part families, part classification and coding, G.T. machine cells benefits of G.T., computer aided process planning, planning function, retrieval type process planning system, generative process planning system, benefits of CAPP, machinability data systems, computer generated time standards.

References

1. M.P. Groover, E.M. Zimmers, Jr.”CAD/CAM”; Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing, Prentice Hall of India, 1987

2. Besent C.B. “ Computer aided Design and Manufacturing” Ellis Horwood Ltd England 1980

438

FIBRE TECHNOLOGYP 803 3+1

Module 1Introduction, definition of fibre, fibre dimensions, units of measurements, tex, denier, conversion from one system to another, use of fibres in the rubber and plastic industry, polymer products containing fibres, fibre manufacturing industries in India, present status and future prospects.

Module 2Fibres used in polymer industry- types and sources, chemical composition, properties, concept of order in fibres and polymers, crystallinity and orientation, methods of investigating fibre structure, detailed study of fibre properties such as mechanical properties, electrical properties, moisture absorption, optical properties and fibre friction, relation between fibre properties and structure, uses of vegetable fibres such as cotton, flax, linen, coir, sisal, pineapple, jute, silk, banana, use of animal and mineral fibres.

Module 3Man made fibres, physical structure of fibre forming polymers, production, chemical composition, properties and testing of viscose rayon, cellulose acetate, nylon 66 and nylon 6, polyester, acrylic, poly vinyl alcohol, spandex, carbon fibre, metallic fibres, saran, kevlar, nomex, steel wire, finishing and dyeing.

Module 4Yarn and textile production from fibres, definition of various textile terms, fibre spinning, drawing of fibres, felting, knitting, lacing, bonding and weaving, properties of yarns, yarn numbering system, brief idea about spinning of cotton yarns and blends, yarn properties such as count appearance, evenness, strength, abrasion, fatigue, friction, twist, dynamic mechanical properties and their importance, fabrics, brief idea about the construction, cover factor, geometry of weaves, fabric properties such as strength, abrasion resistance, air permeability, bursting strength, thermal properties.

References

1. Booths, “ Textile Testing”, Butterworths, Newness, U.K. 19802. Wake and D.B.Wooton, Textile reinforcement of Elastomers,” Applied Sciences”

19823. Evans,” House technology” Applied Science Publishes 19794. F.W.Billmeyer, “Text Book of Polymer Science”, Wiley – Interscience, 19715. Moncrief,” Man Made Fibres,6. Sadov et al, “Chemical technology of fibres and Material” Mir Publishers,

Moscow 1978

439

POLYMERS & ENVIRONMENTP 804 3+1

Module 1Introduction, resources of polymers, comparison of total energy costs for product manufacture based on polymers, ceramics and metals, polymer production and consumption, comparison of the impact on environment by polymers and other materials, environmental pollution, non- biodegradability of polymers, drawbacks, burning of polymers, remedy for environmental problem by polymers, awareness program.

Module 2Bio-degradation of polymers, introduction, enzymes, enzyme nomenclature, enzyme specificity, physical factors affecting the activity of enzymes, enzyme mechanism, chemical degradation initiates biodegradation, hydrolysis of synthetic biodegradable polymers. Development of starch based polymers, manufacture of master batch, biodegradation, assessment, soil burial test, biopolyesters, synthesis, isolation, solvent extraction, enzymatic digestion, properties, degradation, intracellular biodegradation, extra cellular biodegradation, thermal degradation, hydrolytic degradation, environmental degradation

Module 3Need for recycling of plastics from urban solid wastes, waste composition, sorting and segregation of waste, plastics identification, SPI coding, primary recycling, equipments for primary recycling, specific recycling techniques, PE films, PP battery case, crushing and separation, PET films

Module 4Secondary recycling, plastics wastes containing paper, hydrolytic treatment, processing of mixed plastics waste, household waste, industrial sector, TPO based materials, use of recyclable plastics in motor vehicles, recoverable material, disposal of residuals, recycling of rubber, difficulty in recycling of rubber products, reclaimator process, WTR, advantages of reclaimed rubber in cost, mixing and processing

References

1. Recycling of plastic materials (Ed) Francesco Paolo La Mantia, Chem Tee Publishing.

2. Degradable polymers, recycling and plastics waste management, (eds) Ann 3. Christine Albertsson and Samuel J. Huang, Marcel Dekker, New York.4. Plastics Waste Management (ed) Nabil Mustafa, Marcel Dekkar, New York.

440

POLYMER PRODUCT DESIGNP 805 3+ 1

Module 1Steps in product design, functional design, aesthetic design, effect of fillers on properties and performance, safety factor, working stress, safe stress, fatigue factor, effects of cyclic loading, stress concentration, endurance limit, structural design of products under static and dynamic loads, design of beams and plates, design for stiffness, electrical use, optical use

Module 2Design features of products, inside and outside corners, wall thickness, ribs, tapers, draft angles, weld lines, gate size and location, tolerances, moulded-in-inserts, plastic threads, blind holes, undercuts, hinges, functional surfaces and lettering, snap fitting, welding.

Module 3Plastic gears, advantages and disadvantages, glossary of gearing terms, backlash and working clearance, materials, lubricants, frictional properties, design, moulded and cut gears, plastic bearings, rubber bearings, different types, designers checklist, pipes, dimensions and specifications, joints, manholes, pump pressure, pressure rating calculation, external loading.

Module 4Hysteresis, energy absorption, damping, principles of vibration, simple harmonic motion, combination of simple harmonic motion, beats, periodic motion, system with single degree of freedom, natural frequency, forced vibrations, undamped vibration, damped vibrations, octave rules, coulomb and solid damping, frequency of damped vibrations, logarithmic decrements, critical damping, two degrees of freedom, multi degrees of freedom, vibration isolation, dynamic isolation and transmissibility, isolation of shock and transient vibrations, rubber mountings, rubber bridge bearings , rubber seals, basic configurations, design of static and dynamic seals, design of rubber products in automobiles, aviation, marine fields, hoses, beltings, couplings, cables, rubber- to- metal components, footwear, sports goods.

References

1. Plastic Products Design Handbook - Edward Miller2. Plastic Products Design Engg. Handbook - S Levy & J. H. DuBois3. Product Design With Plastics J.B.Dym Freakly and Payne “Theory and Practice of

engineering With Rubber” Applied Science, London, 1978

441

SPECIALITY POLYMERSP 806 3+1

Module 1High temperature and fire resistant polymers, improving low performance polymers for high temperature use, polymers for low fire hazards, polymers for high temperature resistance, fluoropolymers, aromatic polymers, polyphenylene sulphide, polysulphones, polyesters, polyamides, polyketones, heterocyclic polymers.

Module 2Electrical and electronic properties of polymers, insulating properties of polymers, conducting polymers, conducting mechanisms, polyacetylene, polyparaphenylene polypyrrole, organometallic polymers, photo conducting polymers, polymers in non-linear optics, polymers with piezoelectric, pyroelectric and ferromagnetic properties, photoresists for semi conductor fabrication, optical fibre telecommunication cables.

Module 3

Ionic polymers, synthesis, physical properties and applications, ion exchange, hydrophilicity, ionomers based on polyethylene, elastomeric ionomers, ionomers based on polystyrene, ionomers based on PTFE, ionomers with polyaromatic backbones, polyelectrolytes for ion exchange, polyelectrolytes based on carboxylates, polymers with integral ions, polyelectrolyte complexes, inorganic ionic polymers.

Module 4Liquid crystalline polymers, structure, types, applications, inorganic polymers, polymers containing phosphorous, nitrogen and boron, organometallic polymers, polysiloxanes and metal chelate polymers.

References

1. H.F.Mark, (Ed), Encyclopedia of polymer Science & Engineering, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1989.

2. Matrin.T.Goosey, Plastics for Electronics, Elsevier, Applied Science, 1985.3. R.W. Dyson, Specialty Polymers, Chapman & Hall, 2nd edition, 1998.4. Manas Chanda, Salil.K.Roy, Plastics Technology Hand book, 2nd edition, Marcel 5. Dekker, New York, 19936. C.Ku & R.Liepins, Electrical Properties of Polymers, Hanser Publications,

Munich 1987.7. F. Bueche, Physical properties of polymers, Wiley, New York, 1962.8. J.Mort & G.Pfister, eds. Electronic properties of polymers, Wiley Interscience,

442

CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY LABP807 0+3

Determination of the following parameters

1. Acid value of oils2. Iodine value of oils3. Saponification value of oils4. Sucrose content of sugar5. Hardness of water6. Dissolved oxygen in water7. BOD and COD of water8. Available chlorine content in bleaching powder9. Preparation and analysis of soap10. Flash point and fire point

PROJECT & SEMINARP 808 0+3

Each student has to undertake a short project under the supervision of a guide. A consolidated report of the project work in the form of a dissertation has to be submitted after the completion of the work. The assessment of the project work will be based on the day-to-day performance of the student, knowledge, aptitude, sincerity, the quality & content of the project report and seminar & viva-voce.

VIVA VOCEP 809

A viva-voce will be conducted as a part of the university examination to assess the student’s overall ability and knowledge in the field of Polymer Engineering and allied subjects. The candidate has to present the project report, seminar paper and educational tour report for this examination.

443


SYLLABUS

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

ENGINEERING BRANCH

444

THIRD SEMESTER

445

ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IIRT301 3+1+0

Module 1Mathematical Logic – Statements, connectives – Well formed formulas – Tautologies. Equivalence of formulas - Duality law Tautological implications – Normal forms – the theory of inference for the statement. Calculus – validity . Consistency, Theorem proving – the predicate calculus – Inference Theory of the predicate calculus.

Module 2Number Theory: Prime and relatively prime numbers – modular arithmetic – Fermat’s and Euler’s theorems – testing for primability – Euclids algorithm – discrete logarithms.Relations & Functions – Properties of binary relations – Equivalence relations and partitions – Functions and pigeon hole principle.

Module 3Algebraic systems – general properties – Lattices as a partially ordered set – some properties of lattices – lattices as algebraic systems – sub lattices – direct product – homomorphism – some special lattices.

Module 4Discrete Numeric Functions & generating Functions, Recurrence relations – Manipulations of Numeric functions – generating functions – Recurrence – relations – Linear recurrence relations with constant coefficients – Homogenious solutions – Particular solutions – Total solutions – solutions by the method of generating functions.

Module 5Graph Theory: Basic concept of graphs, subgraphs, connected graphs, Paths, Cycles, Multigraph and Weighted graph – Trees – spanning trees.

References

1. Elements of Discrete Mathematics - C.L.Lieu. McGraw Hill.2. Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to Computer Science - J.P.

Trembly, R. Manohar. McGraw Hill.3. Discrete Mathematics - Richard Johnsoubaugh (Pearson Education Asia)4. Discrete Mathematical Structures - Bernard Kolman, Robert C. Bushy, Sharon

Cutler Ross, Pearson Education Asia.5. A first look at Graph Theory - John Clark & Derek Allan Holton, Allied

Publishers.6. Cryptography and network security principles and practice - William Stallings.

446

ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS AND SYSTEMST 302 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction: - The resistance, capacitance and inductance parameters. Active element conventions, Dot convention for coupled circuits. Topological description of networks. The network equations- Kirchoff’s laws – source transformations. Loop variable analysis. Duality State variable analysis. Examples.

Module 2First order differential equations – solutions. Time constants. The integrity factor – examples – Initial conditions in elements Geometrical Interpretation of derivation. Evaluating initial conditions. Initial State of a network.

Module 3Second order equations – internal excitation. The Laplace Transformation – Basic theorems – examples. Transform of signal waveforms – Shifted unit sep function – Ramp and Impulse function. Waveform Synthesis – Initial and final value – Convolution as a summation

Module 4Impedance function – Concept of Computer frequency. Transform Impedance and transform circuits, series and parallel combinations of elements.Theorem – Super position, reciprocity, Thevenins and Norton’s theorems – proof and examples.

Module 5Network functions – Terminal pairs – one port and two port networks – Ladder networks – General networks. Poles and zeros. Pole – zero locations for transfer functions. Pole – zero plot – domain behavior, stability. Two port parameters – two port variable – short circuit admittance parameters – open circuit impedance parameters – transmission parameters – hybrid parameters – parallel connection of two port networks.

Text Book

1. Network Analysis – M. E. Van Valkenburg – PHI

References

1. Introductory Circuit Theory – Errist A. Guillemin – John Wiley & Sons2. Network Analysis and synthesis – Franklin F Kuo – John Wiley & Sons3. Basic Network Theory – Paul M. Chirlian – Mc Graw Hill

447

4. Electric Circuit Analysis, 2nd Edition – S.N.Sivanadam, Vikas Publications

SOLID STATE ELECTRONICSRT 303 2+1+0

Module 1Transistor – Biasing – Stability – Thermal runaway. Transistor As an amplifier – RC coupled amplifier, Frequency Response, Gain Bandwidth relation – Cascading of transistors – cascade Darlington pair – emitter follower.

Module 2FET, FET amplifier – MOSFET, depletion and enhancement type – source drain characteristics and transfer characteristics.

Module 3Oscillators – Concept of feed back – Transistorised phase shift oscillator – wein bridge Oscillator – Hartley Oscillator – Colpits Oscillator (Operation and Expression for frequency)

Module 4Clipping, Clamping, Integration, Differentiation – Astable, Bistable and Monostable Multivibrators – Sweep generators, Simple Bootstrap sweep generators.

Module 5Power supplies & Special semi conductor devices – Regulator power supplies – IC regulated Power supplies, 7805, 7905, LM317 – LED, LCD, Photodiode, Photo transistor, opto coupler. Seven segment display, SCR, UJT (basic concepts only), DIAC, TRIAC.

References

1. Integrated Electronics - Millman and Halkias, McGraw Hill.2. Pulse Digital and Switching wave forms - Millman and Taub.3. Electronics Devices & Circuits - Boylsted & Neshelsky, Pearson Education.

PROBLEM SOLVING AND COMPUTER PROGRAMMINGRT 304 3+1+0

Module 1Problem solving with digital Computer - Steps in Computer programming - Features of a good program - Modular Programming - Structured - Object Oriented - Top down and bottom up approaches - Algorithms - Flowchart - Pseudocode, examples

448

Module2 C fundamentals: - Identifiers, keywords, data types, operators, expressions, data Input and Output statements, simple programming in C.

Module 3Control statements & Functions: If - else, for, while, do - while, switch, break & continue statements, nested loops. Functions - parameter passing - void functions Recursion – Macros.

Module4Structured data types: Single dimensional arrays - multidimensional arrays, strings, structures & unions - Program for bubble sort.

Module 5Pointers & files - Declaration, passing pointers to a functions- Accessing array elements using pointers - Operations on pointers - Opening & Closing a file - Creating & Processing a file, Command line arguments.

Text1. Programming with C - Byron S. Gottfried, Tata McGraw Hill

References

1. Computer Programming in C - Kerninghan & Ritchie, PHI2. Programming with ANSI and Turbo C - Ashok N. Kamthan, Pearson Eduacation 3. Let us C - Yeaswanth Khanetkar, BPB4. Programming in C - Stephen C. Kochan, CBS publishers5. Using C in Program Design - Ronald Leach, Prism Books Pvt. Ltd, Bangalore 6. Mastering Turbo C - Bootle, BPB Publications 7. Programming and Problem Solving with PASCAL - Micheal Schneider, Wiley

Eastern Ltd.8. Pointers in C - Yeaswanth Khanetkar, PBP9. C Programming - A Modern Approach - K.N. Iling W.W. Norton & Company 10. Newyork Structured and Object Oriented Problem Solving using C++ - Andrew

C Staugaard Jr., PHI

HUMANITIESRT 305 2+1+0

PART A: PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT

Module 1Scientific Management, Evolution of management theory, Contributions of Taylor, Gilbreth, Gantt, Emerson, Definition and functions of management Authority, Responsibility, Delegation and Span of control, Types of structures of Organisation – Types of Business firms, Job evaluation and merit rating, Wages – Types of incentives.

449

Module 2Procedure for ISO and ISI certification – Design, Development and implementation of re-engineering - Inspection – SQC control charts – quality assurance – TQM – ZERO defects.

PART B: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS

Module 3The Indian financial system – Reserve bank of India, functions – commercial banking system, profitability of public sector banks, development financial institutions – IDBI, ICICI, SIDBI, IRBI – Investment institutions – UTI, Insurance companies – The stock market – functions – Recent trends.

Module 4Indian Industries - Industrial pattern - structural transformation – industrial growth – inadequacies of the programme of industrialization – large and small scale industries – industrial sickness and Government policy – industrial labour – influence of trade unions.

Module 5The tax frame work – Direct and indirect taxes – impact and incidence – progressive and regressive – functions of the tax system – Black money – magnitude and consequences – Public debt – Debt position of the Central and State Governments – Deficit financing – revenue deficit and fiscal deficit – Problems associated with deficit financing.

References

1. Management - Stoner, Freeman and Gilbert.2. Engineering Managemt - Mazda, Pearson Education.3. Indian Economy - Ruddar Datt, S. Chand and Company Ltd.4. A.N. Agarwal - Indian Economy Problems of Development and Planning,

Wishwa Prakashan.

DIGITAL ELECTRONICST 306 3+1+0

Module 1Review of number Systems – Binary, Octal, Hexadecimal – Conversion, Binary codes – BCD, Self complementing, Excess – 3 and Gray code, Alphanumeric codes Boolean Algebra – Postulates, Switching function, Sum of Product, Product of Sum, switching circuits, simplification – rules, laws and theorems, Karnaugh map, Completely and incompletely specified functions, Quine – Mc Clauskey method.Logic gates, Realization using logic gates, Design with NAND and NOR gates.

Module 2Combinational logic circuits – adder – half and full, subtractor – half and full, Serial & Parallel adders, Carry save adder, Look ahead carry adder, BCD adder,

450

Multiplexers, Encoders, Demultiplexers, Decoders, Comparators, Implementation of logic functions using multiplexers and decoders.

Module 3Logic families – positive and negative logic, TTL NAND – analysis – characteristics, open collector gate, tri-state gates, ECL & IIL logic (Brief explanation only), CMOS – Inverter, NAND, NOR, Characteristics, properties, Comparison of logic families, Typical IC’s.

Module 4Sequential logic Circuits – classification, flip flops – SR, JK, Master slave, D, T. applications, Truth table and Excitation table, Conversion of one type of flip flop to another. Memories – ROM- organization of a ROM, Programmable ROMs, EPROM, EEPROM, PLD – PLA and PAL, RAM – basic structure, static and dynamic RAM.

Module 5Shift registers – SISO, SIPO, PISO, PIPO, universal shift register, applications, Ring counter, Johnson Counter.Binary counters – Asynchronous and Synchronous – Design, decade, Up-Down counters, Typical counter IC’s.

Text Book

1. Digital Electronics and Logic Design - B. Somanathan Nair - PHI 20022. Digital Fundamentals, 8th Edition - Floyd, Pearson Education.

References

1. Logic and Computer Design Fundamentals, 2nd Edn. - Morris Mano & Charles R. Kime, Pearson Education.

2. Digital Integrated Electronics - Taub and Shilling, McGraw Hill.3. Digital Logic – Applications and Design - John.M.Yarbrough- Vikas Thomson

Learning

C PROGRAMMING LABT 307 0+0+4

1. Familiarization with computer system, Processor, Peripherals, Memory etc.2. Familiarization of operating system-DOS, Windows etc. (use of files directories,

internal commands, external commands, compilers, file manager, program manager, control panel etc.)

3. Familiarization with word processing packages like MS Excel, MS Access, MS PowerPoint and MS Word.

4. Programming experiments in C to cover control structures-functions-arrays-Structures-pointers and files.

451

(Any experiment according to the syllabus of RT304 can be included.)

ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LABT308 0+0+4

1. Characteristics – Diode, Zener Diode, Transistor, FET, UJT, Determination of parameters.

2. Rectifiers with filters- Half Wave, Full wave& Bridge3. Simple regulator circuits- series regulator.4. Design of a single stage RC coupled amplifier. Determination of Bandwidth, Input

& Output Impedances.5. Wave shaping. Design of clipping, clamping, RC differentiator and Integrator.6. Design of Astable multivibrator for specified time period sharpening edges.7. Simple sweep circuits.8. RC Phase shift oscillator. Wein bridge oscillator.

452

FOURTH SEMESTER

453


Module 1Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential equations with constant coefficients - Finding P.I. by the method of variation of parameters –Cauchy’s equations- Linear Simultaneous eqns- simple applications in engineering problems.

Module 2Partial Differential Equations - formation by eliminating arbitary constants and arbitary Functions - solution of Lagrange Linear Equations –Charpits Method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients – solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation.

Module 3 Fourier Transforms: - Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier Transforms – Fourier Sine & Cosine transforms - inverse transforms - transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parsevals Identity - simple problems.


Module 5Population & Samples: Sampling distribution of mean ( known) –Sampling distribution of variance, F and Chi square test – Level of significance - Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – Test of significance for single proportion, difference proportion, single mean and difference of mean (proof of theorems not expected)

References

1. Higher Engineering Mathematics - B.S. Grewal, Khanna Publishers2. Engineering Mathematics Vol.II -3rd year Part A & B - M.K. Venkataraman,

National Publishing Company3. Elements of Partial Differential Equations - Ian N.Sneddon.,McGrawhill

International Edn.4. Miller and Fread’s Probability and statistics for engineers – Richard A Johnson,

Pearson Education Asia / PHI5. A text book of Engineering Mathematics (Volume II) – Bali and Iyengar, Laxmi

Publications Ltd.6. Advanced Engg. Mathematics Erwin Kreyszig, Wiley Eastern Ltd. Probability and

statistical inferences – Hogg and Tanis, Pearson Education Asia

454

DATA STRUCTURES & ALGORITHMST402 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction, Data structures, Algorithms-Analysis of algorithms, Time & Space Complexity, Big O notation, Complexity calculation of simple algorithms.Basic data structures-Arrays, Records, Sparse matrix representation & addition using arrays, Polynomial representation & addition using arrays, Stacks & Queues-Sequential Implementation, Circular queue, Priority queue & D queue.

Module 2Linked lists- Linked stacks and queues, Doubly linked list, applications, Circular linked list, Polynomial representation using linked list

Module 3Trees-basic terminology-binary tree-binary search tree-insertion, search, traversal, deletion, need for balancing, Balanced trees-AVL Trees & B Trees (basic idea only)

Module 4 Graphs –representation, traversal, applicationsHashing- Hashing functions, Collision resolutionDynamic memory management, Storage allocation and compaction.

Module 5Selection sort, insertion sort, bubble sort, radix sort, tree sort, heap sort, quick sort & merge sortSequential search, binary search, Interpolation search

References

1. Introduction to Data Structures with Applications - Tremblay & Sorenson, TMH2. Data Structures in C & C++ - Tanenbaum, et., al., Pearson Education3. Classic Data Structures – Samanta, PHI4. Data Structures and Algorithms – O.G.Kakde and U.A.Deshpande-ISTE Learning

material5. Data Structures and Algorithms in C++- Adam Drozdek, Vikas Thomson

Learning.6. Data Structures and Program design in C - Robert L Kruse, et.al., Pearson

Education 7. Introduction to Algorithms – Thomas.H.Coreman-PHI8. Fundementals of Data Structures in C++ - Horrowits and Sahni- Galgotia9. Algorithms + Datastructures = Program- NiklausWirth, PHI

455

LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS & APPLICATIONST 403 2+1+0

Module 1Operational Amplifiers – Block diagram, Equivalent circuit, Ideal Op Amp- characteristics, Non-ideal Op Amp - finite open loop gain, offset voltage, bias current, drift, frequency response, band width, CMRR, circuit stability and slew rate. Inverting, Non Inverting Amplifier, Integrator. Differential Amplifiers, Instrumentation Amplifiers, V to I and I to V converters, Precision rectifiers.

Module 2Active Filters: Butterworth and Chebyshev filters- I & II order filters – low pass, high pass, band pass, band reject, filter design. Comparators, Oscillators, Multivibrators, Waveform generators.

Module 3D/A converters- Weighted resistor, R-2R networks, Hybrid converters .A/D converters- Successive approximation, Integrating ADC, Dual slope, Flash converters (parallel), Analog multipliers.

Module 4Voltage regulators- voltage references, block diagram of linear voltage regulators, voltage regulator ICs and their design, three terminal voltage regulators, negative voltage regulators, dual tracking and switching regulators.

Module 5PLL: Operating principle, lock range and capture range, applications of PLL, building blocks of PLL, LM 565 and its applications. Signal generators- monolithic waveform generators. IC power amplifiers.

References

1. OP-AMPS and Linear Integrated Circuits, 4rd Edn. - Ramakant A.Gayakwad, Pearson Education

2. OP-AMPS and Linear Integrated Circuits, 6th Edn. - Coughlin and Driscoll, Pearson Education.

3. Microelectronics Circuits - Sedra & Smith, Oxford University Press4. Integrated Circuits - K.R.Botkar, Khanna Publishers.5. Microelectronics - Jacob Millman & Arvin Grabel, McGraw Hill.6. Electronics Circuits - Donald L.Schlling and Charles Belove

456

COMPUTER SYSTEM ARCHITECTURET 404 3+1+0

Module 1 IntroductionOrganization & Architecture, Functional Units of a computer, CPU-Memory connection, Review of basic operational concepts like CPU registers, Instruction formats, Addressing modes, Instruction cycle, Interrupt, Operating system, Interconnection structures, Layered view of a computer system.Internal architecture of a typical 8-bit Microprocessor (Intel 8085), Signals, Registers, Machine cycles

Module 2 Instruction setInstruction set of 8085, Addressing modes-Register, Direct, Immediate, Indirect and Implicit addressing, examplesInstruction types – Arithmetic, Logic, Data transfer, Branch, Stack, I/O and Machine control Instructions, examples (Assembly language programming not intended)

Module 3 CPU organization.Processor Organization-Single bus and 2 bus organization, execution of a complete instruction, Hardwired and micro programmed control units, Sequencing, Horizonal & vertical microprogramming.Arithmetic-Review of addition & subtraction techniques, Carry look ahead & Carry save addition, Multiplication-array multiplier, Booth’s algorithm, Division-Restoring & non- Restoring division

Module 4 Memory Organization.Memory Hierarchy, characteristics, Memory system considerations, High speed techniques-Cache memory, Associative memory, Memory interleaving, Virtual memory-paging.

Module 5 I/O Organization.I/O Module- Functions & Structure, I/O Processor, I/O techniques-Programmed I/O, Interrupt driven I/O, DMA Standard I/O interfaces: RS 232 C, GPIB, SCSI

References

1. Microprocessor Architecture, Programming & Applications – Ramesh S Gaonkar, Penram International

2. Computer Organization & Architecture -William Stallings, Pearson Education.3. Computer Organization-Hamacher, Vranesic & Zaky, Mc Graw Hill4. Computer System Architecture-Morris Mano, Pearson Education.5. Computer Organization & Design-Pal Chaudhari, PHI

457

SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS LTA 405 2+1+0

Module 1Dynamic Representation of Systems - Systems Attributes- Causality linearity- Stability- time-invariance. Special Signals- Complex exponentials- Singularity functions (impulse and step functions).. Linear Time-Invariant Systems: Differential equation representation- convolution Integral. Discrete form of special functions. Discrete convolution and its properties. Realization of LTI system (differential and difference equations).





References


458

OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING IN C++T 406 3+1+0

Module 1Need for OOP- Characteristics of Object Oriented Language- Basic concepts and terminology-C++ and object oriented programmingC++ Programming basics, loops and decisions

Module 2Structures- Structure specifier, accessing, nested structures, structures and classes.Functions- Declarations, definition, argument passing. Variables and storage classes

Module 3Objects and classes –creation and usage, member functions, constructors and destructors Arrays- Definition, accessing, Arrays as class members, arrays of objects

Module 4Operator overloading, Function overloading, Inheritance, Classification of inheritance, virtual functions, Polymorphism-Run time and compile time polymorphism.

Module 5Advanced OO concepts- iterations and sequences, Virtual destructors, Virtual base classes, Templates, exceptions and exceptions handling, standard library design.

References

1. Object Oriented Programming in C++: Robert Lafore, Galgotia Publications2. C++ Programming language: Bjarne Stroustrup, Pearson Education3. Object Oriented Programming in C++: Nabajyoti Barkakati, PHI4. C++ Primer: Lippman and Zajoie, Pearson Education5. C++ for You++: Maria Litwin & Garry Litwin, Vikas Publishing6. Object Oriented Programming Using C++: Ira Pohl, Pearson Education.7. Standard C++ with Object Oriented Programming: Paul.S.Wang, Vikas

Publishing.

459

C++ & DATA STRUCTURES LABT 407 0+0+4

Using C++ Modern Compiler

1. Desk Calculator example.2. Name spaces and Exceptions3. Programming with Multiple files4. Using classes, derived classes5. Templates6. Standard Library, standard containers, algorithms, Strings, Streams7. Using a Debugger

(Any experiment based on the syllabus of T 402 can be substituted.)

Simple experiments based on the syllabus of T 402 - Arrays, Stack, Queues, Trees, Simple sorting and searching techniques.

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LABT 408 0+0+4

1. Characteristics of TTL and CMOS gates.2. Realization of logic circuits using TTL and CMOS NAND/NOR gates.3. Arithmetic Circuits- Half adder, Full adder, 4-bit adder/subtractor.4. Realization of RS, T, D, JK and Master-Slave Flip-flops using gates and study of

flip-flop ICs.5. Shift Registers, Ring Counter and Johnson Counter.6. Counters- synchronous and asynchronous, using flip-flops.7. Operational amplifiers- Measurement of parameters.8. Inverting and non-inverting amplifiers, Summing amplifiers.9. Weinbridge Oscillator.10. Triangular and square wave generators using OP-AMPs.11. IC Voltage regulator, fold back protection.12. IC power amplifier13. VCO, PLL14. Filters- LP, HP and BP, Notch Filter.

460

FIFTH SEMESTER

461

ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IVRT 501 3+1+0

Module 1 QUEUEING THEORYGeneral Concepts - Arrival pattern - service pattern - Queue disciplines - The Markovian model M/M/1/$, M/M/1/N - steady state solutions – Little’s formula.

Module 2 NUMERICAL METHODS Introduction - solution of algebraic and transcendental equations - Bisection method - Method of false position - Newton’s method - Approximate solution of equations – Horner’s method solutions of linear simultaneous equations - Iterative methods of solution-Jacobi’s method - Gauss Seidal method.

Module 3 FINITE DIFFERENCES Meaning of operators – Δ, , μ ,δ ,E - interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula - Langrange’s and Newton’s divided difference interpolation formula - numerical differenciation - first and second order derivatives using forward and backward formula - numerical integration - trapizoidal rule - Simpson’s 1/3 and 3/8 rules.

Module 4 LINEAR PROGRAMMING PROBLEM Graphical solution of LPP- general problem - solution of LPP using simplex method - Big M method – duality in LPP.

Module 5 TRANSPORTATION AND ASSIGNMENT PROBLEMBalanced transportation problem - initial basic feasible solution -Vogel’s approximation method - optimum solution by Modi method - Assignment problem - Hungerian techniques

References

1. Operations Research - P.K. Gupta & D.S. Hira, S.Chand & Co. Ltd2. Advanced Engg Mathematics - Ervin Kreyszig, Wiley Eastern Ltd.3. Higher Engg. Mathematics - Dr. B.S. Grewal, Khanna Publishers.4. Operations research Schaum’s Outline Series - Richard Bronson,5. Operations research - Panneer Selvam, PHI6. Numerical Methods in Science & Engg. National Publishing Co.- M.K.

Venkataraman,

462

OPERATING SYSTEM CONCEPTST 502 4+1+0

Module 1 IntroductionO.S. Objectives and functions, evolution of O.S, Basic concepts and terminology, O.S. hierarchy, Different types of O.S – multiprogramming, time sharing, real time, microkernel, multithreading, multiprocessing, distributed O.S etc. (basic idea only), Windows – 2000 overview, UNIX overview.

Module 2 Process ManagementProcess – states, model, description, process hierarchy, scheduling, scheduler organization, scheduling strategies, Process synchronization – interacting processes, co-ordinating processes, critical section, deadlock, semaphores.Processes and Threads, Multithreading, Multiprocessing, Brief study of process management in UNIX and Win 2000.

Module 3 Memory ManagementMemory management requirements, Techniques, Partitioning, Paging, Segmentation, Virtual memory – hardware and software support, Brief study of memory management in UNIX, Linux, Win 2000 and Solaris.

Module 4 I/O and File ManagementDesign issues, Model of I/O organization, Disk scheduling policies and algorithms – RSS, FIFO, PRI, LIFO, SSTF, SCAN, C-SCAN, FSCAN etc. , Disk cache, File management systems, file system architecture, file organization and access, Directory structure, File allocation, sharing and security, Brief study of file management in Unix and Win 2000.

Module5 Distributed SystemsAdvantages, Disadvantages, comparison of Network and distributed O.S, Client-Server architecture, Distributed message passing – RPC, Distributed Process management, Distributed memory management. Clustering – cluster computer architecture, win 2000 cluster server.

Text Books

1. Operating systems, 4th Edition - William Stallings, Pearson Edn.2. Operating system Concepts - Silber Schatz, John Wiley.

References

1. Operating Systems - Nutt, Pearson Edn.2. Modern Operating System - Tannenbaum, PHI3. Understanding Operating System - Flynn, McHoes, Thomson Publications.4. System Programming and Operating System - Dhamdhere, TMH.5. Guide to Operating Systems- Michel Parmer & Michel Walters, Vikas Thomson

Learning

463

DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSRT503 3+1+0

Module 1Basic Concepts - Purpose of database systems-Components of DBMS – DBMS Architecture and Data Independence- Data modeling - Entity Relationship Model,Relational – Network- Hierarchical and object oriented models-Data Modeling using the Entity Relationship Model.

Module2Structure of relational databases – relational databases – relational algebra- tuple relational calculus. Data definition with SQL, insert, delete and update statements in SQL – views – data manipulation with SQL

Module 3

Introduction to Transaction Processing- Transaction and System Concepts- Desirable properties of Transactions- Schedules and Recoverability- Serializability of Schedules-Query processing and Optimization- Concurrency Control- -assertions – triggers.Oracle case study: The basic structure of the oracle system – database structure and its manipulation in oracle- storage organization in oracle.- Programming in PL/SQL- Cursor in PL/SQL

Module 4Database Design– Design guidelines– Relational database design – Integrity Constraints – Domain Constraints- Referential integrity – Functional Dependency- Normalization using Functional Dependencies, Normal forms based on primary keys- general definitions of Second and Third Normal Forms. Boyce Codd Normal Form– Multivalued Dependencies and Forth Normal Form – Join Dependencies and Fifth Normal Form – Pitfalls in Relational Database Design.

Module 5Distributed databases: Distributed Database Concepts- Data Fragmentation, Replication and Allocation Techniques- Different Types- Query Processing – semijoin -Concurrency Control and Recovery.

Text Book

1. Fundamentals of Database System - Elmasri and Navathe (3rd Edition),Pearson Education Asia

References

1. Database System Concepts - Henry F Korth, Abraham Silbershatz , Mc Graw Hill 2nd edition.

2. An Introduction to Database Systems - C.J.Date (7th Edition) Pearson Education Asia

3. Database Principles, Programming and Performance – Patrick O’Neil, Elizabeth O’Neil

4. An Introduction to Database Systems - Bibin C. Desai

464

MICROPROCESSORST 504 3+1+0

Module 1Evolution of 8086 family of microprocessors – 8088 to Itanium, Internal architecture of 8086, block diagram, Registers, flags, Programming model, 8086 and 8088, 8086 memory organization, segmented memory, Physical address calculation, Memory Addressing, Addressing modes.

Module 2Instruction set, Classification of instructions – Data transfer, Arithmetic and Logic instructions, Program control instructions, Simple programs in 8086 Assembly language.IBM PC Assembly Language Programming, Program Development Tools – DEBUG, MASM, TASM etc.

Module 38086 hardware design – bus buffering and latching, bus timing – read and write, timing diagram, ready and wait states, Minimum mode and Maximum mode, 8086 Memory interface, address decoding.

Module 4Comparative study of the features of the 8086, 80286, 80386, 80486, Pentium, Pentium Pro, Pentium II, Pentium III and Pentium IV Processors.Introduction to Micro controllers – architecture, applications.

Module 5Study of Peripheral chips8255 – Programmable peripheral interface8251 - USART8259 – Programmable interrupt controller.8279 – Programmable keyboard and display interface.8237 – DMA controller.8254 – Programmable Interval TimerBrief study of interfacing of Stepper motor, keyboard, 7-segment display and ADC with the Microprocessors.

References

1. The Intel Microprocessors 8086/8088, 80186/80188, 80286, 80386, 80486, Pentium, Pentium II, Pentium III and Pentium IV processors. Architecture, Programming and Interfacing, 6th Edn – Barry B Bray, Pearson Education Asia

2. The 80X86 family, 3rd Edn - John Uffenbeck, Pearson Education.3. Micro computer Systems - The 8086/8088 Family, Architecture, Programming &

Design- Liu & Gibson – PHI.4. IBM PC Assembly Language Programming- Peter Abel, PHI5. Microprocessors and Interfacing - Douglas V. Hall, TMH6. Advanced Microprocessors & Peripherals- Roy & Bhurchandi, TMH

465

LANGUAGE PROCESSORSRT 505 3+1+0

Module 1 Assembler Overview of the assembly process- Design of two pass assembler- Single pass assembler- Macros – Macro definition and usage- schematics for Macro expansion – Design of a Macro pre-processor - Macro Assembler.

Module 2 Introduction to CompilersCompilers and Translators – Structure of a compiler – lexical analysis – syntax analysis – context free grammars – basic parsing techniques- top down and bottom up parsing (brief idea only)- Recursive Decent parser – Shift reduce parser.

Module 3 Storage allocation Data descriptors- Static and Dynamic storage allocation – Storage allocation and access in block structured programming languages – Array allocation and access- Compilation of expressions – Handling operator priorities – Intermediate code forms for expressions –code generator.

Module 4 Compilation of Control Structures Control transfer- Conditional and Iterative constructs- Procedure calls – Code optimization – Optimization transformations – Local optimization and global optimization – Compiler writing tools – Incremental Compilers

Module 5 Loaders and Linkers Loading – Program relocatability – linking – various loading schemes – linkage editing – Design of linkage editor – dynamic loading – overlays – dynamic linking.

Text Books

1. System Programming and Operating Systems – Dhamdhere Mc Graw Hill2. Principles of Compiler Design - Aho A.V., Ullman Narosa Publications.

References

1. Systems programming - Donovan, Mc. Graw Hill.2. System Software – An Introduction to Systems Programming - Leland L. Beck,

Addison Wesley.3. Compilers – Principles Techniques And Tools – Aho, Sethi, Ullman, Pearson

Education Asia

466

DATA COMMUNICATIONRT 506 2+1+0

Module 1Communication concepts – Analog modulation – Various schemes – AM, PM, FM –Sampling theorem - Analog pulse modulation – PAM, PWM, PPM – Generation of various modulated waves (Block diagram only) –Digital Pulse modulation (PCM).

Module 2Multiplexing - Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM) – Time Division Multiplexing (TDM), Synchronous Time Division Multiplexing –Statistical time Division multiplexing – Key Techniques - ASK, FSK, PSK, DPSK - Channel capacity - Shannon`s Theorem.

Module 3Digital data transmission – Serial, Parallel, Synchronous, Asynchronous and Isochronous transmission. Transmission mode- Simplex - Half duplex – Full duplex, Noise- different types of noise – Basic Principles of Switching (circuit, packet, message switching)

Module 4Error detection and Correcting codes: Hamming code – Block codes and convolution codes – ARQ techniques – Transmission codes – Baudot – EBCDIC and ASCII codes – Barcodes.

Module 5 Terminal handling – Point to point, Multidrop lines. Components of computer communication – Concentrators - Front end Processor – Transmission media – Guided media – Twisted pair cable, coaxial cable, fibre optic cable. GSM service and GSM system architecture.

References

1. Electronic communication system - Kennedy, Mc Graw Hill. 2. Principles of Communication System - Taub & Schilling Mc Graw Hill.3. Introduction to Data Communications & Networking – Behurouz & Forozan Mc

Graw Hill.4. Data Communication, Computer Networks & Open Systems - Fred Halsall

Pearson Education Asia5. Principles & Application of GSM - Vijay K. Garg Pearson Education Asia6. Modern Digital & Analog Communication Systems – B.P Lathi Prism Books Pvt.

Ltd.7. Computer Networks - A.S. Tanenbaum, PHI8. Data and Computer Communication - William Stallings, Pearson Education Asia9. Communication Engineering - A. Kumar, Umesh Publications

467

DBMS LABT 507 0+0+3

Experiments for performing the following:

1. Creation, Updating, Deletion of tables, indexes, views, reports, Queries, Relational Operations, Trigger

2. Importing and Exporting Data.3. Use of Link Libraries.4. Natural Language Support5. Administration.6. ODBC Interface7. Exposure to Data Base management packages (Preferably on 4 GLs like

ORACLE/INTEGRA/SYBASE, Foxpro or the latest packages)8. Exercise in Pay Roll, Inventory Management, Library Management using the

packages.

(Any experiment according to the syllabus of RT 503 can be substituted)

MICROPROCESSOR LABT 508 0+0+3

1. Study of 8 bit /16 bit microprocessor kit.2. Assembly language programming with 8 bit /16 bit Microprocessor kit.3. Interfacing experiments such as: -

a. Stepper motor control.b. DAC/ADC interface.c. Data Acquisition Board.d. Keyboard interfacing.e. Video display board.f. LED moving graphic display board.g. Serial communication.

4. IBM PC Assembly language programming using MASM/TASM.

468

SIXTH SEMESTER

469

PROJECT MANAGEMENTT601 3+1+0

Module 1 PROJECT PLANNINGOverview – Capital expenditure - Phases of capital budgeting – Project development cycle – 7-s of project management – Requirements of a project manager – Forms of project organization.

Module 2 PROJECT ANALYSIS Market Analysis – Technical Analysis - Financial Analysis – Risk Analysis – Social cost Benefit Analysis.

Module 3 CONTROL OF PROJECTControl Systems – Control of major constraints – Project management software & information systems.REVIEW: Performance of Evaluation – Abaudonment Analysis – Behavioral issues in Project Management

Module 4 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENTQuality systems – ISO 9000 series – ISI – Benchmarking – Quality Function development (QFD) – Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) – ISO 14000.

Module 5 CONCEPTS IN SAMPLINGSampling designs and schemes – Errors in sampling – Simple random sample – stratified random sample – Cluster sample.Sample size destination – Estimating population mean – Estimating population proportion.

References

1. Projects preparation, Apprisal, Budgeting & Implementation – Prasanna Chandra – Tata McGraw Hill

2. PROJECTS – Planning, Analysis, Selection, Implementation & Review - Prasanna Chandra – Tata McGraw Hill

3. Project Management - Harvey Maylor - Pearson Education4. Total Quality Management – Dale H. Besterfield – Pearson Education5. Quality control and Improvement – Amitava Mitra – Pearson Education6. Quality assurance and TQM – Jain & Chitale – Khanna Publishers

470

SOFTWARE ENGINEERINGRT 602 2+1+ 0

Module 1 Introduction to Software engineering Introduction – Software and software Engg.- Phases in software development-Software development process models-Role of Management in software development –Role of Matrics and measurement –Software requirement specification(SRS) - Problem Analysis - validation .

Module 2 Project Planning Cost Estimation – Uncertainties – models – COCOMO model – Project scheduling – average duration estimation – Project scheduling and milestones – staffing and personal plan – Rayleigh curve – personnel plan – team structure – software configuration – management plans – quality assurance plans – verification and validation – inspections and reviews - project monitoring plans - time sheets – reviews – cost schedule – milestone graph – risk management.

Module 3 System Design Design Principles – Problem partitioning and hierarchy – abstraction – modularity – top down and bottom_up – strategies – module level concepts - coupling - cohesion – structured design methodology - verification - matrics.

Module 4 CodingTop-down and Bottom-up - Structured Programming - Information Hiding - Programming style - Internal Documentation – Verification - Code Reading - Static Analysis - Symbolic execution - Proving Correctness - Code inspections – Unit testing.

Module 5 Testing Testing fundamentals - Functional and Structured Testing - Testing Process - Comparison of Verification and Validation Techniques - Reliability assessment - Programmer Productivity - Error removal efficiency.

Text Book

1. An integrated approach to Software Engineering - Pankaj Jalote, Narosa Publication

References

1. Software Engineering - Roger S. Pressman, Tata McGraw Hill2. Software Engineering - Ian Sommervilla, Pearson Education3. Software Engineering Theory and Practice- Shari Lawrence, Pearson Education

Asia4. Fundamentals of Software Engineering –Rajib Mall, PHI5. Fundamentals of Software Engineering – Carlo Ghezzi, Mehdi Jazayeri, PHI

471


Module1 Review of signals and systems. Introduction - advantages and limitations of Digital Signal Processing. Infinite Impulse Response (IIR) Filters - Signal Flowgraph- Basic Network structure for IIR filter- Direct- Cascade- Parallel Forms. Design of IIR Digital filters from analog filters- Butterworth design- Chebyshev design- design based on numerical solutions of differential equations- Impulse Invariant Transformation.

Module 2Finite Impulse Response (FIR) Filters: Linear phase FIR filters- Frequency response of linear phase FIR filters - Location of the zeros of linear phase FIR filters. Realization of FIR- cascade - lattice design-Fourier Series method- using windows-rectangular- triangular or barlett windows- hanning- hamming- Blackman- Kaiser windows.




References

1. Digital signal processing: Ifechor- Pearson edn.2. Desecrate time signal processing Oppenhiem- Pearson edn.3. Digital signal processing: Oppenhiem and Sheffer- PHI4. Introduction to Digital signal processing: Johny R Johnson5. Digital signal processing: Proakis and Manolakis.6. Digital signal processing: P Ramesh Babu- Scitech Pub.

472

COMPUTER NETWORKS RT 604 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction: - ISO-OSI Reference Model – TCP/IP Reference Model – Comparison Network hardware-Repeaters, Routers, Bridges, Gateways, Hub, Cable Modem. Physical Layer: - Transmission Media– ISDN system Architecture – Communication Satellites – geostationary satellites - Medium Earth Orbit Satellites- Low earth orbit satellites– Satellite v/s Fiber

Module 2Data Link Layer: - Design issues-Error Detection and correction – Elementary Data link protocols- Sliding window protocols. .LAN Protocols: - Static & Dynamic channel allocation in LAN’s and WAN’s, Multiple access protocols – ALOHA – Pure ALOHA – Slotted ALOHA – Carrier Sense Multiple Access protocols – persistent and non-persistent CSMA – CSMA with collision detection – IEEE 802.3 standards for LAN

Module 3Network layer: -Virtual Circuits, Datagrams, Routing Algorithm – Optimality principle - Flooding - Flow Based Routing - Link state routing – Distance vector routing – Multicasting – Link state multicasting – Distance vector multicasting - Congestion Control Algorithms – General principles – Packet discarding – Choke packets - Congestion prevention policies – Traffic shaping – Leaky bucket algorithm – Flow specifications – jitter control

Module 4Transport Layer: - Transport Service - Elements of transport protocols – Internet Transfer Protocols UDP and TCP – ATM – Principle characteristics.

Module 5 Application Layer: -Domain name system – DNS name space – Resource records – Name servers – operation of DNS - Electronic Mail – MIME Mobile networks: - Mobile telephone systems, Bluetooth - Components – Error correction – Network topology – Piconet and scatternet – L2CAP layers – Communication in Bluetooth networks

References

1. Computer Networks (Fourth Edition): Andrew S.Tanenbaum, Pearson Education Asia/ PHI

2. An Introduction to computer networking: Kenneth C. Mansfield Jr., James L. Antonakos, Prentice-Hall India

3. Communication Networks: Leon, Garcia, Widjaja Tata McGraw Hill.4. Computer Networks (Second Edition): Larry L Peterson & Bruce S Davie,

(Harcourt India)5. Computer Networking: James F Kurose & Keith W Ross, Pearson Education6. Introduction to Data Communications and Networking: Behrouz, Forouzan,

McGraw Hill

473

NETWORK COMPUTINGRT 605 3+1+0 Module 1

HTML DocumentsBasic Tags for Font & Paragraph Formatting Lists, Tables, Frames, image Maps Cascading Style SheetsStyle Element, Inline style sheets, Embedded style sheets, External Style sheets, CLASS Attribute, Absolute and relative positioning of elements, DIV & SPAN Tags.

Module 2 Dynamic HTML PagesClient side scripting - Java Script – variables, Arithmetic operations – message boxes, Arrays, control statements, functions, event handling, document object model.Dynamic updating of pages with JAVA Script.Embedding ActiveX controls - using the structured graphics – ActiveX Control.

Module 3 Java programming – Features of Java, Creating & using classes in Java – Static classes – Inheritance – Final methods, variables and classes – Interfaces - Nested classes – Inner classes – Anonymous Inner classes – Exception handling – Creating & using exceptions, Multithreaded programs and thread synchronization, creating and using packages. Creating GUI with AWT and Swing – -JDK1.1 event model

Module 4Network Programming with Java - Features of Java – Applets & Application – Life cycle of applets - Security features for applets - Inter applet communication – Threads & Thread synchronization – TCP/IP Programming with Java – Iterative & Concurrent servers. Datagrams, IP multicasting, RMI (Structure and Working of a simple RMI Program only)

Module 5HTTP Protocol working – HTTP methods, GET, PUT, DELETE, POST, HEADServer side scripting – HTML Forms & CGI – GET & POST, Basic working of a CGI supported web server – Simple CGI program in C to validate user name & Password.Email: Working of SMTP and POP protocols (Overview only).

Text Books

Module 1,2,51. Internet and World Wide Web – How to program - Deitel, Deitel & Nieto,

Pearson Education Asia2. HTML, DHTML, Java Script, Perl, CGI - Evan Bayross, BPB

474

Module 3,4,51. Java 2 Complete reference - Herbert, Schildt, Tata McGraw Hill2. The Java Programming Language 3rd Edition - Arnold, Gosling, Holmes,

Pearson Education Asia 3. Using Java 2 Platform - Joseph Weber, PHI4. Computer Networks - Tenanbaum, PHI/ Pearson Education Asia

References

1. Unix Network Programming - Stevens W Richard, PHI2. TCP/IP Protocol suite, 2/e - Behrouz A. Forouzan, TMH

PERSONAL COMPUTER HARDWARET 606 4+1+0

Module 1 Introduction to PCHardware components – study of motherboards –Different types of ports, slots and connectors-Add-on cards-Power supply– SMPS- function & operations.

Module 2 Storage DevicesFloppy – Floppy Disk Controller - Disk Physical specification & operations – Disk magnetic properties – Cylinders – Clusters – Hard disks – Hard disk drive operation – Magnetic data storage - Sectors – Disk formatting – partitioning - Hard disk features – Hard disk data transfer modes –Programmed I/O – Direct memory access – Ultra DMA – Data addressing – Standard CHS addressing – Extended CHS addressing – Logical Block Addressing.

Module 3 Optical Storage CD ROM, CD Technology, Sector layout, CD-R, CD-RW, CDROM, drive specifications- data transfer rate – Access time – Constant linear velocity – constant angular velocity - Buffers – Interface – Magneto optical drives – WORM devices –DVD- RAID – Holographic storage.

Module 4 Memory Management in PCParity – ECC – Static & Dynamic RAM – Memory Addressing – Segmented addressing - 64 KB Limits – 640 KB barrier – Logical, segmented, virtual, linear and physical memory addresses – Extended and Expanded memory – Cache memory – Video memory – HMA - Flat memory model – Advanced memory technologies.

Module 5 Bus StructuresISA, PCI, PCMCIA, AGP, USB, Hard Disk Interfaces – IDE, EIDE, ATA – Communication ports – Serial – Parallel port – Keyboard / Mouse Interface connectors.

References

1. PC Hardware Complete Reference - Craig Zacker & John Rourke, Tata McGraw Hill

475

2. Inside the PC (8th Edition) - Peter Norton, Techmedia Publications3. The Indispensable PC Hardware Book - Messmer, Pearson Education4. Troubleshooting and Repairing Your PC - Corey Candler, Wiley5. Upgrading and repairing PC’s (4th edition) - Scott Mueller, Pearson Education6. IBM PC Assembly Language Programming - Abel, PHI7. PC Upgrading Maintenance & Trouble shooting guide - Dr. S. K. Chauhan,

Kataria

SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING LABT607 0+0+3

1. Symbol table construction2. Single pass and two pass assembler.3. Macro processor module binder (with limited Instruction set)4. Lexical analyzer.5. Bottom Up and Top Down Parser.6. Code generation.7. Generation of code for linkers & loaders. 8. Study on UNIX: UNIX Shell Programming, Basic exercises in Processor

Management – concurrent processing – memory management – implementation of shared memory and semaphores for process synchronization – device management – dead lock handling, implementation of simple protocols

(Any experiment according to the syllabus of T 502 and RT 505 can be substituted.)

MINI PROJECTT608 0+0+3

The aim of the mini project is to prepare the students for the final year project. The topic for the mini project should be simple as compared to the main project, but should cover all the aspects of a complete project.

476

SEVENTH SEMESTER

477

OBJECT ORIENTED MODELING AND DESIGNRT 701 2+1+0

Module 1Introduction: object oriented development-modeling concepts – object oriented methodology – models – object oriented themes-Object Modeling– links and associations – advanced links and association concepts – generalization and inheritance - grouping constructs – a sample object model- Advanced Object Modeling: aggregation – abstract classes – generalization as extension and restriction – multiple inheritance – metadata – candidate keys – constraints

Module 2Dynamic modeling: Events and states – Operations – Nested state diagrams – Concurrency – Advanced dynamic modeling concepts – A sample dynamic model – Relationship of Object and Dynamic models.Functional modeling: Functional models – Data Flow Diagrams - Specifying operations – Constraints – A sample functional model – Relation of functional to Object and Dynamic models.

Module 3Analysis: Analysis in object modeling, dynamic modeling and functional modeling, Adding operations- Iterating the analysisSystem Design: Breaking system into subsystems - Identifying concurrency-allocating subsystems to processors and tasks, managing of data stores. Handling of global resources- handling boundary conditions-Common Architectural Frameworks

Module 4Object Design: Overview of Object design – Combining the three models – Designing algorithms – Design optimization – Implementation of control – Adjustment of inheritance - Design of association – Object representation – Physical packaging – Documenting design decisions-Comparison of methodologies

Module 5Other Models: Booch’s Methodology- Notations, models, concepts. Jacobson Methodology- architecture, actors and use-cases, requirement model, Analysis Model, Design model, Implementation model and Test Model-Unified Modeling Language (UML).

Text Books

1. Object Oriented Modeling and Design -JamesRumbaugh, Prentice Hall India2. Object Oriented Analysis and Design with Applications - Grady Booch, Pearson

Education Asia

References

1. Object Oriented Software Engineering - Ivan Jacobson, Pearson Education Asia

478

2. Object Oriented Software Engineering - Berno Bruegge, Allen H. Dutoit, Pearson Education Asia

3. Object Oriented Analysis and Design using UML - H. Srimathi, H. Sriram, A. Krishnamoorthy

4. Succeeding with the Booch OMT Methods -A practical approach - Lockheed Martin, Addison Wesley

5. UML and C++ practical guide to Object Oriented development - Richard C.Lee & William, Prentice Hall India.

COMPUTER GRAPHICSRT 702 3+1+0

Module1Introduction to Computer Graphics: Basic concepts in Computer Graphics – Applications of Computer Graphics, Interactive Graphics system – Raster scan and Random scan systems – Generating a raster image, Application of raster scan graphics. Video Display Devices, Display processors – Display files – graphical input & output devices.

Module 22D Graphics: Line drawing algorithms – DDA, Bresenham’s – Bresenham’s Circle drawing algorithm - 2D Transformations, Clipping – Line clipping – Polygon Clipping, Windowing.

Module 33D Graphics: 3D display methods, 3D Object Representation – Polygon Surfaces – Quadratic surfaces – Spline Representations – Bezier Curves and Surfaces – B-Spline Curves and Surfaces, 3D Transformations.

Module 43D Rendering: Three-Dimensional Viewing-Projections, Clipping, Visible Surface Detection – Classification of Visible surface detection algorithms – Back-face Detection, Depth- Buffer Method, Scan-line Method. Surface Rendering Methods-Basic illumination Models – Polygon–rendering Methods, Gouraud Shading, Ray-Tracing Methods.

Module 5Advanced Technologies: Fractals – Classification of Fractals – Self-Squaring Fractals, Animation- Raster Animation, Morphing.

Text Book

1. Computer Graphics (C version) - Donald Hearn & Pauline Baker (Pearson Education Asia)

References

1. Computer Graphics- Donald Hearn & Pauline Baker (Prentice Hall of India)

479

2. Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics – William .N. Newman, Robert .F. Sproull (second edition), McGraw Hill edition

3. Computer Graphics Principles & Practice - Foley, VanDam, Feiner, Hughes (second edition in C), Addison Wesley

4. Fundamentals of Computer graphics & - D. P. Mukherjee, Prentice Hall of India multimedia

5. Java 2 complete reference - Herbert, Schildt, Tata McGraw Hill6. Computer Graphics - Roy A Plastack & Gordon Kally (Schanmi Series McGraw

Hill edition)

MODERN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMST 703 3+1+0

Module 1 Optical Fibre communicationAdvantages, Disadvantages, System block diagram, Fibre types, Cable configurations, Light propagation through optical fibre, Fibre configurations, Acceptance angle and acceptance cone, Cable losses, Light sources, Light detectors.

Module 2 Microwave communicationAdvantages, Analog Vs Digital Microwave, Frequency modulated microwave radio system – Transmitter, Repeater, Receiver (block diagram only) Microwave terminal station – transmitter and receiver, path characteristics – fading.

Module 3 Satellite CommunicationSatellite orbits, Geostationary satellites, Satellite classifications, Spacing, Frequency allocation, Satellite uplink and down link models (block diagram only), Earth station, Multiple accessing – FDMA, TDMA, CDMA, Satellite Radio Navigation, GPS (Basic idea only)

Module 4 Mobile CommunicationMobile communication services, Cellular telephone, Concepts – Cells, Frequency reuse, Interference, Cell splitting, Segmentation and Dualisation, Call system layout, Call processing, Analog and Digital Cellular Telephones, Block diagram of a typical transceiver, PCSS Mobile telephone system.

Module 5 Advanced ConceptsConcepts of Wireless LAN, ISDN-Protocol, Architecture, B-ISDN, ATMBlue tooth TechnologyWAP and WWW- Architecture, Protocols and Applications.

Text Book

1. Electronic Communication Systems, Fundamentals Through Advanced, 4th Edn - Wayne Tomasi, Pearson Education.

References

1. Electronic Communication Systems, TMH, 4th Edition. - Kennedy

480

2. Electronic Communications, PHI, 4th Edition. - Roddy & Coolen3. Mobile Communications - Jochen Schiller, Pearson Education. 4. Electronic Communication systems, 3rd Edition - Frank R Dungan, VikasThomson

Learning

MULTIMEDIA TECHNIQUES T 704 2+1+0 Module 1 INTRODUCTION

Definition of multimedia, multimedia, hardware, software applications and software environments, - Media Types - Analog and digital video, digital audio, music and animation - Analog & Digital video - Memory storage - Basic tools - Authoring tools.

Module 2 BUILDING BLOCKS Text - Hyper text - Sound - Sound cards - Standards - Image - Image types - Image compression, RLE, JPEG, MPEG - Fractal and Wavelet Compressions - Image file types - Animation - Capture and Playback techniques. (basic ideas only)

Module 3 MULTIMEDIA ENVIRONMENTS The Compact Disc family, CD-interactive, Digital Video Interactive, QuickTime, Multimedia PC and Microsoft Multimedia Extensions.

Module 4 MULTIMEDIA PROGRAMMINGFramework: Overview, Media classes, Transform classes, Format classes and Component classes - Problems related to programming - Composition, Synchronisation, Interaction, Database integration.

Module 5 ADVANCED MULTIMEDIAMoving pictures - Techniques realistic image synthesis, Virtual Reality - Full motion digital video - Video capture techniques - multimedia networks - Desktop video conferencing - Future multimedia.

References

1. Multimedia Programming Objects, Environments & Framework.- Simon J. Gibbs, Dionysios C. Tsischritziz (Addison-Wesley Publishing Co.)

2. Multimedia: Computing, Communications andApplications- Ralf Steinmentz and Klara Nahrstedt, Pearson Education.

3. Multimedia making it work - Tay Van Ghan – Osborne Tata Mcgraw Hill4. Authoring Interactive multimedia - Arch C Luther 5. Optimizing your Multimedia PC - L.J. Skibbe, Susan Lafe Meister - Comdex 6. Multimedia Bible - Winn L. Rosch, Sams7. Multimedia in Action - James E. Shuman, Vikas Publication 8. Multimedia Power Tools - Peter Jellam, Random house Electronic Pub.9. Multimedia Computing - Mathew E. Hodger & Russel M. Sasnett, Addison

wesley10. Integrated Multimedia Systems - Palikom, The communication Wall Overview

481

WEB TECHNOLOGIESRT 705 2+1+0

Module 1Introduction to SGML – features - XML, XML as a subset of SGML – XML Vs HTML – Views of an XML document – simple XML documents – Starting & Ending of Tags – Attributes of Tags – Entity References – Comments - CDATA section

Module 2Document Type declarations – Creating XML DTDs – Element type declaration – Attribute List Declaration – Attribute types – Attribute defaults – Displaying XML Data in HTML browser as HTML tables – Storing XML data in HTML document – Converting XML to HTML with XSL minimalist XSL style sheets – XML applications

Module 3Java Beans: Features – Designing Java Beans – Creating and using properties – Induced - bound and constrained properties - using and creating events – Introspection – creating & using Beanlnfo clauses – customization – providing custom property editors and GUI interfaces.

Module 4JSPs - Creating simple JSP Pages – templating – Request time expression – Request & Response objects – Reading parameter values – Using Javabeans in JSPs - Reading & setting Properties of JavaBeans – Connecting forms & bean properties – Serialized beans – declaring variables & methods in pages – scriptlets – conditionals, loops & execution handling in JSPs with scriptlets – Accessing beans via scriptlets.

Module 5EJB – Basics of EJB – Types of Beans – Development of Session Beans – Steps – Creating & Implementing Interfaces – Writing Deployment descriptors – Packaging and deploying bean - using the bean from a client – Development of stateful session bean. Entity beans – Features (Basics of developing and using entity beans)

References

Module1, 21. XML by Example: Building Ecommerce applications - Sean McGrath,


Module 31. Using JAVA 2 Platform Special Edition - Joseph L. Weber,

Prentice Hall of India2. Java 2, AWT, Swing, XML and JavaBeans Programming Black

Book - Steven Holzner, Wiley Dreamtech

482

Module 41. Java Server pages - Larne Pekowsky – Pearson Education Asia2. JSP: Java server pages - Barry Burd, IDG Books India

Module 51. Mastering Enterprise Java Beans and the Java 2 Platforms, Enterprise

Edition - EdRoman (WILEY computer publishing)2. EJB Design Patterns - Floyd Marinescu

Additional Reference

1. Internet & Web Technologies - Raj Kamal, TMH

ELECTIVE -IT 706 3+1+0

LIST OF ELECTIVE SUBJECTS

1. CMELRPTA 706-01 Optimization Techniques2. T 706-02 Digital Image Processing3. RT 706-03 Principles of real time systems4. RT 706-04 Windows Programming5. RT 706-05 Mobile Computing6. RT 706-06 Software Architecture7. T 706-07 Optical Communication

NoteNew Elective subjects related to the recent trends in Information Technology can be added to this list. Institutions offering such courses should submit the detailed syllabus and get it approved from the University before offering the course.

OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE - I)CMELRPTA 706-1 3+1+0

Module1 Classical optimization techniques Single variable optimization – Multivariable optimization with no constraints – Hessian matrix – Multivariable saddle point – Optimization with equality constraints – Lagrange multiplier method – Multivariable optimization with inequality constrains – Kuhn- Tucker conditions.

Module 2 Constrained multivariable optimizationElimination methods – unrestricted search method – Fibonacci method – Interpolation methods – Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation methods.

Module 3 One-dimensional unconstrained minimizationGradient of a function – Steepest descent method – Newton’s method – Powells method – Hook and Jeeve’s method.

483


Module 5 Network TechniqueShortest path model – Dijkstra’s Algorithm – Floyd’s Algorithm – minimum spanning tree problem – PRIM algorithm – Maximal Flow Problem algorithm.

References

1. Optimization theory and application - S.S. Rao, New Age International P. Ltd.2. Optimization Concepts and applications in Engineering - A. D. Belegundu, T.R.

Chandrupatla, Pearson Education Asia. 3. Principles of Operations Research for Management - F. S. Budnick, D. McLeavey,

R. Mojena, Richard D. Irwin, INC.4. Operation Research an introduction - H. A. Taha, Eastern Economy Edition.5. Operation Research – R. Pannerselvam, PHI

DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSINGT 706-2 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction to Digital Image Processing, The Fourier and Z-Transform of Multi dimensional Sequences, Digital image processing in practice, Digitalizing images, Characteristics of an image digitiser, Types of Image Digitisers. Image processing software, Software organization, processing sequence the gray level histogram, Introduction to histograms, Uses of histograms, Relations between histogram and image.

Module 2Point operations, Uses, Linear point operations, Point operations and the histogram, Applications of point operations. Introduction to algebraic operations, Applications, Geometric operations, Grey level interpolation, Spatial transformation, applications, geometric operations, linear filtering theory – Harmonic signals and complex signal analysis.

Module 3Convolution operation, Applications of digital filtering some useful functions, Convolution filtering – Dimension sampling, Reconstruction of images from its samples, Nyquist rate, Aliasing and foldover frequencies. Non rectangular grid sampling, Practical limitation in sampling and construction. Display aperture and interpolation, Moire effect and flat field response.

Module 4Processing sampled data, Computing data, Truncation, Optics and System analysis, Diffraction limited optical systems, Abbreviation in an imaging system. Applications of Digital image processing – Image restoration, Approaches and models, Super resolution, System identification, DTF from degraded image spectrum, noise modeling.

484

Module 5Image Segmentation by Thresholding, Optimal threshold selection, Gradient optical threshold selection, Gradient based methods, Region growing techniques – Segmented image structure. Measurement and classification size, shape, Measurements, Feature selection, Classification 3 dimensional image processing optical sectioning, CAT Stereo – Metric ranging, Stereoscopic image display – shaded surface display.

References

1. Digital Image Processing- Kenneth R. Castleman, Prentice Hall.2. Digital Image Processing – Rafael C Gonzalez & Richard E Woods, Pearson

Education3. Discrete Time Signal Processing- Oppenheim and Schafer, Prentice Hall of India.4. Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing- Anil K. Jain, Prentice Hall of India.5. Introducing Digital Image Processing- Jensen J.R, Prentice Hall.6. Image Processing, Analysis & Machine Vision –Sonka, Hlavac & Boyle,

Thomson Learning

PRINCIPLES OF REAL TIME SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE - I)RT706-3 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction to Real Time Systems – Structure of real time systems, real time computer, task classes – Periodic, Aperiodic, critical, Non-critical, definition of real time systems – real time systems, embedded systems - Hard real time systems, soft real time systems, real time design issues.

Module 2Real time kernel – polled loop systems, co-routines, interrupt driven systems – sporadic, fixed rate systems, hybrid systems, task control block - task status, scheduling – uniprocessor scheduling – traditional rate monotonic, rate monotonic deferred server, EDF, IRIS tasks – multiprocessor scheduling – utilization balancing algorithm, next-fit, bin- packing algorithm, myopic offline, buddy strategy (no need of proofs) fault tolerant scheduling.

Module 3Communication – Communication Media and message sending topologies, network architecture issues, protocols – contention – based, token - based, stop and go multiloop, polled bus, hierarchal, round robin, fault tolerant routing – clocks and synchronization – fault tolerant synchronization in hardware, synchronization in software.

Module 4Fault tolerance – definition, cause of failure, fault types, fault detection and containment, redundancy – hardware, software, time, information, integrated failure handling – reliability – parameter values – series – parallel systems, NMR

485

clusters, combinational model, master chain model, fault latency, transient faults, software error models.


Text Book

1. Real Time Systems - C.M Krishna, Kang G. Shini (M?C Graw Hill)

Reference

1. Real Time Systems, Design & Analysis - Philip Laplante (IEEE)

WINDOWS PROGRAMMING (ELECTIVE - I)R706-4 3+1+0 Module 1

Introduction -Concepts of Windows Programming- Event Driven Programming – Languages that support Windows Programming – Visual Basic – Java – Visual C++Visual Basic Programming: Basic Language features – Variables, data types, constants, control statements – Forms – Creating and Using basic Controls – text boxes, labels, buttons - Event handling procedures – Properties Window – Common properties for Controls. Message boxes

Module 2Visual Basic Programming (Contd) Standard Controls – List boxes, Comboboxes, Image box, picture box, Shape controls, Timer, Scrollbars, Frames, Checkboxes, Option Boxes – Frames - File, Drive and Directory List boxes - MDI and SDI interfaces – Menus

Module 3 ActiveX controls - RichTextBox, Tree View Control, List view Control, Progessbar, Flexgrid Control, Common dialog Controls – Font, File, Print Dialogs – Creating Custom activex controls – Creating Events and properties for ActiveX controls.

Module 4Graphics and Multimedia – Drawing Graphics in Windows - setting colors - Drawing text, lines, ellipses, arcs, circles – plotting points –Filling figures with colors and patterns – Using clipboards to transfer images between applications Printing graphics and text – Creating animations with Picture clip control - applying image effects – stretching, flipping, embossing, egraving, blurring, sweeping – Using the Multimedia Control – Handling multimedia Errors

486

Module 5Database Access – Using DAO, RDO and ADO for accessing databases – Creating tables, inserting, deleting and updating records – Using the Data Control – Using the ADO Data ControlUsing Windows API: Using DLL Procedures in Visual Basic – Declare statement – Handling C++ and Windows Data types – Playing sound with API funtions – Capturing Images from the screen – Handling mouse outside Applications window – Making an ‘always on top’ window.

References

1. Visual Basic 6 Programming Black Book - Steven Holzner (Dreamtech Press)2. Programming Windows fifth Edition - Charles Petzlod (Microsoft Press)3. Visual Basic - Ivan Petrosaus (BPB)4. Visual Basic - Garry Cornell (BPB)5. Using Visual Basic - Resselman (PHI)

MOBILE COMPUTING (ELECTIVE - I)R706-5 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction - Short History, Mobile telephone systemsSimplified Reference model. Multi carrier modulation. Cellular systems.

Module 2Wireless Communication Systems -Telecommunication Systems-GSM & DECT-Architecture and Protocols.Satellite Systems-GEO, LEO, MEO.Broadcast Systems-Broadcast transmission, Digital Audio Broadcasting-Multimedia Object Transfer Protocol. Digital Video Broadcasting.

Module 3Wireless LAN and ATM - Infra red and Radio Transmission, Infrastructure and ad hoc networks, 802.11- Bluetooth- Architecture, Applications and Protocol, Layers, Frame structure. Comparison between 802.11 and 802.16.Wireless ATM- Services, Reference Model, Functions, Radio Access Layer. Handover- Reference Model, Requirements, Types, handover scenarios.Location Management, Addressing, Access Point Control Protocol (APCP).

Module 4

Mobile Network and Transport Layers - Mobile IP- Goals, Requirements, IP packet delivery, Advertisement and discovery. Registration, Tunneling and Encapsulation, Optimization, Reverse Tunneling, IPv6, Dynamic Host configuring protocol, Ad hoc networks – Routing, DSDV, Dynamic source routing. Hierarchical Algorithms.Traditional TCP, Indirect TCP, Snooping TCP, Mobile TCP, Transmission.

Module 5Wireless Application Protocol & World Wide Web

487

WAP- Architecture, Protocols-Datagram, Transaction, Session.-Wireless Application Environment-WML- Features, Script- Wireless Telephony Application.WWW- HTTP, Usage of HTML, WWW system architecture.

Text Book

1. Mobile Communications – Jochen Schiller, Preason Education Asia

References

1. Computer Networks – Andrew S. Tanenbaum, PHI2. Communication Networks -Fundamental Concepts and Key Architectures Leon-

Garcia & Indra Widjaja, Tata McGraw Hill

SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE (ELECTIVE - I)R706-6 3+1+0

Module 1

Introduction to Software architecture – Architectural styles – pipes and filters –data abstract and object oriented organization – Event based, implicit invocation, Layered systems – Repositories – Interpreters – Process control – Heterogeneous Architectures.

Module 2Shared Information Systems – Integration in software Development Environment – Integration in the design of Buildings – Architectural structures for based information systems

Module 3Guidance for user interface architecture Artificial design space – Formal models and specifications-The value of architectural formalism – Formalizing the architecture of a specific system – Formalizing the architectural style – Formalizing an architectural design space

Module 4Linguistic issues - Requirements for architecture – Description languages – first class connectors – Adding implicit invocation to factorial processing languages.

Module 5 Tools for architectural design – Unicon – Exploiting style in architectural design environments – Architectural interconnection

Reference

1. Software Architecture – perspectives on an emerging discipline- Mary Shaw, David Garlan, PHI

488

OPTICAL COMMUNICATIONT 706-7 3+1+0

Module 1Optical fibres: Graded index and step index fibres- refractive index profiles, numerical aperture propagation of optical beams in fibres. Mode characteristics and cut off conditions (mathematical derivations required). MCVD technique for fibre fabrication, losses in fibres- attenuation, absorption, scattering and radiation losses.

Module 2Signal distortion in fibres – Intra model and inter model distortion – group delay , material and wave guide dispersion. Optical sources : Light Emitting diodes – LED structures – surface and edge emitters, mono and hetero structures – internal – quantum efficiency , injection laser diode structures – comparison of LED and ILD.

Module 3Optical Detectors: PN junction photo diodes, PN Photo detectors, Avalanche photo diodes, construction, characteristics and properties, Comparison of performance. Optical amplifiers (OAs): Need for OAs, Principles of operations of various OAs – SLAs, fibre amplifiers (FRA, FBA, EDFA). Comparison of performance.

Module 4Optical communication systems: Direct detection and heterodyne receivers. SNR, advantage of coherent optical communications. Optical digital communications, Transmission link analysis, point to point links – system consideration – link power budget and rise time budget.

Module 5Classification of light wave systems – linear systems: Intensity modulated Direct Detection (IMDD) and coherent systems. Non linear systems. Introduction to solitons –Solitons communications using lumped amplifiers, Bit error Rate performance.

References

1. Optical Fibre Communications- Gerd Keiser, Mc Graw Hill.2. Fiber Optic Communications, 4th Edition. - Joseph C.Palais, Pearson Education. 3. Optical Fibre Communications- Senior, PHI.4. Fibre Optic Communication – D C Agarwal, Wheeler Pub. 5. Optical Communication Components & Systems – Franz & Jain, Narosa

Publishing. 6. Optical Communication Systems – Gowar, PHI

489

MULTIMEDIA LABT 707 0+0+3

1. Programs for a. Point plotting b. Line and circle drawing c. Line and Polygon clippingd. Transformationse. Hidden line elimination f. Curves

2. Web page design with HTML3. Multimedia development using PowerPoint, 3D Studio, Adobe Photoshop. 4. Familiarization of latest multimedia development tools.

COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS LAB T 708 0+0+3

1. Analog optical communication experiments based on optical communication kits / benches

2. Digital optical communication experiments based on optical communication kits / benches

3. Digital communication experiments based on trainer kits.4. Design of digital filters (software simulation using MATLAB/ SIMULINK) 5. FFT, DFT Implementation using software simulation (MATLAB/ SIMULINK)6. Study of transmission media – coaxial cables – Types-Hubs-Bridges-Repeaters-

Routers-Gateways –Switches7. Study of modems-NIC-Cable connectors and their usages8. Study of Internet-accessing, services and applications9. Simple network programming experiments in Java.

PROJECT & SEMINAR

T 709/ T 808 0+0+3

Each student is required to present a technical paper on subject approved by the department. The paper should, in general, reflect the state of the art technology. Report should be submitted to the department.

In addition to the seminar, the students shall undertake a project work (as a team or individually) in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the guide (s). On completion of the project work in the 8th semester, each student shall present the work done before a panel of staff members, and submit a report of the project work to the department.

490

EIGHTH SEMESTER

491

SECURITY IN COMPUTINGRT 801 2+1+0

Module1Introduction: Security basics – Aspects of network security – Attacks – Different types – Hackers – Crackers – Common intrusion techniques –Trojan Horse, Virus, Worm – Security services and mechanisms.

Module 2 OS Security – Protection Mechanisms –Authentication & Access control – Discretionary and Mandatory access control – Authentication mechanisms – Official levels of computer security (DoD) - Security breaches – Concept of a hole - Types of a holes – Study of the security features for authentication, access control and remote execution in UNIX, WINDOWS 2000

Module 3Cryptography: Basic Encryption & Decryption – Transposition & substitution ciphers – Caesar substitution – Polyalphabetic substitutions – Crypt analysis – Symmetric key algorithms – Fiestel Networks – Confusion – Diffusion – DES Algorithm – Strength of DES – Comparison & important features of modern symmetric key algorithms – Public key cryptosystems – The RSA Algorithm – Diffice Hellman key exchange – comparison of RSA & DES – Message Authentication & Hash functions – Digital signature

Module 4Network & Application Security: Kerberos – X509 Authentication service – IP security Architecture – Secure socket layer – Electronic mail security – Pretty Good privacy – S/MIME – secure Electronic Transactions – Firewalls - Security mechanisms in JAVA platform – Applet security – Security policy and SecurityManager.

Module 5 Database Security: - Security issues – SQL security DAC based on granting & revoking privileges – MAC 4 multilevel security – Statistical database security.

Text Books

Module1, 41. Network Security Essentials Applications & Standards - William S., Pearson

Education Asia

Module21. Modern operating System - Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Pearson Education Asia2. Using JAVA 2 platform - Joseph L. Weber, Prentice Hall of India

Module31. Cryptography and network security principles and practice - William

Stallings, Pearson Education Asia2. Information theory coding and cryptography - Ranjan Bose, TMH

492

Module 4,51. Designing security Architecture Solutions - Jay Ramachandran, Wiley

Dreamtech

Module 51. Database Security Mechanisms for Computer Network - Sead Muftic,

John wiles

References

1. Security in Computing - Charles P. Pfleeger IEEE Computer Science Press2. Database Security Mechanisms for Computer Network - Sead Muftic, John

wiles3. Designing Security Architecture Solutions – Jay Ramachandran, Wiley

dreamtech 4. Firewalls Complete - Marcus Gonsalvus, TMH5. Networking Technologies - Jaisal, Galgotia Publication 6. Security in Computer Operating System - G.O.Shea, NCC Blackwell

Manchester Oxford7. Mastering JAVA security: Cryptography, Algorithms and Architecture -

Rich Helton, Wiley Dreamtech8. Implementing IPv6 - Mark A. Miller P.E, IDG Books

INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND MANAGEMENTT 802 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction, Management and Systems, Classical and systems approach to organization, Organizational theory, Management and organizational behaviour, Factors affecting productivity, Leadership Styles, Organizational Effectiveness, Managerial Grid, Tasks and functions of Management, General management system. ERP & Related technologies, MIS, DSS, EIS.

Module 2The management process and information needs, Data Bank concept, Information systems for decision making, Automation of Decision making, Management science and the Decision rule, Decision assisting Information systems – MIS, DSS, EIS, ERP.

Module 3Management Information systems, Strategic and Project Planning for MIS, Conceptual system design, detailed system design, Implementation and maintenance. (Brief study only)

Module 4ERP, Introduction, ERP-modules, benefits, market. Implementation Life cycle, Vendors, Consultants and Users, Future direction in ERP.

Module 5

493

Decision Support Systems – Managers and decision making, Decision Support Tools, Concept of DSS, Components, Basic concepts of Data Mining, Data Warehousing and Knowledge Management. Knowledge based decision support – Basic concepts only.

References

Module 1,2&3 1. Information Systems for Modern Management - Murdick, Ross & Claggett, PHI.

Module 42. Enterprise Resource Planning- Alexis Leon, TMH

Module 5 3. Decision Support Systems And Intelligent systems - Efraim Turban, Jay E.

Aronson, Pearson Education.4. Managing Information Technology- Bhushan Dewan, Vikas Publishing

E-COMMERCET803 2+1+0

Module1 Introduction to Electronic CommerceE-Commerce Framework, Anatomy of E-Commerce Applications, E-Commerce Consumer & Organization Applications. E- Commerce and World Wide Web – Internet Service Providers, Architectural Framework for Electronic Commerce.

Module 2 Electronic Payment SystemsTypes of Electronic Payment Systems, Digital Token Based Electronic Payment System, Smart Cards, Credit Cards, Credit card based Payment system, Online payment process, Risk in Electronic Payment Systems, Designing Electronic Payment Systems.

Module 3 Electronic Data InterchangeEDI – Architecture, Application in Business, EDI-Legal, Security and Privacy Issues, EDI standardization, EDI Envelope for Message Transport, Internet based EDI, EDI and MIME, Value added Network. EDI Gateways.

Module 4 Intra Organizational E-CommerceInternal Information System, Work-flow Automation and Coordination, customization and internal Commerce, Supply Chain Management, Document Library, Types of Digital Documents, Technological Architecture for Internal Commerce, Corporate Data Warehouses, advantages of Data Warehouses.

Module 5 Recent Trends in E-Commerce Marketing on the Internet, Advertising on the Internet, Multimedia in E-Commerce, Video Conferencing with Digital Videos, Broad Band Telecommunication, Frame & Cell Relays, Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS), Asynchronous Transfer Mode, Mobile Computing and Wireless Computing.

494

Text Book

1. Frontiers of Electronic Commerce - Ravi Kalakota & Andrew B Whinston/Pearson Education

References

1. Global Electronic Commerce – J Christopher Westland & Theodore H K Clark 2. E- Commerce The cutting edge of Business - Kamlesh K Bajaj & Debjani Nag /

Pearson Education

ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCERT 804 3+1+0 Module 1

Introduction – Definitions – AI application areas – Example problems- Problems and problem spaces - Problem characteristics – Problem solving by searching, Searching strategies – Breadth first search, Uniform cost search, DFS, Depth – Limited search, Bi-directional search – Constraint satisfaction search.

Module 2 Informed search, A* algorithm, Heuristic functions – Inventing Heuristic functions - Heuristic for constraint satisfaction problem – Iterative deepening – Hill climbing – Simulated Annealing.

Module 3 Game playing and knowledge structures – Games as search problem – Imperfect decisions – Evaluation functions – Alpha – Beta pruning – state of art game programs, Introduction to frames and semantic nets.

Module 4 Knowledge and Reasoning – Review of representation and reasoning with Logic – Inference in first order logic, Inference rules involving quantifiers, modus ponens, Unification, forward and backward chaining – Resolution.

Module 5 Introduction to Prolog – Representing facts – Recursive search – Abstract data types – Alternative search strategies – Meta predicates, Matching and evaluation, meta interpreters – semantic nets & frames in prolog.

Text Books

Module 1,2,3,41. Artificial Intelligence – A modern approach - Stuact Russell – Peter Narang,

Pearson Education Asia2. Artificial Intelligence - Rich E. - McGraw Hill Booq Company

Module 53. Artificial Intelligence - George F Luger, Pearson Education Asia

Reference

495

1. An Introduction to Artificial Intelligence – Eugene Charniak & Drew McDermot, Pearson Education Asia

ELECTIVE - IIT 805 3+1+0

List of elective subjects

1. CMELRPTA 805-01 Advanced Mathematics2. RT 805-02 Client Server Computing3. T 805-03 High Performance Computing4. RT 805-04 Analysis and Modeling of Digital Systems5. RT 805-05 Distributed Computing6. RT 805-06 User Interface Design7. T 805-07 Satellite & Mobile Communication8. T 805-08 Data Compression

Note: New Elective subjects related to the recent trends in Information Technology can be added to this list. Institutions offering such courses should submit the detailed syllabus and get it approved from the University before offering the course.

ADVANCED MATHEMATICS (ELECTIVE - II)CMELRTA 805-1 3+1+0


Module 2 Integral EquationsDefinition of Volterra and Fredholm Integral equations – conversion of a linear differential equation into an integral equation – conversion of boundary value problem into an integral equation using Green’s function – integral equation with separable Kernels – Integral equations of convolution type – Neumann series solution.


Module 4 Power Series solution of differential equation

496

The power series method – Legendre’s Equation – Legendre’s polynomial – Rodrigues formula – generating function – Bessel’s equation – Bessel’s function of the first kind – Orthogonality of Legendre’s Polynomials and Bessel’s functions.

Module 5 Numerical solution of partial differential equationsClassification of second order equations- Finite difference approximations to partial derivatives – solution of Laplace and Poisson’s equations by finite difference method – solution of one dimensional heat equation by Crank – Nicolson method – solution one dimensional wave equation.

References

1. Linear Integral Equation - Ram P.Kanwal, Academic Press, New York2. A Course on Integral Equations - Allen C.Pipkin, Springer – Verlag3. Advanced Engg. Mathematics - H.K.Dass, S.Chand4. Advanced Engg. Mathematics - Michael D.Greenberge, Pearson Edn. Asia5. Numrical methods in Engg. &Science - B.S.Grewal, Khanna Publishers6. Generalized functions - R.F. Hoskins, John Wiley and Sons.7. Principles and Techniques of Applied Mathematics - Bernard Friedman, John

Wiley and sons 8. Principles of Applied Mathematics - James P.Keener, Addison Wesley.9. Numerical methods - P.Kandasamy, K.Thilagavathy, K.Gunavathy, S.Chand & co

CLIENT SERVER COMPUTING (ELECTIVE - II)RT 805-2 3+1+0

Module 1 INTRODUCTION History - uses - Client Server Computing & Hetrogenous Computing - Cross Platform Computing Distributed Computing - The costs of Client Server Computing - Advantages and Disadvantages - Client Server Databases.

Module 2 DESIGNS Fundamentals of client server design - Managing the interaction of client and server - Communications Techniques protocols & Client server interaction protocols - Preparing applications for client server - Optimizing applications for client server - Example client server implementations - Request acceptance dispatching - Execution of requests - Client server interaction using message.

Module 3 MULTITASKING Multi programming vs multitasking - Processor - Advantages and draw backs of multiple processor - Child and parent processor - Case study Novell Netware and Windows NT - Developing server applications - Threads - Server communication model.

Module 4 SYNCHRONIZATION Scheduling implementations - processing queues - context switching pre emptive systems - critical sections - mutual exclusion - semaphores - semaphore implementations in NT & Netware.

497

Module 5 COMMUNICATIONS Network communication - Inter process communication - Building portable client server applications.

References

1. Novell's Guide to Client-Server Application & Architecture - Jeffrey D.Schqnk, Novell Press.

2. Client Server Computing - Dawna Travis Dewire, McGraw Hill.3. Developing Client Server Applications -W.H.Inman, BPB.4. Guide to Client Server Databases - Joe Salemi, BPB.5. Client Server Strategies - David Vaskevitch, Galgotia.

HIGH PERFORMANCE COMPUTINGT 805-3 3+1+0

Module1Introduction to parallel processing - Trends towards parallel processing - Parallelism in uniprocessor - Parallel computer structures-Architecture classification schemes - Indian contribution to parallel processing.

Module 2Principles of pipelining and vector processing - Linear pipelining - Classification of pipeline processors - General pipelines - Instruction and Arithmetic pipelines –Design of Pipilined instruction unit-Prinnciples of Designing Pipeline Processors- Instruction prefetch and branch handling- Dynamic pipelines - Architecture of Cray-1.

Module 3 Array processors - SIMD array processors - Interconnection networks - Static vs dynamic networks - mesh connected networks - Cube interconnection networks - Parallel algorithms for array processors - SIMD matrix multiplication-Parallel sorting on array processors - Associative array processing - Memory organization.

Module 4Multiprocessor architectures and Programming - Loosely coupled and Tightly coupled multiprocessors - Interconnection networks - Language features to exploit parallelism - Process synchronisation mechanisms.

Module 5Dataflow computers - Data driven computing and Languages - Data flow computers architectures - Static data flow computer -Dynamic data flow computer -Data flow design alternatives.

Text Book

1. Computer Architecture & Parallel Processing - Kai Hwang & FayeA.Briggs, McGraw Hill

498

References

1. Elements of Parallel computing - V. Rajaraman - PHI2. Super Computers - V. Rajaraman - Wiely arstern3. Parellel Processing for Super Computers & AI - Kai Hwange & Douglas Degneot 4. Mc Graw Hill5. Advanced computer Architecture - Sima, Fountain and Kacsuk, Pearson Edn 6. High Performance Computer Architecture - Harold S. Stone, Addison Wesley.7. Advanced Computing - Vijay P.Bhatkar, Asok V.Joshi, Arirban Basu, Asok

K.Sharma. 8. Parallel Computers, Architecture and Programming – Rajaraman & Murthy, PHI

ANALYSIS AND MODELING OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE - II)RT 805-4 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction to VHDL: Digital system design - Role of hardware description language- Modeling digital systems – events, propagation delays and concurrency – waveforms and timing – signal values – shared signals – simulation model – synthesis model – Field Programmable Gate Arrays.

Module 2Basic language concepts simulation: signals – Entity architecture – concurrent statements – Constructing VHDL models using CSAs – delays.Synthesis: Interface from declarations, simple CSA statements, conditional signal assignment statements, and selected signal assignment statements.

Module 3Modeling behavior Simulation: The process construct – programming constructs – the wait statement – attributes – generating clocks and periodic waveforms – using signals – modeling state machines – constructing VHDL models – programming errors. Synthesis: language directed view – inference from within process – issues – signals vs. variables – latch vs. flip flop – the wait statement – state machine.

Module 4Modeling structure: Describing structure – structural VHDL model – hierarchy, abstraction and accuracy – generics – component instantiation and synthesis – the generate statementSubprograms: functions – procedures – sub program and operator overloading – packages and libraries.

Module 5Basic I/O operations – the package TEXTIO – ASSERT statement – terminology and directory structure – simulation mechanics – synthesis mechanics – identifiers – data objects – data types – operators.

Text Book

499

1. Introductory VHDL - Sudhakar Yalamanchili, Pearson Education Asia.

Reference s

1. VHDL primer - J Bhaskar, Pearson Education Asia2. Analysis and modeling of digital systems - Zainalabedin Navabi, McGraw Hill.

DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING (ELECTIVE - II)RT805-5 3+1+0 Module I Introduction

Introduction to Distributed Systems, evolution, characteristics, design issues, user requirements, Network technologies and protocols – overview, MACH, AMOBEA- overview.

Module 2 Distributed file system File service components, design issues, interfaces, implementation techniques, Sun Network File System – architecture and implementation, other distributed file systems – AFS, CODA. Name services – SNS name service model.

Module 3 Communication in distributed systemsClient server communication, Group communication, Message passing – features, synchronizations, RPC – model, implementation, stub generation, messages, marshalling, Server management. Distributed shared memory – Architecture, design issues, structure of shared memory space, replacement strategy, thrashing. Synchronization – clock synchronization, event ordering, mutual exclusion

Module 4 Resource and Process managementFeatures of scheduling algorithms, Task assignment approach, load balancing, load sharing, Process migration mechanisms, Threads – scheduling.

Module 5 Consistency maintenance Transaction recovery – methods- intention lists, Fault tolerance – failures, Byzantine failures. Deadlocks in distributed systems – detection and prevention, centralized and distributed approaches.

References

1. Distributed Systems – Concepts and designing - George Coulouris, Jean Dellimore Tim Kindberg, Pearson Education Asia

2. Distributed Operating Systems - Andrew S. Tenenbaum Pearson Education Asia3. Distributed Operating Systems - Concepts and designing - Pradeep. K.Sinha, PHI

USER INTERFACE DESIGN (ELECTIVE - II)RT 805-6 3+1+0

500

Module 1 IntroductionImportance of user interface – definition, importance of good design, brief history – Graphical User Interface – Web User Interface – Principles of User interface design.

Module 2 Design ProcessHuman Interaction with computers, Importance of Human Characteristics, Human consideration, Human Interaction speeds – Understanding Business function

Module 3 Screen DesigningDesign goals - screen meaning and purpose, organizing screen elements- ordering of screen data and content – screen navigation and flow – visually pleasing composition – amount of information – focus and emphasis – presenting information simply and meaningfully – information retrieval on web – Statistical graphics – Technological considerations in Interface Design.

Module 4 Windows and componentsMenus and navigation schemes, selection of windows, Selection of device based and screen based controls - text and messages – icons and images – Multimedia – colours- uses, problems, choosing colours.

Module 5 Software toolsSpecification methods, interface building toolsInteraction devices: keyboard and function keys - pointing devices- speech recognition, digitization and generation – image and video displays – printers.

Text Books

1. The Essential Guide to User Interface Design – Wilbert O. Galitz, Wiley Dreamtech

2. Designing the User Interface – Ben Shneiderman, Pearson Education Asia

References

1. Human Computer Interaction – John M. Carroll, Pearson Education Asia2. The Essentials of User Interface Design - Alan Cooper, Wiley Dreamtech

SATELLITE AND MOBILE COMMUNICATIONT 805-7 3+1+0

Module 1Satellite Communication – review of basic concepts - emerging trends in communication satellites- orbits – Geosynchronous and sun synchronous orbits – Kepler laws – power systems and eclipses – station keeping – altitude control and stabilization, Frequency plan and reuse Transponders, relative power levels- Transmission path and path loss – power and link budget calculations – S/N ratio- saturation flux density and noise consideration – EIRP.

Module 2

501

Multiple access Techniques, Satellite earth station, special purpose communication satellite, satellite launch vehicles.

Module 3Spread spectrum Communication – Direct Sequence or Pseudo noise, Frequency hopping, Time hopping, Hybrid and Chirp spread spectrum systems. Applications of spread Spectrum.

Module 4Mobile cellular communications – introduction – basic cellular system- performance criteria – uniqueness of mobile radio environment – operation of cellular systems – elements of cellular radio system design – general description – Frequency reuse – co channel interference reduction factor – desired C/I from a normal case in an omni directional antenna systems – hand off mechanism – cell splitting – consideration of the components of cellular system.

Module 5Digital cellular systems – multiple access schemes – Global Systems for Mobile (GSM)- TDMA-CDMA-Miscellaneous Mobile systems. Intelligent cell concept, CDMA cellular radio network. Advanced intelligent network (AIN), AIN for mobile communications.

References

1. Electronics Communication 4th ed - Dennis Roody & John Coolen, PHI 2. Mobile Cellular Telecommunication -William C.Y Lee, Mc Graw Hill3. Satellite Communications - D C Agarwal, Khanna Publishers.4. Mobile Communications Satellite (Theory and Applications) - Tom Lodgdon, Mc

Graw Hill.5. Mobile and Personal Communication System and Services – Raj Pandya, PHI

DATA COMPRESSIONT 805-8 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction – signal compression - fixed rate Vs variable rate – lossless Vs lossy compression – sources, channels and codes – components of compression system – issues – quantization – optimal and adaptive quantization.

Module 2Predictive coding – DPCM – linear prediction – adaptive prediction – delta modulation – adaptive delta modulation.

Module 3Transform coding – orthogonal transformations – bit allocation – performance gain of transform coding – sub band coding – coding based on models of human perception (human auditory system and visual system)

502

Module 4Vector quantization – introduction – memoryless vector quantizers – llyod algorithm – vector quantization design – tree structured VQ – multistep VQ – product codes – grain/shape VQ – lattice VQ – feedback vector quantization – vector predictive quantization – vector tree and trellis coders – adaptive VQ – VQ for speech coding – VQ for image coding.

Module 5Compression standards – CELP standard for speech – JPEG standard for still images – ISO/MPEG standard for audio and video – introduction to fractal image compression – application of wavelet analysis in signal compression – data compression – review of entropy coding – Huffman, runlength, arithmetic and ziv – lempel coding.

References

1. Gersho A, Gray R.M, Vector Quantization and Signal Compression, Kluwer Academic Publishers.

2. Jayant N.S & Noll P., digital Coding of Waveforms – Principle and /applications to Speech and Video. – Prentice Hall.

3. Nelson M. Jean & Loup Gailly, The Data compression book, BPB publications.4. Solari S.J, Digital Video/Audio Compression, McGrawHill.5. Kondoz A.M, Digital Speech, John Wiley.6. Rao R.M & Bopadikar A.S, Wavelet Transforms – Introduction to Theory and

Applications, Addison Wesley & Longman Inc.

ELECTIVE - IIIT 806 3+1+0

List of elective subjects

1. T 806-01 Information Theory and Coding2. RT 806-02 Embedded Systems3. RT 806-03 Neural Network4. RT 806-04 Genetic Algorithm and Applications5. RT 806-05 Advanced Networking Trends6. RT 806-06 Data Processing and Analysis Techniques7. RT 806-07 Bio metrics8. T 806-08 Fuzzy Systems

NoteNew Elective subjects related to the recent trends in Information Technology can be added to this list. Institutions offering such courses should submit the detailed syllabus and get it approved from the University before offering the course.

INFORMATION THEORY AND CODINGT 806-1 3+1+0

503

Module 1Information Theory: Concept of amount of information, units – entropy, marginal, conditional and joint entropies – relation among entropies – mutual information, information rate, channel capacity – redundancy and efficiency of a channel, symmetric channels – binary symmetric channel (BSC), binary erasure channel (BEC), deterministic and noiseless channels – capacity of band limited Gaussian channels, Shannon – Hartley theorem – band width – SNR trade off – capacity of a channel of infinite bandwidth , optimum modulation systems.

Module 2Source coding: Instantaneous codes – construction of instantaneous codes – Kraft’s inequality, coding efficiency and redundancy, noiseless, coding theorem – construction of basic source codes –Shannon –Fano Algorithm, Huffman Coding. Cryptography: Secret key Cryptography, block and stream ciphers, DES, public key cryptography, Diffie- Hellman Public key distribution – RSA system, digital signatures.

Module 3Codes for error detection and correction -parity check coding – linear block codes – error detecting and correcting capabilities – generator and parity check matrices – standard array and syndrome decoding – Hamming codes – encoding and decoding.

Module 4Cyclic codes – description – generator and parity check matrices – encoding of cyclic codes – syndrome computation and error detection, decoding of cyclic codes, BCH codes- description and decoding, Reed Solomon codes, burst error correction –block and convolutional interleaving.

Module 5Convolutional codes - encoding – time and frequency domain approaches, state, Tree and Trellis diagrams – Transfer function and minimum free distance – maximum likelihood decoding of convolutional codes – The Viterbi Algorithm, Sequential decoding – Stack Algorithm. ARQ schemes – performance of ARQ – Probability of error and throughput.

References

1. Communication Systems - Simon Haykin, John Wiley & Sons Pvt. Ltd.2. Principles of Communication Systems - Taub & Schilling, Tata Mc Graw Hill,

New Delhi.3. Principles of Digital Communication - Das, Mullick & Chatterjee. Wiley Eastern

Ltd.4. Information and Coding Theory - Dr. P. S. Sathya Narayana Probability Dynaram

Publications, Bangalore.5. Error Control Coding Fundamental s and Application - Shu Lin & Daniel

J.Costello Prentice Hall Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ.

504

EMBEDDED SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE - III)RT806-2 3+1+0


Module 2 Embedded Hardware & Software Development EnvironmentHardware Architecture, Micro-Controller Architecture, Communication Interface Standards, Embedded System Development Process, Embedded Operating systems, Types of Embedded Operating systems.




Text Book

1. Programming for Embedded Systems - Dreamtech Software Team, Wiley Dreamtech

Reference


505

NEURAL NETWORKS (ELECTIVE -III)RT806-3 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction - Principles - artificial neuron - activation functions - Single layer & multilayer networks - Training artificial neural networks - Perception - Representation - Linear separability - Learning - Training algorithms.


Module 3Counter Propagation networks: Kebenon layer - Training the cohenen layer - Pre initialising the wright vectors - statistical properties - Training the Grosbery layer - Full counter propagation network - Application.

Module 4Statistical methods - Boltzmann’s Training - Cauche training - Artificial specific heat methods - Applications to general non-linear optimization problems.

Module 5Hopfield nets - Recurrent networks - stability - Associative memory - applications - Thermo dynamic systems - Statistical Hopfield networks - Bidirectional associative memories - Continous BAM - Adaptive resonance theory - Architecture classification - Implimentation.

Text Book


References

1. Neural Networks - Simon Haykins2. Adaptive Pattern Recognition & Neural Networks - Pay Y.H.3. An Introduction to neural computing - Chapman & Hall

GENETIC ALGORITHMS AND APPLICATIONS (ELECTIVE - III)RT806-4 3+1+0

Module 1 Architecture-Altering OperationsIntroduction, Previous Methods of Determining the Architecture of a Multi-Part Program - On the origin of new function- Architecture-Altering operations for Subroutines -Automatically Defined Iterations, Loops, Recursion, Storage. Self-Organization of Hierarchies and Program Architecture - Rotating the Tires on an

506

Automobile – Boolean Parity Problem- Time-Optimal Robot Control Problem -Multi-Agent Problem - Using Architecture Altering Operations for Subroutines. Transmembrane Segment Identification Problem using Architecture-Altering Operations for Iterations-Fibonacci Sequence- Cart Centering.

Module 2 Genetic Programming Problem Solver (GPPS)Elements of GPPS 1.0-Problems Illustrating GPPS 1.0 - Elements of GPPS 2.0 - Problems Illustrating GPPS 2.0 - Previous Work on Automated Analog Circuit Synthesis.

Module 3 Automated synthesis of analog electrical circuitsSynthesis of a Low-pass Filter and High-pass Filter The Role of Crossover in Genetic Programming.

Module 4 Evolvable HardwareEvolvable Hardware and Rapidly Re-configurable Field-Programmable Gate Arrays Discovery of cellular Automata Rules: Discovery of a Cellular Automata Rule for the Majority Classification Problem.

Module 5 Programmatic Motifs for molecular BiologyAutomatic Discovery of Protein Motifs –Programmatic Motifs and the Cellular Location Problem.Parallelization and Implementation Issues: Computer Time- Parallelisation of Genetic Programming –Implementation Issues.

Reference

1. Johin R. Koza, Forrest H Bennett III, David Andre, Martin A. Kean, “ Genetic Programming III: Darwinian Invention and Problem Solving”, Morgan Kaufmann, 1999.

ADVANCED NETWORKING TRENDS (ELECTIVE – III)RT806-5 3+1+0 Module 1

Ethernet Technology – Frame format – Interface Gap – CSMA/CD – 10 mbps Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet, Wireless Ethernet – SONET – Sonet multiplexing, Sonet frame structure

Module 2ISDN - Definition - Protocol architecture - System architecture - Transmission channels - ISDN interface, B-ISDN.

Module 3ATM – ATM Principles – BISDN reference model – ATM layers – ATM adaption Layer – AAL1, AAL2, AAL3/4, AAL5 – ATM addressing – UNI Signaling – PNNI Signalling

Module 4

507

SATELLITE COMMUNICATION: Satellite communication principles - Geo stationary satellites - block schematic of satellite earth station - VSAT - VSAT networks - applications in personnel communication. (basic ideas only)

Module 5Wireless Lan – Infrared Vs Radio transmission – Infrastructure & ad hoc n/w – IEEE 802.11 – Hiper Law – Bluetooth – Physical Layer – MAC layer – Networking - Security

References

Module 11. An introduction to Computer Networking - Kenneth C Mansfield, Jr., James L.

Antonakos, PHI

Module 1,2,31. Communication Networks Fundamental Concepts & Key Architecture - Leon-

Garcia – Widjaja, Tata McGraw Hill2. Mobile Communication - Jochen Schiller, Pearson Education Asia

DATA PROCESSING AND ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE - III)RT806-6 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction to COBOL programming -elements of COBOL divisions, sections and paragraphs -Table writing - complete program in COBOL using various options verbs, statements-conditions and conditional statements.

Module 2Table Handling – Occur clause – PERFORM verb – SET verb, SEARCH verb – Occurs depending clause – Sorting a Table.

Module 3Processing of various file structures in COBOL Language – File description – Fixed Length Record – Statements – Sequential File with variable length record – Sorting and merging of files – Direct access files.

Module 4Data warehousing – Definition – Multidimentional datamodel – OLAP operation – Data warehouse architecture – Warehouse Server – Metadata – OLAP Engine.

Module 5 Data mining – Definitions, KDD Vs Data mining, DBMS Vs DM – DM Techniques, Issues and Challenges in DM – DM application areas.

References

1. COBOL programming - M.K. Roy & D Ghosh Dastidar, Tata McGraw Hill2. Data mining Techniques - Arun K Pujari (Universal Press)

508

3. Data mining Concepts and Techniques- Jawei Han & Micheline Kamber (Morgan Kunfmann Pub.)

4. Data Mining - Pieter Adriaans, Dolf Zantinge, Person Education Asia5. Structured COBOL Programming- E. Rajasekar & S.Selvi (Anuradha Agencies)6. Structured COBOL - A. S. Philippakis & Leonard, J. Kazmier (Tata McGraw

Hill)

BIOMETRICS (ELECTIVE - III)RT806-7 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction – Benefits of biometric security – verification and identification – basic working of biometric matching – accuracy – false match rate – false nonmatch rate – failure to enroll rate – derived metrics – layered biometric solutions

Module 2

Finger scan – features – components – operation (steps) – competing finger scan technologies – strength and weaknessFacial scan - features – components – operation (steps) – competing facial scan technologies – strength and weakness

Module 3Iris scan - features – components – operation (steps) – competing iris scan technologies – strength and weaknessVoice scan - features – components – operation (steps) – competing facial scan technologies – strength and weakness

Module 4 Other physiological biometrics-Handscan-retina scan- AFIS (automatic fingerprint Identification systems)-Behavieral Biometrics-Signature scan-Key stroke Scan.

Module 5 Biometrics Application – Biometric Solution Matrix-Bioprivacy-Comparison of privacy factor in different biometrics technologies - Designing privacy sympathetie biometric systems-Biometric standards - (BioAPI, BAPI) - Biometric middleware.

Reference

1. Biometrics -Identify Verification in a Networked World - Samir Nanavati, Michael Thieme, Raj Nanavati- WILEY-dreamtech

FUZZY SYSTEMST 806-8 3+1+0

Module 1

509

Introduction to Fuzzy sets and systems. Basics of fuzzy sets membership function, support of a fuzzy set, height – normalized fuzzy set, α – cuts (decomposition of a fuzzy set), set theoretic definitions on fuzzy sets, complement, intersection and union equality.

Module 2Subsethood – basic definition based on membership functions. The law of the excluded middle and law of contradiction on fuzzy sets. Properties of fuzzy sets operations (logical proof only). Extension of fuzzy sets concepts – type –2 and level 2 fuzzy sets – examples.

Module 3Operations on fuzzy sets – intersection, algebraic sum – product, bounded sum – product, drastic sum product, t -norms and t -conorms (s-norms) on fuzzy sets, typical parameterized t – norms and s-norms (with simplified proof). Extension principle and its applications.

Module 4Fuzzy relation. Resolution form of a binary fuzzy relation. Operations on fuzzy relations – projection, max. – min. and min. and max., compositions cylindric extension. Similarity relations – reflexivity, symmetry, transitivity.

Module 5Further operations on fuzzy sets and proposed by Zadeh – concentration dilation, contrast Intensification, a linguistic hedges, computation of the meaning of values of a linguistic variable, fuzzy algorithms, fuzzy engineering – applications of fuzzy controls, case studies.

References

1. Neural Fuzzy Systems - C.T Lin & C.S George Lee, Prentice Hall.2. Fuzzy Systems Hand Book - Earl Cox, Associated Press.3. Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic- Theory and Applications - Klir and Yuan, Prentice

Hall of India.4. IEEE Trans on Systems, Man & Cybernetics, vol. SMC – 3, No.1, January 1973,

pp 28-445. Fuzzy Engineering - Bart Kosko, Prentice Hall.6. Fuzzy Thinking, Bart Kosko - Hooper Collins Publications.

INTERNET LABT 807 0+0+4

1. Familiarization of Internet Accessing and Trouble shooting2. Internet Programming with JAVA applets3. Web development with XML, JAVA script, JAVA beans.4. Implementation of Search Engine5. Web Development with JSP and EJB6. Familiarization to the latest web development tools

(Any experiment according to the syllabus of RT 605 and RT 705 can be substituted)

510

PROJECT & SEMINART 709 / T808 0+0+4

Each student is required to present a technical paper on subject approved by the department. The paper should, in general, reflect the state of the art technology. Report should be submitted to the department.

In addition to the seminar, the students shall undertake a project work (as a team or individually) in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the guide (s). On completion of the project work in the 8th semester, each student shall present the work done before a panel of staff members, and submit a report of the project work to the department.

VIVA VOCET 809

A comprehensive viva voce examination will be conducted to assess the student’s overall knowledge in the specified field of Engineering. At the time of viva voce, certified report of seminar, mini project and project work are to be presented for evaluation.

511


SYLLABUS

APPLIED ELECTRONICSAND

INSTRUMENTATION ENGINEERING

BRANCH

512

THIRD SEMESTER

513


Module 1Vector differential calculus: Differentiation of vector functions- scalar and vector fields- gradient - divergence and curl of a vector function - their physical meaning - directional derivative - scalar potential- conservative field – identities - simple problems.

Module 2Vector integral calculus: Line- surface and volume integrals- work done by a force along a path- application of Green’s theorem- Stoke’s theorem and Gauss divergence theorem.

Module 3Function of complex variable: Definition of analytic function and singular points- derivation of C.R. equations in Cartesian co-ordinates- harmonic and orthogonal properties- construction of analytic function given real or imaginary parts- complex potential- conformal transformation of functions like Zn, ez, 1/z, Sin z, z + k2/z - bilinear transformation- cross ratio- invariant property- simple problems.

Module 4Finite differences: meaning of ∆, , E, μ, δ - interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula- central differences- problems using Stirling’s formula- Lagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided difference formula for unequal intervals.

Module 5Difference Calculus: Numerical differentiation using forward and backward differences. Numerical integration- Newton-Cote’s formula- trapezoidal rule- Simpson’s 1/3rd

and 3/8th rule- simple problems- difference equations - solutions of difference equations.

References

1. Advanced Engg. Mathematics: Erwin Kreyzing- Wiley Eastern. Pub.2. Higher Engg. Mathematics: B. S. Grewal- Khanna publishers.3. Numerical methods in Science and Engineering: M K Venkataraman- National

Pub.4. Numerical methods: S Balachandra Rao- University Press.5. Advanced Engineering Mathematics: Michael D Greenberg- PHI.6. Theory and Problems of Vector analysis: Murray Spiegel- Schaum’s- Mc Graw

Hill.

514

NETWORK THEORYLA 302 2+1+0

Module 1Source transformation- Mesh and Node voltage Analysis – Coupled circuits – Dot conventions – Analysis of coupled circuits.

Module 2 Network theorems-Super position theorem- Reciprocity theorem - Thevenin’s theorem- Norton's theorem- Millman's theorem- Maximum power transfer theorem- Tellegen’s theorem- Graph of a network -Trees- co-trees -Incident matrix- cut- set matrix-tie-set matrix- Analysis of networks- equilibrium equations.

Module 3Fourier Analysis and Laplace transform - Fourier analysis of periodic signals-Trignometric and exponential forms- Non periodic signals and Fourier transforms- Frequency spectrum of periodic waveforms - Laplace Transform- Review of theorems-Laplace transform of important signal waveforms - Periodic functions- Initial value and final value Theorems- DC&AC transients- Solution of network problems using Laplace transform.

Module 4Two-port Networks and Filters - Voltage and Current ratios of two - port networks -Admittance- impedance- hybrid and transmission parameters of two port networks. Passive filters as two port networks- Characteristics of ideal filters-Image impedance- Constant K low pass- High pass and Band pass filters-m-derived filters-Composite filters.

Module 5 Network Synthesis – Realizability concept – Hurwitz property – positive realness – properties of positive real function – Synthesis of R, L, RC and LC driving point functions – Foster and Cauer forms.

References

1. Network analysis -M.E Van Valkenburg, PHI2. Circuits and Networks – analysis & synthesis – A. Sudhakar & S P ShyamMohan3. Network and Systems -D Roy Chaudhary4. Network analysis and synthesis -Franklin F Kuo – John Wiley & Sons5. Engineering Circuit Analysis -W H Hayt & Jack Kennerly – Mc-Graw Hill

515

ELECTRICAL TECHNONOGYLA 303 2+1+0

Module 1D.C.Generator - O.C.C. – Condition for self excitation – field critical resistance – critical speed – Load characteristics of generators – Losses – power flow diagram – efficiency – Condition for maximum efficiency – Applications.

Module 2D C motor - starter – 3 point and 4 point starters – torque equation – speed equation – speed torque – characteristics of shunt, series and compound motors – Losses – efficiency – Brake test – Swinburne’s test – speed control – field control – armature control – series parallel control – applications.

Module 3Transformers - transformer on no-load and load operation – phasor diagram – equivalent circuit – regulation – losses and efficiency – o.c. and s.c. test – applications – Design of step down transformers like 230/6-0-6V, – Basic principles of 3 phase tranformer – autotransformer – applications.

Module 4A.C Machines - 3 phase induction motors – rotating magnetic field – torque equation – slip – torque-slip characteristics – operating characteristics – starting of 3 phase induction motors – starters – single phase induction motors – constructional features – types – working and characteristics only (no analysis) – constructional features of synchronous machines – principle of operation of alternator – emf equation – regulation by emf and mmf method – principle of operation of synchronous motor – starting of synchronous motor.

Module 5Special Machines - A C and D C servo motors – synchros – constructional features – working of a tachogenerator – stepper motors – construction, working, applications and specifications of stepper motors – universal motors - constructional features – typical applications – criteria for selection of motors – electromagnetic relays – contactors.

References

1. Electrical & Electronic Technology: Hughes, Pearson Education2. Electrical Technology: H. Cotton3. Electrical Machines: R.K.Rajput4. Electrical Design Estimating & Costing: K.B.Raina & Bhattacharya5. Electrical Machines & Power systems: Vincent Del Toro

516

SOLID STATE DEVICESLA 304 3+1+0

Module 1Energy bands and charge carriers in semiconductors: energy bands- metals- semiconductors and insulators- direct and indirect semiconductors- charge carriers in semiconductors: electrons and holes- intrinsic and extrinsic material- n-material and p-material- carrier concentration: fermi level- EHPs- temperature dependance- conductivity and mobility- drift and resistance- effect of temperature and doping on mobility- hall effect.

Module 2Diffusion of carriers- derivation of diffusion constant D- Einstein relation- continuity equation- p-n junctions: contact potential- equilibrium fermi levels- space charge at junctions- current components at a junction: majority and minority carrier currents- zener and avalanche breakdown- capacitance of p-n junctions.

Module 3p-n junction diodes: volt-ampere characteristics- switching time- rectifier action- Zener diodes: volt-ampere characteristics- Tunnel diodes: tunneling phenomena- volt-ampere characteristics- Varactor diodes- Photo diodes: detection principle- light emitting diodes.

Module 4Bipolar junction transistors: npn and pnp transistor action- open circuited transistor- biasing in active region- majority and minority carrier distribution- terminal currents- amplification and switching- α and β gain factors- emitter efficiency γ- schottky transistors- photo transistors.

Module 5Field effect transistors: operation- pinch off and saturation- pinch off voltage- gate control- volt-ampere characteristics- MOSFETS: n MOS and p MOS: comparison- enhancement and depletion types- control of threshold voltage- MOS capacitance.

References

1. Solid state electronic devices - Ben G Streetman- Pearson Education2. Microelectronic Devices - Nagchaudhari, Pearson Education3. Integrated electronics – Millman and Halkias- Mc Graw Hill.4. Physics of semiconductor devices - S M Sze- Mc Graw Hill.5. Semiconductor devices – Nagchoudhary- Tata Mc Graw Hill.6. Physics of semiconductor devices - Shur- PHI. 7. Theory of Semiconductor devices - Karl Hess- PHI.

517

ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS - ILA 305 3+1+0

Module 1Rectifiers and Power supplies: Half wave- full wave and bridge rectifiers- working- analysis and design- C filter analysis- regulated power supplies: series and shunt- design of regulated power supplies for specified output conditions- current limiting- short circuit protection- IC regulated power supplies.

Module 2Transistor as an amplifier: Transistor at low frequencies- h parameter model analysis- expression of voltage and current gain- input and output impedance- CE- CB and CC configurations- comparison- transistor parameters from static characteristics- FET: operation- characteristics- small signal model.

Module 3Transistor Biasing: operating point- DC and AC load lines- Q point selection- bias stability- definition of stability factors- derivation of stability factor for ICO

variation- fixed bias- collector to base bias- self bias circuits- bias compensation- compensation for ICO and VBE.

Module 4RC Coupled amplifier: working- analysis and design- phase and frequency response- FET amplifier: biasing- analysis and design.

Module 5Wave shaping circuits: clipping- clamping- RC integration - differentiation- transistor as a switch- astable multivibrator- working and design - UJT- working and applications- simple sweep circuit.

References

1. Electronic devices and circuits: Boylsted & Nashelsky- Pearson Edn.2. Integrated Electronics: Millman & Halkias- Mc Graw Hill.3. Electronic Principles: Malvino- Tata Mc Graw Hill.4. Electronic devices and circuits: Bogart- UBS.5. Electronic devices and circuits: Allen Mottershed- PHI.6. Electronic devices: Floyd- Pearson Edn.7. Electronic devices and applications: B Somanathan Nair- PHI.8. Electronic devices and circuits: J B Gupta- S K Kataria & Sons Pub.

518

COMPUTER PROGRAMMINGLA 306 3+1+0

Module 1 Introduction to CC fundamentals - The character set - identifiers and keywords - Data types - constants - variables and arrays - declarations - expressions - statements - symbolic constants- arithmetic operators - Relational and Logical operators - The conditional operator - Library functions - Data input and output - getchar – putchar, scanf, printf - gets and puts functions - interactive programming.

Module 2 Control StatementsWhile - do while - for - nested loops -if else switch- break - continue - The comma operator - go to statement, Functions - a brief overview - defining a function - accesing a function - passing arguments to a function - specifying argument - data types - function prototypes - Recursion.

Module 3 Program StructureStorage classes - Automatic variables - external variables - multi file programs. Arrays: defining an array - processing an array - passing arrays in a function – multi dimensional arrays - array and strings. Structures and unions: defining a structure - processing a structure - user defined data types - passing structure to a function - self referential structures - unions.

Module 4 PointersFundamentals - pointer declaration - passing pointers to a function - pointers and one dimensional arrays - operations on pointers - pointers and multi dimensional arrays- passing functions to other functions.

Module 5 Data FilesOpening and closing of a data file - creating a data file - processing a data file, low level programming - register variables – bit wise operation - bit fields - enumeration - command line parameters - macros - the C pre-processor.

Text Book

1. Programming with ANSI and Turbo C: Ashok N Kanthane, Pearson Edn.

References

1. Theory and problems of programming with C- Gottfried, Schaum's series.2. The C programming language - Kernighan & Ritche, PHI.3. Programming Techniqes through C - Venkateshmurthy, Pearson Edn.4. Programming in C - Balaguruswamy, Tata Mc Graw Hill.5. Programming Ansi C - Ram Kumar.6. Computer Programming - Rajaraman, PHI.

519

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING LABLA 307 0+0+4

1. Measurement of Electric power (single phase and three phase) and energy using wattmeter and energy meter.

2. Study of star-delta connections.3. O.C.C. and Load characteristics of D.C. generators.4. Swinburne’s test.5. Load characteristics of D.C. shunt, series and compound motors6. O.C and S.C test on single-phase transformer.7. Load test on step-up/step-down transformer; calculation of efficiency and

regulation at different power factors.8. Study of starting of three phase induction motors and load test on squirrel cage

induction motor.9. Load test on slipring induction motor.10. Study of stepper and servomotors.11. Load test on single phase induction motor.12. Pre-determination of regulation of the alternator by emf and mmf method.

BASIC ELECTRONICS LABORATORYA 308 0+0+4

1. Familiarization of CRO, DVM, AF generator etc and Soldering practice.2. Characteristics - Diode, Transistor, FET, UJT. Determination of parameters.3. Design and testing of DC power supplies for specified output.4. Design of Single stage RC coupled amplifier. Determination of Band width.5. Design of FET amplifier. Determination of Band width.6. Wave shaping. Design of clipping, clamping, RC differentiator & Integrator.7. Design of Astable multi-vibrator for specified time period - sharpening of edges.8. Simple sweep circuit.9. Familiarization of data sheets of components – OA79, 1N4001, SZ6.8, BC107,

BC547, BC557, BFW10, 2N2646.10. Simulation of simple circuits using Spice.

NoteStudents may assemble the circuits of the experiments on a universal P.C.B. and verify the results in order to get soldering practice

520

FOURTH SEMESTER

521


Module 1Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential equations with constant coefficents - Finding P.I. by the method of variation of parameters –Cauchys equations- Linear Simultaneous eqns- simple applications in engineering problems.

Module 2Partial Differential Equations - formation by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitary Functions - solution of Lagrange Linear Equations –Charpits Method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients – solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation.

Module 3Fourier Transforms: - Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier Transforms – Fourier Sine & Cosine transforms - inverse transforms - transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parsevals Identity - simple problems.


Module 5Population & Samples: Sampling distribution of mean ( known) –Sampling distribution of variance, F and Chi square test – Level of significance - Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – Test of significance for single proportion, difference of proportion, single mean and difference of means (proof of theorems not expected).

References

1. Higher Engineering Mathematics - B.S. Grewal, Khanna Publishers.2. Engineering Mathematics Vol.II -3rd year Part A & B - M.K. Venkataraman,

National Publishing Company3. Elements of Partial Differential Equations - Ian N.Sneddon.,McGraw Hill. 4. Miller and Fread’s Probability and statistics for engineers – Richard A Johnson,

Pearson Education Asia / PHI.5. A text book of Engineering Mathematics (Volume II) – Bali and Iyengar, Laxmi

Publications Ltd.6. Advanced Engg. Mathematics Erwin Kreyszig, Wiley Eastern Ltd.7. Probability and statistical inferences – Hogg and Tanis, Pearson Education Asia.

522

DIGITAL ELECTRONICS AND LOGIC DESIGNLA 402 3+1+0

Module 1Gates –Inverter - OR gates - AND gates - NOR Gates - De Morgan’s Theorems - NAND Gates – EXCLUSIVE - OR Gates - Tristate Inverter - TTL Circuits - Digital Integrated Circuits - 7400 Devices - TTL Characteristics - TTL Overview - AND OR- NOT Gates - Open-Collector Gates – CMOS gates.

Module 2Boolean Algebra and Karnaugh Maps - Boolean Relations - Sum-of-Products method - Algebraic Simplification - Karnaugh maps – Pairs – Quads - and Octets - Karnaugh Simplifications - Don’t-Care Conditions. Multiplexers - de-multiplexers - decoder and encoder.

Module 3Arithmetic-Logic Units - Binary Addition - Binary Subtraction - Half Adders - Full Adders - Binary Adders - signed Binary Numbers - 2’s Complement - 2’s-Complement Adder-Subtractor.

Module 4Flip Flops - RS Latches - Level Clocking - D Latches - Edge-Triggered D & T Flip-Flops - Edge-Triggered JK Master-slave Flip-Flop.

Module 5Registers and Counters - Buffer Registers - Shift Registers - Controlled Shift Registers - Ripple Counters - Synchronous Counters - Ring counters - Modulo counters - Three-State Register. ROMs – PROMs and EPROMs - RAMs. A small TTL Memory.

References

1. Digital Fundamentals: Floyd, Pearson Edn.2. Fundamentals of digital circuits: A Anand Kumar, PHI3. Digital Integrated Electronics: Taub and Shilling, McGraw Hill, 4. Digital electronics: D C Green, Pearson Edn.5. Digital Logic and state machine design: Comer, Oxford.6. Digital electronic principles and applications: A K Maini, Khanna Pub.7. Digital electronic principles: Malvino and Leach, Mc Graw Hill.8. Logic and computer design fundamentals: M Morris Mano, Pearson Edn.

COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING LA403 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction: communication systems – Modulation - need for modulation- bandwidth- Amplitude modulation - theory- mathematical representation- frequency spectrum - USB & LSB- power relation- Frequency modulation -

523

theory- mathematical representation- frequency spectrum- Phase modulation- comparison of AM- FM- PM.

Module 2Radio transmitters: AM transmitter - block diagram - Solid state modulators - circuit explanation- FM transmitter - reactance modulator- varactor diode modulator- Amstrong modulator.

Module 3Radio receivers: Tuned radio frequency receiver- superheterodyne receiver - block schematic- selectivity- sensitivity- importance of IF - image frequency rejection - AM receivers - schematic explanation - RF amplifiers - circuit explanation - Mixer circuits - IF amplifiers - circuit explanation- simple diode detector - Automatic gain control circuit - simple and delayed AGC - FM receivers - block schematic explanation - amplitude limiting - FM demodulators: slope detectors- phase discriminator- ratio detectors.

Module 4Side band communication: Single side band transmission - suppression of carrier - balanced modulator - filtering of unwanted sideband - SSB receivers - block schematic explanation - pilot carrier receiver - suppressed carrier receiver - Vestigial side band transmission - transmitter and receiver responses - advantages of VSB in television.

Module 5Telephone Systems - Telephone subscribers loop circuit - subscribers line interface circuit - Pulse and tone signaling - Frequency assignments - Electronic telephone - block schematic of a telephone set- block schematic of single line analog SLIC board - two wire repeaters - Electronic private automatic branching exchange - basic block schematic- Power line communication: block schematic explanation- Facsimile - FAX transmitter and receiver.

References

1. Electronic communication Systems: Wayne Tomasi- Pearson Edn.2. Electronic communication: Roody and Coolen- PHI.3. Electronic Communication systems: George Kennedy- Mc Graw Hill.4. Electronic and radio engineering: A P Mathur.5. Telephony and Carrier current engineering: P N Das.6. Modern communication Systems: Couch- PHI.

ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS - IILA 404 3+1+0

Module1 High frequency equivalent circuit of a transistor. Hybrid pi model- explanation of components -r parameters in terms of h parameters -Tuned amplifiers -principle - single tuned and double tuned amplifiers -frequency response -applications (no analysis) -multistage amplifiers -frequency response.

524

Module2 Feedback -different types -positive, negative, voltage, current, series and shunt feedback -Feedback in amplifiers -its effect on amplifier performance -typical feedback arrangements -emitter follower - darlington emitter follower -cascade amplifier (principles only) -difference amplifier.

Module 3 Oscillators -conditions for oscillation -analysis and design of RC phase shift oscillator, general form of oscillator circuit -working of Hartley, Colpitt's, Crystal, tuned collector and Wien Bridge oscillators.

Module 4 Mono-stable multi vibrator -analysis - design - applications - triggering - Bistable multi-vibrator -analysis and design -different methods of triggering -commutating capacitor -Schmitt trigger -working -design.

Module 5Large signal amplifier -harmonic distortion -analysis of class A, class B, class C and class D amplifiers -complimentary and symmetry stage -sweep generators -voltage and current sweeps -time base generators -linearisation -miller and bootstrap sweeps - applications.

References

1. Electronic devices and circuits -Boylsted & Neshelsky, Pearson Edn.2. Integrated electronics -Millman & Halkias, Mc Graw Hill3. Electronic principles -Malvino 4. Electronic devices and circuits -Bugart 5. Microelectronics Digital and Analogue -Botkar.

SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS LTA 405 2+1+0

Module1Dynamic Representation of Systems - Systems Attributes- Causality- linearity- Stability- time-invariance. Special Signals- Complex exponentials- Singularity functions (impulse and step functions).. Linear Time-Invariant Systems: Differential equation representation- convolution Integral. Discrete form of special functions. Discrete convolution and its properties. Realization of LTI system (differential and difference equations).


525




References


RELIABILITY AND HUMANITIESLA 406 2+1+0

Module 1Concepts of reliability: Definition of reliability- failure- classification of failures- measures of reliability- failure rate- mean time between failures (MTBF)- mean time to failure (MTTF).

Module 2Failure pattern and fitting curves: Graphical plots- Bath tub curves- Hazard models- Constant hazard models- Linearly increasing hazard model- Weibull model.

Module 3Manufacture for Quality and reliability: The need for prototype tests- the quality standard- planning to achieve required quality- basic concepts of sequencing.

526

Module 4Control charts in statistical quality control: statistical quality control advantages- types of control charts- X and R chart- P chart- C chart- Re-engineering- Zero defects.

Module 5 Human relations: Human Behavior- Scope of Industrial psychology-Theories of Motivation-Handling of workers grievances-Workers participation in management-Industrial discipline-Industrial disputes-Industrial fatigue-Wages and incentives.

References

1. Reliability Engineering: L S Sreenath.2. Reliability Engineering: A K Govil.3. Industrial Engineering & Management: Banga and Sharma.

ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LABLA 407 0+0+4

List of experiments

1. Power amplifiers: Design of class A and class AB push pull stage – verification of power output.

2. IC power amplifier.3. Oscillators: Design of RC phase shift, Hartley & Colpitts oscillators.4. Design of Mono-stable and bi-stable multi-vibrators.5. Design of bootstrap sweep generator.6. Schmitt trigger.7. SCR, Triac firing circuits.8. Feedback amplifier, design of two stage RC coupled amplifier.9. Tuned amplifiers.10. Design and testing of DC regulated power supplies (Fixed and variable).11. Simulation of above circuits using PSPICE.

NoteNew experiments may be added in accordance with subject LA 404

527

COMPUTER PRORAMMING LABLA 408 0+0+4

Part 1

1. Computer hardware familiarization.2. Familiarization of MS-DOS commands, Microsoft Windows.3. Familiarization of Microsoft Word, Adobe Acrobat Reader.

Part 2

Programming Experiments in C/C++: Programming experiments in C/C++ to cover control structures, functions, arrays, structures, pointers and files, classes, operator & function overloading, inheritance, polymorphism.

528

FIFTH SEMESTER

529

ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IVCMELPA501 3+1+0

Module 1Complex Integration: Line Integral –Cauchy’s integral theorem- Cauchy’s integral formula-Taylor’s series-Laurent’s series- zeros and singularities- Residues- residue theorem-Evaluation of real integrals using contour integration involving unit circle and semicircle.


Module 3Numerical solution of ordinary differential equation: Taylor’s series method- Euler’s method –Modified Eulers method - Rungea – Kutta method (IV order)-Milne’s predictor corrector method.


Module 5 Linear programming: graphical solution – solution using simplex method (non – degenerate case only) – Big-M method, two phase method- Duality in L.P.P.- Balanced T.P. – Vogels approximation method – Modi method.

References


Publishers.3. Higher Engineering Mathematics - Dr. B.S.Grewal, Kanna Publishers.4. Numerical methods in Science & Engineering - Dr. M.K.Venkitaraman, National

Publishing company.5. Quantitative techniques Theory & Problems - P.C.Tulsian, Vishal Pandey,

Pearson Education Asia.6. Complex variables and applications - Churchill and Brown,McGraw-Hill.7. Operations research - Panneer Selvam, PHI.8. Engineering Mathematics Vol. III -S Arumugam, A.T.Isaac,A , Somasundaram,

Scitech publications 9. Advanced Mathematics for Engg.students Vol. III- S.Narayanan, T.K.M.Pillay,

G.Ramanaigh, S.Vishwananthan printers & publishers.

530

POWER ELECTRONICSLA 502 2+1+0

Module 1Power semiconductor Devices - History of development of Power Electronic devices- Constructional features- Characteristics- rating and specification- gate/base drive circuits-protection including cooling and application consideration of diodes- SCRS, GTO, BJTS, MCT, MOSFET and IGBT. Series and parallel operations of SCR- Electromagnetic interference.

Module 2AC to DC Converters - Operation and analysis of Single phase and multi-phase uncontrolled and controlled rectifiers with R, RL and back EMF load- effect of source inductance- free wheeling effect- power factor improvement methods for phase Controlled rectifiers- filters. PWM chips: SG3524 and TL 494- Block schematic.

Module 3AC to AC Voltage Converter - Operation and analysis of single phase integral cycle and phase controlled converters- Configuration of three phase controllers.

Module 4DC to DC Converters - Chopper classification- Step down- step up and four quadrant converters operation- analysis and control with R, RL and EMF load- current and voltage Commutation circuits.

Module 5DC to AC Converters - Single phase and three phase bridge inverters- VSI and CSI- voltage control - PWM & Square wave operation- Harmonics and their reduction techniques.

References

1. Power Electronics: Rashid Muhammad, Pearson Edn.2. Power Electronics: Harish C Ray, Galgotia Pub.3. Thyristors and Applications: Ramamoorthy.4. Power Electronics: Converter, Applications and Design, Mohan Ned, John Wiley, 5. Power Semiconductor Circuits: Dewan, S.B. and Satrughan A, John Wiley &

Sons, 1975. 6. Thyristorised Power Controllers: Dubey, G.K., Doradlla, S. R., Wiley Eastern,

1987.

531

BASIC INSTRUMENTATIONA503 3+1+0

Module 1Generalized configuration of Instrumentation system: Definition of measuring parameters - Calibration, Static and dynamic, Standards of measurements, Measurements errors, Accuracy, Precision, Sensitivity, Resolution, Significant figures.

Module 2Measurement of resistance, inductance and capacitance using bridges - Wheatstone, Kelvin, Maxwell, Hay, Schering bridges, Megger, Q meter, Electronic multimeter, vector voltmeter, vector impedance meter.

Module 3Signal generators - Audio generators, Function generators, Sweep frequency generators, Pulse generators, RF generators, Frequency synthesizer.

Module 4Digital instruments: Digital voltmeter - dual slop, successive approximation types, Digital measurement of time interval, phase, period, frequency, ratio of two frequencies, Digital LCR meter, Digital IC tester.

Module 5The cathode ray tube, Deflection amplifier, Wave form display, Oscilloscope time - base, Dual trace oscilloscope, Dual beam and split beam. Oscilloscope controls-measurements of voltage, frequency and phase, pulse measurements, Lissajous figures, Z axis modulation, oscilloscope probes.Special oscilloscopes - Delayed time base oscilloscope and controls Analog Storage oscilloscope, Storage oscilloscope controls, Sampling oscilloscope, Digital storage oscilloscope - Operation, Analog to digital conversion and storage, digital memory, digital - to- analog conversion, DSO controls, DSO applications Spectrum analyzer, Distortion meter.

Text Books

1. A.D. Cooper and W.D.Cooper, Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques, Prentice - Hall of India Pvt.Ltd., New Delhi, 1995.

2. D.A.Bell, Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements, Englewood Cliffs, N.J., 1994

References

1. T.S.Rathore, Digital Measurements Techniques, Narosa Publishers, Bombay, 1997

2. Beckwith, Mechanical Measurement 5/e, Pearson Education.3. Doeblin, Measurement Systems-Application and Design, Mc Graw Hill,

N.Y.1990.

532

COMPUTER ORGANISATION AND ARCHITECTURELA504 2+1+0

Module 1Basic structure of computer hardware and software- addressing methods and machine programming sequencing- different addressing modes- instruction sets- computer arithmetic logic design- fast adders- multiplication- Booth’s algorithm- fast multiplication- integer division- floating point numbers.

Module 2Control unit- instruction execution cycle- sequencing of control signals- hardwired control- PLAs- micro programmed controls- control signals- micro instructions - Micro program sequencing- branch address modification- pre fetching of micro instructions.

Module 3Memory organization- semi conductor RAM memories- internal organization- bipolar and MOS devices- dynamic memories- multiple memory modules and interleaving- cache memories -mapping functions - replacement algorithms- virtual memories- address translation-page tables - memory management units- secondary memories- disk drives- standards.

Module 4Input-Output organization- accessing I/O devices- direct memory access (DMA)- interrupts and interrupt handling- handling multiple devices- device identification- vectored interrupts- interrupt nesting- daisy chaining- I/O interfaces- serial and parallel standards- buses-scheduling- bus arbitrations- printers- plotters- VDUs.

Module 5Introduction to parallel processing and architecture- classification- array processors- pipeline architecture- interconnection- networks- multistage networks- message passing architecture.

References

1. Computer organization – Hamacher C V, Mc Graw Hill.2. Computer Systems and Architecture – Vincent P Heuring, H F Jordan, Pearson

Edn.3. Computer organization and Design – Pal Choudhary4. Computer organization and Architecture – Hayes J P5. Computer Org. & Architecture- Stallings, Pearson Education.

533

LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITSLA 505 3+1+ 0

Module 1Introduction to operational amplifiers – Basic differential amplifier - dual input balanced output and unbalanced output- Internal block schematic of op amp - Pin identification- power supply requirements - typical data sheet - Op-amp parameters - ideal op amp - transfer curve - equivalent circuit- open loop configurations - frequency response of op amps - compensating networks - slew rate and its effect.

Module 2Op amp in closed loop configuration: Different feed back configurations- Voltage series feedback and voltage shunt feedback - concept of virtual ground- voltage follower - V/I converters and its applications - Differential amplifiers with one op amp and 3 op amps- Use of offset minimizing resistor (ROM) and its design.

Module 3Op amp applications- Summer- Subtractor- Log amplifier- Antilog amplifier- Comparators: zero crossing- using voltage reference- regenerative (Schmitt trigger) comparators- Astable and monostable multivibrators- Triangular and sawtooth wave generators- Integrator and differentiator- RC phase shift and Wien bridge oscillators-Sample and hold circuit- Peak detector circuit.

Module 4Filters and timers: LPF- HPF- BPF- Notch and all pass filters- I order and II order filters- Switched capacitor filter- Switched capacitor integrator. 555 timers – Functional block diagram- Astable multivibrator, monostable multivibrator and its applications.

Module 5Specialized ICs and applications: Voltage regulator ICs – 78XX and 79XX series- 317 variable regulators- 1723 switching regulators- 566 VCO chip- Phase locked loop(PLL) - capture and lock range- 565 PLL - PLL applications: Frequency multiplication and division- AM demodulation- FM detection- FSK demodulation - LM 380 power amplifier - intercom using LM 380- 8038 Function generator chip - applications.

References

1. Op amps and Linear Integrated circuits: Ramakand Gaykwad- PHI publications.2. Op amps and Linear Integrated circuits: R F Coughlin- Pearson Education. 3. Op amps and Linear Integrated circuits: Ravi Raj Dudeja- Umesh Publications.4. Linear Integrated circuits: Roy Choudhary & Jain- Wiely Eastern Publications.5. Integrated circuits: K R Botkar

534

TRANSDUCERS AND RECORDING SYSTEMSA506 3+1+0

Module 1Transducers - definition and classification, Electrical transducers, selecting a transducerTemperature measurements: standards and calibration, thermal expansion methods - bimetalic thermometers, liquid in glass thermometers, vapour pressure thermometers.

Module 2Termocouple - principle, fundamental laws, reference junction considerations, types of thermocouples, industrial thermocouples, thermopiles. Resistance temperature detectors - Principle measurements using three wire and four wire bridge circuits, solid state sensors, quartz thermometers, optical pyrometers, digital thermometers.

Module 3Displacement transducers: variable resistance transducers, variable inductance transducers, LVDT - construction, principle, characteristics, advantages, Variable capacitance transducers, piezo-electric transducers, digital displacement transducers.

Module 4Strain measurements: strain gauges - different types, resistive- semiconductor and optical strain gauges, strain gauge circuits, temperature compensation, Practical Applications

Module 5Recorders: Strip chart recorders, galvanometric recorders, servo recorders, oscillographic recorders, magnetic recorders, direct recording, FM recording, digital recorders, electro mechanical recorders.Display devices, Classification of displays, cathode ray tube, LEDs in direct and indirect bandgap materials, typical uses of LEDs, Liquid crystal displays, theory of liquid crystal display operation, typical use of LCDs.

Text Books

1. Beckwith: Mechanical Mesurements 5/e, Pearson Education2. D V S Murthy, Transducers and Instrumentation, prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,

New Delhi3. B S Sonde, Transducers and Display Systems, Tata Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi,

1979

References

1. E A Doeblin, Measurements Systems - Application and Design, Mc Graw Hill, N Y, 1990.

2. J W Dally, W.F Riley and K G McConnel, Instrumentation for Engineering Measurements, John Wiley and sons Inc., N.Y, 1993.

535

DIGITAL IC LABORATORYLA 507 0+0+4

List of experiments

1. TTL & CMOS characteristics (7400, CD4001)2. Interfacing of TTL & electromagnetic relay using transistor, opto coupler (4N33)

& Darlington arrays (ULN2803).3. Logic family interconnection (TTL to CMOS & CMOS to TTL)4. Design of half adder & full adder using gates.5. Design and testing of ripple & synchronous counters using JK flip flops(7473,

7476)6. Counters using shift registers (Ring counter & Johnson counter).7. Study of counter ICs (7490, 74190).8. Design of astable & mono-stable multi-vibrators using gates.9. Design of mono-shots using dedicated ICs (74123).10. Logic design using multiplexers (74150).11. Logic design using decoders (74138).12. Adders, Subtractors, multipliers.13. Design of 7 segment display circuits-static/dynamic (7447, FND542).14. PRBS generator.15. Digital circuit simulation using electronic work bench/ similar working tools.

NoteAny experiment related to LA402 may be added to the above list.

MEASUREMENTS LABA 508

1. Triggered linear sweeps circuits.2. Op amp measurements: input offset voltage, input offset current, open loop gain,

common mode input resistance, slew rate, CMRR, full power band width comparison of different classes of opamps (2 expts)

3. Op Amp basic circuits, Multivibrators and Oscillators 4. Dual trace generator.5. ADC & DAC. (2expts).6. Instrumentation amplifier & differential amplifiers measurements7. Sample and hold circuits & measurements of rise time and fall time8. Transducer measurements.

a. Diode thermometerb. LVDTc. strain gauge.d. pressure transducer.e. thermocouple (2 expts)

9. Voltage regulators, Ics - LM 723,78XX, 79XX family.Study of Storage Oscilloscopes.

536

SIXTH SEMESTER

537

INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT & ECONOMICSLA 601 3+2+0

PART A: Industrial Management

Module 1Modern concept of Management: Scientific management-Functions of management-Planning - Organising- Staffing – Directing – Motivating - Communicating- Co-ordinating- Controlling - Organisational structures- Line, Line and staff and Functional relationships- Span of control- Delegation- Management by Objectives.

Module 2Personnel management: Objectives and functions of personnel management- Recruitment-Selection and training of workers- Labour Welfare- Industrial Fatigue- Industrial disputes-Trade Unions- Quality circles. Formation of companies: Proprietory-Partnership-Joint stock companies- Public sector- Joint sector and Co-operative sector.

Module 3Marketing Management: Pricing- Promotion- Channels of distribution- Market research-Advertising. Production Management: Batch and mass production- Inventory control- EOQ-Project planning by PERT/CPM- Construction of Network (Basic ideas only).

PART B: Economics

Module 4Theory of demand and supply- Price mechanism- Factors of production- Land, labour, capital and organization- National income- Difficulties in estimation- Taxation- Direct and indirect taxes- Progressive and regressive- Black money- Inflation-Causes and consequences.

Module 5Indian financial system- Reserve bank of India: Functions - Commercial banking system-Development financial institutions - IDBI- ICICI- SIDBI- IRBI- NABARD- Investment institutions – UTI - Insurance companies - Indian capital market- Stock market- Functions- Role of the public sector - Privatisation- Multinational corporations and their impact on the Indian economy.

References

1. Industrial Management - O P Khanna, Dhanpat Rai Pub.2. Industrial Management - K.K. Ahuja, Khanna Pub.3. Marketing Management - Philip Kotler, PHI4. Indian economy - A.N. Agarwal, Wishwa Prakashan5. Modern economic theory - K.K Dewett, Shyam Lal charitable trust.

538

MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERSA602 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction to microprocessors and microcomputers: Function of microprocessors- architecture of 8085- pin configuration and functions – tristate bus concept - generation of control signals - bus timings – de-multiplexing AD0-AD7 – flags - memory decoding - interfacing of RAM and EPROM - I/O addressing - I/O mapped I/O - and memory mapped I/O schemes - instruction execution - fetch/execute cycle - instruction timings and operation status.

Module 2Atmel AT89C51 microcontroller – features - pin configurations - internal block schematic - pin descriptions - PORT0, PORT1, PORT2, PORT3, idle & power down mode - power control register - program protection modes - flash programming & verification.

Module 3Memory organization - program memory - data memory - direct & indirect addressing area - Program status word - register banks - addressing modes - instruction set – arithmetic - logical and data transfer instructions - Boolean instructions - program branching instructions - Programming examples.

Module 4Machine cycles – interrupts - interrupt sources - interrupt enable register - interrupt priority - interrupt control system - interrupt handling - single step operation - port bit latches and buffers - port structures and operation - accessing external memory – programming examples.

Module 5Timer0 & Timer1 - TMOD SFR - mode0, mode1, mode2, mode3 - TCON SFR - serial interface - SCON SFR - mode0, mode1, mode2, mode3- block schematics- baud rates- power on reset circuit- ONCE mode- on chip oscillator- external program & data memory timing diagrams- I/O port timings – programming examples.

References

1. The 8051 Microcontroller: Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Pearson Education. 2. The 8051 Microcontroller: Kenneth J Ayala, Penram International3. Microprocessors and Architecture: Ramesh S Goankar4. Microcomputers and Microprocessors: John Uffenbeck, PHI5. Web site of Atmel - www.atmel.com

539



Module1 Review of signals and systems. Introduction - advantages and limitations of Digital Signal Processing. Infinite Impulse Response (IIR) Filters - Signal Flowgraph- Basic Network structure for IIR filter- Direct- Cascade- Parallel Forms. Design of IIR Digital filters from analog filters- Butterworth design- Chebyshev design- design based on numerical solutions of differential equations- Impulse Invariant Transformation.

Module 2Finite Impulse Response (FIR) Filters: Linear phase FIR filters- Frequency response of linear phase FIR filters - Location of the zeros of linear phase FIR filters. Realization of FIR- cascade - lattice design-Fourier Series method- using windows-rectangular- triangular or Barlett windows – Hanning – Hamming – Blackman - Kaiser windows.




References

1. Digital signal processing: Ifechor- Pearson edn.2. Desecrate time signal processing: Oppenhiem- Pearson edn.3. Digital signal processing: Oppenhiem and Sheffer- PHI4. Introduction to Digital signal processing: Johny R Johnson5. Digital signal processing: Proakis and Manolakis.6. Digital signal processing: P Ramesh Babu- Scitech Pub.

540

INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION - IA604 2+1+0

Module 1Functional descriptions of measuring Instruments-Functional elements of an Instrument, active and passive transducers, analog and digital modes of operation, null and deflection methods, static and dynamic characteristics.

Module 2Basic methods of force measurement- characteristics of elastic force transducers, resolution of vector forces and moments in to rectangular components

Module 3Torque measurement - torque measurement on rotating shafts, dynamometers, gyroscopic force and torque measurement, vibrating - wire force tranducers, strain gauge, feedback and optical methods.

Module 4Level measurement-float displacer, bubbler, capacitance, radioisotope and ultrasound type. Flow meters: Area flow meters, mass flow meters, positive displacement type and electric type flow meters.

Module 5Pressure measurement - Manometers, elastic types, bell gauges, electrical types. Vacuum measurement, differential pressure transmitters, sound pressure level measurement, accoustic intensity.

References

1. Doebelin - Measurement systems - Application and Design-IVth ed.. MGL, 19902. Patranabis - Principles of Industrial Instrumentation - 2nd ed., TMH, 19963. James W.Dally - Instrumentation for Engineering Measurement - 2nd ed., 1993,

Wiley International

DATA COMMUNICATION

A605 4+1+0

Module 1Data transmission concepts and terminology - Analog and digital data transmission- transmission impairments - transmission mediaData encoding - digital data, digital - signals - digital data, analog signals - analog data, digital signals - analog data analog signals. Asynchronous and synchronous transmission - error detection techniques interfacing.

Module 2Multiplexing: Frequency division multiplexing - synchronous time division multiplexing - statistical time division multiplexing. Circuit Switching: Introduction - single node networks - digital switching concepts - digital private & branch exchange - control signaling

541

Packet switching: principles - example systems, virtual circuits and data grams - routing traffic control - X.25

Module 3Local and metropolitan area networks: LAN/MAN technology - different topologies - optical fibre bus - medium access control protocols - LAN/MAN standards

Module 4Computer Communication Architecture protocols - the OSI model - the TCP/IP protocol - System network architecture - principles of inter networking - the bridge - routing with bridges - connectionless internetworking - connection oriented internetworking

Module 5ISDN: overview of ISDN - transmission structure - user access - ISDN protocols -broad band ISDN.

References

1. William stallings - Data and Computer Communication (4th ed.)-PHI2. Larry Haghes - Introduction to Data Communication - a practical approach - Jones

and Bartiett Publishers

CONTROL SYSTEM THEORYA606 3+1+0

Module 1Laplace transforms to linear systems, transfer function of linear systems-- simple mechanical and electromechanical systems. Analogous Systems: force voltage and force current analogy. Block diagram algebra, signal flow graphs - Mason’s gain formula.

Module 2Standard test signals - Time response of first and second order systems - natural frequency and damping ratio. Time response specifications. Steady state and dynamic error coefficients.

Module 3Concept of stability, Routh’s stability criterion, root locus technique - stability analysis. Frequency response analysis: frequency Open loop and closed loop control systems: examples, applications of domain specification, Bode plots.

Module 4Nyquist plots, gain margin and phase margin, Nyquist stability criterion. Closed loop frequency response; Constant M and N circles, Nichols chart

542

Module 5Introduction to control system design - preliminary considerations - lead, lag and lead - lag compensation, Design of lead compensators and lag compensators. Elements of discrete control systems - transfer functions of discrete data systems stability of closed loop discrete system - jury’s test bilinear transformation method

Text Books

1. I J Nagarath and M.Gopal - Control Systems Engineering - New Age International Ltd. - New Delhi

2. B.C Kuo - Automatic Control Systems-Prentice Hall of India - New Delhi

Reference

1. K Ogata - Modern Control Engineering - Prentice hall of India - New Delhi

INSTRUMENTATION LABA607 0+0+3

1. Measurements using different types of transducers a. Variable capacitance typeb. Variable inductance typec. LVDTd. Thermocouples and RTDse. Photocells

2. Measurement of level, distance, vibration3. Calibration of pressure gauges, temperature transmitter, E to P Conveter,

differential pressure transmitter etc4. PC based data acqusition system5. Phase locked loops, frequency to voltage converter, voltage to frequency

converter6. GPIB/RS232C interfacing of function generator and universal counter with PC7. Robotic trainer kit - PC based control of robotic actions8. Programmable logic controllers - ladder disgrams

MINI PROJECTA608 0+0+3

Each student should conceive, design, develop and realize an electronic product. The basic elements of product design - the function ergonomics and aesthetics - should be considered while conceiving and designing the product. The electronic part of the product should be an application of the analog & digital system covered up to the 6th semester. The student should submit the report at the end of the semester. The product should be demonstrated at the time of examination.

543

SEVENTH SEMESTER

544

MICRO-CONTROLLER BASED SYSTEM DESIGNLA701 2+1+0

Module 1Various logic families - features – comparison – PLA – PAL- GAL -comparison – combinational PAL – PAL with flip-flops – study of 16L8, 22V10 GAL – dual port RAM – FIFO - FPGA - gate arrays.

Module 2Embedded C compiler – advantages – memory models – interrupt functions – code optimization - 89C2051 micro-controller- architecture-comparison with 89C51- design of a simple trainer circuit using 89C51/89C2051 µC – interfacing of DIP switch, LED, 7 segment display, alphanumeric LCD – relay interface – design of a traffic light control system - interfacing programs using C and assembly language.

Module 3Analog to digital converters- single slope, dual slope, successive approximation, sigma delta, flash – comparison - typical ICs - A/D interface – digital to analog converters – different types – D/A interface - optically isolated triac interface- design of a temperature control system- interfacing programs using C and assembly language.

Module 4Serial bus standards - I2C bus, SPI bus – operation – timing diagrams – 2 wire serial EEPROM – 24C04 – 3wire serial EEPROM – 93C46 - interfacing - serial communication standards - RS232, RS422, RS485 – comparison – MAX232 line driver/ receiver - interfacing – interfacing programs using C and assembly language - low voltage differential signaling – PC printer port – registers – interfacing - universal serial bus – PCI bus.

Module 5Matrix key board interface - AT keyboard – commands – keyboard response codes - watch dog timers - DS1232 watch dog timer – real time clocks – DS1302 RTC – interfacing - measurement of frequency - phase angle - power factor – stepper motor interface - dc motor speed control – L293 motor driver - design of a position control system - interfacing programs using C and assembly language.

References

1. The 8051 Microcontroller: Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Pearson Education. 2. The 8051 Microcontroller: Kenneth J Ayala, Penram International.3. Digital fundamentals: Floyd, Pearson Education.4. Programming and customizing the 8051 µC: Myke Predko, TMH5. Programming with ANSI C and turbo C: Kamthane, Pearson Education.6. Microcomputers and Microprocessors: John Uffenbeck, PHI.7. Web site of Atmel semiconductors - www.atmel.com

545


VLSI TECHNOLOGYLA 702 3+1+0

Module 1Process steps in IC fabrication: Crystal growth and wafer preparation- Czochralski process- apparatus- silicon shaping, slicing and polishing- Diffusion of impurities- physical mechanism- Fick’s I and II law of diffusion- Diffusion profiles- complementary (erfc) error function- Gaussian profile- Ion implantation- Annealing process- Oxidation process- Lithography- Photolithography, Fine line lithography, electron beam and x-ray lithography- Chemical vapour deposition (CVD)- epitaxial growth- reactors- metallisation- patterning- wire bonding and packaging.

Module 2Monolithic components: Isolation of components- junction isolation and dielectric isolation- Transistor fabrication- buried layer- impurity profile- parasitic effects- monolithic diodes- schottky diodes and transistors- FET structures- JFET- MOSFET- PMOS and NMOS, control of threshold voltage (Vth)- silicon gate technology- Monolithic resistors- sheet resistance and resistor design- resistors in diffused regions- MOS resistors- monolithic capacitors- junction and MOS structures- IC crossovers and vias.


Module 4Subsystem design and layout- Simple logic circuits- inverter, NAND gates, BiCMOS circuit, NOR gates, CMOS logic systems – bus lines- arrangements- power dissipation- power supply rail distribution- subsystem design process- design of a 4 bit shifter.


References

1. VLSI technology: S M Sze, Mc Graw Hill pub.2. Basic VLSI design: Douglas Pucknell, PHI.3. Principles of CMOS VLSI Design: H E Weste, Pearson Edn.4. Integrated Circuits: K R Botkar, Khanna Pub.5. CMOS circuit design layout and simulation: Barter, IEEE press.6. Introduction to VLSI: Conway, Addison weslay.

546

INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION - IIA703 3+1+0

Module 1Measurement viscosity of density, specific gravity scales used in petroleum industries-Different methods of measuring consistency and viscosity –Methods for measuring moistures and humidity – Electrical conductivity – Dielectric constant-Automatic electric psycho meter

Module 2PH and conductivity meters- pH measurement – pH electrode station – various types of electrodes – Installation and maintenances of pH meters – conductivity meters – Electrical conductivity of solution – cell construction operating principles.

Module 3Gas Analysis – Chemical absorption, thermal conductivity, magnetic type, Gas chromagraphy, infrared and ultraviolet light, mass spectometer, propotional counters, Geigor Muller counter, Scintillation counter.

Module 4Measurement of speed- Mechanical- Electrical- Electronic methods- stroboscopic method –Measurement of acceleration- various types- calibrations.

Module 5Power plant instrumentation- Diesel electrical power plants, Gas turbine power plants, gas and steam turbines combined cycles, nuclear reactors, fluctuating loads on power plants. Instrumentation and control of power plants.

References

1. DOEBLIN: Measurement systems, applications and design, Mc Graw Hill. Pub.Co.

2. D.Patranabis: Principles of Industrial Instrumentation, Mc Graw Hills Pub.Co.3. NAKRA, CHAUDBRY: Instrumentation Measurement and Analysis Mc Graw

Hill. Pub.Co.4. ECKMAN: Industrial Instrumentation- Wiley Eastern

PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROLA 704 2+1+0

Module 1Process Dynamics – Process Variables – Degree of freedom – Characterization of physical systems – Dynamics of liquid, gas and thermal process – Interacting and non interacting systems – Continuous and batch process – Self regulation and servo regulation operation – Problems.

547

Module 2Control actions and controllers – Basic control actions – Characteristics of two position, multi position, floating, proportional I, D Control modes – Composite control modes – PI, PD, PID control modes – pneumatic and electronic controllers to realize various control actions

Module 3Optimum controller settings: Evaluation criteria, 1/4th decay ratio, IAE, ISE, ITAE – determination of optimum settings for mathematically described process using time response and frequency response – Tuning – Process reaction curve method, Continuous cycling metho, Damped oscillation method.

Module 4Final control element: I/P converter – Pneumatic, electric and hydraulic actuators – Valve positioner – Control valves – Effective valve characteristics, Valve body – globe, butterfly, diaphragm, Ball valves – Value seizing, cavitation, flouting.

Module 5Complex control system: Cascade control – Feed forward control, Ratio control, Multivariable control. Piping and Instrumentation diagram, Case study – Distillation column control – Combustion control and drum level control in steam boiler.

References

1. Peter Harriot, Process control – Tata McGraw Hill2. D. Patranabis, Principles of Process Control – Tata McGraw Hill3. Curtis Johnson, Process Control Instrumentation Technology – Eastern economy

Edition4. D.P. Eckman, Automatic Process Control – Wiley Eastern5. Bela G Liptak, Process Control, Instrument Engineers Handbook6. Donald R Coughanowr, Process System Analysis and Control – McGraw Hill

BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATIONA 705 3+1+0

Module 1Human Anatomy & Physiology: Anatomy & Physiology of major systems of the body. Principles of generation and propagation of bioelectric potentials. Electrical activity of heart, propagation of action through nerves, conduction velocity and latency. EMG, EMC, ECG, ERG, EEG, EGG, MEG. Electrical Safety - Physiological effects of electricity, Micro & macro shock hazards. Electrical safety codes & Standards. Protection of patients, power distribution and equipment design

Module 2Electrodes & Transducers: Bio potential electrodes - different types of electrodes, polarisable & nonpolarisable electrodes. Theory of electrode - skin interface. Electrode behaviour & circuit models. Electrodes for stimulation.

548

Transducers, Leads & electrodes: transducers for biological applications - transduction principles, different types - active and passive transducers, implantable transducers, transducers for pressure, flow, pulse, respiration. Chemical sensors.Leads & Electrodes: Types, Materilas, properties, characteristics. Method of application and selection - equivalent circuits of leads & electrodes.

Module 3Biopotential amplifiers, recoders & monitors:Amplifiers: for ECG, EMG & EEG - basic requirements, design considerations - frequency, gain etc.ECG: Working principles, electrode systems and clinical applicationsEEG: Working Principles, lead system and clinical applicationsEMG: Working Principles and clinical applications. Evoked potential systems, determination of conduction velocity and latency.Phonocardiolography - principle and clinical applicationsBiopotential recording - Noise, motion artfact and other considerationsRecorders: Potentiometre, galvanometre, electrostatic UV recorder and magnetic tape recorder

Module 4Diagnosis and therapeutic Equipments:Diagnosis Equipments - Electronic BP Monitors, pulse monitors, electrocardioscope, spirometer, pulse oxi meter, ECG machine, EEG machine, EMG machine, EOG machine, ERG machine, PH meter, auto analyser, gas analysers.

Module 5Therapeutic Equipments - Pacemakers, Defibrillator, heart - lung machine, nerve and muscle stimulators, dialysis machines, Surgical diathermy equipment, micro wave - short wave and ultrasound diathermy equipments, Nebuliser, Inhalator, Aspirator, Humidifier and ventillators.Electrical Safety - Physiological effects of electricity, Micro & macro shock hazards. Electrical safety codes & Standards. Protection of patients, power distribution and equipment design.

Text Books

1. Leslie Cromwell, Fred J. Weibell and Erich A Pferffer - Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements - Prentice Hall of India, 1990

2. R.S Khandpur - Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation - Tata Mc Graw – Hill

References

1. John G. Webster - Medical Instrumentation - Application and Design - Houghton mifflin company, Boston

2. John C. Cobbold - Tranducers for Biomedical measurements - John wiley & Sons 3. Jacob Kline- Hand book of Biomedical Engineering - Academic Press INC

549


Module1 Classical optimization techniquesSingle variable optimization – Multivariable optimization with no constraints – Hessian matrix – Multivariable saddle point – Optimization with equality constraints – Lagrange multiplier method - Multivariable optimization with inequality constraints – Kuhn-Tucker conditions.

Module 2 One-dimensional unconstrained minimizationElimination methods – unrestricted search method – Fibonacci method – Interpolation methods – Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation methods.

Module 3 Unconstrained minimizationGradient of a function – Steepest descent method – Newton’s method – Powells method – Hooke and Jeeve’s method.


Module 5 Network TechniquesShortest path model – Dijkstra`s Algorithm – Floyd`s Algorithm – minimum spanning tree problem – PRIM algorithm – Maximal Flow Problem algorithm.

References

1. Optimization theory and application: S.S. Rao, New Age International P. Ltd.2. Optimization Concepts and applications in Engineering: A. D. Belegundu, T.R.

Chandrupatla, Pearson Education Asia. 3. Principles of Operations Research for Management: - F.S.Budnick, D. McLeavey,

R. Mojena, Richard D. Irwin, INC4. Operation Research an introduction: H. A. Taha, Eastern Economy Edition. 5. Operations Research: R. Panneerselvam, PHI

OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING IN C++ (ELECTIVE - I)LA706-2 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction to loops: Evolution of object oriented languages - Support for experiments and structure - process of language translation – Need of objects - Definition of Object - Oriented Language.

Module 2Encapsulation & Inheritance: Building classes - Declaring objects Member functions - constructors and destructors members access control.

550

Module 3POLYMORPHISM - Virtual functions - Defining virtual functions – Usage of virtual functions - Abstract classes - simulation using abstract classes.

Module 4OVERLOADING: Overloading functions - Overloading operators to provide new meaning - Selecting Friend or Member Functions for Operator Overloading.

Module 5DYNAMIC OBJECTS: Dynamic object allocation - Using references with dynamic memory allocation - Inline functions outside class definitions - Friend functions, Applications - Object oriented databases case study – some language (Simula, Smalltalk, C++, Ada) features.

References

1. Data abstraction & OOP in C++: Gordenkeeth, Wiley Eastern.2. Object oriented programming with C++: E. Balaguruswamy, TMH.3. C++: Strostrout.4. Object Oriented Programming in C++: Nabajyoti Bjarne.

FUZZY SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE - I)A 706-3 3+2+0

Module 1Introduction to Fuzzy sets and systems. Basics of fuzzy sets membership function, support of a fuzzy set, height - normalised fuzzy set, - cuts (decomposition of a fuzzy set), set theoretic definitions on fuzzy sets, complement, intersection and union equality, subsethood - basic definition based on membership functions.

Module 2The law of the excluded middle and law of contradiction on fuzzy sets. Properties of fuzzy sets operations (logical proof only). Extension of fuzzy sets concepts - type-2 and level 2 fuzzy sets - examples.

Module 3Operations on fuzzy sets - intersection, algebraic sum - product, bounded sum - product, drastic sum product, t-norms and t-conorms(s - norms) on fuzzy sets, typical parameterised t - norms and s-norms (with simplified proof). Extension principle and its applications.

Module 4Fuzzy relation. Resolution form of a binary fuzzy relation. Operations on fuzzy relations - projection, max-min. and min and max, compositions cylindric extension. Similarity relations - reflexivity, symmetry, transitivity.

Module 5Further operations on fuzzy sets and proposed by Zadeh - concentration dilation, contrast Intensification, a linguistic hedges, computation of the meaning of values

551

of a linguistic variable, fuzzy algorithms, fuzzy engineering - applications of fuzzy controls, case studies.

References

1. C.T lin & C S George Lee. Neural Fuzzy Systems, Prentice Hall.2. Earl Cox. Fuzzy Systems Handbook, Associated Press3. Klir and Yuan, Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic: Theory and Applications, Prentice

Hall of India.4. IEEE Trans on Systems, Man & Cybernetics, vol. SMC - 3, No.1, January 1973,

pp 28-445. Bart Kosko. Fuzzy Engineering, Prentice Hall.6. Bart Kosko. Fuzzy Thinking, Hooper Collins Publications.

ARTIFICAL INTELLIGENCE & EXPERT SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE - 1)LA706-4 3+1+0

Module 1 Introduction Definitions- AI applications- Data, information and knowledge problems and problem space, problem characteristics, forward and backward reasoning means – ends – analysis – puzzle problems, Tower of Hanoi problem, game playing.

Module 2 Search Search strategies, AND OR graphs, Heuristic search methods A and AO* algorithms, MIN – MAX strategies, Alpha – Beta cut offs.

Module 3 Knowledge representationPropositional logic predicate logic, conversion of WFF to clause form, resolution, Unification, resolution – refutation system, question answering – non monotinic reasoning, fuzzy logics.

Module 4 Knowledge Structure Semantic nets, frames, scripts, conceptual dependency – learning knowledge acquisition, different methods of learning.

Module 5 Knowledge engineering and Expert SystemsStructure of an expert system, distinctive features – case studies.

Text Books

1. Rich E., Artificial Intelligence, MGH

References

1. Nison N.J., Problem solving methods in Artificial Intelligence, MGH2. Winston P.H., Artificial Intelligence, Academic Press, 1977

552

PRINCIPLES OF REAL TIME SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE - I)LA 706-5 3+1+0

Module 1 Introduction to Real Time Systems – Structure of real time systems, real time computer, task classes – Periodic, Aperiodic, critical, Non-critical, definition of real time systems – real time systems, embedded systems - Hard real time systems, soft real time systems, real time design issues.

Module 2Real time kernel – polled loop systems, co-routines, interrupt driven systems – sporadic, fixed rate systems, hybrid systems, task control block - task status, scheduling – uni-processor scheduling – traditional rate monotonic, rate monotonic deferred server, EDF, IRIS tasks – multiprocessor scheduling – utilization balancing algorithm, next-fit, bin- packing algorithm, myopic offline, buddy strategy (no need of proofs) fault tolerant scheduling.

Module 3 Communication – Communication Media and message sending topologies, network architecture issues, protocols – contention – based, token - based, stop and go multi-loop, polled bus, hierarchal, round robin, fault tolerant routing – clocks and synchronization – fault tolerant synchronization in hardware, synchronization in software.

Module 4 Fault tolerance – definition, cause of failure, fault types, fault detection and containment, redundancy – hardware, software, time, information, integrated failure handling – reliability – parameter values – series – parallel systems, NMR clusters, combinational model, master chain model, fault latency, transient faults, software error models.


Text Book

1. Real Time Systems - C.M Krishna, Kang G. Shini (McGraw Hill)

References

1. Real Time Systems, Design & Analysis - Philip Laplante (IEEE)2. Real Time Systems - Krishna, Tata McGraw Hill

553

MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABLA707 0+0+3

1. Familiarization of 8085 trainer kit, manual code entry, simple examples.2. Design and construction of a simple flash programmer for 89C51/89C2051 µC. 3. Study of Intel Hex file format.4. Computer aided assembly language program development for 89C51/89C2051.5. Use of assembler, linker and simulator for 89C51/89C2051.6. Programming examples. Sorting, arithmetic operations (Using assembler,

simulator).7. Programming examples using Embedded ‘C’ compiler for 89C51/89C2051.8. Programming examples using timer, external interrupts.9. Design and construction of the following interfacing modules.

a. A/D converter.b. D/A converter.c. Alphanumeric LCD display.d. Matrix keyboard interface.e. Seven segment display.f. Extending I/O port using shift registers (74HC595, 74HC165).g. Stepper motor. h. Infra red transmission and reception.i. Opto isolated I/P and O/P.j. Serial EEPROM.k. Real time clock.l. Interfacing using RS 232 and printer port.

Note Any other embedded processor with similar or better capability may be used instead of 89C51/89C2051.

INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS LABA 708 0+0+3

List of Experiments

1. Linear Ramp Firing Circuit.2. Study of PWMIC TL 494.3. Battery Charger.4. Step up DC – DC Converter.5. Push pull DC – DC Converter.6. Application of Opto coupler IC MCT2E.7. AC Phase Control Circuit.8. Study of DC Drive.9. Regulation Characteristics of DC Drive.10. Half bridge and Full bridge Converters

554

PROJECT DESIGN & SEMINARA 709 0+0+2

PROJECT DESIGN

The student is expected to complete the design of the project work and submit the design phase report.

SEMINAR

The student is expected to present a seminar in one of the current topics in Electronics, Instrumentation, Computers, Information Technology, Control Systems and related areas. The student will undertake a detailed study on the chosen subject and submit seminar report at the end of the semester.

555

EIGHTH SEMESTER

556

COMPUTER NETWORKSLA 801 3+1+0

Module 1Network goals -topologies- configurations-concept of internet- ISO-OSI 7 Layer Standard -peer processes-Functions of each layer-TCP/IP reference model - Transmission media -description and characteristics - base band and broad band transmission-synchronous and asynchronous -full duplex, half duplex links- Concepts of WAP technology.

Module 2MODEMS-serial communication standards - X-21 digital interface- Need for data link layer-stop and wait and sliding window protocol-HDLC-terminal handling- polling-multiplexing- concentration-virtual circuit and data-grams - routing -congestion control.

Module 3LAN- base band and broad band Lan’s - carrier sense networks-CSMA/CD -ring network- shared memory -IEEE802 standards-introduction to X-25. Transport layer- design issues- establishing and releasing connection - flow control – buffering - crash recovery - a simple transport protocol on X-25.

Module 4 Session layer- design issues -data exchange - dialogue management - synchronization- remote procedure call-client server model - Presentation layer-data presentation-compression- network security-privacy- cryptography- presentation layer in ARPANET.

Module 5 Application layer - virtual terminal - file transfer protocol-E-mail-introduction to distributed system - ATM-protocol architecture -ATM logical connections -ATM cells -cell transmission- ATM adaptation layer -AAL protocols -basic principles of SDH and SONET.

References

1. Computer Networks: Andrew S Tannenbaum, Pearson Education.2. An Engineering Approach to Computer Networking: Keshav, Pearson Education.3. Computer Networking: A Top Down Approach: Kurose Pearson Education.4. Computer Network & Internet: Comer, Pearson Education.5. Data communication: Hausly6. Computer Networks, protocols standards & interfaces, Uyless Balack7. Local Area Networks: William Stallings, Pearson Education.8. Understanding Data Communication and networks- 2nd ed-William A Shay

(Vikas Thomson Learning)

557

MODERN CONTROL THEORYA802 3+1+0

Module 1Limitation of Conventional Control Theory. Concepts of state variable and state model - state model for linear time invariant systems.State space representation of dynamic systems: physical notion of system state, block diagram representations. Lagrang’s equations – examples

Module 2Transformation of state variables, solution of differential equations in state space form, interpretation and properties of the state transition matrix, solution by the laplace transform, the resolvent, transfer function from state model, state space representations of transfer functions.Decomposition of Transfer functions: Direct, cascade and parallel decomposition technique.

Module 3State space modelling of systems: Inverted pendulum on a cart, Temperature control - two capacitance system, spring coupled masses, distillation column, instrument servo, missile guidance dynamics. Controllability and Observability: Physical interpretation, Kalman’s and Gilbert’s tests, Effect of pole - zero cancellation, detectability and stabilisability.

Module 4Shaping the dynamic response - Design of regulators for single input single output systems, Bass- gura pole placement formula, Multiple input systems, disturbances and tracking systems: exogenous variables.Linear observers: Need of observers, structure and properties of observers, pole placement for single output systems.

Module 5Introduction to MATLAB - MATLAB functions - m - files- analysis and design of control systems using MATLAB, Simulink - construction and analysis of simple models - modelling of systems given in module II

References

1. B.Friedland - Control System Design - An Introduction to state space methods - Mc Graw Hill, Inc. N Y

2. T. Kailath - Linear systems - Prentice Hall Inc., Englewood cliffs. N J3. C. Chen - Analog and Digital Control System Design - Transfer function, State

Space and algebraic methods, Saunders College Publishing, N.Y4. A Nagooe Kani – Advanced Control Theory

558

ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORSLA 803 3+1+0

Module 1Intel 8086 Microprocessor - Internal architecture – Block diagram – Minimum and maximum mode operation – Interrupt and Interrupt applications – DMA data transfer – 8087 math coprocessor.8086 memory organization – even and odd memory banks – segment registers – logical and physical address – advantages and disadvantages of physical memory

Module 2Addressing modes used in 80x86 familyData addressing mode – register addressing, immediate addressing, direct addressing, register indirect addressing, base plus index addressing, register relative addressing, base relative plus index addressing, scaled addressing.Program memory addressing modes - direct program memory addressing, relative program memory addressing.Stack memory addressing mode.

Module 3Intel 80286 Microprocessor80286 Architecture, system connection – Real address mode operation – Protected mode operation

Module 4Intel 80386 Microprocessor80386 Architecture and system connection – Real operating mode – 386 protected mode operation – segmentation and virtual memory – segment privilege levels and protection – call gates – I/O privilege levels – Interrupts and exception handling – task switching – paging mode – 80386 virtual 86 mode operation.

Module 5Advanced Intel Microprocessors80486 – Processor model – Reduced Instruction cycle – five stage instruction pipe line – Integrated coprocessor – On board cache – Burst Bus mode.Pentium – super scalar architecture – u-v pipe line – branch prediction logic – cache structure – BIST (built in self test) – Introduction to MMX technology.

References

1. The Microprocessors, 6th Edition - Barry B. Brey Pearson Edu.2. Microprocessor and Interfacing 2nd Edition - Douglous V. Hall TMH3. The 80x86 family - John Uffenbeck

559

COMPUTERISED PROCESS CONTROLA804 3+1+0

Module 1Programmable Logic Devices: Basic Concepts- Programming Technologies. Programmable Logic Array (PLA)- Programmable Array Logic (PAL)- Design and Application

Module 2Programmable Logic Controllers:Combinational logic controllers, sequential logic controllers, logic controller design using programmable logic devices, Introduction to programmable logic controllers - PLC programming languages, Commercially available PLCs, Microprocessor based PLCs.

Module 3Distributed Control Systems - Part 1Basic packages, cost estimating, data highways – field buses, multiplexers and remote terminal units, CRT displays, flow sheet symbols, I/O hardware and setpoint stations.

Module 4Distributed Control Systems - Part IISupervisory computer tasks and configurations, system integration with PLCs and computers, Fibre - Optic local area networks: MAP and TOP, Fieldbuses, MAP, TOP.

Module 5Network protocols:Printers, Operator interfaces, workstations, wiring practices and signal conditioning, communication systems, case study- Allen- Bradlley Protocol (AB. Protocol)

References

1. Enrique Mandado, Jorge Marcos, Serafin A Perrez, - Programmable Logic Devices and logic Controllers - Prentice Hall- 1996

2. Dobrivoje Popovic and Vijay P. Bhatkar - Distributed Computer Control for Industrial Automation - Marcel Dekker, INC, 1990.

3. B.G Liptak - Handbook of Process Control - 1996

ROBOTICS (ELECTIVE - II)A805-1

Module1 Robot OrganizationCoordinate transformation – Kinematics and inverse kinematics – trajectory planning and remote manipulation.

560

Module 2 Robot hardwareRobot sensors – Proximity Sensors – Range Sensors – Tactile Sensors – Visual Sensors – Auditory Sensors. Robot Manipulators – Manipulator Dynamics – Manipulator Control –wrists – End effectors – Robot Grippers.

Module 3 Robot and Artificial IntelligencePrinciples of all Basics of Learning – planning Movement – Basics of Knowledge Representation – Robot programming languages.

Module 4 Robotic Vision SystemsPrinciples of edge detection – Determining of optical flow and shape – image segmentation – Pattern recognition – model director sense analysis.

Module 5 Robot control and ApplicationRobot control using voice and infrared – overview of robot application – prosthetic devices – Robots in material handling, processing, assembly and storage.

References

1. Koren, “Robtics for Engineers”, McGraw Hill Int. Co Tokyo 19852. Hall and Hall” Robotics – A User Friendly Introduction”, Saunders Publishing

Company, 19853. Vokobravotic “Introduction to Robotics”, Springer 19884. Lee, Gonzalez aqnd Fu “ Robotics (11 Ed)”, IEEE Press, 19865. Charniakand, Mcdermott, “Roboty Technology ande Applications”, Springer 19856. Charniac & Mcdermott, “Introduction to Artificial Intelligence”, Mc Graw Hill,

19867. P Janaki Raman, “Robotics”, Tata Mcgraw Hill

VHDL (ELECTIVE - II)LA805-2 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction: Hardware Abstraction- Basic Terminology- Entity Declaration- Architecture Body- Configuration Declaration- Package Declaration- Package Body- Model Analysis- Simulation- Basic Language Elements –Identifiers- Data Objects- Data Types- Operators.

Module 2Behavioural Modelling: Entity Declaration- Architecture Body-Process Statement- Variable Assignment Statement- Signal Assignment Statement- Wait Statement- If Statement - Case Statement- Null Statement- Loop Statement- Exit Statement- Next Statement- Assertion Statement- Report Statement- Other Sequential Statements- Multiple Processes- Postponed Processes - Dataflow Modelling: Concurrent Signal Assignment Statement- Concurrent versus Sequential Signal Assignment- Delta Delay Revisited- Multiple Drivers- Conditional Signal Assignment Statement- Selected Signal Assignment

561

Statement- the UNAFFECTED Value- Block Statement- Concurrent Assertion Statement- Value of a Signal.

Module 3Structural Modelling: Component Declaration- Component Instantiation- Resolving Signal Values - Generics and Configurations: Generics- Configurations- Configuration Specification- Configuration Declaration- Default Rules - Conversion Functions - Direct Instantiation- Incremental Binding.

Module 4Subprograms and Overloading: Subprograms- Subprogram Overloading- Operator Overloading- Signatures- Default Values for Parameters - Packages and Libraries: Package Declaration- Package Body-Design File- Design Libraries-Order of Analysis- Implicit Visibility- Explicit Visibility.

Module 5Advanced Features: Entity Statements- Generate Statements- Aliases- Qualified Expressions- Type Conversions- Guarded Signals- Attributes- Aggregate Targets- Shared Variables- Groups - Model Simulation: Simulation- Writing a Test Bench- Converting Real and Integer to Time- Dumping Results into a Text Fi1e- Reading Vectors from a Text File- A Test Bench Example- Initialising a Memory- Variable File Names- Hardware Modelling Examples: Modelling Entity interfaces- Modelling Simple Elements- - Different Styles of Modelling- Modelling Regular Structures- Modelling Delays- Modelling Conditional Operations- Modelling Synchronous Logic- State Machine Modelling- Interacting State Machines- Modelling a Moore FSM- Modelling a Mealy FSM- A Generic Priority Encoder- A Simplified Blackjack Program- A Clock Divider- A Generic Binary Multiplier- A Pulse Counter- A Barrel Shifter- Hierarchy in Design.

Text Book

1. VHDL Primer Third editions: J. Bhasker, Pearson Education Asia.

Reference

1. Introducing VHDL from simulation to synthesis: Sudhakar Yakmandhiri, Pearson Education Asia

NEURAL NETWORKS (ELECTIVE - II)A805-3 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction - Principles - artificial neuron - activation functions - Single layer & multi-layer networks - Training artificial neural networks - Perception - Representation - Linear separability - Learning - Training algorithms.


562

Module 3Counter Propagation networks: Kebenon layer - Training the cohenen layer - Pre initializing the wright vectors - statistical properties - Training the Grosbery layer - Full counter propagation network - Application.

Module 4Statistical methods- Boltzmann’s Training - Cauche training - Artificial specific heat methods - Applications to general non-linear optimization problems.

Module 5Hopfield nets - Recurrent networks - stability - Associative memory - applications - Thermo dynamic systems - Statistical Hopfield networks – Bi-directional associative memories - Continuous BAM - Adaptive resonance theory - Architecture classification - Implementation.

Text Book


References

1. Neural Networks - Simon Haykins2. Adaptive Pattern Recognition & Neural Networks - Pay Y.H.3. An Introduction to neural computing - Chapman & Hall4. Artificial Neural Networks - Robert J. Schalkoff, McGraw Hill5. Artificial Neural Networks - B.Yegnanarayana, PHI

ADVANCED MICRO-CONTROLLERS (ELECTIVE – II)LA805-4 3+1+0

Module 1Low pin count controllers – Atmel AVR family – ATTiny15L controller - architecture – pin descriptions – features – addressing modes – I/O space – reset and interrupt handling – reset sources - Tunable internal oscillator.

Module 2Timers – Watch dog timer – EEPROM – preventing data corruption – Analog comparator – A/D converter – conversion timing – ADC noise reduction – PortB – alternate functions – memory programming – fuse bits – high voltage serial programming – algorithm.

Module 3National semiconductor COP8 family - COP8CBR9 processor – features – electrical characteristics – pin descriptions – memory organization –EEPROM - security – brownout reset – in system programming – boot ROM. Idle timer – Timer1, Timer2, Timer3 -operating modes – PWM mode – event capture mode

563

Module 4Power saving modes – Dual clock operation – Multi input wake up – USART – framing formats – baud rate generation – A/D conversion – operating modes – prescaler – Interrupts – interrupt vector table – Watch dog – service window – Micro-wire interface – waveforms.

Module 5Microchip PIC16 family – PIC16F873 processor – features – architecture – memory organization - register file map – I/O ports – PORTA - PORTB – PORTC – Data EEPROM and flash program memory – Asynchronous serial port – SPI mode – I2C mode.

References

1. Design with PIC micro-controllers: John B Peatman, Pearson Education.2. DS101374: National Semiconductor reference manual.3. National semiconductor web site – www.national.com4. 1187D: Atmel semiconductor reference manual.5. Atmel semiconductor web site – www.atmel.com6. DS30292B: Microchip reference manual.7. Microchip semiconductor web site – www.microchip.com

E-COMMERCE (ELECTIVE - II)LA 805-5 3-1-0

Module1Introduction to Electronic Commerce - E-Commerce Framework- Anatomy of E-Commerce Applications - E-Commerce Consumer & Organization Applications- E- Commerce and World Wide Web - Internet Service Providers - Architectural Framework for Electronic Commerce - WWW as the Architecture- Hypertext publishing.

Module 2Network Security - Client-Server Network Security - CS Security Threats – Firewalls - Data & Message Security - Encrypted Documents - Security on the Web.

Module 3Electronic Payment Systems - Types of Electronic Payment Systems - Digital Token Based Electronic Payment System - Smart Cards - Credit Cards - Risk in Electronic Payment Systems - Designing Electronic Payment Systems.

Module 4Electronic Data Interchange - EDI Application in Business- EDI-Legal - Security and Privacy Issues - EDI standardization - EDI Envelope for Message Transport - Internet based EDI - Internal Information System- Work-flow Automation and Coordination- Supply Chain Management- Document Library- Types of Digital Documents- Corporate Data Warehouses.

564

http://www.microchip.com/


http://www.national.com/

Module 5Recent Trends in E-Commerce - Multimedia in E-Commerce - Video Conferencing with Digital Videos - Broad Band Telecommunication- Frame & Cell Relays - Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS) - Asynchronous Transfer Mode - Mobile Computing and Wireless Computing.

Text Book

1. Frontiers of Electronic Commerce: Ravi Kalakota & Andrew B Whinston.

References

1. Global Electronic Commerce: J Christopher Westland & Theodore H K Clark.2. E- Commerce The cutting edge of Business: Kamlesh K Bajaj & Debjani Nag.3. E-Commerce: Strategy Technologies and Applications, TMH

ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING (ELECTIVE - III)LA806-1 3+1+0

Module 1Introduction to Multi-rate Digital Signal Processing – Sample rate reduction - decimation by integer factors- sampling rate increase – interpolation by integer facto - Design of practical sampling rate converters: Filter Specification- filter requirement for individual stages - Determining the number of stages and decimation factors - Sampling rate conversion using poly-phase filter structure – poly-phase implementation of interpolators.

Module 2Adaptive Signal Processing – Adaptive filters – Concepts- Adaptive filter as a Noise Canceller - Other configurations of the adaptive filter - Main components of the adaptive filter – Basic Wiener filter theory – The basic LMS adaptive algorithm – Practical limitations of the basic LMS algorithm - Recursive Least Square Algorithm – Limitations - Factorization Algorithm.

Module 3Introduction to two dimensional signal and systems - 2D – DFT Transforms - Properties and applications - Discrete Hilbert Transform and Discrete Cosine Transform – Properties and Applications - Short term Fourier Transform - Gabor Transform - Properties and Applications.

Module 4Wavelets – Wavelet Analysis – The Continuous Wavelet Transform - scaling - shifting - scale and frequency - The Discrete Wavelet Transform - One Stage filtering - Approximation and Details - Filter bank analysis – Multilevel Decomposition – Number of levels – Wavelet reconstruction – Reconstruction filter- Reconstructing Approximations and details- Multilevel Reconstruction - Wavelet packet synthesis- Typical Applications.

565

Module 5General and special purpose DSP Processors - Computer Architecture for signal processing – Havard Architecture - Pipelining - Hardware Multiply and Accumulate – Special Instructions - Replication - On-chip Memory Cache - Extended Parallelism - SIMD – VLIW and static super-scalar Processing - Brief study of TMS320C4X and ADSP 2106 processors.

References

1. Digital Signal Processing: Emmanuel C Ifeachor, Barrie W Jrevis, Pearson Education.

2. Theory and Applications of DSP: L.R Rabiner and B gold3. Electronic filter Desig Hand Book: A .B Williams and FT Taylor, McGraw Hill4. Wavelets and Subband Coding: Valterli & Kovaceric, PHI.5. Analog Devices & Texas Instruments Users Manuel of TMS320C4X and ADSP

2106x.

MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE - III)LA806-2 3+1+0

Module 1 IntroductionDefinition of multimedia, multimedia, hardware, software applications and software environments, - Media Types - Analog and digital video, digital audio, music and animation - Analog & Digital video - Memory storage - Basic tools - Authoring tools.

Module 2 Building BlocksText - Hyper text - Sound - Sound cards - Standards - Image - Image types - Image compression, RLE, JPEG, MPEG - Fractal and Wavelet Compressions - Image file types - Animation - Capture and Playback techniques. (basic ideas only)

Module 3 Multimedia EnvironmentsThe Compact Disc family, CD-interactive, Digital Video Interactive, QuickTime, Multimedia PC and Microsoft Multimedia Extensions.

Module 4 Multimedia ProgrammingFramework: Overview, Media classes, Transform classes, Format classes and Component classes - Problems related to programming - Composition, Synchronisation, Interaction, Database integration.

Module 5 Advanced MultimediaMoving pictures - Techniques realistic image synthesis, Virtual Reality - Full motion digital video - Video capture techniques - multimedia networks - Desktop video conferencing - Future multimedia.

566

References

1. Multimedia Programming Objects, Environments & Framework - (Addison-Wesley Publishing Co.)

2. Multimedia- Making it work - Tay Van Ghan – Osborne Tata Mcgraw Hill3. Authoring Interactive multimedia - Arch C Luther 4. Optimizing your Multimedia PC- L.J. Skibbe, Susan Lafe Meister- Comdex 5. Multimedia Bible - Winn L. Rosch, Sams6. Multimedia Producers Bible- Ron Goldberg, Comdex7. Multimedia Power Tools - Peter Jellam, Random house Electronic Pub.8. Multimedia Computing - Mathew E. Hodger & Russel M. Sasnett, Addison

wesley9. Integrated Multimedia Systems Overview- Palikom, The communication Wall

SYSTEM SOFTWARE (ELECTIVE - III)LA806-3 3+1+0

Module1 IntroductionConcept of system software, classification of system s/w. Assemblers: over view of assembly process, elementary ideas of macros & macro processors. Compilers: Overview of compilation process, Parsing- top down & bottom-up parsing, storage allocation. Interpreters: basic ideas only.

Module 2 Operating SystemsTypes of OS, batch processing, multiprogramming, timesharing, real time OS. OS services UNIX OS –shells, Bourne Shell, C shell- visual editor.

Module 3 Information ManagementFile system- directory structure, basic file system calls, file protection, allocation methods disk blocks and inodes in UNIX. Device management.

Module 4 Processor ManagementCPU scheduling- scheduling algorithms, Multiprocessor scheduling, Process management in UNIX, concurrent process- critical section, semaphores, synchronization, concurrent languages.

Module 5 Memory ManagementSwapping, partitions, paging, segmentation, virtual memory concepts, page replacement, dynamic linking, caching of secondary storage, memory management in UNIX, Deadlocks: cause, detection, prevention, avoidance, recovery, combined approach to deadlock handling.

References1. System programming and Operating Systems – D M Dhamdhere2. System Software – an introduction to system Programming – Leland L Beck, 3ed.3. Operating System – Peterson & Silberschatz, Addison Wesley4. Operating Systems – Dietal H M5. Design of UNIX Operating System – Maurice J Bach6. UNIX System Programming – Stevens.

567

EMBEDDED SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE - III)LA806-4 3+1+0


Module2 Embedded Hardware & Software Development EnvironmentHardware Architecture, Micro-Controller Architecture, Communication Interface Standards, Embedded System Development Process, Embedded Operating systems, Types of Embedded Operating systems.




Text Book

1. Programming for Embedded Systems- Dreamtech Software Team, Wiley Dreamtech

Reference


568

DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING (ELECTIVE - III)LA806-5 3+1+0

Module 1Image representation and modeling - Characteristics of a digital image - Elements of digital image processing systems - Image digitizers & scanners - Elements of visual perception - Brightness & contrast - Image sampling & Quantisation - Two dimensional Sampling theorem - Reconstruction of image from its samples - Aliasing.

Module 2Image Transforms - Two dimensional orthogonal & unitary transforms - Properties of unitary transforms - Two dimensional DFT & its properties – Cosine – Hadamard – Haar – Sine - KL Transforms & their properties.

Module 3 Image Enhancement - Point processing - Histogram modeling & Equalization - Spatial Filtering - Filtering in the frequency domain - color Image processing.

Module 4Image Restoration - Degradation model - Inverse filtering - Wiener Filter - Interactive restoration - Image analysis & vision -basic principles only.

Module 5Image Coding & Compression- basic principles - run length coding - variable length coding - bit plane coding - loss-less predictive coding - lossy predictive coding - Transform coding - Image compression standards.

References

1. Digital image Processing: I.Gonzalez Rafel C, Pearson Education.2. Fundamentals of digital image processing: Jain Anil K, PHI.3. Digital Image Processing: Pratt William K, John Wiley.

PROCESS CONTROL LAB (A)A807 0+0+3

1. Familiarisation of programmable logic controller, development of ladder diagrams and simulation

2. Comparative study of P, PI, PD and PID controllers3. Level Control4. Flow control5. Temperature control6. Pressure control7. Cascade control8. Stepper Motor Control9. DC motor speed control10. Binary distillation column control

569

PROJECT & SEMINARA808 0+0+3

Each student is expected to prepare a report on the project work done by him/her and present a paper highlighting the work done by him/her in a seminar. The student is expected to complete the project work assigned to him/her and submit the project report by the end of semester.

VIVA – VOCEA809 0+0+0

The students should prepare for an oral examination on Basic Circuit theory, Digital systems, Instrumentations, Computer Communication, Microprocessors, Industrial Electronics, Signal Processing etc.

(50 marks University exam)

Viva-Voce examination may be made based on Seminar, Projects, Industrial Visits, Industrial training and overall performance.

570